LONDON: KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRÜBNER amp; CO. LTD
paternoster house, charing cross road

Printed by T, and A. Constable, Printers to Her Majesty
at the Edinburgh University Press

pE main object of this book is to call attention
to the need for missionary effort among the
non-Chinese-speaking aborigines of Formosa.
1 wo hundred and fifty years ago they were in full
possession there, although many of their villages ac-
toowledged allegiance to a colony of Dutch traders
Who established themselves in the neighbouring little
island of Tayoan.

That was a prosperous time with the natives of
rormosa, for not only did the recently opened trade bring
many material advantages, but quite a new world began
to unfold Itself before them under the influence of those

place on the opposite mainland of China. Invaders from
the north had entered that unhappy country, overthrowing
its ov^n Ming dynasty, and setting up the present Manchu-
Tartar dynasty in its place. Koxinga, a chieftain of
Fokien, was foremost in withstanding the Manchus. He
directed the military operations of his followers on land;
and when vanquished there, took command of a large
fleet of war-junks, which swept the seas, and in every
possible way tried to break the power of the hated
usurpers. At length, however, all efforts were seen to
be in vain; the result being that this daring leader was
compelled either to tender his submission or to save his
life by flight. No sooner was this latter alternative
decided upon than the fleet was ordered to make a descent
on Formosa, where it did succeed in expelling the Dutch,
and where Koxinga proclaimed himself king over the
Chinese refugees and adventurers who now flocked in
thousands to his standard. But the monarchy was a very
short-lived one; for in 1683 Koxinga\'s grandson was
tightly hemmed in by the great Manchu power, and
made unconditional surrender; thus clearing the way for
that Imperial administration of western Formosa which
continued down till the spring of last year.

Of course, missionary work had been stopped at the
time of Koxinga\'s conquest, and terrible were the suffer-
ings which both pastors and people endured under the
process of stamping out every trace of Christianity from
the island. There can be no doubt that many of the
native brethren escaped a cruel death by retreating
into those mountain fastnesses which are still little

The long night of heathenism lasted till i86c, when
^e Presbyterian Church of England broke ground in
quot;le south-western capital of Tainanfu; the only other
^rotestant Mission in Formosa being one from the Pres-
byterian Church of Canada, which was begun at the
northern port of Tamsui during the opening months of
72. They both minister to the now largely increased
iimese population, and to those civilised aborigines called
i-po-hoan who follow the language and customs of the
ninese, who were content to live under Mandarin rule,
ana whose hamlets are chiefly to be found about twenty
™es inland from the western coast-line.

Neither of the Missions has attempted work among
ne non-Chinese-speaking aborigines, nor is there the
least likelihood that they will ever be able to do so.
moreover, the Polynesian character of the language
spoken by those aborigines, with the fact of their territory
^eing mostly on the farther side of a lofty range of
fountains renders it necessary that teachers coming
^mongst them should settle down in the region itself, and

of one or two of her missionary representatives, the
Church there would return to a land consecrated by the
sufferings of men like Winsem, Mus, and Anthonius
Hambroek; but beyond a good deal of enthusiasm shown
at the Amsterdam Missionary Conference of 1890, no
definite action was taken, the great work which that
Church is bravely carrying on throughout Netherlands-
India leaving no opportunity for outside extension.

And yet, who knows but the recent cession of Formosa
to Japan may turn out to be God\'s own way of work-
ing out a much grander development ? Whenever the
victorious troops had taken possession of the island, two
Japanese ordained Commissioners were sent by their
Presbyterian Synod to ascertain its increased responsi-
bilities ; and those friends were filled with grateful
surprise to see the field already occupied by two vigorous
Missions having more than one hundred congregations
connected with them ; whereupon they gave something
like an assurance to the resident missionaries that any
aggressive work the Synod might enter upon would
be confined to immigrants from Japan, and to districts
where no other brethren were labouring. Surely action
like this is fitted to cheer the heart and to open
another \'door of hope\' for people still sitting in the
region and shadow of death.

So far as mere Government measures are concerned, a
change will doubtless be made on the old Chinese policy
of doing little more than attempting to exterminate the
aborigines; because the Japanese are shrewd enough to
know that something of a parental attitude towards them

Will not only bring the practice of head-hunting to an
end, and thus gain six thousand square miles of very
valuable land, but strengthen their ov^n hands by the
creation of many loyal and most useful fellow-subjects.
In view of all this, it is impossible to forget the Japanese
expedition to Formosa of 1874. The punitive nature
of that expedition will be remembered, but the self-
restraint with which the members of it acted is less
generally known. Bun-kiet, second son of chief Tok-
i-tok, once told the writer that the native tribes were
very sorry when the time came for the Japanese soldiers
to leave, and it is quite possible the name of General
Saigo continues to be mentioned with feelings of
respect in the villages east from Long-Kiau. May a
like firm, yet generous, course be followed in the
present much larger undertaking !

One important question which emerges here is that
of the extent of the non-Chinese-speaking population.
As few inland villages have been visited by Europeans,
the information on this point must be very defective,
but the Peking Gazette of 26th June 1887 contains a
statement which is worthy of notice. It is in the form
of a Report from the late Governor, Liu Ming Chuan.
After several months\' employment of a force which was
operating against the independent tribes, he was able
to inform his Imperial master that no fewer than 478
villages, containing 88,000 persons, had been brought
within the exercise of Chinese law. From the phrase-
ology made use of, it would seem that the latter number
includes fighting men only, to the exclusion of elderly

people, women, and children; while nothing whatever is
said of other villages and other tribes never reached by
this vigorous crusade. In any case, however, eastern
Formosa is quite as worthy of attention as many South
Sea islands which are now rejoicing in the possession of
Christian privileges, and it has other inducements besides
mere extent of population to stir the heart of those who
feel burdened with the command to go into all the world
and preach the Gospel to every creature.

With regard to the ethnography, language, customs,
present condition and capabilities, of the Formosan tribes,
there is also much need for fuller and more definite
information than we now possess. The problem which
these questions present will be better understood on con-
sidering the beginnings of population in various parts of
the island. For example, storms and strong currents are
known to have drifted thither boat-loads of people who
were permitted to land and form little communities of
their own. Then, the southern Tipuns began their
tribal history when several families came from some
northern island, with the express purpose of settling
down, the place of debarkation being still pointed out,
and made the scene of an annual religious offering to the
spirits of their ancestors. It is easy to see how such
occurrences should have influenced the manners and
speech of people connected with two or three settlements
on the eastern seaboard; and, as a matter of fact, the
villagers there spend their lives in constant oscillation
between loyalty to traditions which have come across
the sea and efforts to adapt themselves to their present

surroundings/ Mr. Dodd {ut supra) brings all this out
while writing about the aborigines of the northern end
of Formosa, and Mr. Taylor renders a similar service in
his notes on the narrow Heng-Chun region of the
extreme south; although it must not be forgotten that
the great central and eastern regions of Formosa remain
a terra incognita., and that, apart from the collection of
several short word-lists, no European of the present
generation has studied on the spot any one branch
of the aboriginal philology.

Let it be noted, therefore, that it is in these circum-
stances the Sinkang-Formosan St. Matthew, with the

\' In investigating the subjects referred to in this paragraph, it is well to distin-
guish between second-hand statements and the writings of those who were eye-
witnesses of the things they describe. Of the latter class the following may be
consulted with advantage:—R. Swinhoe (British Consul), Notes on the Ethnography
of Formosa, in Report of the Brit. Assoc. for 1863 ; T. L. Bullock (British Consul),
Trip into the Interior of Formosa, in Proceed, of Royal Geogr. Soc. for July
^877 ; C . W. Le Gendre (U. S. Com\\x\\), Jccount of a Visit to the Southern Tribes,
m Report of Commercial Relations for 1868 and 1869; M. Guerin (French Vice-
Consul), Les Aborigines de Tile de Formose, in Bullet. Soc. Geogr. for June 1868 ;

• C. Taintor (Chinese Customs Service), The Aborigines of North Formosa, in
Jour, of North China Royal Asiatic Soc. for 1875; G. Taylor (Chinese
\'^ustoms Service), Characteristic Traits of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of Formosa, in
Proceed, of Royal Geogr. Soc. for April 1889; Dr. C. Collingwood (English
Naturalist), Fisit to the Kihalan Village of Saw-o, on the North-East Coast of
^«mw«, in Trans, of Ethnol. Soc. for 1868; Prof. J. B. Steere (American
aturalist). The Aborigines of Formosa, in Jour, of American Geogr. Soc. for
1876; J. Thomson (Photographer), Notes of a Journey in South Formosa, in
Jour, of Royal Geogr. Soc. for 1873 ; J. Dodd (Merchant), The Aborigines of
Formosa, in Report of Brit. Assoc. for 1895. The works of the early Dutch
^nahsts. Van Rechteren, Valentyn, Nieuhof, Montanus, Dapper, Struyss, and
an Braam, also contain a large amount of curious and still useful information.

present Favorlang-Formosan volume, now exhibit the
full grammatical structure of two dialects once spoken
by the non-Chinese-speaking aborigines. The dialects
themselves suggest one or two general remarks, i. It is
even probable that, with slight modification, both of
them may still represent the speech of tribes in the
interior. The complete data in support of this statement
include such facts as: {a) The flight eastward of per-
secuted converts at the time of the Dutch surrender; {b)
the favour shown by Koxinga towards all non-Christian
people in villages where churches had been established;
(c) the fact that certain title-deeds of land and other
documents have been found, which were written at the
beginning of the present century, in Roman letters, and
in dialects reduced to writing by the early missionaries.
2. It may be taken for granted that some knowledge of
the Sinkang and Favorlang vernaculars would greatly
facilitate an acquaintance with cognate dialects now in
use among the whole of the Malay-Polynesian inhabit-
ants of Formosa. 3. According to recent advance in
philology, these linguistic remains are valuable for
determining the exact ethnological place of the Formosan
tribes, and in helping to disprove statements which have
been made as to their being incapable of civilisation.
4. This and the Sinkang volume aflbrd glimpses of a
chapter in the history of the Church which is still
inspiring, and they come before her now with dumb
appeal on behalf of those who cannot plead their own
cause. Doubtless it will be said that all this is pure
sentiment, and we admit it; but sentiment has a potent

place in the arena of human affairs. Had it been
possible, sentiment would have brought our beloved
Dutch brethren back again to Formosa six years ago,
and that would have been a good thing, even although
Gravius\'s version of St. Matthew had turned out to be
utterly unintelligible. Sentiment carefully preserves
the martyr\'s grave on the lonely moorland, and we
venture to think that the present exercise of it is more
elevating by far than that which parts with ^loo for
some old curio or rare kind of postage-stamp. What-
ever else may be said about the Sinkang and Favorlang
dialects, it is beyond all question that they were once
used by the Spirit of God for enlightening and com-
forting those who now \'serve Him day and night
in His temple.\' It is hard to be denied some little
room for our Christian antiquities.

The writer has often been in danger and has often
iiiet with kindness in the mountain regions of Formosa,
and his colleagues share with him the burden of living
near an interesting race for whom they can do nothing.
Impending changes in the island will also bring in-
crease of opportunity from the missionary point of view,
while one cannot cease thinking of that glorious Lord,
and of His world-wide Church against which even
the gates of hell could not prevail. Surely, then,
this volume may go forth to fulfil its humblest func-
tion of \'beckoning to our partners in the other ship
that they should come and help us.\' We rejoice to
think of what God is doing for Japan, and nothing
Would gladden our hearts so much as to have it said

that some of her own earnest, capable sons \'divided
the spoil\' with us in this best and highest sense of the
word.

Only a few more introductory remarks are needed.
The \'Christian Instruction\' of the following pages is
from an old manuscript preserved in the archives of the
Batavian Society of Arts and Sciences. On application
through Mr. J. A. Grothe (esteemed editor of the
Archief voor de Geschiedenis der Oude Hollandsche Zending),
the Directors courteously allowed it to be copied. Dr. J.
Brandes rendering valuable help in the work of collation.
After this, further scrutiny was made to eliminate mis-
takes which may have arisen from displacement of the
old unpaged sheets, the sentences were numbered to
facilitate reference, and all accents filled in as they occur
in the original manuscript.\'^ It was also thought best
that the Dutch version given here should be in black
letter, to correspond with Gravius\'s Gospel of St.
Matthew, and that the value of the work would be still
more enhanced by the addition of an English translation
—which, by the way, owes much to the scholarly pen
of Mr. H. J. Millard of Utrecht.

\' As much may depend on the somewhat peculiar use made of those accents,
the following is a copy of the author\'s own note on the subject:—\' Waar boven
de syllabe een schuinsche linie (\') staat, dat die hard en lang moet uitgesprook-
ken werden; desgeliks boven de g een liggende linie, aldus (g) wyst aan die
hard tegen de syde van de strot word uitgesprookken; en waar onder s op
dese wyse een comma staat (?) geeft te kennen, dat d\'selve fast en light word
uitgesprookken als een c.\'

trecht/ one of the Dutch pastors who laboured in
Formosa between 1647 and 1651. He is thus referred
to in a still extant letter from the Consistory of Tayoan
to the committee on Indian Affairs of the Amsterdam
Classis:—\' Mr. Vertrecht has made great progress in the
language, not only translating several small pieces into
the Favorlang tongue, with some sermons and a dialogue
(in which the rejection of the heathen gods and their
service is advocated), but surprising us even more by
repeatedly preaching in that language. ... He has
most faithfully served the Indian churches for seven-
teen years; and, whilst burdened with work pertaining
to his office, and meeting with many and various
troubles, he has not considered his life or his health,
that he might proclaim the kingdom of God\'s grace
to the heathen of various races.\'

As can be seen from its opening title, the contents of
the manuscript at Batavia were prepared for the use of
people living in the Favorlang district. Now, the early
records show that, as in the case of Tamsui, the name
was applied to two districts, one to the south of Castle
Zeelandia, where the Rev. Hans Olof laboured, and the
other to the north of Tilosen, Tsu-lo-san, or Ka-gi,
where the Rev. Simon van Breen began work. How
far Favorlang lay to the north of Tilosen can only be
inferred, but it must have been some distance, for several
letters make mention of a proposal that both north
Tamsui and Kelang should be included in that curacy,
^ome authors have been a little misled about the position
of north Favorlang by failing to distinguish between

Gilbertus Happart and Johannes Happart, and by suppos-
ing that it lay not far from Sakam; whereas (i) Sakam
was the village in which the early Dutch colonists built
Fort Provintia; (2) all the heavy lower sub-structures of
that fort still exist in situ within the Great West Gate of
what is now the city of Tainanfu ; and (3) the writer has
only too good reason to know that the central town
of Tilosen or Ka-gi lies forty miles to the north of
Tainanfu. By keeping these distinctions in view,
it is possible to correct what has been written about
Gilbertus Happart having been \' directed to prepare
a Dictionary of the Sakam or Favorlang dialect of
the Formosan language,\' and the Vocabulary of J.
Happart as being already in print. In short, it is safe
to conclude that Vertrecht\'s Favorlang—or, Vovorollang,
as it is sometimes written—very much coincides with
the Chiang-hoa region of to-day.

Of course, the Batavia manuscript is written in Roman
letters, and this might have been taken for granted
without remark were it not that, several years ago, the
late Professor Delacouperie gave wide-spread currency to
his belief that Psalmanazar\'s Formosan characters were
not fictitious after all, as there really did exist a native
writing in Formosa which was neither Chinese nor
European in its origin. The Professor thus expressed
himself:—\' Psalmanazar, the author of the well-known
fictitious Description of Formosa in 1704, has given in that
work an alphabet of sixteen letters, composed of twenty-
one characters. It has been generally and wrongly
supposed that these were nothing more than another

freak of his imagination, like the palaces, altars, costumes,
and moneys which figure in his book. But he must be
acquitted of that accusation, as we shall see presently.\' ^
The evidence which follows, however, can hardly be
said to advance matters, for Dr. Delacouperie has to
acknowledge that Auer\'s Formosan Paternoster was very
likely copied from the Description itself, while it is mere
speculation to write as he does about Le Gendre\'s docu-
n^ents and those Amiah ones which Mr. Taylor never
saw. In this inquiry one cannot forget that Psalmanazar
made confession of deliberate forgery, that early notices
all agree in representing the Formosans as being wholly
Ignorant of the art of writing,^ and that present-day
naissionaries—keenly interested, and with unrivalled op-
portunities for obtaining information—have never yet
come across a single sheet written in native characters,
\'I\'hey have often been informed of the existence of
certain writings throughout the island ; but in every
case these have turned out to be old Romanised
script in the dialects first taken in hand by Candi-
Qins, Gravius, Happart, and their colleagues, the
paper handed to Consul Le Gendre by Dr. Maxwell
lorming no exception to this ; as, indeed, any one can
see from the Consul\'s own official report.3

Before leaving this subject, attention may be called to
a seal which will be found represented on the fly-leaf of
the present volume. The seal itself was formerly used
_______by

by the Thng-su, or local aboriginal officer, in the town-
ship of Oan-li, some thirteen miles to the north-east of
Tainanfu. Its horizontal and two upright columns of
Chinese characters present no difficulty. What about
the four symbols forming the middle upright column
After a number of attempts, the problem they offisr
still remains unsolved, and they have been reproduced
here in the hope that some satisfactory and interesting
explanation may be suggested.

And now, with regard to the following reprint
of Psalmanazar\'s \' Dialogue,quot; and Gilbertus Happart\'s
\' Favorlang Vocabulary.\' It was decided to include the
former because of—(i) its brevity; (2) its rarity; (3) its
usefulness in proving that, while Vertrecht\'s work has
also a Dialogue, the coincidence ends there; (4) its
interest at a time when the Japanese are brought, unex-
pectedly and in a very real sense, face to face with
the hill tribes of Formosa.

The raison d\'être for this reproduction of the Vocabulary
cannot be stated so briefly. As already hinted, Happart
was one of the early Dutch pastors, and the manuscript
of his Favorlang Vocabulary lay hidden out of sight at
Batavia till 1839, when it was discovered by Dr. van
Hoevell. In 1840, a small Favorlang-English edition
of it was issued by Rev. W. H. Medhurst, while two
years later, a Favorlang-Dutch edition appeared in the
Transactions of the Batavian Society of Arts and Sciences,
the Formosan text of which is practically the same as
Medhurst\'s. They are both made up oï^ first, the main
list of words; and, second, of a selection of nominatives

^ormer larger one; another confusing thing being that
^^most every page of the entire work presents instances

theTli occurring out of their proper place. Further,
tollowmg significant sentence occurs at the close of
^^edhurst\'s second list of wordsThe remarks which
^ ere follow are the result of a second perusal and careful
^mpanson of the preceding sheets. By this reperusal,
up ^TK ^ ^^^^ discovered and obscurities cleared
nfanbsp;friendly reader will kindly excuse this, as the

originally written in a very antique and
was^^ Illegible hand, and the language of which it treats
coi- ^^^^ wholly unknown to the translator.\' The
Tb^^^^i,^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ cover more than twenty pages.
bee^^^rT^ all been noted here, and the second list has
rightnbsp;^y bringing every word into its

part\' p ^^ ^^^^^ alphabetic arrangement. Hap-
that^ ■^^voi\'Iang dialect difi^ers in many respects from
bopertl \\ ^e^trecht, but, on that very account, it is
prLJ , ^ ^^ specimen will give a completeness to the
ent volume which it could not otherwise possess.

8.nbsp;Prayer before Religious Instruction,
9-nbsp;Prayer after Religious Instruction,

14- Catechism for those about to receive Christian Baptism,
IS\' First Sermon. Isaiah Ixvi, 7, .
16. Second Sermon, i Timothy ii. 5,
17- Third Sermon. Hebrews xi. 6, .
18. Fourth Sermon. John xvii. 3, .
19- Fifth Sermon. John xvi. 23, .

page

2
3
S

33
38
41
68
75
79
86
91

102

103

122

feomerf ^^^ ï)^cr0cl)appi^ toe-
staat (EtDCtt ac^teröolfft
ö^rbtit, pipfe inöen liemel, al^oo
fp öEt: aaröeix ooamp;.

€itöe ij^rgecrt om on0eotjn---
tuömffen, gd^a top oofe terff^
öte Dn0 quaaö öoen.

.^S^ant m 10 u Iïeer0cï)appit,
mz öe atratïjt, eitöe öe lof
aitpö en aïtoo0, ^meiL

So-o abó-e namo tataap o kakossi
namoa, maibas channumma namo
mabo tamasea parapies i namo.

Inau joa micho chachimit o ai,
so-o barr\'o ai, so-o adas ai, taulau-
lan, Amen.

^ient breadnbsp;^^ .done, as in Heaven, so also upon earth. Give us this day suffi-

i^et us not V« .^quot;\'^/O\'fgive us our trespasses, as we also forgive them that do us evil.

»gt;pncn eeitgeboan ^oonc, on^en
^^ecre, öle onttanptt 10 öan
Den winen ^öem (15oö0, öen
gehören uit öe tei^
loofDe mapt 9^ana.

2Die ffeleöen ^eeft onUer öen
lait^ter ^ontm0 ^ilatu0, 10
genagelt aan l^et ct:ui\'0, ge0-
tortjen, bepatjen, geöaalt in öen
poel Oe0 tiier0, üat 10 De tielle.

lt;3Dpge6lommen ten Kernel, 0it-
tenöe ter rec^terlanö 0gn0
213;aöei:0 ^Imacljtig;

31 fe gelootie een tergaöen\'nge
tan een C|)i:i0ten rein ofte
^eilig tiolfe, öie tan OUÖ0 getoee0t
i\'0, nu 10, en 0teeö0 blpten 0aL

2De meöeöeel, öat 10, gemei\'n=
0c^ap öer l^eiligen.
äDe tergetmge öer 0onöen.

ii. the christian belief.

I believe in God the Father, the AhnigLiy Creator of Heaven and earth : and in Jesus
Christ, His only begotten Son, our Lord, who was conceived by the pure breath of God,
the Holy Ghost, born of the betrothed virgin Mary, who suffered under the judge Pontius
Pilate, was nailed to the cross, who died, was buried, and descended into the pool of fire,
that is Hell ; the third day He arose from the dead ; ascended to Heaven, and sitteth on the
right hand of His Father, the Almighty ; from whence He shall return to judge the quick
and the dead. I believe in the pure breath of God, the Holy Ghost ; I believe in\' a com-
munion of a pure or holy Christian people, that has been of times of old, is now, and always

A na-a poetautat inni Deos o
Tamau, Airien o boesum, a ta
kamabarr\'ija tapos o ai;

So-o inni ta Jesus Christus choa
sjiem nattasar o binodda ma-achä-
chimit ja torro, tamasea karinab
innaide Auchar o Deos o ma-
ächimit, ta Spirito Santo, kabin-
odd\'o patómammali ta Maria.

Minachote o ai de rapo ma-
achachält ta Pontius Pilatus, tsinil-
tillan i sasakimotto, minachä, chinap
o ta, sinoss\'i chauch o chau, micho-
sar a pattite, gehenna.

Tsinnummagach i boesum, airo-
ossen i kallamas o choa Tamau
kamabarr\'ija tapos o ai;

Innaide icho sasai pacheoach,
alla merien o chachalt o cho mo-
rich-a so-o machäda ai.

Na-a pittau o aigarrorro-no cho
Christan o ma-achimit, o ai pinaga
ani-aicho, paga pia so-o kapapoet-
autachsar.

(Bj eti 0ult u geen 0;e0neben
Jffw mafeen of eenip gelgfe--
gcm0in0 ban i£O0 baar
noben in ben Iiemel: 0:een0m0
«an ieti0 beneben op bee aarben:
ban ieb0 inbe toateren
onber bet aarben: gp en 0ult
ooor ^aar niet neberbuigen, enbe
g en 0uit ^aar met bienen,
^ant ik be !^eere utoe (0ob, ben
«^n pberiff^ (Bob, bie be boo0^eib
oer baberen 0oefefee m ben fein--
omn tot 5et berbe, enbe bierbe
bi\'e m? l^aten- enbe
Jpf barmtertiff^tib aan beel
oui0enben bte m? liefliebben,
___ _ enbe

shall remain; in the communion that is, the communion of Saints; the forgiveness of sins;
® resurrection of the flesh; and in life everlasting. Amen.

God spake all these words : I am the Lord Thy God, who hast led thee out of the land
^gypt, the house of bondage,
rhou shaU liciiro

thonbsp;^fiything here below on earth ; or of anything in the waters under the earth;

third ° ^ jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, unto the
that 1 fourth generation of them that hate me ; and showing mercy to many thousands
love me and keep my commandments.

iii.

Tschiet 0 A ttillono ta yehova,

\'~pA Deos ma-chó tapos o atite o
^ minisar:

Ka-ina paga ta Jehova oa Deosoë,
tamasea pina-i-jor ijo innai ta Egip-
ten, don o aran ai.

1.nbsp;AlH papaga ijonoë Deos a
roman katinnaamona-amorra-dech.

2.nbsp;Alli mamerien ijonoë a oa boa
o isas a ginaat ja charri o tatschier;
pagaga chaddai innai charri o ai
lallum boesum de babó : pagaga
chaddai innai charri o ai babó ta
de rapó: pagaga chaddai innai
charri o ai lallum to de rapó ta:
alli papadachum ijonoë katinnaam
o decho, so-o alli allecho aran o
decho, inau ka-ina ta Jehova oa
Deosoë, Deos maddobor a tsjes,
tamasea summad\'o arapies o tamau-
no inni sisjiem pana natorroa, so-o
kanaspat a tupponodon, tamasea
masasso ina j so-o kamabo ina o
mapan manna-achpil a tschiet eis,

tamasea

3.nbsp;C!5p en 0ult niet göeli\'fe ne--
men ofte toeren öen naam
öeis l^eeren utoeö cBoögf, Voant
(Boö 0al öen genen niet ter=
^c^oonen öïe 0^nen naam vöelife
toert.

4.nbsp;(Beöenfet öeis ègt;abamp;atï)=
öaac^gf, öat gp öien reinigt,
ofte tciligt. fe)e0 öagen öult gg
arbei\'öen, enöe al u tjercfe af=
öoen enöe öe 0etenöe öag 10
öe è)al)amp;atï), öat 10 te peggen,
öe ru0te öesf ï^eeren utje^ (BOÖ0:
g? en 0ult op öen pelten geen
toerfe öoen, gp met, utae 0oone
met, utje öoc^ter niet, utoe
öienötfenecïjt ofte öten0tmaagt
met, utoen toerfeo00e met, utoe
tremöeli\'ng niet, öi\'e in u lanö
i\'0, tjant m 0e0 öagen ^eeft öe
ï^eere toleinötgt ïiemel, aaröe
enöe jee, enöe alle^ öat öaar m
10, enöe ru0te öen 0ctenöen
öag, öaarom öeeft öe l^eere öoen
tieren öen è»alitiatï)öac5, enöe
öen 0elten ge^eiligt.

5.nbsp;0cïiaambafti\'g, ofte
eertii\'eöig jegen0 utoen taöer
enöe moeöer, op öat utoe öagen
termeeröert toeröen inöen lanöe,
öat öe i^eere utoe (BOÖ0 u geeft.

3.nbsp;Thou Shalt not idly pronounce or use the name of the Lord thy God, for the Lord
will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain.

4.nbsp;Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it pure or holy. Six days shalt thou labour and
finish all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath, that is, the resting time of the Lord
thy God ; on that day thou shalt not do any work, neither thyself nor thy son, nor thy
daughter, nor thy man-servant, nor thy maid-servant, nor thy ox, nor thy stranger that
dwelleth in thy land ; for in six days the Lord finished creating Heaven and earth, the sea
and all that therein is, and He rested the seventh day, therefore the Lord commands to
celebrate the Sabbath day, and to keep it holy.

5.nbsp;Be modest or respectful to thy father and mother, that thy days be prolonged in the
land, that the Lord thy God giveth thee.nbsp;^ / f s

3. Alli mamarach o baak o naan
o Jehova oa Deos-ech, inau ta
Jehova alli mamabono chono ai,
kamarach o baak o choa naan.

4. Tuppana o zijsj\'o Sabbath-ai,
all\'ijo pachimit o aicho. Nataap a
rummies tatummaap ijonoë, so-o
a-ummoob o tapos oa tataap j so-o
naitoa zijsja paga Sabbath, micho-
sar a pattite, aissassen o Jehova oa
Deos-ech : paga tatummaap ijo de
ailo charri o ai, pa ijo, pa oa
sjiem badda, pa oa sjiem mammali,
pa oa aran o badda, ja mammali pa
oa loan o tummaap, pa oa azjies-
ech de oa ta; inau lallum nataap a
zijsja ta Jehova inummoob o boe-
sum, o ta, a abas, so-o tapos o ai de
lallum ailoe, so-o kanaitoa zijsja
pissassen icho, inau decho ta Jehova
pinarab o zijsj\'o Sabbath ai, so-o
pinachfmit o micho.

5. A-aricha oa tamau so-o oa
tanai, alla moab o zijsja de\'ta-ech
ta Jehova oa Deos pe\'o ijo. \'

nSf^.^^^^ten tiu{0, g? en 0ult
quot;ifj begeeren utoe0 naa^tenö
^Jh ofte öpnen öien0tfenect)t,
bien^tmaagt, ofte 0pnen
^j^^jsise, ofte 0j?nen e^el, ofte
^ggg^at^cff naagten eggen

öen boorleben nacbt
^^^^ on0 b^bt toacbt
ff^BOuben, enbe mun m bat
ons toilt 0terfefeen met utoen
gmen ^öem, ben (Bee0t, bat
SS onsf booman geleibe, op bat
SLi^^^alie toecfefeen ber gerect)=
tin jnbe reinig^ei\'b mogen
ffebhnbsp;ï\'e0en bag,

9.nbsp;Alli papattite ijonoë o tattas-
sal ma-attosik kasjabaan oa ma-
achaddik o cho.

10. Alli mamaksas o don oa ma-
achaddik o cho, alli mamaksas o
roos oa ma-achaddik o cho, ja cho
aran o badda, ja mammali, ja choa
loan o tummaap, ja chao loan o
maraag, ja charri o ai kamaunis a
oa ma-achaddik o chonoë.

■\'•namojall\'ijo rïnummi i torroani
bi-ini masini o gagil, so-o meach\'ijo,
alia merab ijo pabarr\'i torro o ta
joa Auchar o ma-achimit-ech, alla
pana rummi-es pa-i-jor i namo ja
ichosar, alla namo inni tapos o
tataap o babissé a chimit ummoob
o zijsj\'o mini, maibas channumm\'o
tapos zijsj\'o torroa morich: so-o
tummalpon onumm\'ija namo, alla
torro tallochon maddobor o pattite

wife quot; nor K ^nbsp;^^^ neighbour\'s house, and thou shalt not covet thy neighbour\'s

belonpd t quot;^an-servant, nor his maid-servant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that
amp; CO thy neighbour.

t^e mYt\'^n^V!\'^quot;^ \' P\'^^ise Thee, that Thou hast so faithfully watched over us during
Holy Gho^ . « P\'^^ynbsp;strengthen us by Thy pure breath, the

purity we m\' ^ u® ^^^ henceforth lead us, so that in every work of righteousness and
We apply ^^^nbsp;®nbsp;all the other days of our life; and that to whatsoever

quot; rselves we may always endeavour openly to declare Thy praise, since we can

metten, üat top ^tcöe^ on^ bz\'O\'-
Utipn, om (Etoeit lof opentlife
uimgiprefeen • al^oo öat top tan
(lltoe milDEöanö alleene tiet;toacï)=
ten De ^ulpe tan allen omzn
arbdö. (Knöe op öat top öesfe
ffenaöe terferpgen tan totlt
on0 terffeten, tolpn^ \'t ge--
tui\'pmgf^e ÏEtoesf tooorögf, alle
onsfe otertreöingen, om öat reine
Ipöen enöe öloeöterffietmp
on^eiS !^eeren enöe 9ï^iööelaar0
iesïu CSri0tt-, toant on0 p-.
moeö öerouto öaar tan ïjeeft.
^ecli\'c^t oofe on0e 0ielen, op öat
top, alle toerfeken öer öuï0ter:
nisi^e toeffptoorpen 0pnöe, al0
fei\'nöeren öegf licl)t0 Dn0 bege^
ten tot een ni\'eu leten, om te
toanöelen in alle precöticliei\'ö
05000. 2Doet oofe (Ktoe ^^ulpe
öaar toe, öat uitgeroepen en
feunbaar gemaalit toeröen 211
tooorö i\'n alle plaat0en. 2!Jer=
0troit alle toereken öe0 èiatan0,
fe»terfet alle leeraren utoe0
tooorö0, en betel\'bebberen (Ktoe0
tolfe0. \'2i:roo0t alle tertolgöe
per0oonen, enöe mi0troo0tige
0ielen, om ^toe0 gelieföen
ë»oon0 31e0u CljnW toille,
toeiafee on0 betuigt ö^eft, öat
alle0 toat top m »gt;pnen #aam
begeeren, (Bp on0 0eRerlife geten
0ult, enöe öaarom on0 betolen
^eeft al0oo te biööenäDn0e
(Haöer, etc*nbsp;Het

0nbsp;torroa tapos o tataap innai joa
ma-adaldal a rima ma-akamun-
chisar. §0-0 alia namo marach o
bono mini innai ijo, eräbbana mabó

1nbsp;namo, kamaibas o al\'o joa ranied,
O tapos torroa kakossi, inau ma-
choté o ma-achimit, so-o sasa-ód o
tagg\'o torroa ma-achachimit a ma-
azinado ta Jesus Christus; inau
machia ja torroa tsjes aicho-ies.
Iparara channumm\'o torroa tsjes,
alla namo, kaitis o tapos o tataap
O odum, maibas o sisjiem o rara
tummalpon o bao a morich, alla
mababat inni tapos o babissé o ta
Deos. Ipachipp\'oa a-olli-eul chan-
numma, ino akaukauan so-o ipab\'oa
ranied de tapos o ta. Ipaurtatach\'o
tapos O tataap o ta Saitan. Ipa-
barrä o tapos ma-atil o joa ranied,
so-o ta ma-achachimit o joa chosar.
Talattala o tapos liollioón a cho,
so-o tsiannanni a tsjes, inau oa
aukattan a sjiem badda ta Jesus
Christus, tamasea minaunis o al\'i
namo, alla tapos o ai torro meach\'-
inni choa naan, gagil oa pape\'i
namo, so-o inau micho pinattillo
torro meach\'o masini:—Namoa
Tamau, etc.

expect from Thy bounteous hand alone the assistance required in all our labours. And in
order we may obtain this mercy from Thee, forgive «s, according to the testimony of Thy
word, our transgressions, only and alone for the sufferings of our Lord and Mediator, who
shed His blood for us ; and because we repent of our sins. Enlighten also our souls, so that
after abandoning all the works of darkness, we may as the children of light enter upon a
new life, and walk in the righteous paths of God. Give also Thy assistance in the work of
proclaiming Thy word, and making it known in all parts of the world. Disperse all the
works of Satan. Strengthen all teachers of Thy Word, and all the chiefs of Thy people.

littjt ttoelfe möe öut0-
öte ogp terörjft öen
{J^gt öfc toom toerkfeen, enöe
öunöe gemoeö: aangezien
öen nacï)t öoet feomen om te
rugten, geljfe öen öag om te
apeiöen, tjj? öi\'ööen WL, laat
li\'giiamen 0til enöe treöi\'ff
J«0ten, op öatiSe öaar na
J^quaam -sullen ^^n te taröen
arbeïö, öie^e Jjerrïcïjten
woeten. g^attgt on^en 0laap,
jat öe iselte met onoröenteli\'fe en
op öat on^e U\'fföamen enöe
Mtn 0utter bijten; i\'a, öat
ougfen 0laap oor^afee gebe ÏKtoen
jame te loten. (Kerlicïit öe
ooffen onsfe^ ter0tanö0, öat to?
met en bijten slapen i\'n öen öooö:
Sfar en tegen laat on^ 0teöe0
^atgten, om terlogft te toeröen
öe boo0e öroeffem\'00e op
nS^l aaröen. Beschermt on0
JJP^ tan alle aanteclitinge öe0
^atan0: gelei\'ö on0 al0 utoe
___fei\'nöeren

So/pH^c^^^ persons who are persecuted and who suffer affliction; for the sake of Thy
Namenbsp;^^^^ testified unto us that Thou wilt give us all things we pray for in His

night fornbsp;^^ enhghtenest the benighted mind, inasmuch as Thou dost appoint the

sleep soThi -f^ they may be fit to perform the work they have to do. Moderate our
n»ay our =1nbsp;excessive, and that our bodies and minds may remain pure ■ nav

standingnbsp;F\'™nbsp;Pquot;^^\'®®nbsp;Enlighten also the eyes of our under-

\'lope of beina ^V^®nbsp;sleeping unto death, but let us rather live in constant

^\'ons ot faatan ; lead all as Thy children by Thy pure breath (the Holy Ghost), and

Ai~acKo Marpesa.

T^Eos o ma-äbo a tsjes rarä o ma-
-quot;-^achonsar o ai tumsar i odum,
tamasea paube o bi-ini\' o tataap o
arapies, so-o rapalna tsjes ; inau ka-
itan ijo pasai o bi-ini, alla pissassen,
maibas O zijsja, alla tummaap;
meach\'ijo namo ipaissassen\'o torroa
bog kakaitsitsi a ma-a-arra, alla
mamatsikap asag-a moddon o ta-
taap, O ai maspot a ummoob aicho-
ies. Ipaka-qua\'o torroa sasarra,
depa matsiballach ja micho,quot; alla
machonsar ma-achimit o torroa bog
a tsjes-oë ; hena channumma alla
padas ja oa naan torroa sasarra. ï pa-
rar\'o macha o torroa saan, depa
machonsar summarra ja namo inni
macha: kasjabaan ipatassina torro
tallochon ino barrasan ja torro
innai zichil o rapies de babo ta
mini. Aladikk\'i namo channumma
innai tapos o lalal\'o ta Saitan:
maibas oa sisjiem a-i-jorr\'i namo
o ta joa ma-achimit o Auchar-ech,
So-o pagatomma torro inummoob
o zijsj\'o mini, alli marotul o ka-
kossi

fetnömn met ^toen reinen
«aöem, (öen Cötz^t) enöe
top met 0onö£i; otier--
mDinpn De^en Uag; un einöe
gebracht liebljeni Qxom enöe
)oo0e Dtjertrebmffcn tcgen ^toen
toille; to? tmzn m, tollt on0c
oijmreöi\'nffen beöefefem öooc
utoe barmtierttff^ei\'ö,
top^ (Bv alle ömgen Dp öe^er
aaröen betiekfeet met öe öui^ter-
m00e tie0 naf^t^, op Hat top
öaarom niet teu^tooten toeröen
Ijan (E aanp0i\'c^te^ Haat oofe
ru0ten, en tiertroosst alle feranfefee
per0oonen, alle öeöroeföe enöe
aangeijocljtene 0telen tan öen
^atan, om on0e0 l^eeren le^u
Cl)n0ti toille, Die on0 geleerö
ibeeft altiu0 te bitten
®aöer, etc*

A ILltv Dopn toacl)ten m: ente
geett ^en \'öare 0p?!Se tot
paartet 0tont. ö^pöoetutoeljant
open, enöe tjer^atigt alle0 toatter
leeft na ten lu0t 2atoe0
toillen0*

l^eet:0c\'öappet,S[lmact)t{0:e (Bot\':
ti\'e alle0 ffe0cöapen ^zbt, en
0onter opöouöen onter0teunt

kossij tataap o kakossi mato a
rapies kasjabaan oa airab; meäch\'ijo
namo, eräbbana tummakkoop tor-
roa kakossi o joa bo, maibas ijo
tummakkoop o tapos ai babö ta
mini o odum o bi-ini, depa inau
decho kartattisan ja namo innai joa
morra-dech. Ipäissassena chan-
numma so-o talattalä o tapos cho
ma-ädig, mä-azichil, so-o lalan a
a tsjes innai ta Saitan, inau ma-
achächimit ja torro ta Jesus Christus,
tamasea pinättil i namo meäch\'o o
masini:—Namoa Tamau, etc.

MAchä o tapos o ai tummassin
ijo : so-o ijo pe\'i decho cho\'ino-
chan ka choa rasoom. Ijo kumrär
oa rima, so-o padabbi o tapos, o
ai morich, kamaibas o aukat
oa airab.

Ma-achächimit ta Decs kama-
barr\'ija tapos o ai, tamasea mineri-
ensar o tapos ai, so-ö tumka taulau-

although we have not finished this day without having committed great and wicked sms
against Thy will; we pray Thee, that Thy mercy may cover all our trespasses, even as 1 hou
dost cover all things upon this earth with the darkness of night, so that we may not be cast
forth from Thy countenance. Give also rest and consolation to all sick persons, to all who
are afflicted, to all souls harassed by Satan; for the sake of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath
taught us thus to pray :—Our Father, etc.

All eyes wait upon Thee, and thou givest them food in due season. Thou openest Thy
hand, and satisfieth every thing that liveth, according to Thy almighty will.nbsp;.

Almighty Ruler, Almighty God! who hast created all things, and who by Thy divine

ïiet tjolfe ge^pggit beöt
[nöe to(ltin\'ni00e, toilt uit0tuffe=
m utoe milöljetD boor on0 mtoe
arme öfenaar^, enöe on0 bequaam
mafeen öe^e gaben, bie tog ont=
tangen ban milbe banb,
öat na ïEtoen goeben toi\'lle
mati\'cllife enbe 0uiberlik nuttt--
g^n, enbe baar m\'t bekennen bat
on0e 9Haber, enbe een toare
oor0pt:onfe aUe0 goeb0 0gbgt; (Beeft
oofe bat top altjb0 en boor alle
bingen 0oefefeen ï)^t broob ber
0iElen, 311 tooorb, toaar boor on0e
0ielen ge0pg0t toerben ten eeu=
riffen leben, ttoelfe (Bg on0 toe--
gf0egt bebt te 0ullen geben, om
bat reine Igben amp;e0 geliefben
S\'oon0 31e0u Cbri0ti, ^men.

lan oa barr\'o Deossar,
pinaan o chono
aimoch a bonna, erabbana tummó
joa al-al i babó torro joa aran o
ma-asabba, so-o paatsikap i namo
asosono mini, torro marach innai
joa ma-adald£ a rió, alla torro
kamaibas o mario oa airab tsimimis
o qua a chimit aicho-ies, so-o
innai micho madarram alla paga ijo
namoa Tamau, so-o chuppód o
gagil o tapos rió. Epé-e chan-
numma alla tallochon so-o tinnaam
O tapos ai torro summad\'o üppono
tsjessar,oa ranied inninumma chan-
nan ja torroa tsjes pana morich o
ma-achonsar, o ai pinab\'o pape\'i
namo ijonoë, inau machoté o ma-
achimit oa aukattan a sjiem badda
ta Jesus Christus, Amen.

A ?l0 gg 0ult gegeten bf^öötn
^ enbe ber0abi\'gt 0gn, 0ult gg
loben be ^^eere tltoen (Bob ober \'t
ffoebe lanb, bat % u lieben 0al
fffffeben bebben. ÖEacïjt u 0el--

power constantly upholdest all things; Thou who hast fed Thy people Israel in the wilder-
^ss, graciously extend now Thy bounty to Thy poor servants, and bless these gifts unto us ;
tpe gifts which we receive from Thy bountiful hand; so that we may moderately, and in
^ngleness of heart, partake of them, thus acknowledging that Thou art our Father, and that
■I nou art the source from whence all good cometh. Grant that we may always, and above
all other things, seek the Bread of the soul, Thy Word, so that our souls may be fed unto
i-afe everlasting, which Thou hast promised to give us, only for the sake of the great suffering
ot Ihy beloved Son Jesus Christ. Amen.

VII, PKAYER TO BE USED AFTER MEALS,

After thou hast partaken of food, and art satisfied, thou shalt praise the Lord Thy God
lor the fertile land that He hath given thee. Take heed that ye do not forget the Lord thy

quot;Ï^A ochal mamän a mamaddabi
ijonoë, mamadas ijo i ta Jehova oa
Deos-ech, inau marió a ta, o ai
ochal icho pape\'imonoë. E-illa na
joa micho boa, depa poach ijo i ta

ten, öat gp met en tergetet öe0
l^eerenutoe^ (Boö0, öat gp mi\'0=
^c\'Dien met ac^tertolget »)pne
geboöenenöe fegne rechten, enöe
öWettmgen »gt;pne0 t)oorö0, öi\'e
ife u lieöen ^eöen pbieöe.

l^eer0c|)apper; (Koö
mel0t!)e (Eaöerquot;: top loten tl
oter alle ÏEtoe toelöaöen, öi\'e top
0teöe0 onttangen tan ÏHtoe
mi\'löe^anö, öat ^et ?Etoenlt;Boööe=
Kfefeen toi\'lle 10 on0 te onöer=
!)ouöen in öit terganfefeelikfee
leten, enöe Dn0 te geten alle0
toat top tan nooöen lebben: int
bp0onöer, öat (Bp on0 toeöerge=
boren tfbt tot öe Ijope tan een
beter leten, ttoelfe (Bp on0 öebt
te kennen gegeten öoor ^et 0ui=
tere tooorö (Etoe0 (]£tangeli\'um0.

Barm^ertige lt;0oö enöe öuaöer^
top biööen 313, öat ®p niet toe en
laat öat on0e 0ielen ^ier 0ouöen
blpten aanfeleten öe terganfefee=
likfee goeöeren op öe0er aaröen:
öaerentegen laat on0 geöuerict
optoaart0 0ien na öen ïiemel, om
tan öaar te tertoac^ten on0en
t3erlo00er le0um Ctrt0tum, tot
öat ^p ter0cöpnen 0al möe
toolfefeen tot Dn0er terlo00i\'nge,

Jehova, oa Deossar, kailau ijo pa
ummior o choa atillo, a choa bisse-
bissé, a sasirau choa ranied, o ai
na-a pattillo imoa piadai.

Ma-achachimit ta Deos Tamau
de boesum, madas, ijo namo inau
tapos joa tataap o rio, torro talloch-
on marach innai joa ma-adaldal a
rima, aila paga oa airab o Deossar
porïch torro boa inni morich o ma-
auribal o mini, so-o pe\'i torro tapos
o ai masabb\'ija namo: kamaunionis,
all\'ijo pinodd\'o tattaul\'i namo ka
tattassïn o maso mario a morich, o
ai pinab\'i namo ijonoë inni oa ma-
achimit O ranied o Evangelium.

Deos o Tamau ma-abo a tsjes,
meach\'ijo namo, depa kummono
ijo alla mamachonsar torroa tsjes
insini mikkap o ma-auribal a bal-
lach de ta mini: kasjabaan ipadau-
koa torro tallochon pana boesum,
all\'innaide tummassin torroa ma-
ababarras ta Jesus Christus, ate
tatummoach icho lallum rabbo
pana torroa babarras, Amen.

God, and that ye neglect not to keep His commandments and His statutes, as well as the
institutions of His Word, which I have (given) commanded you this day.

Almighty Ruler, God our Heavenly Father, we praise Thee for all Thy benefits, which
we are continually receiving from Thy bountiful hand ; that it is Thy divine will we should
be sustained by Thee in this transitory life ; and that Thou dost give us all that we require ;
above all things, that Thou hast begotten us unto the hope of a better life, which Thou hast
made known unto us through the pure word of Thy Gospel.

Merciful God and Father ! we pray Thee, that Thou wilt not suffer our souls to cleave
unto the perishable possessions of this world ; let us on the contrary continually look up to
heaven, whence we expect our Saviour Jesus Christ, till He shall appear in the clouds to
deliver us. Amen.

naam begmö op te gaan otec
onö; enöe Voj 0jn bp Den an=
Deren te 0amen, om aante^ooren
enDe te leeren Ä tooorD: openD
on0e Doote ooren, enDe bestraalt
Dn0e Duistere öerten, op Dat toj
ter Dege taten, ter^taan, enDe
oterDenlifeen mogen ïEtoe leere,
om 31e0u Ci)ri0ti ïEtoe0 gelief
Den è\'oon0 toille, ^mem

Q (E=ei\'nDi\'t^t^ebbenDe te leeren,
^feompt, laat on0 dßoD alDu0
loten en prj0en.

(BoD Almachtige ÏEaDer\':
hebben geïioort Dat (Pp on0e
ÖRaDer 0pD, Dat (Bj alle men=
0cben formeert, 0pj0t enDe onDer=
houD. Sölj loten ïEtjen ^ïlaam,

Deos O Tamau de boesum, ka-
pesasa tummoach i namo joa naan:
SO-O marórro ja namo, alla masini
so-o pattil O joa ranied. Tsikakk\'i
torroa chorrien a charrina, so-o
ipatillagg\'o torroa ma-audum a
tsjes, alla marach ja namo, maba,
so-o tump\'o gagil oa atil inau ta
Jesus Christus oa sjiem badd\'au-
kattan, Amen.

Deos O Tamau kamabarr\'ija tapos
o ai, kaminasini ja namo, alla paga
ijonoë namoa Tamau, all\'ijo me-
riensar, paan so-o porichsar o
tapos o cho. Madas namoa joa

O God our heavenly Father ! Thy Name is beginning to shed its light upon us, and we
are now gathered together to listen to Thy Word, and to be instructed therein : Open our
deaf ears, and illumine our dark understandings, in order that we may fully comprehend,
understand, and ponder on Thy doctrine, for the sake of Jesus Christ Thy beloved Son.
Amen.

Come, let us praise and laud our God, now that we have been instructed in His Word.

O God, Almighty Father ! we have heard that Thou art our Father, that Thou createst,
feedest, and sustainest all men. We praise Thy Name, because Thou hast pity upon us, and

om öat m on0er ontfermt,
enöe Dn0 feompt roepen, om te
m ei\'pn tiolfe, en kmöeren
(Keeft öat top ongï moffen
tjerblpöen, en metter herten Dtier=
öenfeen öe^e Qlïtoe groote ffenaöe,
ten emöe top öen ouöen men^clie
toefföoen, enöe al0 nieutoe men=
0C![)en natolffen bet leten ölltoeö
ë)oon0 gie0u Cbri^ti\', öi\'e on0
ffeleerö beeft alöu0 te biööen;—
Cn0e tlaöer, etc.

2.nbsp;fab. öfliat 0eff}e öotb ^ 0pö i\'e
met moeöe ban 000 bertren toeg
te ffaan ?

mve. \'fe (En bebbe nfet gegaan;
bebbe p0eten m een groot
0cbip pa00erenöe ober 0ee al0
een IjogeL

naan, inau mabo ijonoe a torro
boa, so-o mai malod namono, alla
paga oa maunis a cho, so-o sisjiem

0nbsp;Deos. Epe-e maukat namo,
so-o tump\'i tsjes matoto oa bono
minisar, alla namo tummis o raras
a cho, so-o maibas o bao a cho
tsimichier o morich oa sjiem badda
ta Jesus Christus, tamasea pinättil

Jzj. Paga minababat ina ; ka
minero-os ja ina de don o mato
pasji tarran o abas, maibas o mam-
pa.

didst come to call us, to be Thine own peculiar people and children of God. Grant that we
may rejoice, and ponder in our hearts on this Thy great mercy, so that we may put off the
old man, and as new men follow in the steps of Thy Son Jesus Christ, who has taught us
thus to pray:—Our Father, etc.

1.nbsp;Favorlanger. Well, stranger, from whence do you come?
Stranger. I come from a great distance, from the extreme part of the west.

2.nbsp;Fav. You don\'t say so ! Are you not tired of having walked such a long distance ?
Str. I have not walked; I was sitting in a large ship, that passed over the sea li

3- jfat. QEati^tmogeUfe^^pDje
lang otiöertDeeg: ptoee^t ?
t, ia: al lanpc al0 zm
öalf jaar.

aajel toat\'bebt gpteDoeit?
befeommere mp om
ofatjoelanpt:0 te leeren Den
«JeffnaDentiemeL
7- JFati. ÖjQiel toe, toaar lang^

. öJre. (Bp 0gD mal; toeet gp
^l^t Dat (ißoD De recöteerDige
g\'^Un inDen Kernel ^aalD ?

TO. öjE^at 10 taibo0, een
^en0cl) of ge0peu0 ?
9- |ati. \'fe ööleet niet.
^^jTO.^Öfliel Dan, toat noemt gp

7.nbsp;Ter. Oedan, pasji dem\'ausoan
tarran pana boesum ai; ja paga
talcho a ma-atsiló a kittas pana
boesum ?

Jzj. Chubboen ijo, ja mautsiri
alla ta Deos maracho ma-abisséa
tsjes o ai i boesum-ech ?

-J® possible ? Were you long on the way ?
^rn Yes, even more than half a year.
-J- ^av. What do you come here for ?
, p- I came to visit the Favorlangers.

you come only to visit us?
No, not only to visit you.
■ Well, what do you come to do here?
5 p^\' Ijiesire to teach the Favorlangers the way to heaven.

Laa^I^nbsp;? Where is the road that leads to heaven ? Does there exist such a long

heaven ?nbsp;^^^^ foolish; do you not know that God leads the righteous souls to

Ure. leboba, öat 10 te 0e0:--
gen, een toe0en of per0oon öie
altgö ffetoee0t 10, 10, enöe
blgft.

14-nbsp;jfab. M^ en toeten ban lt;Boö
met; feunö ffg toel beb)g0en
öatter een (Boö

J%j. Jehova, micho a pattite,
nattada ga ja boa tamasea pinaga,
paga, so-o machonsar taulaulan.

14.nbsp;Ter. Mautsiri i ta Deos ja
namo; ja mab\'o pait\'ijonoë alla
paga ta Deos ?

11.nbsp;Fav. You talk nonsense ! Is there a Creator of heaven and earth ?
Sir. Certainly, there is.

Sir, Jehovah signifies a being or person who has always been, is, and always will
remain.

14.nbsp;Fav. We do not know anything about God. Can you indeed prove that there is a
God ?

|ati. 221at toerfefeeti ?
^ tïix ëieer matljtige, enöe
ïlWlifefee toecfefeen.

^re. 2Den hemel, aartboöem,
gfonne, mane, gtroote, felelne
sterren,toolfefeen, bU\';i;em, Donöer,
aaröbetmffe.

ifat. è)pn öi\'t altemaal (15oti0
^iffm toerfefeen ?
Mre. !^et gfjn.
fat. ïfoe bet)j0t gj öat ?
5Lïee. Ife bet3j0\'et alöu^: of
hemel, aaröe, jee, 0]?n altoos
üCtiee^t, ofte 0pn tan een anöer
Sfmaafet.

fat. Sl^i00chi\'en öen h^
jjjei niet gemaakt tan een anöer,
waar tan ^elffgi altoosf ffe=
weegt.

ïKre. (B\' h^öt mi0ter0tanö.
^at öe hemel tan eeit anöer
ff^maafet, betoj^e ife uit 0jn
\'\'leraaö.

Jzj. Boesum, tapos o ta, abas,
zijsja, idas, babóan, aisennas, rabbo,
lalka, bioa, sasio.

21.nbsp;Ter. Matalam alli inerien in-
nai de roman-ech, kamaunis pin-
aga boesum taulaulan ?

Jzj, Ijo poelakies. All\'in-
erien ja boesum innaide roman,
na-a pait\'innai cho\'a-la.

thundnbsp;the earth, the sea, sun, moon, large and small stars, the clouds, lightning,

sortif. r it in this way: either heaven, earth, and the sea have always existed, or
21. y^ ® has made them.nbsp;\'

glor^\'^\'^quot;nbsp;quot;^hat the heaven has been made by another, is proved by its

23- ifab. 310 öen bemel ban een
anöec cierlife gemaafet, of 0pn
cieraaö gegeben ?

mre. 3Daar 10 geen leben,
geen bei:0tanö, ot benni00e in
0pn gebeele ligbaam. 2Daar uit
bolgt möten öen bemel 0pn cie=
raaö 0p gegeben ban anöer, öat
bp oofe gemaafet 0? ban een anöer.
2Die öen bemel tierlife gemaafet
beeft, b^^ft oofe öen ^emel 0elff0
gemaafet*

26.nbsp;jfabv (0ebe u gelpfe. Qfllaar
uit betop0t gp meer öat öe bemel
0p gemaafet ban een anöer ?

mxt. €)m öat öe b^mel, öe
0onne, mane, enö\'al 0pn liebten
geboor0aam 0pn ö\'beer0cbappie
tian een anöer, Die ö*0elbe öien0t\'-
baar maafet, en gebieö öten0t te
öoen aan öe men0tljen, ö\'aaröe,
Itruiöen en \'t getoa0. 27. jfab.

JzJ. Alla mogarinigini, mach-
allo-chällo o auchos aicho-ech so-o
mapan rarä inni choa baan o
lallum.

Jzj. Pa morichsar, pa saan
ja aba ini choa tapos achieb : innai-
numma ummior, sja inaal-lä innai
de roman boesum ai, all-ineriensar
channumma innai de roman-ech :
tamasea pinaaUä o boesum kamau-
nis minerien o boesum chan-
numma.

26.nbsp;Ter. Ka ummior ina. Innai-
numm\'ijo paita taulan all\'ineriensar
innai de roman boesum-ech ?

Jzj. Inau boesum, zijsja, idas,
so-o tapos choa rarä ummior o
chachimit o roman-ech, tamasea
pauloan aicho-ies, so-o pattillo
aran o cho, o ta, o baziep, o
inochan.

Str. That it is round like a globe, quite transparent, and that in its whole circumference
there are many lights.nbsp;, . . ^

23.nbsp;Fav. Has heaven been made and adorned by another being ?
\' Str. Has heaven itself adorned its structure ?

Sn\' ^here is neither life, nor understanding, nor knowledge in its whole structure.
Hence it follows, that if heaven has been adorned by some one else, it has also been made by
some one else. He who has adorned heaven, has also created heaven.
26. Fav. You are in the right. What other evidence have you that heaven has been created

Str. Because heaven, the sun, moon and all its lights, are subservient to the dominion
of a being who makes them subservient to Him, and who commands them to serve man, the
earth, the herbs, and the fruits of the field.

jfati. aoïel toat, öoen öe ^e--
wiel, gronite, mane öien^t aan öe
ö\'aatöe, fetruiöen, en

, ïKre. 3Den|emel loopt ffeöue=
t^iff ban\'t oo0ten na \'ttoesJten, en
s^poeö toeöer te feeeren na öet
jo0tem 2)e 0onne, mane möen
yemel mi00en noi\'ö op enöe onöer
ffaan. 2De 0onne gaat op om
oen aarötJoöem te berlic^ten, te
o^rtoarmen, en öen regen te liren=
gen ober bet getoa0, feruiöen, enöe
boomen, öat ö\'0elbe uitspruiten,
^a00en, enbe brutbt geben.
29- fab. 2fliat bien0t Ooet öe
wane aan öe men0ct)en, \'t geb3a0,
enbe feruiöen ?

2De mane gaat op, en ter=
jangt öe 0onne, om te berbrgben
je öonfeerbetb be0 naebt0, en met
gaar bocbti\'glieiö te temperen be
sttte ber 0onne, öat ï)et geb3a0
en feruiöen met en beröorren.
30. f ab. ^n 10 ïoaarlife een groote
5eer0cï)appi\'r öi\'en0tbaar te 0tel\'.
[enen te grbi\'eben 0ulfefee groote
quot;ff eb amen, öat ö\'0elbe geöuertg
Jtaan ten öi\'en0te ban be aaröe
pier beneöen, banbe feruïben, en
ff^bt be0 men0ct)en. öare.

27.nbsp;Ter. Mai numma, ja boesum,
zijsja, idas, aran o cho, o ta, o
baziep, o inochan ?

Jzj. Boesum tallochon ma-
garieb innai baijan pana tsipan,
so-o madaap pacheoach pana bajan.
Zijsja-da idas inni boesum alli poe-
lakies o tummoach a meodup. Ka-
tummoach zijsja-da alla parar\'o
tapos O ta, alla pattadach so-o
pautas o inochan, o baziep, o baron,
alla chumrao-o, summoos, so-o
poa.

Jzj. Katumoach idas, so-o
rummodsi o zijsja-da, alla odum
O bi-ini, so-o pakaqua o choa tach
tadach o zijsja, pa macha inochan
ja baziep.

30.nbsp;Ter. Gagil mato a chachimit
pauloan so-o pattillono talcho a
mato achieb, all\'aicho tallochon
aran o ta mini rapo, o baziep, o
inochan o cho.

27. Fav. Indeed! do heaven, sun, and moon, serve man, the earth, herbs, and fruits of the field ?
Str. They indeed serve them.
Fav. Prove this.

Str. Heaven moves continually from east to west, and hastens to return again to the east,
sun and the moon in heaven never fail to rise and to set. The sun rises in order to

illuminate the earth, to warm it, and to bring rain over the fruits of the field, the herbs, and
20nbsp;\'nbsp;forth fruit.

What service does the moon render to man, to the fruits of the field, and to the herbs?

. Sir. The moon rises and takes the place of the sun, in order to dispel the darkness of
\'^f^L \' through means of her moisture, she tempers the heat of the sun, so that the fruits

field and the herbs may not wither.
jO- Fav. The power must indeed be great that can command such immense bodies, and make
subservient to Him, so that they are constantly serving the earth here below, the herbs,
and the fruits of the field, destined for the food of man.

sure. »)00 i0t; m öaar ui\'t
öolfft, grlpfe ik toil öetop^rn, öat
öe öemel, öonne, m mane ban
tm anöer pmaafet gfpn; om
öatgfe ntrt anöer^ al0 öirnöt=
knrtï)tm öe Imjscöappi\'e en ïjet
bebel ac\'öteröolpn.
31- fati. Ik 0temmet oofe toe.
2Di\'e öen liemel met al 0pn lic\'öten
beljeersrt en öten^tbaar maafet, 10
toaarlife öe »)cl)epper öe^ ^emel0,
gelgcfe ffp nu betoenen Ijebt.

2Ure. aaieet oofe, öat öe
»)tï)epper öeö Ijemelgï i\'nöeröaat
machtig, milöaöi\'cl), en 0:oeöaar=
öïg; öetoelfefee pöuen\'tï) öer
men0c|en geöenfet, öe 0onne
opgaan enöe regenen laat, en
0i\'g on0er sfeer ontfermt.

32.nbsp;ifab. iRu ber^taan i\'fefeet:
certein, 000 \'t niet en regenöe,
nocl) öe 0onne opging, öe boo^
men, feruiöen, feoepen, paaröen,
ljertebee0ten en men0c^en 0OU--
öen altemaal kommen te 0terben.

ÖUre. \'C 10 nu betoe0en, öat
öen ^emel en 0pn gant0cl)e li\'c^--
ten ban een anöer 0pn gemaakt,
gelpkkertop0ooköeaaröe,enDe?ee.

33.nbsp;jfab. ööiel g\'en en ^ebt nocö
met betoe0en, öat öe liemel, aaröe,
0ee, 0pn ö\'eïgen toerkken ban
le^oöa, gelpk gp blu0je0 0ei\'öet.

A%j. Gagilna : so-o innai decho
ummior maibas merab o paita ina,
alla boesum, zijsja, idas ineriensar
innai de roman-ech, inau aicho mai-
bas O aran ummior o chachimit
so-o atillo.

31.nbsp;Ter. Na-a ummior channum-
ma, tamasea pauloan so-o chummi-
mit o boesum, o tapos choa rara,
gagil paga airien o boesum, maibas
o pia pinait\'ija.

Jzj. Abâ channumma, all\'ai-
rien o boesum gagil mabarra, ma-
al-al, so-o mario a tsjes, tamasea
tallochon tump\'o babosa, patoach o
zijsja, pautas, so-o kamabo mauchus
torro boa.

32.nbsp;Ter. Ka mab\'o pia : oedan, sja
alli moetas, alli tummoach a zijsja,
kamamacha tapos o baron, baziep,
binnan, loan, a babosa.

Jzj. Ka inipait\'o pia, alla boe-
sum so-o tapos choa rara ka-ineri-
ensar innai de roman-ech, maibas
o ta channumma, so-o abas.
33. Ter. Mai, acho ijo pinaita, alla
boesum, a ta, a abas paga maunis a
taap o Jehova ja Deos, maibas ijo
pala naassa-da.

Sir. So it is : and hence it follows, as I wished to prove, that heaven and earth, the sun
and moon, have been created by some Being, so that they may be nothing else but the servants
of His power, and obey His command.

31.nbsp;fav. i also agree to this. He who has dominion over heaven and all its lights, and
causes them to serve Him, is surely the Creator of heaven, as you now have proved.

Sir. Know, too, that the Creator of heaven is indeed powerful, bountiful, and kind ; He
constantly remembers man, causes the sun to rise, and also gives rain, and has pity upon us.

32.nbsp;Fav. Now I understand the matter. Certainly, if it did not rain, if the sun did not rise,
all things would perish j trees, herbs, cows, horses, deer, and men, would all die.

Sir. Now it is proved that heaven and all its lights have been made by some Being, as
also the earth and the sea.

33.nbsp;Fav. Well, you have not yet proved that heaven, earth, and the sea, are Jehovah\'s own
works, as you just now declared.

(Hce. aaiat, (Boligf mm
werfefeen met, toi\'eng toerkfeeti ^jtt
get öan? Bonnen öie Dmpn
mengthen Doen ?

38.nbsp;f ab. betojst gj Dat ?
^ ÖlTre, OH boorouDers en
ben Den toaren (BoD met gefeent.

A%j. Oedan ! sja alli maunis a
taap o Deos, tomm\'ija tataap paga
micho, ja babosa mab\'o merien
aicho-ies ?

Str. What! are they not God\'s own works ? Whose works are they then ? Can man do
those things?

Str. Do you think haibos is the creator of heaven, the earth, and the sea ?
3S- Fav. i think so.

Sir. Can you prove that, or do you only imagine this ?
37. Fav. i follow the ancient belief of my forefathers.

WLu, ^atibrtgiooööcbrbolfe,
m ö\'retbtbeeröip propbeten öie
ban ouös ptoeegit 0pn, al0 ^bra--
bam, llacob,nbsp;»)amuel,

2Dabiö, todcfee öe ößoööelifefee
leere ontfangen bebben, ten
einöe 0p al0 ber0tanöi\'ffe leer^
mee0ter0 b^t gemeene bolfe
0ouöen onöettop0en^

45-nbsp;ifab. ÖEaarom 10 (Boö 000
ern0ticb om bem 0elben te be-
tuigen en t\'openbacen ?

Jzj. Chono i Judea, so-o ta
ma-aijaab ma-abisse-bissé tsjes ani-
baas, ta Abraham, ta Jacob, ta
Moses, ta Samuel, ta David, tama-
sea minarach o atil o Deos, alla
maibas o ma-atil o mabada tsjes
allecho pattil o chono baak decho-
noë.

46.nbsp;Ter. Ja torro alli madarram o
Deos o gagil innai autat torroa
micho ?nbsp;J%j.

Str. A Word, or divine declaration, in which God speaks of His own being or person.

Str. To the Jewish people, and to the righteous prophets, who have been of old, as
Abraham, Jacob, Moses, Samuel, David; who received the divine doctrine, so that they, as
intelligent teachers, might instruct the common people.

(Hre. ipeeti: of^cbooit öi\'t
pnt0cï)e gebouVo tan boben tot
beneöm 0pnen »itbcpper aan^
batter een 0efeer persoon
ofte (Bee0t be alöerber0tan=
bi\'tb0te, be albermacbti\'0:0te, bi\'e
alle be0e bingen gemaafet, en
gaar cieraab gegeben ^zdt; of
al 0cboon 0jn tog^bei\'ö enbe
macbt ge0i\'en toerb, 000 t0t nocb
ffeen0in0 feenbaar, toie be0en
webepper 0?. 2De »»cbepper
sfoube gant0cbelili berbolen blg=
oen, 000 (I5ob 0gn ÖBoorb met
öabbe toegeboegt, 000 in 0pn
öe0cbreben tooorö ban ober beel
laren bP niet afgemaalt babbe
een gelgfefeenm00e ban »»gn
eigen peL-0oom

Ure. i0 gebeel een gee=
sftelife b3e0en, \'t toelli niet ge0ien,
nocb 0;eta0t toorb gelgfe be ligba--
nten. (Bob beeft geen beenberen,
fenutoen, bloeb, blee0c^ ofte
iiffbaam.

AsJ. Pa: pagatomma tapos o
tataap o mini innai babo pana rapó
pait\'o cho\'airien, alla paga charri o
boa ja tsjes, kummasjies a ma-
achéer, a ma-abarra, tamasea min-
erien so-o pinaal-la o mini tapos ai;
pagatomma itan choa aba, a barra,
pagaga aban chaddai, tomm\'ija
Airien o mini, kapapoetautachsar o
auchos ma-acharrielj Airien o ai,
sja alli pinachip o choa ranied ta
Deos, sja inni cho\'atite kabinidoan
anibaas alli pinattas o tatchier o
choa micho boa.

J%j. Paga tsjes o auchos icho,
tamasea pa itan, pa siddo-on mai-
bas o bogsar ; pa oot, oggach,
tagga, boa, bogsar ta Deos.

No. Although this entire structure from top to bottom testifies of its Creator, and
proves that there is a certain Person or Spirit, the most intelligent, the most powerful, who
Jias made and adorned all these things; though His wisdom and power are seen, still we can
quot;y no means see who this Creator is. The Creator would remain quite hidden, if God had
^t added His Word given to us so many years ago, and if He had not given us an image of
nis own person in His written Word.
47- Fav. Why does God remain so completely hidden ?

Str. He is quite a spiritual Being, whom we cannot see nor handle, as we can our
dS ^\'nbsp;sinews, blood or flesh, nor has He a body.

Sir. Certainly, Have not your forefathers, who lived many years ago, and do you not

tjooroutiet:0 öan oter öeel jacert,
m ffp morö ett knorö gj?
met ffeiaumg op 5a(6o0, felaagt
ffpiniet Dat u 0laat m feranfe
maafet, noempt gp tiem niet Den
boo0en i^aiamp;o^ ?

(Ere. (Been0in0: 10 cer--
tein 0000, en ge^ötel boo0aarDr0;.
l^i\'erom toorD ^a(l)O0 genaamt
Den lioo0en, Dat 10 te 0e0;pn, een
öel^amer tan toeDer0panm\'cteiD
enDe öoo0toi\'c^t ?

tïre. Skilat 10 ï)aibo0 quaaD,
en i\'0 peD oofe ? InDien
quaaD 10, toaarom prp0t gp Den
boo0tott|)t ? 310 lp goeD, |toaa=
rom fenorD en felaagt gp ober 0pn
boD0aarDfg5eiD ?

52.nbsp;f ab. 2Den ègt;c|epper ban
mei, aarDe, 0ee,|ebt gp te booren
gepre0en toegen 0pn milDöei\'D
enDe toelDaDen.

tire. 2Dat 10 recï)t en beta=
meli\'fe Dat top Den »»e^epper prp=
0en, Die De men0cl)en 000 lief
teett en eben 0taag on0er ge=
Denfet, De 0onne Doet opgaan, |et
afefeertoerfe beregent, en iaarli\';i;
l)et getoa0 bruc^tbaar maafet.

anibaas, so-o ijo channumma alli
makarrichi tallochon i haibos, alli
poddodo inau simioch so-o pach\'ijo
madig, alli pattonan ja icho rapies
haibos ?

Jzj. Maini : paga gagil ara-
pies icho, so-o o auchos rapies tsjes.
Inau micho attonannan ta haibos
rapies ai, micho a pattite, ma-aka-
kossi a ma-arapies ?

JgJ. Numma, ja rapies haibos,
so-o mario channumma ta haibos,
sja rapies haibos, inaunumma sum-
mo-al o rapies ai ? Sja mario hai-
bos, inaunumma makarrichi so-o
poddodo o cho\'arapies ?

52.nbsp;Ter. Ani tinnaam ijo sum-
moal o Airien o boesum, o ta, a
abas inau cho\'al-al a tataap a rio.

Jzj. Mabisse micho, so-o mak-
kesjap alla namo madas i Airien o
ai-oë, tamasea masini maukat o
babosa, tallochon tump\'i namoa,
patoach o zijsja, pautas o tsinaap,
so-o pabo\'o inochan atatta
baas.

yourselves, murmur and grumble about haibos ? Do you not complain that he beats you and
makes you ill ? Do you not call him the wicked haibos ?

Str. Not at all; he is decidedly wicked and malignant. Therefore haibos is called the
wicked one; that is to say, he is a ringleader in rebellion, and the evil-doer,

Str. What! is haibos bad, and is he good too ? If he is bad, why do you praise the
evil-doer ? If he is good, why do you murmur and complain about his malignity ?

52.nbsp;Fav. You have just now praised the Creator of heaven, of the earth and sea, for His
bountifulness.

Str. It is but right and proper that we should praise the Creator, who loves man so
dearly, and who constantly thinks of us ; who causes the sun to rise, who sends down rain
upon the fields, and every year causes the fruits thereof to be abundant.

53-nbsp;iFab. jaijsoo prjgfcn top W\'-
000 oofe, en noemen hem öen
ffoeöen haibog.

5are. dßj 0JÖ 0eer bujten öe
weg; eten of gj stoart toi\'t
noemöet. 2De0en naam pa0t
Jpoö alleen. Alöug gcht^pft gj
Je eece, öle (I5oö eigen 10 öaiamp;o0
toe, öoor ontoetenljei\'ö, en öat gj
«och met en feenö öe toelöaöen
Ö5OÖ0.

54-nbsp;fat. I^et laat h^m aansi\'en
t\'Dlgen0 u betoj0, bat het geloof
pn baibo0, aan Aöam, jöel, en
beörog tan haibo0 0?.

(Hre. 2Dat t0 toaat: ife feenne
jpn beörog, geljfefeertoj0 i\'n Den
»egi\'nne, al0 alle Dingen ge0cha=
pen toaren, hP Den eer0ten
JJien0che Die Aöam genaamt
wa0, beDrogen heeft, mit0gaöer0
alle 0jne nakomelingen al0 Daar
gpit alle anöere tremDelingen op
oen aaröboDem, al0oo heeft hp ook
toor De0en mi0leiö utoe toor-
otiöerg tan oter teel i\'aren,
^^be hare nakomelingen, eten
aue intooonöeren De0e0 eilanö0,
oat0e gelooten öe toooröen tan
een outoe leugenachtige totebelle,
oat0e geloote 0tellen in het ge=
»ang tan een feleen togelfeen, \'t
welk öen naam toerD banham,
ai0 on0en eer0ten toorbaDer.

Ions- tquot;quot;nbsp;wrong ; just as if you were to say black is white. This name be-

Whnbsp;alone. In that way, and in your ignorance, you ascribe to haibos the honour

dpn» According to your declaration, the belief in haibos and in Adam is vain, and a

quot;treated, he deceived the first man called Adam, as well as all his posterity, and many
and th sojourners in the world, so, also, has he in former years deceived your forefathers
now b rquot;^ posterity, just as he has deceived all the inhabitants of this island, whereby they
beann™ the words of a lying old slut, and put their confidence in the song of a little bird,
\'^^nng, as our first forefather did, the name of Adam.

53.nbsp;Ter. Masini namo summoal i
haibos channumma, so-o pattonan
ja mario haibos.

Jzj. Mauchus poelakies imoa;
maibas moa pattonan o ma-orum,
ma-ausi, Naan o mini makkesjap
ta Deos ma-akammichisar. Masini
inau otsiri, so-o inau acho madar-
ram o tataap o rio o Deos, imo
pe\'o adas, kamaunis a Deos, ta
haibos-ech.

54.nbsp;Ter. Matalam maibas pait\'ijo
autat inni ta haibos, inni Adam,
paga baak, so-o sasali\'o haibos-ech.

JzJ. Gagil micho. Mab\'o in\'o
choa sasalla, maibas inni aisas\'o
inerien o mini tapos ai, icho pinau-
lakies o babos\'o pesasa tamasea
naan ta Adam, so-o choa sjiem o
sjiem, tapos roman azjies de babo
ta, masini channumm\'ani milip
icho pinaulakies oa boeboe-no ani-
baas, so-o choa sjiem, tapos o cho
de borroch o ta mini, alia decho
poetat inni ranied o masini ma-at-
tattosik, alia poetat inni babo o
kotsi mampa-dech, o ai marach o

55.nbsp;ifat). aDen ïiaibogJ beeft ge=
^egt, öat bP ^öam öoet
0itigeti en boor^egffen*

mre. liegt, 2De bogelen
Ötngen ^onöet be^tbeiö. 30 öan
000 een kleen bogelfeen baibo0
propheet? a^i00cbien beeft bP
0elf0 \'t geöang ban öit bogelfeen
nageaapt, om öte ban ternern
en anöere mtooonöer0 ban ött
eilanö te beöriegen.

56.nbsp;fab. \'^ot toat einöe beeft
baibo0 öit bogelfeen öen naam
gegeben ban ^öam ?

9!Jre. SDaarmeöe be0pot öen
boo0lDigt öen eer0ten men0che,
toelfefeen bP op öen öooltoeg ge=
bracbt heeft.

58.nbsp;jfab. ï^aibo0 0egt öat bP öe
men0cben formeect, öe 0onne
öoet opgaan, regen geeft, en \'t
getoa0 brucbtbaar maakt.

aire. ^Itemaal leugen0SLh
000 bergifti\'gt öe men0cben öi\'e
ouöe 0lange. (Kp aapt en bot0t
(0OÖ na, en beön\'egt öe men--

Jzj. Tummosik icho. Mampa
po baaksar. Ja kotsi mampa ma-
sini paga ma-aijaab o haibos ?
Matalam icho maunis tsinimichier
o babo o kotsi mampa mini, alla
summall\'i Ternern, so-o roman
azjies de borroch o ta mini.

58.nbsp;Ter. Macho ta haibos all\'icho
merien o babosa, patoach o zijsja,
pautas, so-o pabo\'o inochan.

Jzj. Tapos ja tattosik ! Ma-
sini raras a ibien aicho sumbach o
babosa. Pazigal\'i ta Deos, so-o
summaU\'o cho, alk poetat icho

55.nbsp;Fav. Haibos has declared that he makes even Adam to sing and to prophesy.

Str. He lies. The birds sing without discrimination. Is, now, such a little bird the
prophet of haibos ? Perhaps he has even imitated the singing of this little bird in order to
deceive the people of Ternern and other inhabitants of this island.nbsp;_

56.nbsp;Fav. What has been the object of haibos in giving the name of Adam to this little bird ?
Str. That by thus mocking the first man the villain might lead him into the path of

57.nbsp;Fav. If haibos is not the true God, what is he, then ?
Str. Has haibos not told you who he is ?

58.nbsp;Fav. Haibos says that he has formed man, that he causes the sun to rise, and that he
fertilises the fruits of the fields.

Str. All lies ! Just so the old serpent poisons man. Like an ape he imitates God and
deceives men, so that they may believe that he is the true God, that they may fear him and
sacrifice to him.

0cï)en, ttn emöe ^ouöen m--
looöen, Dat lp De toare ö5oD
lern bree0en, en offerlanDe Doen,
59- fat. aaiel) 0OUD toel feon--

Mre. ^IDU0 inDen bepnne,
al0 Den lemel toleinDip toa0,
leeft (Bod teel Dui0ent onli\'ß:|a=
melikke Dienaren pmaakt, 0eer
0utJtpl, teerDi\'g, 0terk, recltteer--
Ö10: en |are tooonplaat^e ffe0telt
inDen |emel, op Dat0e 0pn leer--
stiappie aan0c|outoen, en 0pn
tetelen uitrtt|ten 0ouDen. 2Den
naam De0er Di\'enaar010 ^n0;elu0,
öat 10 te 0e0;pn boDen en Dien0t\'.
oariffe pe0ten (BOD0. ^p en
«ten, Drinkken, 0lapen, noc|te
ffenereren met plpk De men^
0c|en, 0pn tele, ja ontelbaar m
menni\'pe, leten altoo0 0onDer

Jzj. Ta Deos pinattas o hai-
bos inni choa ranied kabinidoan,
so-o tummassal o cho\'arapies, alla
torro mame-il o choa sasalla.

Jzj. Masinisar : ani pesasa,
ka-inoob o boesum, ta Deos mine-
rien o aran ma-arotul o bog, mapan
mama-achpil a tschiet eis, mauchus
ma-acheerna, ma-aamgach, ma-
abarra, ma-abisse a tsjes ; so-o
pinasos\' inni boesum-ech dechonoë,
alla mit\'o choa chachimit so-o um-
moob o cho\'attilo. Naan o aran o
mini paga ta Angelus, mi chosar a
pattite, aran o Deos baak o tsjes.
Alli man, micham, summarra, alli
pausjiem decho maibas o babosa,
kamatasasna, pa tochen inau
mauchus matasas, machonsar mo-
rich, alli mach\'ija, choa airab a

Str. God has depicted haibos in His written Word, and tells us how wicked he is, so
that we may be on our guard against his deceitfulness.
01. Fav. How so? I wish to know.

Str. Well, then, in the beginning, when heaven was finally completed, God created
®any thousands of incorporeal servitors who were very volatile, quick, strong, and just,
giving them a dwelling in heaven, so that they might behold His dominion, and receive His
commands. The name of these servitors is Angelus, that is, servants and serving spirits of
quot;od. They neither eat, nor drink, nor do they sleep; they have no offspring as man in
general has j they are many in number, yea, they are innumerable; they live on for ever, and

maafe dßoö tt loten en ffeöue=
riß; 0pn tooorö ge\'^oorsaam te
sfgn. ^^aiöOiS 10 tjan te boren
oofe een peöen engel, en retl)t=
beerölpn öienaar (Bobs getoeest,
boeb 0g en bele 0gner metge--
0ellen0gn naberbanb (Bobe baren
fecbepper b3eber0pannlg getoor-.
öen» bengböe 0gn groote
!)eer0cbappie, enöe matbt 0ton::
öen na öe gelgfebeib lt;Boö0, en
0ocbten een eigen beer0cbappi\'e
op te rechten, om te böigen baren
eigenen toille. äDp öe0e tDg0e
beeft l)aibo0 en alle 0gn meöge--
0ellen mi0öaan möen beginne,
en blgben 0teeö0 quaaöaaröig en
toeöer0panmg^

(Ere. lieen, 0e berbaröen
baar 0elben, en l)aar boo0beiö
toorö altgö meeröer^

5oor0aambeiö 10 |ai\'bo0 en alle
0gn metge0ellen ui\'t öen liemel
gebjorpen.nbsp;65. f ab.

aukat paga madas i ta Deos, so-o
ummior tallochon o cho\'atite. Ta
haibos ani tinnaam channumma
mario Angelus, so-o aran o Deos
mabisse a tsjes, kasaghä icho, so-o
ma-atasäs choa ara pesas\'o kum-
mossi i ta Deos choa Airien, ma-
sannan o choa chachimit matoto
dechonoë, pazigal\'i ta Deos, so-o
summad\'o maunis a chachimit, all\'-
ummior o maunis choa airab. Ma-
sini ta haibos so-o tapos choa ara
pinarapies ani pesasa, so-o machon-
sar rapies a ma-akakossi.

will never die. To praise God is their desire and delight, so also to obey His word.
Haibos was formerly also a good angel, and a just servant of God ; but afterwards, he, and
many of his fellows, rebelled against God. They envied His vast power and dominion, they
desired to become equal with God, endeavoured to establish a dominion of their own, and to
follow their own wil. It is in this way that haibos and all his followers sinned in the begin-
ning, and still remain malicious and rebellious.

Sir. No, they persist in their rebellion and wickedness, which are continually
increasing.

63.nbsp;Fav. Has God forgiven them their rebellion ?
Str. By no means ; He will punish it terribly.

Sir. On account of his disobedience, haibos and all his fellows have been cast out of
heaven.

faö. ^a öat öi\'e boo^e öie=
naargf toaren uftgetoorpen,
boort brp gelaten ?

^Kre. ^een: tooröen alle
ffebangen gehouöen om eeutoig^
ufe ffeötraft te tooröen möen feuil
öe0 bier0, pnaamt (Bebenna.

5Llre. ^e 0cbrifefeen 0eer boor
000 getoelöiffen tboorn en beben.
68- jfab. Qfllaaromenbebreöigen
0p niet met (Boö ?

te. 31a: om öat0e(Boö bpanö
s^pn, 000 benpöen0e, öat top men--
0tben (Boö lief bebben, enöe 0pn
ffeboöen nafeommen. 72. fab.

Jzj. Maini : kakoemen ja pa-
tapos, inochote-in taulaulan lallum
chauch o chau, o ai attonannan
gehenna.

71.nbsp;Ter. Tanaas ! ja kamazjies
so-o masannan o babosa channum-
ma dechonoë ?

Jzj. Hena: inau kamazjies i ta
Deos choa tsjes-oë, decho masan-
nan torro babosa maukat i ta Deos,
so-o ummior o cho\'atillo. 72. Ter.

65- Fav. After those wicked servants had been cast out, have they been set at liberty ?

Str. No, they are all kept in bonds, in order to be eternally punished in the pit of fire,
called Gehenna.

,„ ^^r. They are sorely afraid of such frightful anger, and tremble,
Da. Fav. Why do they not appease God?

r a\\ because they feel enmity against God, they also feel envy that we men love
•-quot;oa and obey His commands.

73- fat. pöetiMe öat gj zm
toetnicl) te öorm u öefelatl) öeöet,
möe ljai\'t)o0 oteröaalöet, om öat
!)jAöamö£iim0tenmen0cI)eop\'t
öolm gebracht heeft: hoe 10 öat?

to. ^aibo0 heeft bau öen
beginne öen men0clje beel quaaö0
geöaan, en h? öoet het noch.
»)pnen rechten naam 10 amp;atana0,
öat 10 te 0eggen een bjanö en
benpöer. 3e0u0 Chn\'0tu0 öe
^one (BOÖ0 noemt haibo0, een
bpanö, mengchenmoocöer, en
baöer öer luegenen. \'t Ijai--
bo0 öen belhamer öer toeöer=
0panmchelD, öie öe men0che tot
toeöer0pannigheiö berlei\'ö heeft.
^n0e eer0te boorouöer0 toaren
geheel goeö enöe rechtbeerötg
gemaafet. dßoö haööe haar ge=
maakt ttoee per0oonen, man
enöe Ltopff, öe naam De0 man0
toa0 aöam, öe naam öer brou--
toen toa0 CCba. Ban be0e ttoee
0jn boortge0proten alle men=
0chen, en ge0lagten öer aaröe.
äDoen0e eer0t ge0thapen toaren,
feenöen0e noch geen quaaö, toi0^

72.nbsp;Ter. Matalam choa airab alla
decho so-o torro babosa karri-ka-
kossi i ta Deos ?

73.nbsp;Ter. Katumpa ina, ijo poddo-
do ani naassada, so-o makarrichi i
haibos inau icho pinaulakies i ta
Adam babos\'o pesasa; moeda mi-
cho ?

A%i. Ta haibos mauchus pina-
rapies o babos\'ani pesasa, so-o ma-
chonsar parapies. Choa naan o
gagil paga ta Saitan, michosar a
pattite, äzjies-in so-o ma-assannan.
Sjiem badd\'o Deos ta Jesus Christ-
us pattonan o haibos, äzjies-in ma-
ach\'o cho, so-o tamau o tattosik.
Ta haibos ma-akakossi ai, tamasea
linummal\'i kakossi o babosa, Ka-
ineriensar o auchos mario, ma-
abisse a tsjes torroa boeboe-no
pesasa. Ta Deos minerien decho
narroa chosar, sjam a sini, naan o
sjam paga Adam, naan o sini, Eva.
Innai choa boa tsinummoach tapos
o cho, so-o tupponodon de ta. Ka
bao ineriensar dechonoë, acho mab\'o
arapies, acho mab\'o kummossi,
maukat choa tsjes i ta Deos, mau-
kat o tataap o babisse, so-o um-
mior o atillono Deos. Ta haibos,
inau mit\'o aukat so-o aborra tup-

72.nbsp;Fav. Perhaps they would much like that he and we should jointly rise against God ?

73.nbsp;Fav. I think that you complained a short time ago of haibos, and accused him that he
led Adam, the first man, into error. How is that ?

Str. From the very beginning, haibos has done much harm, and he does so still. His
real name is Satan, which means an enemy, one filled with envy. JTesus Christ, the Son of
God, calls haibos an enemy, a murderer, and the father of lies. It is haibos, the rebellious
ringleader, who has induced man to rebel against Him. Our first forefathers were perfect
and righteous. God had made two persons, a man and a woman ; the name of the man was
Adam, the name of the woman was Eve. From these two persons all men and generations
of the earth have sprung. When they first were created, they knew no evil; they did not

tm ntet ongeloorgfaam te
pare 01\'ele tiaööe (BoD lief, |aööe
iW0t tec|t en toel te öoen, om
®oö0 getjoö te acltertolgen,
i¥ait)o0 0ieitöe öe Iteföe en treöe
tii00c|en (Boö enöe öe men0c|en,
toa0 0eer npöi\'el, quam on0e
«r0te ijoorouöer0 ^öam enöe
Jtöa t)er0oeamp;ken, öerpfticlöe
gare gemoeöeren al0 een 0lanp,
fn beörooff laar met 0gne
j5U0:en0, öat0e int 0poor traöen
«an 0pne onffe|oor0aamtieiö.

te. gia. I^aibo0 leeft^öam
tn (Eöa mi0leiö en tot onge^oor^
öaamlieiö gebracht

tire. 31 a, alle men0cl)enfein=
öeren lebben inöen beginne in
^öam enöe Cba obergetreöen,
jnöe böigen lare ongeöoor0aam=
Ötiö na, gelpfefeertop0 al0 0p
nagebolgt liebben ö\'ongel)oor=
3aam|)eiö ban |aibo0.

76.nbsp;jfab. ^oz \'i fe)pn alle men=
»tuen bDD0öoenöer0, en ober--
treöer0 ?

to. ^p lebben alle ober=
ffetreöen, en tooröen geboren in
Doo0t)eiö.nbsp;77. fab.

pach o Deos a babosa, mauchus
masannan, sai lummall\'i ta Eva,
so-o Adam torroa micho boeboeno
pesasa, maibas ibien sumbach o
choa tsjes-oë, so-o summall\'i decho
o choa tattosik, alla tsimichier o
kakossi o haibos dechonoë.

Jzj. Hena, Ta haibos pinau-
lakies i ta Adam a Eva, so-o pina-
kossi O choa boa.

Jzj. Hena, tapos sisjiem o
babosa kinummossi ani pesasa inni
ta Adam a Eva, so-o tsimichier o
choa kakossi, maibas tsinimichier o
Kakossi o haibos dechonoë.

know what disobedience was; they loved God ; they were desirous to do what was right
and proper, and to obey God\'s commands. Haibos, on witnessing the love and peace exist-
ng between God and man, became very jealous ; he came to tempt our first forefathers ; he
poisoned their minds like a serpent, and deceived them with his lies, so that they followed in
quot;le steps of his disobedience.
74- Fav. Well, has man also disobeyed God ?

andnbsp;^^^ \'he children of men have in the beginning transgressed in Adam and Eve,

a tove imitated their disobedience, just as they imitated the disobedience of haibos.
/o- Fav. What! are all the children of men evil-doers and trespassers ?
igt;tr. They have all transgressed, and are born in sin.

aan om öe mensfcben tot onp--
boor^aambelö te örenpn, en tot
ï)OO0ljei\'ö te terlelöen ?

te. 3a: bg loopt pns en
toeer gelgfe een 0lanp, om on0
te tjergiftigen. ontsteekt int
berte quaöe pöaeïiten; blu0cbt
uit öe tiree0e (BOÖ0, feenm\'00e, en
\'t ploot in ®oö ijerbg^tert ^et
pmoeö, öat ^et ttogffelt, en met
göele bree^e i\'npnomen toorö;
öat\'et plooft aan batöo0, aan
0pn beöroff, en leupnacbtip
0uper0t(tien. l^g toenö alle öe^
toic aan, öat tiermeeröece ö\'on^
toetenbeiö (10oö0, bet buistere ber--
0tanö, öronfeenscliap, öooöslag,
oberspel, ngö, bebrog, leupns,
öi\'eberie, onpboorsaembeiö, bal=
0tarrttbEib, en alle boosbelö»

78.nbsp;f ab. ffg al 0cboon blgft
afraben, 000 0gn tog öocb ban
OU00 tot batbo0 getoenö, enöe
on0e 0iele feleeft bem 0eer aan.

79.nbsp;ifab. Uree0en bem te ber-
toerpen, bat niet mi\'00ebi\'en
toornig en tooröe, enöe Dn0
quaaö öoe.

Jzj. Hena: pallidollido mai-
bos o ibien, alla sumbach i namo.
Pisor inni tsjes o tattuppau rapies.
Potup o ikkil o Deos, o aba, o autat
inni ta Deos. Paulakies o tsjes,
alla marmimi a mikkil o baak;
alla poetat inni haibos, inni choa
sasalla, choa arïen o ma-atattosik.
Maddobor ja icho alla moab otsiri
o ta Deos, ma-audum a tsjes, ärab,
äch\'o cho, chachod, sannan, sasalla,
tattosik, achab, kakossi, ma-araas a
tsjes, so-o tapos o arapies.

78.nbsp;Ter. Pagatomm\'ijonoë mach-
onsar O ummaddo ; ani milip torro
madarram i ta haibos, so-o mauchus
mikkap icho torroa tsjes-oë.

77.nbsp;Fav, Does haibos rather persevere in leading men to disobey God and to tempt them to
commit VFickedness ?

Str. Yes, he goes to and fro, like a serpent, to poison us. He causes evil thoughts to
arise in the heart, extinguishes the fear of God, as also knovsrledge of and faith in God,
harasses the mind, so that it is filled with doubt and vain fears ; thus it believes m haibos, in
his deceitfulness, and lying superstitions. He does all he possibly _can_ to increase man s
ignorance concerning God, drunkenness, murder, adultery, envy, deceit, lies, theft, disobedi-
ence, obstinacy, and every wickedness.

78.nbsp;Fav. However much you may continue to dissuade us, our souls entirely cleave to
haibos, because we are long accustomed to him.

79.nbsp;Fav. We fear to reject him ; perhaps he will be angry with us, and do us harm.

enöe 0pö tjpanö.
80. jfat. aaiel maar, top tiree^en
te gfeec öe gram^thap ban bai\'bo^.

?!are. (En bree^t gp nfet teel
meer öe gramjscbap (15oö0 ?
Inölen gp U\'eöen (Boö 0ult na=
böigen, !|p 0al öen bai\'bo0 onöer
utoe boeten bemeöen, enöe u in
0pn betoan\'nge nemem l^p en
beeft geen macbt om öe men^
0cben quaaö te öoen, ten 0p öat
bet 0000 bem toelate. \'t 310
ffenoeeb fiem gebree0t en ge0pp\'-
öoffert, blieö ban baibo0 al0 ban
een becgifti\'ge 0lange.

öfliee alle öe gene öi\'e bai\'bo0
blpben aanbangen, toant öen
toorn 05000, en öe 0traffe öe0
gel0cben bier0, bolgt baar ge=
öuerig achter öe bielen na.

een einöe ban 0prefeen te
mafeen, toel aan, betoaart öe
öingen öie ge0egt 0pn in u berte,
tn ontbouö öe0e örie 0tufelien:—
3inöen eer0ten beb i\'fe betoe0en,
öat bemel, aaröe, 0ee, met altpö
ot eeutoig en 0pn getoee0t ban
baar 0elben; 0e 0pn gemaafet
ban een anöer.

haibos, imo lummido i ta Deos,
so-o kamazjies icho.
80. Ter, Oedan, mauchus torro
me-il o rais o ta haibos.

Jzj. Ja alli maso mikkil o rais
o Deos ? Sja a-ummior i ta Deos,
tatummallas o haibos icho de rapo
oa asiel, so-o mamaladik imoa.
Alli mabarra ja icho parapies o ba-
bosa, sja alli pauss\'icho ta Deos,
Chauge mikkil, chauge paan icho ;
obea innai ta haibos, maibas innai
ibien o boesum.

Anana i tapos chono ai ka ma-
chonsar o mikkap i ta haibos, inau
rais o ta Deos, so-o chachalt o chau
Gehenna taulaulan marior i decho.

Alla na-a posisi o pattite, assän-
man-a, aladikk\'o ranied i tsjes, so-o
tuppä natorroa da tuppono mini:—

Ka pesasa, pinaita ina alla boe-
sum, o ta, a abas alli pinaga maunis
o taulalan; ka ineriensar innai-de
roman aicho-ech.

Sir. If ye will continue to follow haibos, ye forsake God, and become His enemy,
oo. Pav, Yes, but we fear too much the wrath of haibos.

Sir. And do ye not fear the wrath of God much more ? If ye will follow after God, He
Will trample haibos under your feet, and take you under His own care. Without God\'s per-
mission haibos has no power to harm men. Ye have feared and sacrificed to him enough ;
nee from haibos as a poisonous serpent.

Woe unto all who adhere to haibos, for the wrath of God and the punishment of hell-fire
continually threaten to overtake them.

To conclude our conversation, take heed to bear in mind the things that have been said to
you, and remember these three things:—

In the first place, I have proved that heaven, earth, and the sea, have not always, or
rom all eternity, existed of themselves; they have been made by some being or other.

In proof, I have spoken of the adornment of heaven, and I have also said that heaven, with all

hemcl, mi\'t0gaöer0 alle sJpn Uth
uit een anöerg heergchappie m
hoorgaam öie öe gelte
öi\'engtbaar maafet, en gebieö
öi\'engt te öoen aan öe aaröe,
aan \'t ptoag öer mengeben, en
öe faeegten öeg beltg.

%en ttoeeöen, beb ilx te kennen
gegeben, öat ^etjoba ofte 2Deog,
i\'g öe ^cbepper tan bemel, aaröe,
enöe gee, öie öit alleg gemaakt,
en met eieraat bekleeö beeft,
toaar uit bolgt öat bj alleen gj
De toare (Boö.

\'^en DerDen, beb ik opengelegt
bet beDrog tan baibog. Die De
toare lt;BoD na^aapt, en utoe boor=
ouDerg ban ouDg migieiD beeft,
öatge gelooföen aan baibog, aan
Stöam, en toaarnamen De tooor^
Den ban een ouö logenacbttg
topf, propbetegge ban baibog,
toelkke Die ban Cernern, en
anöere i\'ntooonöeren öegeg ei^
lanDg geleerD beeft jöele guper--
gti\'ti\'en na te böigen, op öat gj
namaalg boor gjn beörog u
toaebtet, en geloobet De tooorDen
öeg toaaracittgen (BoDg^ öen
toelkken eigen ig alle beer^
gcbappie, enöe matbt, enöe lof,
altpö en altoog, Amern
Cinöe De0\'tgamen--gegprekg.

boesum a tapos choa rara ummior
o chachimit o roman-ech ; tamasea
pauloan aicho-ies, so-o pattillo aran
o ta mini, o inochan o cho, o bin-
nan de bonna.

Ka narroa, na-a pinaba, alla ta
Jehova ja Deos paga airien o boe-
sum, o ta, a abas, tamasea mine-
rien so-o pinaal-la o mini tapos ai,
innai-numma ummior all\'icho ma-
kammichi gagil o Deos.

Ka natorroa, na-a innummillag
o sasall\'o haibos-ech, tamasea pazi-
ral\'i ta Deos o gagil, so-o pinaula-
cies oa boeboeno anibaas, alla pinoe-
tat dechonoë inni haibos, inni
Adam, so-o tump\'o ranied o ma-
sini ma-atattosik, o ai pinaga ma-
aijaab o haibos, so-o pinattil i Ter-
nern, a roman azjies de borroch o
ta mini ummior o arien o baak, alla
rummi-es mame-il o choa sasalla,
so-o poetautat inni ranied o Deos
o gagil, maunis o ai chachimit o
tapos, a barra, so-o adâs, taulaulan,
Amen.

its lights, is subservient to the dominion of another Being, who commands them to render their
services to the earth, to the fruits of the field belonging to man, and to the beasts of the field.

Secondly, I have explained that Jehovah, or Deos, is the Creator of heaven, earth, and
the sea; that it is He who has made and adorned all things. From hence it follows that He

Thirdly, I have laid bare to you the deceit of haibos, who simulates the true God, and
who has misled your forefathers from the beginning, so that they believed, m haibos, in Adam,
and have listened to the words of lying old women, the prophetesses of haibos, who have taught
these inhabitants of Ternern, and other inhabitants of this island, to follow after vain supersti-
tions, in order to put you hereafter on your guard agamst his deceit, and make you believe
the words of the true God, to whom belong all dominion, and power, and praise, for ever and
ever. Amen.

(BoD is onligbamelife.
2. 2De eerste boorouöers ban bet
menscbelifeke geslagte Sgn ^öam
en öEba.

I^aibos beeft öen mensebe ber^
leiö tot ongeboorsaambeiö.
3- :aöam en Cba spn in ben
beginne (Bob ongeboorsaam ge.
toeest mitsgaöers alle bare na=
Romelingen.

2Daar m is geen mensclje
recbtbeerötg; S? bebben alle
gesonötgt, en Vöorben geboren
in boosbeiö.

(Boö is retbtbeeröig en straft
oe boosbeiö Der menscben.
4. €)m öer obertreöinge boille
straft (Boö alle menscben mettec
booD.

(Boö is op bet boocbste ber^
toornt ober be ongeboorsaambeiö
oer menscben.nbsp;Cbristus

3.nbsp;Ta Adam a Eva ani pesasa
kinummossi i ta Deos, so-o tapos
choa sjiem o sjiem.

Allipa babosa mabissé tsjes :
kinummossi ja patapos, so-o ausji-
men inni arapies.

2.nbsp;The first forefathers of the human race were Adam and Eve.
^ the beginning God made man just and good.

3-nbsp;^ the beginning, Adam and Eve disobeyed God, so also have all their posterity.

1 here is not one man who is righteous; all have sinned and have been born in sin.
God is just, and punishes the wickedness of man.

4-nbsp;On account of transgressions, God punishes all men with death.
lt;Jod IS highly incensed at the disobedience of man.

5.nbsp;C|n\'0tu0 10 öe »gt;0one (BOÖ0,
en te 0amen gelgk een feoone
öe0 men0ctien.

2De nien0ctie C|r{0tu0 leeft
geleöen, enöe 10 öen öooö Qt-
0tort)en boor öe on0;eI)ODr0aam=
|eiö öer mEn0c|en.

CljLl0tu0 10 p0torben om
on0e 0onöett, enöe ban öen öoo=
öen opgestaan op öat top i\'n |em
leben 0ouöen.

(15oD leeft öe onge|oor0aam=
|eiö öer menöc|en 0:e0traft i\'n
»)pnen eigenen »»one
C|n0tum.

Ta Christus minacha inau tor-
roa kakossi, so-o minaséas a macha,
alla mamorich ja namo inni icho-
sar,

Ta Deos pinachalt o kakossi o
babosa inni choa maunis a sjiem ta
Jesus Christus.

5.nbsp;Christ is the Son of God, and at the same time a Son of man.
Christ is in one person : truly God and truly man.

The man Christ has suffered, and has died on account of man s disobedience. _
Christ has died for our sins, and has risen from the dead, so that we may live m Him.

God has punished man\'s disobedience in His own Son, Jesus Christ.
The blood of Christ reconciles and satisfies God.

9- ïjet Ipörn enöe öen öooö
fepn0 è)oon0 totl lt;Boö genaöi\'g:
0ph alle öe gene, öie berouto
hehben ban bare 0onben.

10.nbsp;ci)ri0tuö (0 ten bemel opge=
gaan, op öat ïip »»pn bolk geöue--
n\'g 0ouöe boor0preken bp »)pnen
(Haöer, en on0e faoo0beiD beöek--
ken met 0pn gerecbti\'cbeïö.

l^et toare geloof m Cbt:i\'0tum
recbtbeeröigt alle öe gene, öie
onrecbtbeeröi\'g 0pn.

ï^et toare geloobe remi\'gt bet
herte ban boo0betö, enöe beeft
lu0t tot öe toetkken öer gerecb^
ti\'cbei\'ö.

11.nbsp;^et toare geloof berge0el=
0cbapt allertoegen öe bree0e
(IBOÖ0, öe bree0e (15oö0 berörpft
öen boo0en toille en geöaebten,
enöe toeert öe 0onöe.

9. Inau machoté so-o macha o
choa Sjiem ta Deos mabóno tapos
chono ai kamachi\'o kakossi.

10.nbsp;Sinoss\'i boesum ta Christus,
alla tallochon papaz-inadóno choa
chosar katinnaam o choa tamau,
so-o tatummakkum torro\'arapies o
choa babissé.

Autat o gagil inni ta Christus
pabisse-bisse o tapos chono ai, allipa
ja mabissé.

11.nbsp;Autat o gagil tallochon par\'o
ikkil o Deos, ikkil o Deos paube o
rapies airab a tattuppa, so-o miei o
kakossi.

Christ delivers His people from their sins.
Christ is the Saviour of man.
9. On account of the suffering and death of His Son, God will have mercy upon all those
who repent of their sins.

10.nbsp;Christ has ascended to heaven, so that He may continually intercede with His Father,
and that His righteousness may hide our unrighteousness.

True faith cleanseth the heart from iniquity, and inclineth man to perform the works of
righteousness.

11.nbsp;True faith always accompanies the fear of God ; the fear of God expels our wicked will
and thoughts, and wards off sin.

(Bob berki\'egt ëgt;pn bcmmöe
öfe lip lief beeft uit alle geglacb-
ten Der aaröe.

2Dit eeutoi\'ge leben begtaaö in
D\'aangcboutomge (Boöeg in Den
bemel, breöe, rugte, enöe altoog
öuerenDe breucböe, gonöer einöe.

Ta Deos makammichi mab\'o
gagil o ma-autat a cho, so-o pe\'i
decho morich o ma-achonsar.

Morich ma-achonsar o mini
paga O ai-all\'o ta Deos i boesum,
aborra, ärra, so-o aukat o taulaulan
pa sisi-ech.

The peace of God, consolation, and gladness of heart continually accompany true faith
and good works.

God grants the prayer and supplication of His people.
All good gifts come from above, from the Father of Light.

God elects His chosen, whom He loves, out of all the generations of the earth.
Christ is the head of all the children of God.

14.nbsp;All true believers are the children of God.
There are many Christians, but few true believers.

This eternal life consists in the beholding of God in heaven, in peace, rest, and everlast-
ing joy, without end.

Cljn\'stugs I\'S De opstanDinge
ban Den DooDen enöe bet leben,
bïe i\'n l^em plooft, sal leben, al
toare b? oofe pstorbem
i6. (Belpfefeertogs Cbnstus p=
Storben, enöe ban Den öooöen
oppstaan fs, alsoo oofe öi\'e i\'n
Cbristo sterben, sullen ban öen
booöen oppbjefet ïoorDen.

%th Dage öes algemei\'nen
ooröeels Sal Cbristus een jgeUfe
geben na spne toerfefeem
17- Dit leben bolgt bet loon;
of De breucbbe bes bemels of De
Straffe Des belScben biers.
^ee alle Dronfefeaarts.
öfller alle afgoDen^öienaars,
enöe Die baibos SpgSofferen.
18. (ifli^e De öooörn. Die in bare
sonDen sterben, toant \'öaar Deel
is in Den poel Des biers-

^el be DooDen, Die berouto
bebben ban \'^are SonDen, enöe in
Cbristo sterben; se rusten, enbe
bare bjerfefeen öie bolgen baar
na.

Ta Christus paga aséas o ma-
cha, so-o morich o ai, tamasea
poetautat inni ichosar, mamorich,
pagatomma kamach\'ija icho.

16.nbsp;Maibas o ta Christus minacha,
so-o minaséas a macha, masini
channumma tamasea kamach\'ija
inni ta Christus, allecho ipaseas a
macha.

Ka zijsj\'o chachalt o tapos o
cho ta Christus pape o atatta cho-
sar kamaibas o choa tataap.

17.nbsp;A-i-jor a morich o mini um-
mior o chachad ; ja aukat i boe-
sum, ja chachalt o chau i Gehenna.

18.nbsp;Anana i machada ai, tamasea
kamach\'ija inni choa kakossi, inau
choa ada paga inni chauch o chau.

Ka mario ija machada ai, tama-
sea machi\'o kakossi, so-o kamach\'-
ija inni ta Christus 5 pissassen ja,
so-o choa tataap ummior i decho.

Christ is the Resurrection from the dead, and the Life; he that believeth in Him shall
live though he were dead.

16.nbsp;As Christ died and rose again from the dead, so they also who die in Christ shall be
raised from the dead.

In the final day of judgment Christ will recompense every one according to his works.

17.nbsp;Recompense will follow after this life: either the joy of heaven or the punishment of
hell-fire.

18.nbsp;Woe unto those who die in their sins, for their part shall be the lake of fire.

Blessed are the dead who have repented of their sins, and who die in Christ; they rest,
and their works do follow them.

^et lifflaam öerrot mt graf,
De 0iele Der gelooöïgen tier{)uig(t
in Den |emeL

20.nbsp;i:en Dage De0 algemeenen
oorDeeljS gullen De DooDe lifflja^
meti met |are 01\'elen toeDer öer=
eem\'fft, en letjenDin: pmaakt
Den: Daar na 0ullen De pne, Di\'e
Doorgaand De pret|tic|ei\'D nap-
öolp lebben, gaan in Den lemel ^
maar Die 0onDer oplouDen |et
quaaD ffepleep lebben, 0ullen
ffaan int |el0c|e bier.

^nt. a)m Dat % on0e lia;|a=
men enDe 0ielen pmaakt leeft,
enDe on0 ook onDerlouD.

20.nbsp;Ka zijsj\'o chachalt o tapos o
cho bog O machad\'allecho aarpanni
O tattaul\'o choa tsjes, so-o ipau-
richsar: kasagh-a tamasea inum-
mior tallochon o babissé, sasoss\'i
boesum ; kasjabaan tamasea tal-
lochon pinarapies, sasoss\'i chau o
Gehenna,

20.nbsp;In the day of general judgment the dead bodies shall be again united to their souls and
live again; thereupon they who ordinarily have followed after righteousness shall go to
heaven, but they who have constantly done iniquity shall enter into hell-fire.

A. Because it is He who has made our bodies and souls, and He also who supports us.

lira. öfllat tooröen top geleerö
ui\'t öeöe toooröen, €)n0e ^Haöer
öie in öe hemelen 0pö ?

ant. 2Dat al0 top feomen btö=
öen, öen boogmoet öegf betten
toegtoerpen, en (15oö brucbten
moeten, öie 000 boocb tooonö
hoben öe toolfefeen.

tlra. l^oebeel öinpn begeren
top ban ößoö ?
ant. 2De0e 0e0
I\'quot;. 3Dat top fepnen groo^
ten naam mögen prpöen.

2Dat on0 ber0orge
ban Ipftoebt, enöe on0 onöer^
bouöe gelpk een baöer 0pn fein=
öeren,nbsp;5«°. 3Dat

Cha. Numm\'attillan ja namo
innai atite o minisar, namoa tamau
tamasea paga de boesum ?

Tatt. Alla namo, sabanno mai
meacha, maspot a tummis o asies o
tsjes, so-o mikkil o Deos, tamasea
pattodon mauchus a ró de babó
rabbó.

Tatt. Nataap o minisar :—
Kapesasa, alla torro madas o
choa naan mauchus mato.

Ka narroa, alla mariona icho
chummimit torro boa, so-o merien
torro ma-abisse-abisse tsjes maibas
icho.

Ka naspat, all\'icho pe\'i torro
inochan, so-o paan torro boa mai-
bas o tamau choa sisjiem,

Q. Why is He called a Father in heaven ?
A. Because He is not like our fathers on earth.

Q. What do these words teach us : Our Father, which art in heaven ?
A. They teach us that, when we pray, we should put away from us the pride of the heart,
and that we should fear God, who lives so high above us, above the clouds.
Q. Who has taught us this prayer ?

The Son of God, our Lord Jesus Christ.
Q. How many things do we desire God to give us ?
These six :—

2°. That He may reign over us, and make us righteous, as He is righteous.
3quot;. That we may follow His commandments as a righteous people.
4°. That He may provide us with bodily sustenance, and support us as a father does
his children.

2Dat 01X0 (Boö uit
öen öetffeöe, alg top quaaö Doen,
enöe niet en gtraffe,

Ant. SDat % Den
bi\'eöe, en geen öerlof en gete ong
te öergiftïgen, öat 10 te bergoek--
feen tot quaaö.

Ant. Amen, Dat 10 te 0eggen,
het 10 0eker, enDe (BoD 0al öoen
gelpfe al0 top begeeren.

Ant. ÖDm Dat l^p alleen alle
beer0cbappie enöe macht Ijetü,
t0p inöen hemel, t0p op Der aar-
Den, enDe Dit alle0, op Dat top
è)pnen naam 0ouDen prpgen.

Ka nachap, alla Deos mabono
torro boa, sabanno torro rumma-
pies, so-o alli tümmea.

Ka nataap, alla Deos maladik
o torroa boa innai ta haibos-ech,
torro\'azjies-in so-o ma-asannan.

Tatt. Inau channumma namo
mabono roman a cho sabanno par-
apies i namo dechonoë.

Tatt. Alla maddik i ta haibos,
so-o alli pauss\'i icho sumbach i
namo, michosar a pattite, lum-
mal\'i arapies.

Tatt. Amen, micho a pattite
gagilna, so-o allecho merien ta
Deos maibas ja torro meacha.

Tatt. Inau ma-akammichisar
icho paga chachimit o tapos a barra,
pagatomma de boesum, pagatomma
de ta, so-o mini tapos ai, alla torro
mamadas o choa naan.

5\'\'. That God in His mercy may forgive us when we commit evil, and not punish us.
6quot;. That God may protect us from haibos, our enemy and envier.
Q. Why?

j4. That He may forbid haibos, and not permit him to poison us, that is, tempt us to evil.
Q. Why is haibos called the evil-one ?

A. Because he is indeed very mahgnant and very disobedient to God\'s word.
Q. What is the signification of Amen ?

A. Amen signifies that it is certain, and that God will do as we wish.
Q. Whence do you know that ?

A. Because He alone has the dominion and the power, be it in heaven, be it on earth, and
all this in order that we should praise His Name.

^zt Cïin\'steïi\'fefee geloof i\'s een
Sefeere feenm\'sse ban (Boö, enöe
ban bet Seggen fegns tooorös,
toaar uit ife ten bollen bersekert
ben, enöe i\'n mpn gemoeö öesen
troost ontstaet, öat (Bob öeUaöer
om ègt;gns ë)00ns leSu Cbristi
toi\'lle mpn (Boö enöe (Haber sp,
öi\'e mg ui\'t genaöen alle mgne
Sonöen totl bergeben, mg op
öeser aaröen leeftocht geben, en
namaals bet eeubjige lebe i\'nöen
hemel.

noeme ÜBoö enkfeelik een
(Beest, enöe een toesen oft per=
Soon, öi\'e ban siff Selben altoos
getoeest i\'s, enbe blgft.
3- ï^oebeel (Boöen sgnöer ?

äDaar is een (Boö m ön\'e per--
Soonen, öe (Haber, öe èioone,
^nöe öe (Beest.

Autat o Christan paga gagil o
ab\'o Deos, so-o o al\'o choa ranied, in-
nainumma kamachaggi ja ina, so-o
tummoach i na-a tsjes tattalattai\'o
mini, alla Deos o tamau inau choa
sjiem ta Jesus Christus paga na-a
micho Deos a tamau, tamasea merab
o mabóno tapos na-a kakossi, pe\'o
inochan ina de ta mini, so-o sagha-a
rummi-es morich o ma-achonsar i
boesum ai.

Paga nattasar a Deos inni nator-
roa-da boa, o Tamau, ta Sjiem, so-o
ta auchar o Deos o ma-achimit ta
Spirito Santo.nbsp;4. Numma

The Christian belief is a sure knowledge of God, and of the testimony of His Word,
whereby I am fully assured—causing my heart to be filled with consolation—that God the
f ather is my God and Father for the sake of His Son Jesus Christ, who will mercifully for-
Si^e me all my sins, give me on this earth sustenance, and hereafter life everlasting in

I call God essentially a Spirit, and a Being or Person who is self-created, and who will
always exist.

2Dat (0 te 0e0;pn, ik öen ten
ballen liec0ekert uit Ijet öeggen
ban (I5oö0 tooorö, enöe |ouöe
boor ba0t m mpn pmoeö, öat
ößciö öe tUöer ban eeutoiffljefö
pbaarö Ijceft ^pnen ^oone, öet
toare beelö en 0e|pn0el
per0oon2f, enöe toaradjtfß: (Boö
eben al0

iiieen: i^p pnereert op een
ijzzl bp0onöere top0e. €)m
eeni\'p plpkkenni\'00e te geben;
al0 öe 0iele uit laar 0elben |et
ber0tanö, toüle enöe öe pöatlj--
ten boortbrenfft, ofte al0 een
fonteine tut tiaar 0elben toater
utt0tfoomt. (I5elpkfeertop0 |et
ber0ranD, toi\'lle, en pöac|ten
boortfeomen uit De 0i\'ele, en in De
0elbe blpben, al0oo pat De
»»oone (BoDsf ban Den (HaDer uit,
enöe blpft in ^em. (I5elpfeker=
top0 een fonteine nietop en|ouö
toater uitte0troomen, al0oo en
louD De (Eaöer niet op, ban
»ipnen ^oone te baren.
6. Gfliaarom boup ffp öaar bp
öe0e toooröen, »)cl)epper öe0 lie--
mel0 enöe öer aaröen ? -aDm
4. Numma micho a pattite, na-a
poetautat inni Deos o Tamau ?

Micho a pattite, Icamachaggi ja
ina innai al\'o ranied o Deos, so-o
poetat o na-a tsjes, alla Deos o
tamau ani taulaulan pinausjiem o
choa sjiem, gagil a isas so-o tatsar
o choa micho boa, so-o Deos o
gagil maibas icho.

Pa ; maunionis ja choa pausjiem.
Alla na-a pe\'o charri o tatschier ;
maibas o tsjes patoach o saan, o
airab a tattuppa, maibas o chuppod
pachuppod o to. Maibas o saan,
airab, a tattuppa, sai innaide tsjes,
so-o machonsar inni tsjes, masini
sjiem o Deos sai innai o tamau,
so-o machonsar inni ichosar. Mai-
bas o chuppod alli pittol o pachup-
pod o to, masini o tamau alli
posisi o pausjiem o choa sjiem.

That signifies—I am quite convinced and firmly persuaded in my heart that, according
to the testimony of God\'s Word, God the Father has, from all eternity, begotten His Son,
the true image and likeness of His person, and that He is truly God, even as He is.

No ; He generates in quite a different way. Let me mention some comparisons: such as,
the soul spontaneously generates the understanding, will, and thoughts, as a fountain pours
out its waters of its own accord. Thus, our understanding, will, and thoughts proceed from
the soul and abide in the same ; in like manner, the Son of God proceeds from the Father
and abides in Him. As a fountain does not cease to let its waters flow, even so the Father
does not cease to beget His Son.

^m Dat I\'fe tea tollen tetäe^
krt ben ui\'t bet 0egpn ban (BoD0
Vooorö, en boot ba^t bouöe I\'n
mpn gemoeö, öat (BoD öe öliaöer
ban öen beginne gemaakt beeft
bemel, aacöe, m, enöe alle0 toat
i\'n baren ommebang 10, öeloelkfee
alle öe0e öi\'ngen öoor »)pne
kracbt onöeröteunt, en Door
»gt;pne toeten^cbap regeert.

äDeöe toooröen geben te ken--
nen öat (Boö De (Haöer al »^jnen
toille öoet, en ^^n groote kracbt
betboont möe ë)cbeppi\'nge ban
bemel, aaröe, enöe ?ee, Detoelkke
noi\'D moeöe en toord, en »»pnen
to file en toorö ban geen anöer
belet.

8.nbsp;^at troont rp^t\'er i\'n u ge=
moeö ui\'t bet geloof i\'n lt;I5oö öen
Maöer, ^Imaebtig ?

HDaar uit ben ik ten bollen
ber^ekert, gelpkkertopgf mpn ge=
moeö ook getuigt, Dat lt;BoD öe
(ITaöer omnbsp;è^oonsi 31e0u

Cbngsti toi\'lle mpn (Boö enöe
SlIaDer Die mp li\'ef beeft algf
»gt;pn ki\'nD, en betoaart boor alle
quaaö.

Inau kamachaggi ja ina innai
al\'o ranied o Decs, so-o poetat o
na-a tsjes, alla Deos o tamau ani
pesasa minerien o boesum, o ta, a
abas, so-o tapos o ai lallum choa
baan, tamasea tumk\'o mini tapos ai
O choa barra, so-o chummimit o
choa aba.

Atite O mini pab\'ija alla Deos o
tamau ummoob o tapos choa airab,
so-o pait\'o choa barra mato inni
tataap o boesum, o ta, a abas;
tamase\'alli mab\'o orachan, so-o
choa airab alli ilen innai-de roman-
ech.

8.nbsp;Numm\'ija tattalattala tummo-
ach i joa tsjes innau autat inni Deos
o tamau, kamabarr\'ija tapos o ai ?

Innai micho kamachaggi ja ina,
maibas o na-a tsjes channumma
maunis-o-ala, alla Deos o tamau
inau choa sjiem ta Jesus Christus
paga na-a micho Deos a tamau,
tamasea maukat ina maibas o choa
sjiem, so-o maladik o na-a boa
innai patapos rapies.

Because by the Word of God I am quite convinced and fully persuaded in my heart that
God the Father has, from the very beginning, made heaven, the earth, the sea, and all that
therein is, that He upholdeth all these things by His power, and that He rules over them by
His wisdom.

These words signify that God the Father performs everything according to His will,
and that He shows His great power in the creation of heaven, of the earth, and the sea ; that
His power never tires, and that His will and His word are not restricted by any other
being.

8.nbsp;What consolation does faith in God the Father Almighty give to your heart ?

It gives me the full conviction—even as my mind also bears witness thereto—that God
the Father is my God and Father for the sake of His Son Jesus Christ; that God loves me
as His child, and guards me from all evil.

3a, i\'fe gelootje te 0amen ge--
Igfe in (Boö öen tXaöer, enöe in
fejgnen »»oone: ffelgfefeertog0 öe
ë)one (BO00 gebieö, 0eB:pnöe:
gg gelooft m (Boö, gelooft oofe in
mg.

11.nbsp;(I21at 10 öat te 0eggen, i\'fe
geloote in öen eenig geboren
ë)oone (Baö0 ?

äDat 10 ife ben ten bollen ber=
Sefeert uit bet 0eggen tan (BOÖ0
iDoorö, enöe bouöe boor bast in
mgn gemoeö, öat öe ttoeeöe per-.
0oön 3e0u0 Cbri0tus sg be eigen
èJone (Boös, toare (Boö uit (Boö.

ègt;gnen naam, gelgfe ètgns
Uaöer0,10 ieboba, om öat ïig
is toaraebtig (Boö.

3a, ten aansien öat %
mensebe iS.nbsp;ÖEel
9. Tomm\'ija kanarroa-da boa inni
ga o Deos-sar ?

Hena, maibassar a rorró na-a
poetautat inni Deos o tamau, so-o
inni choa sjiem : maibas ja pattillo
ta sjiem o Deos; imoa poetautat
inni ta Deos, oetautatta inni na-a-
da boa channumma, macho.

11.nbsp;Numma micho a pattite, na-a
poetautat inni sjiem o Deos natta-
sar o binodda ?

Micho a pattite, kamachaggi
ja ina innai al\'o ranied o Deos, so-o
poetat o na-a tsjes, alla kanarroa-da
boa ta Jesus Christus paga maunis
a sjiem o Deos, gagil o Deos innai
Deos-sar.

Yes ; I believe at the same time in God the Father, and in His Son, just as the Son of
God commands, saying, Ye believe in God, believe also in Me.

That I am fully convinced, according to the testimony of God\'s Word, and in my mind
hold fast thereunto, that the second Person, Jesus Christ, is God\'s own Son, very God of
God.

13.nbsp;What does that name of Jesus signify?
Jesus signifies a redeemer of men.

14.nbsp;Does the Son of God bear this name?
Yes, with regard to His human nature.

31a: 10 De ^oone (BOÖ0,
en te Samen gelpk een eens
smensche »gt;oone.
16. fegt;pnöee ttoee personen i\'n
l^em, öe persoon eens mem
Sehen, en öe persoon (BoöS ?

^een, öaar spn m ^em
ttoee toesens ofte natueren, enöe
een persoon; gelgkkertops öe
Siele in öen mensche tiereenigt
iS met h^t lighaam tot een per=
Soon, altoos iS öe natuere öes
menschen bereenigt met öe
ößoööelpfelie natuere tot een per--
Soon in Christo Jesu.
17- 1S öe fe»oone (15oöS altpö
mensche getoeest ?

il^een: om öe obertreöinge
öer menschen is ^^ op öeser
aaröen Versehenen inöe natuere
eens menschen, op öat llij souöe
tioeten boor onse ongehoorsaam--
heiö.

^Jp öat (Boö »ipn recht souöe
bolbrengen, enöe ö\'obertreöinge
Straffen in fegt;pnen ^oone, inöe
menschelilifee natuere, toelfefee tt-
gen (Boö haööe obergetreöen.

Pa: narroa ja ga paga inni
icho, so-o nattada boa. Maibas o
tsjes aarpanni o bogsar inni babosa
pana nattada boa, masini ga o
babosa aarpanni o ga o Deossar
pana nattada boa inni ta Jesus
Christus.

Pa : inau kakossi o babosa
tsinummoach i ta mini inni ga o
babosa, alla lalummaslas o torroa
kakossi.

Alla ta Deos a-ummior o choa
babisse, so-o pachalt o kakossi inni
choa sjiem, inni ga o babosa, o ai
kinummossi i ta Deos.

16.nbsp;Are there two persons in Him, the person of a man, and the Person of God ?

No ; there dwell in Him two beings or natures and one person. As in man the soul is
united to the body in one person, so also the nature of man is united with the divine nature
into one person in Christ Jesus.

No ; for the transgression of man He appeared in this world in the nature of man, so
that He might suffer for man\'s disobedience.

That God might execute His judgment, and punish (our) transgressions in His Son,
appearing in the form of man, who had transgressed against God,

19.nbsp;aölaarom Iteft (BoD Dc oticc=
treömp Der mcn0c|en gestraft
in fepncit ciffcnen öoonc ?

lt;Dp Dat fepnc KcfDe tot
De men0tt)eit ^ouDeti Iietopöen,
enDe liaar trp stellen tanDe
0ti\'affe Der gfonDe.

20.nbsp;|£f Dat ret|t Dat (BoD De oter--
treDinge Der men^clien 0traft m
amp;pnen ^oone?

3aa\'t: om Dat De »)00ne (BoDö
De äli\'DDelaar 10 tu00c|en (BoD
en De meii0c|en, Die Door »)pn
DooD (BoD fe)pnen(HaDertier0OEnt
en tetjreDen 0telt, op Dat alle De
pne Die berouto lebben ban lare
0onDen, en aan l^em plooben,
berpbinp Der 0onöen, enDe Ijet
eeuVoiffe leben berferpffen 0ouDen
in ^pnen naam.

äDe0en naam Cl)rt0tu0 top0t
aan Dat (BoD De BaDer fernen
feioone De bequaam|eiD ppben
teeft om De men0c|en te ber=
lo00en.

19.nbsp;Inonumma ta Deos pinachalt
o kakossi o babosa inni choa maunis
a sjiem ?

Alla papait\'o choa aukat pana
babosa, so-o parras i decho innai
chachalt o kakossi.

20.nbsp;Ja mabisse micho, alla ta Deos
pachalt o kakossi o babosa inni
choa sjiem ?

Hena : inau ta sjiem o Deos
paga ma-äborro tuppach o Deos a
babosa, tamase\'o choa machä pab-
bórra so-o tummalattal\'i ta Deos
choa tamau, alla tapos chono ai
kamachi\'o kakossi, so-o poetautat
inni choa boa, mamarach o äbono
kakossi, so-o morich o ma-ächonsar
inni choa naan.

In order that He might show His love to man, and dehver him from the punishment of

20.quot;nbsp;Is it righteous that God should punish the transgressions of man in His own Son ?

Yes, it is, because the Son of God is the Mediator between God and man, who by His
death reconciles and satisfies God, His Father ; so that all who are repentant of their sins
and believe in Him may obtain the forgiveness of sins and life everlasting m His name.

This name denotes that God the Father has given His Son the power to deliver man.
32. Why do you call the Son of God our Lord ?

Because He has purchased a peculiar people with His blood,
23. Who is this peculiar people ?

ia: on0e li\'ghamen, onöe
0ielen l^em eigen. Cer
toaren öi\'enötknethten ban ijat^
000, en bolgöen na 0pne onge=
boor^aamljei\'ö, öetoelfeke on0
öienstbaar Steide onöer ^pnen
toflle: öefeoone (BOÖ0 Ijeeft^onö
ban baiboö getoelt en beer^
0tbappie berlo0t, op öat top al3
»gt;pne öi\'enjstfeneebten, bui0ge-
noten, en eigen bolk 0ouöen na=
böigen ^pn tooorö en bebel.

25-nbsp;öaiat troo0t rp0t\'er in u ge=
moeö ui\'t geloof i\'n öen feoone
(0000 öe ^eere 3e0u0 Cbn\'0tu0?

äDaar uit ben ffe ten bollen
bec^efeert, öat öe feoone (BOÖ0
mp lief beeft gebaö, en in öe
mensrbeUfeKe natuere ber0cl)en=
en 10, ten einöe l^p mp 0ouöe
betlo00en banöe straffe öer
0onöe, en be0cbermen banöe
beer0ebappte en \'t getoelö ban
bai\'lio0, om öat t\'fe ^pn öi\'en0t=
fenecbt enöe eigen ben.
26. J10 Cbn\'0tu0 ontfangen m
fe)pn0 moeDer0 li\'gbaamgelpb al0
alle anöete men0cben ? 0een:

Hena : torroa bog, torroa tsjes
maunis icho. Ani torro paga aran
o haibos, so-o tsimichier o choa
kakossi, tamasea pinauloan torro
boa pana de rapo choa airab. Ta
sjiem o Deos pinarras o torroa boa
innai barra so-o chachimit o haibos,
alla torro maibas o choa aran,
chodon, so-o maunis a cho a-
ummior o cho\'atite so-o atillo.

25. Numm\'ija tattalattala tum-
moach i joa tsjes innai autat inni
ta sjiem o Deos, ma-achachimit o
ai ta Jesus Christus ?

Innai micho kamachaggi ja
ina alla ta sjiem o Deos minaukat
o ina tsinummoach i ga o babosa,
alla paparras o na-a boa innai cha-
chalt o kakossi, so-o mamaladik
innai chachimit a barr\'o haibos,
inau paga ja ina choa aran, so-o
maunis icho.

26. Ja ta Christus inararain inni
tsjes o choa tanai maibas o tapos
roman a babosa ?nbsp;Maini :

All we who believe in Him and listen to His voice.
24. Are we His servants and His peculiar people ?

Yes ; our bodies and our souls belong to Him. Formerly we were the servants of haibos
and followed after him in his disobedience, so that we were made subservient to his will ■
the Son of God has delivered us from haibos\' power and dominion, in order that we should\'
as servants, domestics, and as His peculiar people, follow His word and command
25^^What consolation does faith in the Son of God, the Lord Jesus Christ, give iinto your

_ Thereby I am fully convinced that the Son of God has loved me, that He has aonp-irpd
m human nature, in order that He might deliver me from the punishment of sin and \'that
He will protect me from the dominion and violence of haibos, inasmuch I im =
servant and belong to Hmi.

quot;ia, soo als lip een Smen--
Schen »)oone iS; Soo als
(BoDS »»oone is, iS^p SonDer
moeDcc.

ga: Sl^ana heeft ptiaart
haren è»oone 3]esum ChnStum
toare mapt spnDe, eecse noch
met JoSeph haren man tjersellet
toas, S\'i\'S bestoanprt getoorDen,
Datse noch met penen man ber=
keert en haDDe.

^een: Den ADem (BoDS, Den
(Beest heeft öoor è)pn ber»
borpne kracht De berloofDe
maafft Sl^an\'a stoanpr ban
kinDe gemaakt.

Maini: maunionis karinab icho
innaide Auchar o Deos o ma-
achimit, ta Spirito Santo.
27. Ja alpa tamau icho ?

Hena : ta Maria pinodd\'o choa
sjiem badda ta Jesus Christus
mammali o gagil ; acho par\'o choa
ro\'bs ta Joseph j karinummab, acho
pinar\'o sjam.

Maini : ta Auchar o Deos
Spirito Santo pinararain o patómam-
mali Maria o choa barr\'o ma-
acharrieb.

Yes; Mary being a true virgin brought forth her Son Jesus Christ; being yet betrothed
to her husband Joseph, she became pregnant, although she had not known any man.

No; the Breath of God the Holy Ghost did, by His hidden power, make Mary, the
betrothed virgin, pregnant with child.

€)p öat öe mensehelifefee
natuere i\'n hem ge^eel rechte
tieecöig: souöe sgn, enöe met
ffeffeneceert m öctDSöeiö als alle
anöere menschen.

3Ia: het öetaamt öen Slptööe=
laar öer menschen, öat recht=
teeröig sg en onnoosel fnt quaat.

€en giooöschr mapt, ban
ouös affeomstig ban äDablö öen
Conmcfe öer loben.

37.nbsp;Qfliat troost rgst\'er i\'n u ge=
moeö mt ploobe ln3Iesum Chrts=
tum öen è)oone â^ariae, öen
»)00ne öes menschen, ontfanpn
en pgenereert uit öen (Beest ?

32.nbsp;Inonumma karinab so-o inaus-
jiem ta Christus innaide Auchar o
ma-achimit, ta Spirito Santo ?

Alla ga o babos\'inni ichosar
papaga p auchos ma-abisse a tsjes,
so-o alli ausjimen inni arapies, mai-
bas o tapos roman babosa.

Ani manna-achpil a tschiet eis,
mannatorro-us a tschiet eis, so-o
narroa eis tschiet a baas.

37.nbsp;Numm\'ija tattalattala tum-
moach i joa tsjes innai autat inni
ta Jesus Christus sjiem o Maria,
sjiem o babosa, karinab so-o maus-
jiem innaide Spirito Santo ?

_ _ That human nature might be made perfectly righteous in Him, and not be generated in
miquity, as all other men.

Yes; it was proper that the Mediator of man should be righteous, and innocent of evil.

(She was) a Jewish virgin, remotely descended from David, the King of the Jews.
37- What consolation does faith in Jesus Christ, the Son of Mary, the Son of man begotten
and generated by the Holy Ghost, give to your heart ?

öloeö, mpn ouD^te öroeöcr enDe
naakten toelkfee i\'n De men:
jseïielitöe natuece mpnen rectt=
tjeerDigen Sl^tDDelaar 10, op Dat

38.nbsp;gi^aatit C|n\'0tu0 Door »»pne
0:erec|ti0;|eiD u recltbeerDtffboor
(BoD ?

la: ëgt;pne precltigleiD enDe
0:oeDe toerMen 0pn mpn eipn,
enDe toorDen gerefeent al0 mpne
gerecltffftieiD boor (BoD,

^lle De gene Die in Cï)n\'0tum
toaarlife plooben, 0pn ^em tn^
plpft, enDe lebben 0;emeen0c|ap
aan »)pne gerecltiffleiD enDe
goeDe toerfefeen.

Cljri0tu0 Die 0c|enïit laar
»gt;pn 0:erec|ttg|e{D, enDe |et
toare geloof al0 een |anD neemt
ban 0elf0 »»pne gerec|ti\'0|eiD
enDe toelDaDen an,
41- am.aar leeft C|r(0tu0 gele--
Den, en toaar 10 i^p ge0torben ?

In let \'iooD0c|e lanD, Digt
bp De 0taD leru0alem,
42. öfliïe regeerDe Doen in |et
ïooD0c|e lanD ?nbsp;|aonttu0

boa so-o tagga, na-a machen so-o
ma-achaddik o cho, tamasea inni
ga O babosa paga ma-aborra ina ma-
abisse-bissé tsjes, all\'o choa babissé
tummakkoob o na-a arapies so-o
kakossi katinnaam o Deos.

38.nbsp;Ja ta Christus pabisse-bisse oa
boa katinnaam o Deos o choa ba-
bissé ?

Hena: choa babissé, so-o
mario a tataap paga maunis ja
ina, so-o katochen maibas o na-a
micho babissé katinnaam o Deos.

Tapos chono ai kapoetautat o
gagil inni ta Jesus Christus, inaar-
pan O choa boa, so-o paga rorróno-
ad\'inni choa babissé a mario a ta-
taap.

Ta Christus passoso i decho
choa babissé, so-o autat o gagil
maibas o rima tummaap a maunis-
o-arach o choa babissé, a mario-a
tataap.

It assures me that Christ is my flesh and blood, that He is my eldest Brother and Kins-
man, who, in His human nature, is my righteous Mediator, so that He hides my iniquity
and transgressions from God by His righteousness.

Yes; His righteousness and good works are my own, and are considered as my
righteousness before God.

All they who truly believe in Christ are incorporated into Him, and participate in His
righteousness and good works.

Christ imparts unto them His righteousness and true faith ; and, as a hand, accepts of
its own accord His righteousness and benefits.

41.nbsp;Where has Christ suffered, and where did He die ?
In the land of the Jews, near the city of Jerusalem.

3Ia: öe faoo^e 31oöen bielöen
0tarfe aan en bergfocbten uit npö
Cbri0tum te öooöen, en |êilatu0
al0 een boo0e IRi\'cbter toilligöe
baar m, en 0prafe tegen Cbn\'0tum
bet bonni\'00e ofte öe 0traffe öe0

44.nbsp;aoiaarom en belette (Boö öat
niet, öat i^p ëgt;pnen èioone ban
öen öooö berlo0te ?

\'t ?lflla0 (Bm toille 0elf0, öat
»gt;pnen ^oone 0ouöe Ipöen en
ge0lagen tooröen banöe boo0e
loöen, om met »»pn öooö te
boeten Ijoor öe obertreöi\'nge öer
men0cben.

lt;ai0 0p Cl)ri0tum ge0lagen,
be0pot, en 0eer ml0l)anöelt
haööen, nagelöen 0p è)pne han=
öen enöe boeten aan een houten
ferui0, enöe hebben öat opgerecht
tu00chen ttoee mDoröenaar0, öi\'e
oofe an het hout genagelt toarem

Ta Pontius Pilatus azjies o
chono Romani pinaga ma-aladik
so-o Airien lallum assaban Jeru-
salem.

Hena : rapies chono i Judaea
madobdob inau sannan pach\'i ta
Christus, so-o ta Pilatus maibas o
rapies Airien, pauss\'i decho, so-o
pattite o chachalt o machä kasja-
baan ta Christus.

Paga maunis a airab o Deos
alla choa sjiem mamachote so-o
allecho achan innai rapies chono

Ka ochal simioch, mannacha,
so-o parapies o mauchus i ta Chris-
tus, decho tummiltil o choa rima a
asiel i sasakimottono baron, so-o
pinase-är aicho tuppach o narroa
ma-äch\'o cho tsiniltillan i baron
channumma.

43.nbsp;Did he cause the sufferings and death of Christ ?nbsp;j j r-i. ■ gt; j i.
Yes ; the wicked Jews urgently insisted, and, from envy, demanded Christ s death ;

while Pilate, as a wicked judge, consented by pronouncing against Christ the sentence or

44.nbsp;Why did not God prevent His Son\'s being put to death ? ^ ^ ,nbsp;• , , t

It was God\'s own will that His Son should suff\'er and be beaten by the wicked Jews, m
order that, by His death. He might be a ransom for the transgressions of men.

After they had beaten, mocked, and sorely ill-treated Christ, they nailed His hands and
feet to a wooden cross, which they erected between two murderers, who were also nailed
to the cross.

47- öfllat 10 öat te seggen, t0
neöergegaanmöen fem\'l öe0 öiers,
öat 10 öe helle, 10 Chn\'0tii0 met
Bpn liffhaam gegaan mt hel0che
öi\'er ?

jReen: öe0e toooröen ontlee=
nen een gelpfefeeni00e tan het
hel0che tier, en hebben öesen
0m, öat möer öaaö het Ipöen
Chn\'0ti i\'n ü\'ffhaam enöe 0tele
al0oo 0toaar, harö, enöe groot 10
getoee0t, al0 of lip toaarlik int
hel0the ti\'er gegaan toare.
48. (LÓiat 10 öe meem\'nge öeser
toooröen (Behenna, öen feud öes
tters, en het ti\'er tan (Behenna ?

«Behenna i\'s een feui\'l ofte poel
öes tier0 öaar (Boö hai\'bo0 en
alle boo0e men0chen eeutoiglïfe
Sal 0traffen.

il^een: öe terbolgenthei\'ö
QDoös ontsteekt geöuerig het
heische ti\'er, betoarenöe tselte
op öat alle boose eeutoi\'glik ge--
Straft toeröen.

47. Numma micho a pattite, si-
noss\'i chauch o chau, ja ta Christus
o choa bog sinoss\'i chau o gehenna ?

Maini: atite o mini marach
o tatschier innai chau o gehenna,
so-o pe\'o lido o mini, alla machoté
o ta Christus inni choa bog a tsjes
gagil pinaga talcho a ma-atauch, a
ma-aräas, a mato maibas o gagil
sinoss\'icho i chau o gehenna.

48.nbsp;Numm\'ija lido o atite o mini,
gehenna, chauch o chau, so-o chau
o gehenna ?

Gehenna paga, chauch o chau,
dema ta Deos allecho pachoté i ta
haibos taulaulan, so-o tapos chono
ma-arapies.

Maini: rais o Deos tallochon
pisor o chau i gehenna, so-o mala-
dik, ino-chote-in taulaulan tapos ia
ma-arapies.

No ; these words are a simile of the fire of hell, and mean that the sufferings of Christ
body and soul, were truly as great, severe, and intense as if He actually had entered hell-

Shema?\'® ^^^ signification of these words-Gehenna, the pit of fire, and the flames of
^^^Gehenna is a pit or pool of fire, where God will eternally punish haibos and all wicked

No; the wrath of God continually kindles hell-fire, and keeps it burning, so that all the
wicked may be eternally punished.nbsp;»\'»quot;quot;g, so mat all the

^et IpDeti etvDe sterben 3esu
Christi Des ^Dons (BoDS aan het
hout Des ferm\'ces iS Den reni\'gen
toaragtiffen troost mgner siele;
aan het houö Des feruites aan=
Sehoutoe ife De liefDe (BoDS, enbe
fe)gnes ^oons tot be menschen,
ik Sie ben toorn (Bobs tegen De
Sonbe, enöe De straffe banDe
Sonöe öer menschen in feignen
eigenen ^oone, ik sie öaar bele
toonöen, enDe het bloeD Des
^oons (BoöS an hanöen, boeten,
m fegn gantsche lighaam ban
toegen mgne obertreöingen.
2Daar utt ben ik bersekert öat
öe »)oone (Boös iesus Christus
öoor Igöen enDe sterben
mbe menschelikke natuere toaar=
lik geboet heeft boor De obertre=
öingr öer menschen, om mg te
berlossen banöe breesr Des
toorns (BoöS, banöe macht enöe
herrschappie Des öuibels, enöe
banöe straffr Des heischen biers.
feoo Vdanneer öe gramschap
(BoöS mg brrese aani\'aacht, soo
sal ik mg öirpe berbergen inbe
bloeöige toonöen Des »»oons
(BoöS, op öat öen toorn ^gnes
(Ulaöers boorbg ga, ik sal met
alle ernst anhouöen om berge=
binge öer sonöen, om het Igöen
enöe sterben fe)gns beminöen
fe)00ns, öie »)gnen UaDer ^tmU
toaarts bersoent heeft.
__ 51. ^IS
inni machoté a macha o ta Christus
i baron o sasakimotto ?

Machoté so-o macha o ta Chris-
tus sjiem o Deos i baron o sasaki-
motto paga nattada tattalattaPo
gagil _o na-a tsjes ; inni baron o
sasakimotto na-a miall\'o aukat o
DeoSj a choa sjiem pana babosa,
na-a miall\'o rais o Deos inau ka-
kossi, so-o chachalt o kakossi o
babos\'inni choa maunis a sjiem,
na-a miall\'o mapan soa, so-o tagg\'o
sjiem o Deos inni rim\'a asiel, inni
tapos choa bog inau na-a kakossi.
Innai-numma kamachaggi ja ina,
alla ta Christus sjiem o Deos inni
ga o babos\'o choa machoté a macha
linummaslas o kakossi o babosa, ino
barrasan ja ina innai ikkil o rais o
Deos, innai barra so-o chachimit o
haibos, so-o innai chachalt o chau o
geheniia, Sja rais o Deos pa-ikkil .
na-a tsjes, na-a papaddabo mauchus \'
a ro inni soa ma-atagg\'o sjiem o
Deos, alla pasji rais o choa tamau,
na-a a-um-illo-ïlono abono kakossi
inau machoté a macha o choa au-
kattan a sjiem, tamasea pinaborr\'o
choa tamau na-a boa.

iReen: op Den Derben Dag 10
toeDer lebenDtg getoorDen, en
berre0en ban Den DooDen,

É)e 0i\'ele 10 toeDergefeeert i\'n
let Itglaam, en met |et DooDe lig--
laam toeDer bereenigt getoorDen.

2De ëgt;oone (I5oD0 leeft öoor
feratlt De 0{ele bereentgt
met let DooDe liglaam, enDe
al0oo i\'0 let toeöer lebenötg ge^
toorDen.

Maini : kanatorroa-da zijsja
pinaijoch o morich ja aicho, so-o
minaséas a macha.

55,nbsp;Inaunumma alli machonsar
machä ta Christus maibas o tapos
roman a babosa ?

Inau natorroa-da tuppo :—
Kapesasa, alli minach\'ija icho
inau choa maunis a kakossi.

—His hands, feet, and whole body. Hence I am sure that the Son of God, Jesus Christ
has, through His sufferings and death in His human nature, truly paid the penalty for the
transgressions of man, so that I may be delivered from the wrath of God, from the power
and dominion of the devil, and from the punishment of hell-fire. Thus, when the wrath of
God fills me with fear, I will deeply hide myself in the bloody wounds of the Son of God, so
that the anger of His Father may pass by; and I shall most earnestly seek the forgiveness of
sin, for the sake of the sufferings and death of His beloved Son, who has reconciled His
Father to me.

The Son of God did, by His own power, unite His soul with His dead body, and thus it
became again living.

55.nbsp;Why did not Christ remain in death like all other persons?
For three reasons :—

ijooc öe obetrtreömffeit öer men=
ffcheit; hi\'^tom toorö ^^ in het
ffrat met gehouöert gelpk anöm
menschen.

3®quot;. öe heer^chappie ober
leöen enöe öooö 10 eigen
algf C15OÖ0 ègt;oone; enöe igf mag--
ti\'g het öooöe lighaam leöenöi\'g
te maken.

2De op0tanöinge Christi öan
öen öooöen öetop^t öat öe
toatragtige »»oone (I5oö0 öe--
toelkfee öen öooö onöer »»pne
öoeten getreöen, en öe banöen
öe0 ÖOOÖ0 in 0tukken gebroken
heeft; toaar m\'t ik öer^ekect ben,
öat Chri0tu0, öie in het graf
opgesloten 10 getoeest om öe
0onöen öer menschen en ban
öen öooö ontslagen 10 geöïoröen,
gantschelik en ten öollen boor öe
obertreöi\'nge öer men0chen ge=
boet en betaalt ^ttlt; öetoelkke
eenmaal ook mpn lighaam ban
öe banöen öe0 öooös berlo00en
0al, en öat leöenöig maken öoor
»gt;pne kragt, niettegenstaanöe
öattet i\'n h^t graf al öerrot en
öergaan 10.

57\' 30 Chrt0tu0, na öat toe--
öer leöenöi\'g getooröen toa0, op
öe0er aaröen gebleöen ? ^een:
kakossi o babosa ; inau micho alli
machonsar o koemen i robaan,
maibas o roman babosa.

Ka natorroa, chachimit o
morich a machä maunis icho mai-
bas o sjiem o Deos ; so-o mabarra
ja icho, paurich o bog o machä.

Aseas o Christus a machä
paita, alla choa paga gagil o sjiem
o Deos, tamasea tsinummallas o
machä de rapo cho\'asiel, so-o pin-
äpil o kakoen o machä ; innai-
numma kamachaggi ja ina, alla ta
Christus, o ai kakinoen i robaan
inau kakossi o babosa, so-o binarra-
san a machä, oppen ja chinnummalt
o kakossi o babosa ; tamase\'o man-
tas channumma paparras o na-a bog
innai kakoen o machä, so-o pa-
paurich ai-oë o choa barra, paga-
tomma kamabocho i robaan.

2°. By His death He paid the full penalty for the transgression of man, therefore He
did not remain in the grave like other men.

3°. The dominion over life and death belongs to Him as the Son of God, and He has
the power to give again life to the dead body.

The resurrection of Christ from the dead proves that He is the true Son of God, who has
trampled death under his feet, and has snapped asunder the bonds of death, and this gives
me the assurance that Christ, who was confined in the grave for the sins of man, and who
was delivered from death, has fully and completely paid and suffered the penalty for the
transgressions of man ; that He will likewise also deliver my body from the bonds of death,
and through His strength will give it new life, although it has decayed and lain rotting in
the grave.

^een: nabemi\'fföapittpög
10 l^p oppfelommeti ten hemeL
58. aaiat öeöe öeertiß: Dagen
op öer aaröen ?

lip 10 öergeljenen aan öele,
öi\'e te öoren hem gefeent haööen,
enöe tjeeft ^pn letenöe Itghaam
tjertoont, op öatge gefeerlik toeten
gouöen, öat toeöer lebenöi\'g
getooröen toag, en bebal öen
ttoaalf jongeren, ^pne ö(engt=
fenegten, öatge gouöen gaan leer^
en alle bolfeeren, enöe baar
öoopen met toater möen naam
öeg maöerg, öeg ^oong, enöe
öeg (Beegteg.

Afgcbei\'ö genomen bcbbenöe
ban ^pne öiengtknecbten op
eenen berg, ig fepn ligbaam
boor bare oogen in een toolfefee
opgebeben na boben, en alg gp
na öen b^mel gtaroogöen, gpn
ttoee Cngelen bergebenen, toelk--
fee getutgöen öat Cbrigtug algoo
gouöe toeöerfiomen, gelpti gp
l^em ten b^mel baööen gien
opgtpgem

Maini : a-i-jor a narroa eis rum-
mi-es tsinummagach i boesum-ech.
58, Numm\'ija icho merien de ta
narroa eis rummi-es ?

Tsinummoach o mapan chono
ai madarram ani icho, so-o pait\'o
choa bog moricha, alla kama-
machaggi dechonoë, kapaijoch o
morich ja icho, so-o pauss\'o choa
aran tschiet narroa cho, alla sa-
sosse pattil o tapos o cho, so-o
sumkir i to i decho inni naan o
tamau, ta sjiem, so-o ta Auchar o
Deos, Spirito Santo.

Kapoberies o choa aran babó
nattada ranna, inalappoon ja choa
bog lallum nattada rabbo pana
babó katinnaam o choa machä
so-o kamabaddabadd\'o boesum de-
chonoë, tsinummoach narroa-da
Angelus, o ai pinaba, alla masini-
sar sasai pacheoach ta Christus,
maibas decho minit\'ichosar tum-
magach i boesum.

He appeared unto many who had formerly known Him ; He showed them His livine
body, so drat they might certainly know that He had again returned to life ; and He com-
manded His twelve disciples. His servants, to go unto all nations, and to baptize them with
water, m the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost.

. Having taken leave of His servants on a mountain. His body ascended on high before

their eyes, into the clouds ; and while they were gazing towards heaven, two angels anneared

who testified that Christ would return in the same manner as they had seen Him ascend
into heaven.nbsp;^nbsp;\'isi-ena

flDp öat öen hfntel souöe
openen, öie om onset Sonöen
tJille toas toegesloten, enöe ge--
öuerig onse toorsptafee spn ög
fernen Uaöer.

62.nbsp;öEat is öat te Seggen, Sitt=
enöe ter reehterhanö êigns
Uaöers Almachtig- heeft (!5oö
een hanö ofte reefterhanö ; sit
Christus als mensche inöen
hemel ter rechterhanö »»gns
Uaöers ?

^een: öese toooröen
ontleenen een gelgfetienisse
banöe Coningen öer aaröen,
toelfefee hare naaste en boor--
treffelifeste meöegenooten tot
hare rechterhanö setten, en
toPSen aan, öat alsoo meöe
Christus als mensche, öe
hoochSte en alöerheerlifeste sp
inöen hemel boben alle (Engelen
enöe menschen, öetoelfefee eenen
naam ontfangen heeft boben
alle namen, enöe naast ë)gnen
Uaöer alle heerschappie enöe
macht heeft \'t sg inöen hemel
of op öer aaröen, op öat l^g
alle Sgne bganöen hem selben
onöertoerpe, enöe bescherme
»»gn eigen bolfe, te toeten, alle
öe gene öie aan ^em gelooben,
enöe »gt;gnen naam liefhebben.

Alla tatummann\'o boesum, o
ai kinapos inau torroa kakossi, so-o
papaga tallochon torroa ma-azinado
katinnaam o choa tamau.

62.nbsp;Numma micho a pattite, airo-
ossen i kallamas o choa tamau,
kamabarr\'ija tapos ó ai; ja ta
Deos paga rima ja kallamas; ja ta
Christus maibas o babosa mero-os
inni boesum i kallamas o choa
tamau ?

Maini: atite o mini marach o
tatschier innai mario-acho de ta,
tamasea pairo-os o choa ara, o ai
maso machaddik a matasso, i choa
kallamas, so-o paita, alla masini
channumma ta Christus, maibas o
babosa, kummasjies a maro a ma-
tasso i boesum babó tapos Angelus
a babosa, tamasea minarach o naan
babo tapos o naan, so-o a-i-jor a
choa tamau paga chachimit o
tapos a barra pagatomma de
boesum, pagatomma de ta, alla
pauloan o tapos cho\'azjies-in,
so-o maladik o choa maunis a
cho; tapos chono ai ka poetautat
inni choa boa, so-o maukat o choa
naan.

That He might open heaven, which was closed against us on account of our sins, and
that He might continually be our Intercessor with the Father.

62.nbsp;What does that signify—Sitting on the right hand of His Father Almighty ? Has God
a right hand ? Does Christ, as a human being, sit in heaven, on the right hand of His
Father?

No ; these words are taken from a simile of the kings of the earth, who put their nearest
and most excellent compeers on their right hand, and thus signify that Christ also, as man,
occupies the highest and most glorious place in heaven, above all angels and men, having

Cen etnöe ban |emel, aaröe,
enö\'alle öingen, (Been mengfcle
en toeet ban ölen öap

0al bitten op ^pnen
tlroon inöe toolfefeen, enöe 0al
^pne 0i\'enaar0 öe (ßngelen -sen^
öen, öat0e alle men^den bp een
beegaöeren; öe graben pullen
|are öooöen geben, enöe öe jee
0al lare öooöen geben, en alle
men^cljen, 000 lebenöe, al0 öte
te boren gestorben 0pn, bullen
ber0c|pnen boor öen iai\'c|ter
0toel le0u Cl)rt0ti, op öat0e
loon ontfangen na lare toerfe--
feen. 2Daar na 0al C|ri0tu0 |et
bonm\'00e uit0pre{ten ober alle
men0t|)en, enöe boo0e öoen
toerpen mt l)el0cl)e bier^ maar
öe retltbeeröige enöe 0pne brfen=
öen 0al geleiöen m öe breuc|:
öen öe0 |emel0.

Kasisi o boesum, a ta, so-o
mini tapos ai: alhpa ja cho mab\'o
zijsja aicho-ech.

rasan lallum rabbo, so-o allecho
pauss\'o choa aran, ta Angelus,
alla paidarr\'o tapos o cho : robaan
pape\'o choa machada, so-o abas
pape\'o choa machada, so-o patapos
babosa, morich-a ja \' ani machä
tatummoach katinnaam o ba o
rasan o ma-achachalt ta Jesus Chris-
tus, alla marach o chachad kamai-
bas o choa tataap. Kasach-ä ta
Christus papattite o chachalt o
tapos o cho, so-o papa-itis o tapos
ma-arapies i chau o gehenna; kas-
jabaan papa-i-jor o ma-bisse tsjes
chonoë, so-o choa aukattan a cho
i aukat o boesum-ech.

received a name above all names, and possessing, next to His Father, all dominion and
power, be it m heaven or on earth, so that He may subdue all His enemies, and protect His
own people—to wit, all those who believe in Him, and love His name.

At the end of heaven and earth and of all things. No man knows when that day will
come.nbsp;^

He will sit on His throne in the clouds, and will send His servants, the angels to
assemble all men; the graves shall render their dead, and the sea shall render its dead and
all men then hving, as well as those who have died before, shall appear before the iudement-
seat of Jesus Chnst, to be rewarded according to their works. Then Christ will pronounce
sentence on all men, and cast the wicked into hell-fire, but the righteous and His friends He
will lead into the joys of heaven.

ffemofö, om öat gp gelooft, öat
Cpiötus ten hemel oppgaan 10,
m toeöerfeomen sal om te
ten öe leöenöe enöe öe öooöe ?

2Daaruft ben ik getois berse-
feert, bat Cbn\'stus mpn booft
boben alle mpne bpanöen
öetoelfefee öen bemel boor mg
berbjorben beeft, en ffeöueno;
tu00cben treeö met ^pne boor=
gfprahe, op öat l^p ^»pnen flaöer
tmptoaarts bersoene, toelfefeen ik
00 fe ten öage öes algemeinen oor=
öeel0 ui\'t öen bemel bertoacbte, op
öat ^pne enöe mpne bpanöen
m bet beigebe bi\'er toerpe, enöe
mp met Ijem stelle m öen bemel,
ffelpfe tot fernen lt;Eaöer p--
segt beeft, ife toi\'l öat toaar ife
ben, oofe mpnen öi\'enaar sp.

31 a: ife geloobe te Samen
gelpfe I\'n öen guaöer, in öen
»)00ne, enöe m öen jaöem (BoDS,
Den (Beest, om Dat öese Dn\'e
persoonen spn öe eent\'ge enöe
toaraebtfge (!ßoö. 69. aoiat
moach i joa tsjes, inau poetautat
ijonoë alla ta Christus sinoss\'i boe-
sum, so-o sasai pacheoach, alla
merien o chachalt o cho moricha
so-o machäda ai ?

Innai micho kamachaggi ja
ina, alla ta Christus na-a oeno
paga babó tapos na-a äzjies-in,
tamasea pinaaunis o boesum ina,
so-o tallochon paz-inado alla pa-
bórr\'o choa tamau na-a boa ; o ai
na-a tummassin channumma innai
boesum ka zijsj\'o chachalt o tapos
o cho, alla pa-itis o choa so-o na-a
micho äzjies-in i chau o gehenna,
so-o paubarri ina rorro icho inni
Ijoesum, maibassar pinal\'o choa
tamau, na-a merab, alla dema paga
ina, na-a aran paga channumma.

Hena: na-a poetautat mai-
bassar a rorro inni o tamau, inni
ta sjiem, so-o inni ta Auchar o
Deos, Spirito Santo, inau natorroa-
da bo\'o mini paga nattasar ai, so-o
gagil o Deos.nbsp;69. Nunima

66. What consolation does your belief, that Christ has ascended into heaven and that He will
return to judge the quick and the dead, give to your heart ?

It gives me the sure conviction that Christ, my Head, is raised above all my enemies,
that He has obtained heaven for me, and that He continually intercedes for me, in order to
reconcde His Father to me; and that I also expect Him to come from heaven on the day

of general judgment, in order that He may cast His and my enemies into h^ell-fire,Vnd thai
\'\'\' I with Him, as He spake to His Father, \' I will that where

67.nbsp;Who is the third Person in God\'s being ?
The Breath of God, the Holy Ghost.

Yes ; I believe at the same time in the Father, in the Son, and in the Breath of God the
Holy Ghost, because these three Persons are the only and true God.nbsp;\'

2Dat 10 te gegpn, tk toeet
boor pb3i\'0 utt 0egpn ban (BOÖ0
tooorö, enöe bouöe boor ba0t m
mpn pmoeö, öat öe (Bee0t
banöen SLIaber enöe ban öen
^oone te Samen uttgaat, toare
(Boö m\'t (I5oö, öe toelfefee
mel0cbe pöacbten tnaa00emt
ofte inblaast, enöe pleiö op öen
toeg öer pboöen (0oö0»

(Boö öe Baöer i0 öe ^cbepper
ban bemel, aaröe, enöe 0ee, om
öat l^p eer0t begonnen beeft
alle öingen te maken, enöe öen
»)oone, mit0gaöer0 öen
(Bee0t öoen aanbangen beeft
om meöe te toerkken, öe ^oone
(35OÖ0 i0 öe berlo00er öer men=
0cben, om öat ^^ in ^pn
per0oon, en öe men0cbelikke
natuere, öe Sl^i\'ööelaar enöe boor--
btööer i0 tu00cben (Boö en öe
men0cben ^ öe (Bee0t i0 öen
troo0ter Der kinöeren (BOD0, om
Dat l^p in bare b^wen tooont,
enöe haar geöuerig bertroo0t.

69. Numma micho a pattite, na-a
poetautat inni ta Auchar o Deos o
ma-achimit, ta Spirito Santo ?

Micho a pattite, kamachaggi
ja ina innai al\'o ranied o Deos, so-o
poetat o na-a tsjes, alla ta Spirito
Santo sosse rorró innai o tamau,
so-o innai ta sjiem, gagil o Deos
innai Deossar, tamasea pauchar o
tattupp\'o boesum, so-o pa-i-jor i
tarran o atillono Deos.

Deos o tamau paga Airien o
boesum, o ta, a abas, inau icho
tsinummaas o merien o mini tapos
ai, so-o pinaisas\'i ta sjiem a ta
Spirito Santo karri-tataap ; ta sjiem
o Deos paga ma-ababärras o babosa,
inau inni choa boa, so-o inni ga o
babosa paga ma-äborra a ma-äzinado
tuppach o Deos a babosa ; ta Spirito
Santo paga ma-attalättal\'o sisjiem o
Deos, inau summos\'i choa tsjes, so-o
tallochon tummalattal\'i decho.

69.nbsp;What does that signify—I believe in the Breath of God, the Holy Ghost ?

That signifies—I Icnow for certain from the testimony of God\'s Word, and am firmly con-
vinced in my mind, that the Holy Ghost jointly proceeds from the Father and from the Son,
being very God of God, who infuses or breathes heavenly thoughts, and conducts us in the
way of God\'s commandments.

God the Father is the Creator of heaven and earth, and of the sea, because it was He
who first began to make all things, and caused His Son, as also the Holy Ghost, to join in
this work ; the Son of God is the Redeemer of man, because He in His person, and
according to His human nature, is the Mediator and Intercessor between God and man ; the
Holy Ghost is the Comforter of the children of God, because He dwells in their hearts, and
constantly comforts them.

rigent ons toe ïjet Igöen
enöe öen öooö Christi, mits=
ß:aöers»)gne rechtbreröige
feen, op öat tog ontgaan Souöen,
enöe örg gestelt torröen öan öe
Straffe Der sonöeöaar na blaast
l^g ons In eenen goeöen toille
enöe geöaehten, öat ïog als
ni\'eutoe menschen een bermaafe
hebben möe bjerfefeen öee ger=
echtighei\'ö, enöe nabolgen het
leben onseS beeren lesu Christi,
öaar uit getuigt tot onsen
(Beest) öat tog biaaclife sgn kin^
öeren (BoöS.

2Dat (Boö öe Uaöer öen
(Beest mg geschonfefeen heeft, ten
einöe i^g geöuerig bg mg souöe
Sgn, enöe bertroosten inöe öro=
effeniSSe, öetoelkfee in mgn herte
fegne gaben uitstort, als breöe,
ruste enöe lieföe (BoöS, öaar uit
ik bersekert tooröe, öat (Boö öe
Uaöer mg lief heeft, enöe het
eeubjige leben mg geschonkken
heeft om fegns gelieföen »»oons
31esu Christi toille.

Icho paaunis torroa bo\'o ma-
choté a macha o ta Christus, so-o
choa tataap o babissé, ino barrasan
ja torro innai chachalt o kakossi ;
kasach-a pauchar i torroa tsjes o
airaba tattuppau mario, alla maibas
o bao a cho torro maukat o tataap
O babissé, so-o tsimichier o morich
o ta Jesus Christus, torroa micho
ma-achachimit, innai-numm\'icho
pab\'i torroa tsjes, alla torro paga
gagil sisjiem o Deos.

Alla Deos o tamau pinassósó
ina ta Spirito Santo, alla papara
tallochon ina, so-o tummalattal\'inni
zichil, tamasea summa-od o choa
asoso i na-a tsjes, maibas o aborra,
ärra, so-o aukat o Deos, innai-
numma kamachaggi ja ina, alla
Deos o tamau maukat o ina, so-o
pinassosono morich o ma-achonsar
ina, inau choa aukattan a sjiem ta
Jesus Christus.

He appropriates unto us the sufferings and death of Christ, in order that we may escape,
and be exempted from the punishment of sin ; thereupon He breathes into our hearts good
will and thoughts, so that we, as new creatures, may take delight in the works of righteous-
ness, and imitate the life of our Lord Jesus Christ; thereby testifying unto our spirits that
we truly are children of God.

That God, the Father, has given me the Holy Ghost, so that He may constantly abide
with me and comfort me in affliction; that He sheds abroad m my heart His gifts, such as
peace, rest, and the love of God ; from which I may be assured that God the Father loves
me, and that He has granted me eternal life, for the sake of His beloved Son Jesus Christ.

^ Meen: (Boö berfei\'egft een
eigen bolfe en beminöe femöeren
uit alle geklagten öer aaröe.

76. mat 10 öat te heggen: ik
geloobe een bergaöeringe ban
een Clriöten rein ofte |eilig
bolfe, öi\'e ban duö0 getoeegft 10,
nu i0y en 0teeö0 blpben 0al ?

2Dat 10 te 0eggen, ife ben ber=
0efeert m\'t |et 0eggen ban (lBoö0
tooorö, en geloobe met mpn ge=
moeö, öat (Boö öe 5Uaöer een uït--
berfeoren lei\'lfg bolk leeft, ttoelk
ban öen beginne tot öen einöe
öe0e0 toerrelö0 bp een bergaöert,
en geroepen toorö öoor |et tooorö
(BOÖ0 uit alle ge0lac|ten öer
aaröe tot |et eeutoige |emel0c|e
leben, om met (Boö bereenigt te
tooröen in 0pnen ëioone
C|ri0to tot een liglaam, t0amen
berknDt|t0pnöe inöen toaren ge=

then spoken on faith in God, we have now to consider the faith of God\'s people

73-nbsp;Has God a peculiar people here on earth ?nbsp;j j , jJi^uiJia.
Yes, He has.

74-nbsp;Are all men the peculiar and beloved people of God ?

earth °\' chooses a peculiar people and beloved children from all the generations of the

75-nbsp;Who are they ?

wl^®hevers are children of God.

signify—I believe in the community of a pure and holy Christian dcodIp
which has been from of old, now is, and always shall remain.nbsp;^

hear^lafcolJi^Fftl^T^nbsp;fI ^^^^^^^ ^his with all my

fin^^L^ f f^® \'he Father has a peculiar and holy people who, from the beginning to the

final end of this world, are gathered together ; that they are called by the Word of cfd from

Maini: ta Deos piri o maunis
a cho so-o aukattan a sisjiem innai
tapos o tupponodon de ta.
75\' Tomm\'ija decho ?

Tapos O gagil ma-autat a cho
paga sisjiem o Deos.
76. Numma micho a patitte : na-a
pittau O aigarrorro-no cho Christan
o ma-achimit, o ai pinaga ani aicho,
paga pia, so-o kapapoetautachsar ?

Michosar a patitte, kamachaggi
ja ina innai al\'o ranied o Deos, so-o
pittau\'o na-a tsjes, alla Deos o
tamau paga adokken a chono ma-
achimit, o ai ipaigarrórro innai
aisas\'ate sisi o mini tapos ai, so-o
aloddan o ranied o Deos iiinai
tapos o tupponodon de ta pana
morich o ma-achonsar i boesum,
ino aarpanni i ta Deos inni choa
sjiem ta Jesus Christus pana natta-
sar achieb, barroon o rorró inni
autat o gagil.

sterben anDere, an=
Dere toorDen toeDer toegeboegt.
(BoD De ®ïaDer berfeiest na bet
toelgeb allen »»pnes toillens. 2De
»•oone dßoDS bergaDert Door De
kracbt tooorDS, bersoent,
berlost en betoaart De uttberkoo--
rene, Datse met en bergaan. É)e
(Beest (BoDS tooont m bare
Stelen, om geDuen\'g bp baar te
blpben, berlicbt baar berstanD,
blaast baar bemelscbe geDacbten
m, becmeerDert baar feenm\'sse
enDe geloobe aan (BoD, Dat bet
niet uitgeblust en toeröe, rei\'m\'gt
ligbaam enDe si\'ele, enDe maakt
baar bequaam om met (Boö ber=
eem\'gt te toerDen, 2De gantscbe
bergaDeringe aller geloobi\'gen is
als een li\'gbaam, ttoelk samen
geboegt toorD ui\'t bele leDen.
fDer bpsonöer geloobi\'ge is als
een li\'ö ban Di\'t lig^aam. 2De
ëgt;oone (BoDS fS let toare hooft,
Di\'e bet li\'gbaam enDe alle De leDen
lebenDig maakt. (0oD De ^Uaöer
I\'S De fonDateur Des butsgesi\'ns,
enöe noemt De geloobige Spne
ki\'nDeren. 2De (Beest regeert
het hui\'s (BoDS Doorè\'pne kracht

all the generations of the world unto an eternal and heavenly life, to be united with God in
His Son Jesus Christ in one body, they being joined together in true faith.
77- Does not the gathering together of the believers cease in this world?

No ; when some die, others are added : God the Father chooses them according to Hi-s
good pleasure. The Son of God gathers them by the power of His Word ; reconciles, redeems
and guards over the elect, so that they may not perish. The Holy Ghost dwells in their
souls, and continually abides with them, enlightens their minds, inspires them with heavenly
thoughts, increases their knowledge of and faith in God, so that it may not be extinguished •
purifies body and soul, and renders them fit to be united with God. The entire gathering of
all believers is like unto one body, which is composed of many members : each individual
believer is, as it were, a member of this body.

Maini: kamach\'ija roman,
chippan ja roman Deos o tamau
ummadok kamaibas o aukat o
cho\'airab. Ta sjiem o Deos pai-
garrórro inni barr\'o choa ranied,
lummaslas, parras, so-o maladik o
adokken a cho, depa moribal. Ta
Auchar o Deos o ma-achimit sum-
mos\'i choa tsjes, alla tallochon o
par\'i decho, parar\'o choa saan,
pauchar i tsjes o tattupp\'o boesum,
pauab o aba so-o autat inni ta
Deos, depa otuppen, pachimit o
bog a tsjes, so-o paatsikap i decho,
ino aarpanni i ta Deos. Aigar-
rórro ma-arummóno tapos o ma-
autat a cho paga maibas o nattasar
achieb, o ai rorró-no aarpanni innai
mapan a raag. Atatta ma-aunionis
o ma-autat a cho paga maibas o
raag o achieb o mini. Ta sjiem o
Deos paga oeno o gagil, o ai pau-
rich O achieb, so-o tapos o choa
raag. Deos o tamau pauchodon a
arie-eddan, so-o pattonan o ma-
autat acho choa sisjiem. Ta
Auchar o ma-achimit o choa barra
chummimit o don 0 Deos. Ma-
sinisar natorroa-da boa, Deos o
tamau, ta sjiem, so-o Auchar o

AIÖU0 tiolmafeetr gegamentUfe De
Dcte pergootien ößoD De MaDer,
De »)oone, ettDe De (Beest ^zt
lighaam Der öergaDeringe Der
gelootiiptt, Dat\'et öermeerDere,
eitDe ffroot toasse in feennisse
enDe toaren gelooöe, öast aan een
gebonDen spnöe Door onDerlinge
U\'efDe^ 3|nDe bergaDertnp Der
ploobigen toorD (BoD toaarUfe
bekent en aanproepen, enDe
tooonD mt miDDen ban baar,
toaarom D\'öelbe pnaamt toorD
bet b«iS (BoDS, De bergaDerinp
(BoDS, spne fetnDeren enDe buiS--
genoten, een uitberkoren ps--
lacbte, een beili\'ff bolk, een brp
gekocbt ofte berkrepn bolk.
2Daarentepn Die (BoD met en
kennen spn bremDelinpn, en
als SonDer (BoD.

il^een: i\'k geloobe meDe öat ik
bet Itffbaam öeser bergaDeringe
tngelpft Sp öoor öen toaren p=
loobe, als een lebenöifi; KD, ttoelk
tk 00k blpben sal.

ma-achimit rorróno ummoob o
achieb o aigarrorrono ma-autat a
cho, alla moab so-o summoos o
mato inni aba so-o autat o gagil,
barroon o didden o karri-aukat.
Inni aigarrorrono ma-autat a cho
darrammen o gagil so-o eachanni ta
Deos, so-o summos\'o inni babat o
decho; inau decho attonannansar
don o Deos, aigarrorrono chono
Deos, choa sisjiem so-o ari-eddan,
adókken a tupponodon, chono ma-
achimit, laslas-en a cho. Kasja-
baan chono mautsiri i ta Deos,
paga azjies so-o maibas o marotul
i ta Deos.

Maini: na-a channumma pittau
all\'inaarpan ja in\'o achieb o aigar-
rorrono innai autat o gagil, maibas
o raag o morich, o ai na-a mamach-
onsar channumma.

The Son of God is the true Head who quickens the body and all its members. God the
Father is the Founder of the family, and calls the believers His children. The Holy Ghost,
through medium of His power, reigns over the house. In this way, the three Persons, God
the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, render the body of the believers gathered together
perfect, in order that it should increase and grow in knowledge and true faith, closely united
to one another by mutual love. In the meetings of the believers God is really acknowledged
and called upon ; He dwells in the midst of them, therefore they are called the house of God
the meeting of God, His children, and members of the family, a chosen race, a holy and
ransomed people, whereas they who do not know God are strangers, and, as it were, without
God.

No; I also believe that I am incorporated into the body of these meetings; that is,
through faith, i have become a living member thereof, in which I shall also remain.nbsp;\'

gaben enöe toelöaöen
bele, enöe öngt; toel öe boor^
naamste, öle ^let tooröen op=
gerefeent, als öe bergebi\'nge öer
obertreöIngen, öe opstanöinge
öes bleescbes, enöe bet eeutoi\'ge
leben.

3a: alle toare geloobi\'ge beb^
ben gememscbap aan öe b)el=
öaöen enöe gaben cBoöS.
8x, (Belooft gg öe meöeöerl, öat
IS gememscbap öer belltgen ?

âDe meöeöeel öer heiligen öat
IS te Seggen, öat alle gelooblge,
öle met (Boö In è)gnen fegt;oone
3esu Christo bereenlgt blgben,
gesamentllk öeel ontfangen Inöe
bolöoenlnge enöe gerechtlghelö
Christi, enöe anöere gaben
(BoöS*

iaa\'t: toant alle gelooblge
moeten toeöersgts öen naasten
met hare gaben helpen, en ten
hemeltoaart lelöen.

Mapan choa asoso a tataap o
rio, so-o niaso matasso natorroa, o
ai toch-en insini, maibas o äbono
tataap o kakossi, aseas o boa, so-o
morich o ma-achonsar.

Hena : tapos o gagil ma-autat
a cho paga rorrono ad\'inni tataap
o rio so-o asosóno Deos.

Rorro-no ad\'o chono ma-achi-
mit michosar a pattite, alla tapos
o ma-autat a cho, o ai machonsar
aarpanni i ta Deos inni choa sjiem
ta Jesus Christus rorro-no marach
o ad\'inni lalaslas a babissé o ta
Christus, so-o roma-roman aso-
sóno Deos.

Hena: inau tapos o ma-autat
a cho maspot a karri-a-olli-eul o
choa asosono ma-achaddik o cho,
so-o karri-a-i-jor pana boesum ai.

His gifts and manifold blessings, of which three of the most important may be thus
enumerated:—the forgiveness of trespasses, the resurrection of the body, and life ever-
lasting,

The communion of saints means, that all believers, who remain united with God in His
Son Jesus Christ, jointly participate in the redemption and righteousness of Christ and in
the other gifts of God.nbsp;\'

Yes, there is; for all believers should mutually assist their neighbours with their eifts
and lead each other heavenwards.nbsp;^ \'

2De toare gelootn\'ge tooröen
f)eiligen genaamt, om öatgfe ge--
toausseien toeröen i\'n |et bloeö
Cl)n\'0ti\' ban lare onöeuc!)t enöe
obertreöIngen, enöe een nieu
leben aanbangen i\'n alle geretl):
ttgleiö (15000.

31 a: ife geloobe 0ekerli\'fe öat
(Boö öe (Kaöer om öe bolöoenmge
^pn0 ^oDn0 3!e0u CI)n\'0ti gant^
0töel(li alle mpne obertreömgen
bergeeft, enöe öe boo0ljeiö öe0
Herten, ban öe toelfeke i\'fe toaarli\'k
berouto öebbe, enöe mp öaaren^
tegen 0cöenkt öe gerecl)ti\'g|)ei\'ö
enöe lei\'liglieiö Cl)n\'0tt\\ op öat
ik ban öe 0traffen öer 0onöe ber--
lo0t toeröe,

31k geloobe öat mpn li\'g|aam,
0cl)oon öattet in öen geabe berrot
10, ten etnöe öe0er toerrelö ban
öen öooöen opgetoekt, enöe met
mpne 0iele toeöer bereenigt 0al
toeröen, om ten lemel opgeno;
men^ enöe C|n0to gelpkformi\'t|
gemaakt te toeröen.

Gagil o ma-autat a cho atto-
nannansar chono ma-achimit, inau
orichen ja decho inni tagg\'o ta
Christus innai choa arapies a ka-
kossi, so-o tummalpon o bao a
morich inni tapos o babissé o Deos.

Hena : na-a pittau o gagil alla
Deos o tamau inau lalaslas o choa
sjiem ta Christus mabono auchos
tapos na-a kakossi, so-o arapies o
tsjes, o ai machi\'o gagil ina, so-o
passoso ina kasjabaan o babissé a
chimit o ta Christus, ino barrasan
innai chachalt o kakossi ina-e.

Na-a pittau alla na-a micho
bog, pagatomma mabocho i ro-
baan, ka sisi o mini tapos ai allecho
ipaseas a machä, so-o aarpanni o
tattaul\'o na-a tsjes, ino alappan i
boesum, so-o ipaibas i ta Christus.

True believers are called saints, because the blood of Christ has cleansed them from their
iniquity and trespasses, and because they commence a new life in all the righteousness of
God ?

Yes ; I surely do believe that God the Father, for the sake of His Son Jesus Christ
forgives all my transgressions and the wickedness of my heart, whereof I sincerely repent ;
and, on the other hand, grants me the righteousness and holiness of Christ, so that I may be
delivered from the punishment of sin.

I believe that my body, though lying in corruption in the grave, will at the end of the
world be raised from the dead, and will be again united with my soul, so that it may be
taken up into heaven, and be made conformable to Christ.

88.nbsp;aaiel maar, sgn bleesch IS
berrot enöe bergaan, ban toaar
sal het lighaam te boorsthgn
feomen ?

(Boö, öle het lighaam uit öen
Stof gemaafet heeft, sal het öooöe
lighaam toeöer lebenöig mafeen
uit öen stof öoor spne (Boööe--
llfefee tiracht.

eeutolge leben i\'s een
onberganfekellk leben In öen he--
mel. In het toelkke plaatse heb=
ben Sal ö\'aanschoubJlnge (Boös,
breöe, rüste, enöe blgöschap öes
(Beestes, Sonöer elnöe, öle öe
ooge nlet en heeft geslen, öe
oore nlet en heeft gehoort, enöe\'t
herte en öe geöachtrn noit en
hebben begeepen; amen*

Ta Deos O ai minerien o bog
innai borrabor, allecho paurich o
tattaul\'o bog o machad\'innai bor-
rabor O choa barr\'o Deos-sar.

Morich O ma-achonsar paga
morich i boesum o ai alli moribal,
inninumma pagaga ai-all\'o ta Deos,
aborra, arra, so-o aukat o tsjes,
pasisi-ech, o ai macha alli minita,
charrina alli minasini, so-o alli
tsinummaap tsjes a tattuppa;
Amen.

88.nbsp;Well now, with its flesh decayed and corrupted, how can the body again come forth ?
God, who has_ made the body of the dust, shall make the dead body again alive out of

89.nbsp;Will the body be raised to perish again ?
No; I believe in eternal life after this life.

Eternal life is an imperishable life in heaven, where we shall behold God face to face ;
where we shall have peace, rest, and rejoicing of the heart, without end; which the eye
hath not seen, neither ear heard, nor the heart and thought have ever conceived. Amen.

2De Chn\'stelifefee leere i\'jS een
leere Des tooorDS (BoDS ban ëgt;pn
eigen toesen enDe toerfefeen.

^jieen: ï^p i\'s geheel een
(Beest, sonöer lighaam enDe
öleeseh, en »)pn toeSen of per--
Soon en toorö niet gesien.
6. i^oe öeel persoonen spnöer
in het toesen (BoDS ? SDaar

Maini: paga tsjes o auchos
icho, marotul o bog a boa, so-o pa
itan choa ga ja boa,

The Christian doctrine is a doctrine found in the Word of God, of His being and works.

4.nbsp;What does the written Word of God declare concerning God\'s being ?
That His being is peculiar, not like unto our body.

No; He is essentially a spirit, without body or flesh, and His being or person is not
visible.

SDaar sgtt ön\'e ipgonöm
pergoonen, De (Elaoer, De »)00ne,
enûe öen reinen ADem, öen
(Beest,

2Dat (Boö in öen beginne
gemaakt beeft bemel enöe aarDe,
enDe alle Dese Dingen.

Ja: ^^p b^eft er ttoee ge=
maakt, man enöe topf uit De
toelkke boortgesproten spn alle
geslachten op Den aarDboDem.

Kamaunionis natorroa-da boa,
o tamau, ta sjiem, so-o ta Auchar
o ma-achimit, ta Spirito Santo.

Hena : icho tumk\'o tapos ai o
choa barra, so-o chummimit, kam-
aibas o choa airab.

Hena : mineriensar o narroa
cho, sjam a sini, innai tamasea
tsinummoach tapos o tupponodon
de ta.

There are three separate persons; the Father, the Son, and the pure breath, the Holy
Ghost.

Yes; He sustains them by His power, and He governs according to His pleasure (will).

Yes; He made two, man and woman, from whom have sprung all the generations of the
earth.

(000 Ijzett öen men^clje se--
maafet tot ë)pn öeelö, tot een
öeelö (Boögf, öat 10 te Jeggen,
ffantgf en geleel recltbeeuöi\'ff.
13. Miel, öan alle meng(c|en
recl)töeecöi0; ?

(Been0i\'n0, leöben alle
obergetreöen, enöe tooröen se-
ntit I\'n boo05eiö ofte beröerffe^

(Boöe bjeöer^pannig te 0pn,
enöe »»gn geboö te obertreöen,
15- Uan toaar compt öe0e booö=
|eiö öe0 Herten in öen men^ebe
boort ?

Bit öe obertreöinp ongfer
eerster boorouöeren ^öam enöe
(£ba in |et paraöp^.
16. (LQiati0 öe 0traffe öer boo0=
öeiö enöe obertreöinge ?

iaiöerlei feranfeöeöen, 0c|rife,
bree0e, enöe öroeffen{00e öe0 ge--
moeö0, öe öooö, enöe na öe öooö
Öet öel^cle bier.

17- 3i00er ffeen bolöoeninge boor
öe obertreöinge, op öat öe
menöcöe öe^e straffe ontga ?
Haa\'t.

Mauromaroman a dig, aurtsi,
ikkil, a zichil o tsjes, machä, so-o
a-i-jor a machä chau o Gehenna.

17.nbsp;Ja alli paga lalaslas o kakossi,
ino barrasan o babos\'o chachalt o
mini ?

T, Wnbsp;\'\'quot;\'quot;\'S®\'nbsp;of God, that is to say, akogether righteous.

By no means ; they have all transgressed, and been conceived in iniquity and corruption
14- In what does the iniquity of the human heart consist ?nbsp;\'nbsp;r •

ï°/®tiellion against God, and transgressing against His commandments.
15. Whence does this iniquity of the heart in man arise?

It origmates in the transgression of our first forefathers, Adam and Eve in paradise
It). In what does the punishment of iniquity and transgression consist ?

In all kmds of sicknesses, terror, fear, and affliction of the mind ; ^
death, hell-fire.

Yes^^quot;^^ redemption for these transgressions, so that men may escape them ?
18. Who has paid the penalty for the transgressions of man ?

Christus öe ^oone
(BoöS, öie toaraclti\'th (Boö enöe
mensche i\'s in een persoon.
19- ^oe heeft Christus öoor öe
oöertreömffe öer menschen ge--
öoet ?

heeft tjoor ons geleöen,
sgn bloeö bergoten, enöe is
gestorben om onser obertreö^
inge toi\'Ue,

21.nbsp;öZUt\'i (Boö om öe genoegöoen--
inge ^gns öoons öe menschen
genaöi\'g sgn ?

31a: Christus Spreeamp;t öaar
tusschen met ^gn genoegöoen=
i\'nge op öat öe mensche berge=
bi\'nge öer sonöen berkrggt.

(Beenstns, alleen öie berouto
hebben ban hare sonöen, enöe
Sgn geboDen achterbolgem

23.nbsp;OCaorDen De ongehoorsame
enDe ongeloobige niet berlost
banöe straffe öer sonöen ?

Ta Jesus Christus sjiem o
Deos, o ai paga Deos o gagil so-o
gagil o babos\'inni nattada boa. \'
19. Moeda ta Christus linummas-
las o kakossi o babosa ?

Hena : ta Christus pazinadóno
choa lalaslas, alla babosa marach o
äbono kakossi.

Maini-énaj ma-akammichi o
ai machi\'o kakossi poetautat inni
ta Deos, so-o ummior o choa atillo.

23.nbsp;Ja aili barrasan o chachalt o
kakossi chono ma-achachuppir, so-o
marotul o autat inni ta Deos

He suffered for us ; He shed His blood, and died on account of our transgressions.

20.nbsp;Has Christ reconciled, by His sufferings, God to man ?
Yes ; He is the Mediator between God and man.

Yes ; Christ by His atonement intercedes, so that man obtains the forgiveness of sin.

By no means ; only they who repent of their sins, and follow after His commandments.

23.nbsp;Are the disobedient and the unbelieving not delivered from the punishment of sin ?
No ; the wrath of God abides on them.

Sil toatter beScliteöen is i\'n
het tooorD (BdD0, toaar ban korte
hoofD0tufekea begeepeit sjn, i\'n
het Chr(0telikke ploobe.

31a: en % stelt De berge=
bi\'nge Der sonDen ten toone in-
Den Chn\'steli\'kfeen 2Doop enDe
het ^bontmaal Chn\'Stu

Slis Christus Segt ban Den
Drinkbeker Dat i\'s mpn bloeD, \'t
toelk hergoten toorD tot berge=
bing Der sonDen.

Tapos O ai kabinidoan inni
ranied o Deos, innainumma paga
ma-apapp\'a tuppo inni autat o
Christan.

Hena : so-o patorrod o abona
kakossi inni Christan a sasikir i to,
so-o man o marpes\'o ta Christus.

§abanno maunis-o-ala ta Chris-
tus innai ai-cham-an o, micho ja
na-a tagg\'o ai, sa-odden ino aboan
kakossi.

All that is written in the Word of God, the short heads of which are found in the
Christian Belief.

25.nbsp;Do you know the Articles of Faith?
Yes : I believe in God, the Father, etc.

Yes ; and He shows us in Christian Baptism and in the Lord\'s Supper what the forgive-
ness of sin is.nbsp;®

toorö, topgft aan het öloeö Chn\'Sti\',
enöe De tiesprengi\'nge Des toaters
De ttesprengmge ëipns öloeDS.

(Belpfefeei-tops h^t lichaam ge--
to assen toorD met toater, alsoo
toorö si\'el enöe lichaam getoassen
met het hloeö Christi tan De
ftooshei\'D enDe sonDe.

33-nbsp;2De leere tan tergeti\'nge öer
Sonöen geeft Die Den mensche
geen oorsake om te sonDi\'gen ?

^een: se port teel meer aan
om te strpöen tegen öe sonöe,
enDe goeDe toerkken te betrachten,
op Dat (15oD, enöe ë»pne genaöe
gepresen toeröe*

Alle toerkken Der gerechtig--
hei\'D enDe hei\'li\'chei\'D, Die dPoD ïn
öe thten geboDen gebi\'eö.

Maibas orichen o to a bog,
masini orichen o bog a tsjes o tagg\'o
ta Christus innai arapies a kakossi.

Maini: kamaso pizich o ma-
piech o kakossi, so-o ummior o
mario a tataap, ino adassen ta Deos,
so-o choa bó.

Tapos o tataap o babissé achi-
mit, o ai pattillo ta Deos inni
tschiet O atillo.

The water which is sprinkled signifies the blood of Christ, and the sprinkling of the
water the sprinkling of His blood,

Even as the body is washed with water, in the same way the soul and body are washed
with the blood of Christ from iniquity and sin.

31.nbsp;Where are we taught to pray for the remission of sin ?
In the prayer of our Lord Jesus Christ.

No ; it rather incites man to struggle against sin, and to strive after good works,
34- What do you call good works ?

All the works of righteousness and holiness commanded by God in His ten commandments,

91a: (BoD sfprafe i\'fe ben De
l^eere SUtoe (BoD, etc.
37- flfllot\'D (BoD gepre^en al0
^j?ne femDeren nafeomen ^pne
ffeboDen?

3[a: al0 De bceemDe aan=
merkfeen De recbtbeerDige toerfe:
ken ban (BOD0 feinDeren, 0p ber^
toonDecen laar, enDe prp0en
(BoD enDe ^pne recljten.
38. mei toe i\'0t, tollt ffp let
Cl)n\'0teli\'fefee geloobe omiel0en,
enDe Dm 3Doop ontfangen tot
bergebi\'nge utoer 0onöen ?

39\' lölel maar, ber0aalit gp Den
l)aifao0 enDe 0pne leiigenac|ti\'ge
0uper0tttien ?

3Ia; mpn 0i\'ele neemt een
af0t|eiD ban |a{bo0, ban ^Dam,
enDe alle pDele 0uper0titten.
40- aoitlt gp afteggen enDe toeg^
toerpen utoe obertreDingen, enDe
boo0|ei\'D, al0 Dronfefeen0cl)ap,
loererie, npD, leugen, Di\'ebene,

Hena: sabanno azjies miall\'o
tataap o babissé o sisjiem o Deos,
makakki ja choa tsjes, so-o sum-
moal i ta Deos a choa bisse-bissé.

38.nbsp;Mai numma, ja merab o um-
mior ijonoë o autat o Christan,
so-o marach o ma-ächimit a sasikir
i to, ino aboan oa kakossi ?

40.nbsp;Ja merab o tummis oa kakossi
a arapies, maibas o arab, chachod,
sannan, tattosik, achab, so-o mik-
kap i ta Deos inni autat o ma-

What does God command in His ten commandments ?
Two things : to love God and to love our neighbour.

Yes ; when the strangers see the righteous works of God\'s children, they admire them, and
praise the Lord and His statutes.

38.nbsp;Well now, will you embrace the Christian faith unto the forgiveness of your sins ?
Yes ; my soul pants after this mercy.

39.nbsp;But do you then forsake haibos and his lying superstitions ?
Yes ; my soul forsakes haibos, Adam, and all vain superstitions.

40.nbsp;Will you put away and cast from you your transgressions and iniquity, as drunkenness.

enöe (0oö aanfeleöen in remen
ffeloobe enöe een nieu leben, öat
iS te segpn i\'n to are precbtig--
beiö enöe beiUgbeiö ?

31a: lil sal (I5oöS bulpe enöe
pnaöe begeren, op öat Ife be=
quaam sg öat te bolbrengen.

Hena : mameach\'o a-olli-eul o
Deos so-o choa bó, alla na-a matsi-
kap o ummoob o micho.

whoredom, envy, theft, lies; and cleave unto God in pure faith and in a new life—that is to
say, in true righteousness and holiness ?

Yes ; i will seek God\'s assistance and mercy, in order that i may be rendered fit to do

tonannan na-a micho
ta Deos inni ma-ai-aab Esaias.
Narroa-da tuppo pab\'ija namo atite
o minisar ; kapesasa, ta Deos pat-
tonan o arorroai-an don o ai-acha,
inau merab alla pedarra tapos sja-
sjam, sini-sini a sisjiem ka mitoa
zijsja, alla sai tumboel o choa don,
tump\'o choa naan, rorró-no masini
O choa ranied, so-o me-ach\'icho
tapos O ai masabb\'ija decho. Masini
a don paga, indema mitarróach
tapos ocho, barroon a rorró karri-
aukat. Dem\'ija eachanni o gagil
naan o Deos, dem\'ija ipaba choa
airab, dém\'ija akaukauan choa adas.
Mai, don o arrorro-ai-an o mini
paga channumma don o ai-acha,
dem\'ija atillan imoa meach\'i tamau
de boesum, so-o maibas o sisjiem
pattonan i ta Deos, namoa tamau
tamasea paga de boesum. Dem\'-
imoa mai tumboel i ta Deos inni
choa don, alla mamadarram icho
rummi-es, so-o paga rorró-no
ad\'inni choa bó-noë. Hai pesor o
don O baak o mini, hai pesor o don
o lalloog. Maini-éna. Alli mai-
bas o roman don o mini. Lallum
aicho-ies man, micham, summarra,
macheauboen cho-na. Maunis a
don o mini; don o Deos, don o
atite, don o ai-acha, don o atil.
Insini eachanni ta Deos, adassen ja
naan o kummasjies a maro. Tama-
sea mauranies, mais, ja manniki
insini, mannach\'i ta Deos, so-o
tummallas ochoa asiel o atii o
boesum ai, Mauchus o rummé o
micho ta Deos; cho-no mini,
macho, dummaat ina o choa ranied,
so-o madas ina ochoa dorren, so-o
maro ja choa tsjes innai Ina-ë,
Inau decho alanni inni bido o
Deos, e-illa-na oa asiel, sabanno
mai dummoro i don o Deos, so-o
aga-a a chaddik, all\'oa masini,
Maibas attitean, ja merab o moss\'i
don O arorroai-an, e-illa-na depa
mauranies, ja me o atil o Deos,

inau ta Deos miall\'oa tsjes, kailau
mate\'ijo-noë. Miall\'o tapos o cho
innai boesum ta Deos, mab\'o tat-
tup\'i tsjes, maibas o chau mansar
o tapos o ma-arapies. Oedan,
tamasea sai dummaat icho, so-o
alli mikkil o choa rais o mato,
gagil maraas a tsjes, so-o charri o
zijsja tatummala, alia maraas o
tummok o bato ja asiel. Mai, hai
mannach\'i ta Deos. \'Alli annachan
o baak ja icho. Ja tummalpon o
mosse dummoro i don o Deos?
Abissassa tau-aab oa boa, o-oa, joa
tsjes-oë katinnaam atil, itiss\'o tat-
tuppau rapies innai imo-noë. Don

0nbsp;mini don o atil, don o ai-acha;
hai tump\'insini oa don, oa tatapan,
ja bonna, ja tumkach, ja maribari-
bat, ja micham. Hai para joa tsjes
de don o atil ai-an tattuppa masini.
Tattup-pau mini alli matsikap
de don o mini. Paulapp\'o tsjes,
?o-o kummatto innai ta Deos,
innai boesum aicho-ies. Maso
rapies channumma moa taulan
tump\'i ta haibos-ech. Alli par\'i
haibos ta Deos-oë. Kamazjies
dechonoë. Sja machonsar o paan

1nbsp;haibos imo-noë, kamaibas oa dog,
sabanno tummalpon o man, o
micham, ja alli pattonan o baak
o naan o Deos ? Ja alli mannach\'o
choa naan ? Alli tummosik oa
tamau ja icho ? Oedan, ta Deos
allipa ara. Allipa ja roman mai-
bas icho. Makammichi-sar gagil
O Deos, so-o kummasjies a maro,
a mabarra, a mabada saan. Ma-
kammichisar chummimit o tapos
o ai de boesum, de ta. Masannan
O b^k O choa, chachimit ta haibos,
o ai initis innai boesum inau asies o
tsjes. Tsinummallas icho de\'rapo
choa asiel ta Deos. Achoa mikkil
so-o paan icho, Mauchus ma-
karrichi ranied o Deos, inau poetat
inni adam, inni haibos, so-o tump\'o
choa arien cho. Itiss\'o \'raras a dog

0nbsp;micho. Tapos oai baak, so-o
sasall\'o haibos. Pinaulakies icho
oa boeboe-no anibaas. Pazigal\'i
ta Deos, alla summall\'o cho. Pa-
ikkil o cho, alla me-il so-o paan
icho. Baak o ikkil \'o micho,
Oedan, mikkil onumma? Mata-
lam mamakabol icho ? Pagatom-
ma: masó mato, a mabarra ta
Deos. Alli mabarr\'ija icho parapies

1nbsp;namo, sja alli pauss\'icho ta Deos.
Maspot a poetautat inni ta Deos,
inni choa ranied imoa, ino barrasan

1nbsp;ta Deos ma-akammichi-sar, o
ai mato o gagil, so-o mato choa
barra. Maukat ja Deos, so-o mala-
dik O tapos cho-no ai, kame-il icho.
Ikkil O Deos mario, Merien o
maba-da saan, pa-ikkil o tsjes, so-o
miel O kakossi, Ikkil o haibos
rapies, so-o paulakies o tsjes. Inau
micho atillan ja namo, meach\'i ta
Deos : Barras\'i namo innai rapies
ai, Maibas pala ja namo, Deos o
tamau hai pauss\'i haibos paulakies
so-o lummal\'i namo, kailau kum-
mossi_ oa atite torroa tsjes, so-o
ummior o airab o haibos, Mau-
kat o parapies icho, so-o pallidollido
maibas o ibien, alla sumbach i namo.
Inau decho attonannan-sar inni bido
O Deos raras a ibien, so-o tamau o
tattosik, _ Inau sasalla matapo choa
tsjes, maibas matapo tag bog o
ibien. Mai, ja alli masum a salla-
an imo-noë, hai masini icho. Obea
innai ta haibos, maibas innai ibien
o boesum. Ipachappa, ipauach\'o

choa naan. Tsinummalpono dum-
maat i ta Deos o pia, tamasea me-
rab O pairóbs imonoë o choa sisjiem
badda ta Jesus Christus. Hai
machonsar mikkap i haibos. Alli
masum o ara ta Christus. Oa
tsjes, oa bog, imo tapos maunis
icho. Hai gummeroa oa tsjes, hai
pe\'o geroan ta haibos, geroan ta
Deos. Alli masum o geroan a
tsjes icho. Merab o ma-arummo,
merab o tapos ; tapos ja tsjes, tapos
ja tattuppa. Ka-ochal itis masini
tattuppau rapies, maube-na, asinia
O ranied o Deos. Tsimis\'o micho,
Aladikka so-o tuppa micho, alla
matapo joa tsjes tattupp\'o boesum.
Kamadabbi ja chaan o man, mich-
am, alli tump\'ija imoa tsjes, Alli
tump\'o inochan o tsjes, maibas
tump\'o inochan o chaan, Masabb\'o
inochan oa tsjes-oë, marotul o saan,
baak-sar, maibas o binnan o bonna.
Mautsiri i ta Deos, mautsiri o choa
atillo, choa airab, choa bó, a tataap
o rió. Mautsiri ja innai boesum,
so-o morich i boesum ai. Atite o
Deos paga inochan o tsjes. Atite
o Deos merien o cho maba-da saan.
Tumka so-o tummalattal\'o ma-
azichil a tsjes. Mai, tapos o ai
chipassanan, so-o macha-da tsjes,
ja merab o madabbi ? Sadd\'o ino-
chan o ma-achonsar ai, tsimisa,
masanno machdo atite o Deos.
Aukat O tsjes ja micho. At-
atta, aunis-o-aracha o atite o
Deos, so-o mamorich oa tsjes
aicho-ech.

Masini macho ta Christus sjiem
badd\'o Deos; alli mamorich uppo
ma-akammichisar cho, tapos o atite
channumma ka- soss\'innai ranied
o Deos. Illaggen o pia tuppo-no
pesasa, so-o ipaba, pattonan on-
umm\'o don o ai-acha ta Deos,
Ummior o narroa-da tuppo, an-
numma pattonan o don o ai-acha
choa micho don: don o ai-acha
allecho attonannan na-a micho don,
machó.

Hai pesor all\'attonannansar in-
sini don o Deos, inau maunis icho
pattodon maibas o cho. Maini-
éna. Paga tsjes o auchosta Deos,
marotul o bog. Alli masabb\'o
don ja icho maibas o babosa. Alli
man, micham, summarra, mero-os,
moas, mababat. Paga kummasjies
a mato. Pariaut o boesum a ta.
Alli tapen charri o ta. Oedan,
don onumma mamatsikap icho.
Alli summos\'i don inerien o rim\'o
cho ta Deos, tamasea minerien o
boesum a ta.

Paga roman a lido atite o mini.
Pattonan o don o ai-acha choa
micho, choa maunis a don ta Deos,
kapesasa, inau pasos\'ochoa naan
indecho, ino eachanni maibas inni
choa don, so-o chan- numma, alla
mamaba cho inni don o ai-acha
decho tummoach katinnaam o
morr\'o Deos. Kanarroa, inau
katalan ta Deos inni don o ai-
acha, maibas katalan o sjam inni
choa don, micho-sar a pattite,
katalan choa bó a rió, sabanno
masini so-o tump\'ija icho torroa
annoggonoggo a ai-acha. Masini
machó sjiem badd\'o Deos ta Jesus
Christus dem\'ija migarrorro narroa
ja natorroa boa inni na-a naan,
indecho ina paga inni babat o
decho. _ Maibassar icho pala, alli
maro ina, pagatomma macharrieb
na-a boa. Machaddik ja ina, so-o
inni babat o chono ai, meach\'ina.

Ka-inillag o lido o atite, so-o
minasini imoa alla don o Deos paga
don o ai-acha, idem\'eachanni ta
Deos, akaukauan choa ranied, adas-
sen ja choa naan. Dem\'ija talan
ta Deos, so-o dummaat i namoa,
sabanno mai meacha so-o pannog-
gonoggonojanamo. Mai, aukattan
o don o arrorroai-an o Deos, maube
tumboel o choa don o ai-acha.
Tsichir\'i ta David o ma-ai-aab
so-o mario-a-cho : natta-sar ai,
macho, mineach\'i ta Deos ja ina,
so-o na-a sasummad\'o micho, alla
na-a summos\'i don o Deos tapos o
zijsj\'o na-a morich. Hai orachan
imo patil ai,hai malleak oatil o boe-
sum. Ma-arich ja ina pala, mach-
onsar o patil imoa, so-o acho mab\'o
narroa ja natorroa-da tuppo-no atil
o Christan. Oedan, ja kamicho,
alla tummoach o baak i don o
arorroai-an ? Alla mero-os o
baak ? Maini. Maspot a tump\'o
atil, maspot a maladik o atite i
tsjes, so-o karri-atite aicho-ies.
Maibas pattillo ta Deos: na-a
ranied, macho, pa paga inni joa
tsjes, so-o allecho pattite aicho,
sabanno mero-os inni oa don imoa,
so-o sabanno mababat de tarran
imoa, so-o sabanno summarra, so-o
sabanno maseas imo micho-sar a
pattite, maspot a tumpa tallochon
o ranied i tsjes, depa poach imoa.
Kanarroa, minasini channumm\'-
imonoë, alla don o ai-acha paga don
o Deos, maunis a don, don o
ma-ächimit, dem\'ija mero-os imoa
katinnaam o morr\'o Deos. Tapos
o ai matsikap de oa don, alli mat-
sikap de don o Deos, maspot a
mächo-no ma-allas a tsjes insini.
Maspot a kummeriel insini inni
chimit o tsjes a ikkil o Deos. Ja
alli arich, matsipi a karri-al\'insini
cho ? Mapor, mais, ja mauranies
o sisjiem charri o cho moba roman
a cho, Oedan, pa ja don o sum-
marra, ja mapor imoa Ja poetat
o don o Deos don o lalloog ? Hai
molappa.

0nbsp;Deos, depa lummoog o atite o
ai-acha, kailau pisor ochoa rais
maibas o chau. Ja maukat o choa
bo, choa tataap o rio imonoë ?
Alla patoach o zijsja, alla pautas o
tsinaap, alla päbo\'o inochan, maube

1nbsp;don o ai-acha, insini atillan imoa
meach\'o micho, Kriella, eachä-na,
illo-iloa, so-o mamarach o gagil imo-
noë ; saddä-na so-o tatummala;
tokka-na, so-o allecho tannaanni ja
imo. Ja masabb\'o saan oa tsjes-oë.

Ja marotui o aba ? Eachä i ta
Deos, o ai ma-al-äl, alla pe\'o tsjes
o mabä-da saan ; alla moa madar-
ram o gagil o Deos, a choa sjiem
ta Jesus Christus, so-o marach o
morich o ma-ächon-sar inni choa
naan. Micho ja maukat a ina,
alla ta Deos passosso imoa inau ta
Jesus Christus choa sjiem badd\'-
aukattan; Amen.

Ta Apostel Paulus aran o
Jesu Christi inni choa bido masini
macho: paga natta-sar a Deos.
Natorroa-da tuppo ino torrodden
paga inni atite o mini-sar. Kape-
sasa, alia gagil paga ta Deos.
Kanarroa, alla Deos o gagil alli
boddo maso paga a natta-da ma-
akammichi-sar. Ka natorroa, tom-
m\'ija Deos o gagil ai. Assanman-a,
na-a a-ummillag o lido o atite o
mini, amoos\'imo kummeriel ai.

Ka pesasa, alla paga ta Deos,
alli kamachaggi ja imo. Matalam
poetat oa tsjes, sja ta Deos paga,
annumm\'alli itan-sar ichoPa itan
choa boa. Oedan, ja cho minit\'-
icho Indema, ja moed\'icho ?
Matalam naan o Deos tsinosik.
Naan o baak. Allipa ta Deos,
allipa ja choa boa. Hai molappa.
Hai poetat all\'autat o Christan
inni ta Deos paga baak. Maini-
éna. Autat o gagil ja micho.
All\'ina pait\'ailo, na-a allecho tum-
maam o naspat a chachod o mini.
Ka pesasa innainumma darrammen-
sar ta Deos.

Ka narroa inaunumma alli itan
choa boa. Kanatorroa, moeda choa
boa ja morra Kanaspat, dem\'ija
icho, ja de babó, ja de rapó, ja
maro, ja machaddik. Ka tatta-
bach, alia paga ta Deos, paita cho
tataap, so-o darrammen ja icho
innai choa maunis o tataap. Ta-
taap onumma? Tataap mauchus
a mato, ma-abarra, ma-atasso, mai-
bas o boesum, tapos o ta, abas, zijsja.

idas, babóan, aisennas, rabbo, lalka,
bioa, sasio. Ja babosa, mab\'o me-
rien aicho-ies ? Ja mab\'o patillo-no
boesum, zijsja, idas, barri ? Sja
torro pattillo moetas, sai ja oetas ?
Sja pattillo pirroos a barri, sai ja
barri ? Pa. Kasai oetas, ja alli sai,
torro mit\'o baak. Pa ja ab\'inni
tsjes, pa ja barr\'inni torroa bog, alla
chummimit o ai. Alli ummior o
airab o cho aicho -ies. IVIai numma,
ja maunis tummoach o tapos o ai,
ja alli erinen-sar ? Ja moetas ja
mabarri, ja maunis tummoach a
zijsja, idas? Maini-éna. Oedan,
torro mita, alia zijsja a idas alli
poelakies o tummoach o meodup;
alia barbar a masoan alli poelakies
o pirroos atatta geroan a baas. Sja
maunis tummoach o tapos o ai,
mamachitachitat ja tummoach,
so-o mamariggoriggo aicho-ies.
Innainumma ummior, all\'erinen-
sar o tapos o ai.

Mai, tomm\'ija Airien ? Ja boe-
sum ? pa. Oedan, alli morich o
boesum J pa saan ja ab\'inni choa
achieb. Ja ta haibos o Airien ?
Maini. Alli mab\'ija haibos chum-
mimit o boesum. Marotul choa
aba so-o barra. Alli patoach o
zijsja, a idas, alli pautas, alli pabo\'o
inochan: rapies a tsjes icho, alli
mabo-no babosa, maukat o sum-
bach, lummala, so-o parapies. Oe-
dan, tomm\'ija Airien, so-o indem\'-
icho ? Ja de ta ? ja de abas ?
Ja lallum rabbo ? Ja inni boesum ?
Annach, Airien o boesum a ta paga
de boesum. Choa naan ta Jehova.

Ta Deos paga Airien o mini. Ma-
kammichi-sar icho babo tapos o ai.
Kummasjies a maro, a mabarra, a
maba-da tsjes. Chummimit o boe-
sum a tapos O ta. Inni boesum,
so-o innai boesum pait\'i namo-no
choa aba, choa barra, adas, al-al, a
tataap o rió, alla namo sasummad\'-
icho-noë. Masini darrammen so-o
talan ta Deos inni choa tataap,
sabanno torro miall\'o auchos aicho-
ies. Torro babosa tummoach i ta
mini ma-asabba so-o barrabarraan,
maibas dummoro i don o mato,
dem\'ija mapan arribil. De babo
torro mit\'o boesum kamauchus
mato, mogarinigini, machalloch-
allo maibas o tattorroddauron;
choa baan o lallum inaalla o
mapan rarä, mato, kotsi, mai-
bas O tattakkoob. Zijsja ma-
barra magarieb tallochon de
ailo, so-o madaap o parar\'o tapos
o ta, alla cho mit\'o tummaap.
Kameodup a zijsja, odum o
bi-ini tummallo-no cho sum-
marra, so-o pissassen o tum-
maap. Sja innai, boesum torro
mitirpo, paga mampa, mapan
baron de ta, baziep, inochan,
bo\'o baron, binnan, kannas,
loan, mapan ja tsjes de abas,
ino ipaan torro babosa. Ja tapos
o tataap o rio o mini alli pait\'o
Airien o ai ? IVIai, tamasea mit\'o
baak o tapos ai, so-o mautsiri ja
lummido i ta Deos, paga gagil
bachorren, so-o marotul o saan;
maibas o ma-ai-aab ta David rummé
O otsiri O cho : ta Deos mache
innai boesum minitirpo-no sisjiem
O babosa, sja charri o cho macheer
a tsjes, o ai summad\'i ta Deos.
Minollapp\'ija pa tapos, paga choa
tattuppa tapos; pagaga ta Deos
chaddai.

Kanarroa, marmini o tsjes charri
O roman, inau alli itan-sar ta Deos.
Oedan, sja paga icho-noë ? In-
naunumma alli tuminoach, ino-
numma macharrieb ?

Mai, tummaam ja ina, alla ta
Deos ani-aicho, innai aisas\'o inerien
O mini tapos ai, tsinummoach o
mapan a cho, ta ma-ai-aab ma-
abisse-bissé tsjes anibaas, maibas i
ta Abraham, ta Jacob, ta Moses,
ta Samuel, ta Jesaias, Jeremias,
Ezechiel, Daniel, so-o romaroman,
tamasea minasini o choa char-sar,
so-o tsinummaap o atil o boesum,
alla maibas o sjam-sar o Deos, so-o
ma-atil a maba-da tsjes allecho
pattil o cho-no baak decho-noë.
Rummi-es channumma pinauss\'o
choa maunis a aukattan a sjiem
badda ta Jesus Christus, gagil a
isas so-o tat-sar ochoa boa, o ai
tsinummoach i babo ta mini, kabi-
nodd\'o patómammali ta Maria, so-o
katsinala gagil o Deos inni isas o
babosa, alla pait\'i namo ta Deos,
so-o pattil O tarran i boesum ai.
Ochal pab\'o tapos choa airab so-o
atillo, patok-sar ta Deos, so-o me-
rab, alla tapos o cho poetautat inni
choa ranied kabinidoan inni ta ma-
ai-aab anibaas, so-o tschiet narroa
cho aran o Jesu Christi. Na-a
chummod channumma, ja alli
macharrieb torroa tsjes a barri ?
Ja itan tsjes, ja itan barri ? So-o
pagatomma micho, tomma-da \'cho
marmimi ja mautsiri o barri ? Inau
de ta mini itan choa barra. To-
dacha mautsiri o tsjes ? Marmimi
ja inni babosa paga tsjes? Inau
katalan inni bog choa saan a tataap.

Oedan, ja alli papaga mato a otsiri
maibas o bachor, marmimi ja
lummido i ta Deos ? Pagatomma
macharrieb, so-o pa itan choa boa,
inau itan-sar choa tataap, torroden
ja choa aba, so-o barra inni tasso-
no boesum so-o tapos choa rarä,
inni tataap o tapos o ta, a abas,
so-o mini tapos ai lallum choa
baan.

Kanatorroa, chummod roma-
roman a chono ai mautsiri i ta
Deos, moeda choa boa ja morra ?
Tummaam ina, alia maunionis a
ga ta Deos, alli maibas o babosa.
Pa ja charri o ai de boesum, lallum
rabbo, de ta, ja de abas maibas icho.
Pa itan, pa siddo-on choa boa mai-
bas o bogsar, inau tsjes o auchos
ta Deos, Pa oot, oggach, tagga
boa, bog-sar icho pa. Aisasa pa
sisi icho. Pinaga taulaulan tin-
naam o mini tapos ai. Acho ja
boesum, pagaga ta, pagaga abas,
pagaga cho, pagaga tapos o ai.
Alli inerien-sar, alli moribal choa
ga, machonsar o taulaulan, paga-
tomma moribal o mini tapos ai.
Masini ta Deos. Mai, tomma-da
cho mab\'o pattite numma ja moud\'-
icho ? Torroa machä alli mab\'o
mabaddabadd\'o zijsja, masini maso
mauchus marotul o tummaap o
auchos i ta Deos torroa saan,
Natta-sar a mario a cho mantas
chummod o mabä-da saan o sjam,
numm\'ija ta Deos, quot; Natorroa
rummi-es tump\'icho, so-o mach-
onsar marmimi, sacha-na tum-
maam, kamaso milip na-a tumpa,
maso qua na-a maba-d\'ai, Masini
paba alia mauchus maro so-o ma-
charrieb ab\'o Deos, Bior taulan
kanaspat a chachod ai, dem\'ija ta

Deos. Aba, alla ta Deos paga de
boesum. Pagaga chaddai, alla choa
boa tapen inni boesum. Maini.
Boesum so-o boesum o boesum ai
alli tummaap ichonoë. Maibas de
boesum icho, masini de ta, de abas
channumma. Pa sies o choa ga, o
ai pariaut o mini tapos ai, so-o
maibas o choa rima tummattam o
boesum, o ta, a abas. Alli maro
ja icho innai atatta cho-sar. Torro
patapos morich-sar, chumsar so-o
paga inni icho-ech, Maibas paba
ma-ai-aab ta David: ta Deos,
machó, pana dema mamobe ina
innai joa micho Auchar-ech, so-o
pana dema mamobe ina innai oa
morra-dech ? Sja ina pana babo
moss\'i boesum, paga ijo indecho,
Ja pasar-ra na-boa de rapo ta, ita
ijo indecho, Sja ina morag o
chaarsar o sasaksak o baijan, sja
pattodon ina maro de sies o abas :
indecho channumm\'allecho pa-i-
jor ina joa rima so-o tummattam
ina joa kallamas, Mai, sja paga
de ta, de abas channumma ta
Deos, annumm\'alanni, all\'icho pa-
ga de boesum? Aba, all\'icho
minerien-sar o boesum, maibas
choa don o gagil, a mato, mauchus
ma-adidden, so-o tapos a ballag
de lallum alli moribal, Kasjabaan
minerien-sar o ta, maibas choa don
o sassaian, dem\'ija pasos\'o babos\'o
ai moribal, maibas o tapos a ballag
de babo ta. Inau decho pattonan
ja o boesum choa ba o rasan, inau
summos\'i boesum, so-o pait\'o choa
chachimit matoto ; maibas-sar pat-
tonan o ta choa tattallas-an\'o asiel,
inau alli pattodon o gagil indecho,
pagatomma paga de ta, de abas
channumma. Ka-inipait\'o pia

tuppo-no pesasa, alla gagil paga,
so-o innainumma darrammen ta
Deos. Ummior a-i-jor a natta-
da tuppo, alla Deos o gagil alli
boddo maso paga a natta-da ma-
akammichi-sar. Paga natta-sar a
Deos, macho ta Paulus tapos cho-
no ai mautsiri i ta Deos o gagil,
poetat o mapan Deos-sar. Charri
O cho poetat o zijsja, o idas ta
Deos, charri o roman o chau.
Charri o roman mauchus bach-
orren poetat o bottoos, ja ibien,
ja loan ta Deos. Molapp\'ija pata-
pos, so-o poetat o baak. Alli ma-
pan a Deos. Oedan, Deos o
gagil kummasjies a mato, a ma-
barra. Pa ja roman maso mato,
ja maibas icho. Choa aba, choa
airab, choa barra, choa chachimit
kummasjies a mato, o ai alli ilen
innaide romanech. Mai, alla Deos
O gagil alli boddo maso paga a
natta-da ma-akammichi-sar, na-a
paita taulan masini : Deos o gagil
paga natta ja mapan. Alli mapan.
Oedan, sja mapan, roman maso
mato, roman a-i-jor a mato, ja
pagaga tapos maibas-sar a mato a
ma-abarra. Pa ja Deos maso
mato, pa ja a-i-jor a mato, inau
Deos o masini mamarotul a ma-
masabba maibas o babosa. Allipa
channumma mapan a Deos maibas-
sar a mato, a mabarra, inau alli
matasas kummasjies a mato, a ma-
barra, Mai, sja nattasar kummas-
jies a mato, a mabarra, a maba-da
saan, niakammichi mamatsikan o
chummimit o mini tapos ai, mai-
bas _o zijsja natta-da matsikap o
rnini tapos o ta ; so-o roman ma-
sini pagaga baak o Deos, Innai-
numma ummior, alla kummasjies
a mato, a mabarra, a maba-da saan
paga Deos o gagil, so-o alli boddo
maso paga a natta\'-da ma-akam-
michi-sar, maibas o gagil macho
ta Paulus, paga natta-sar a Deos,
Me taulan alla na-a ummillag o
natorroa-da tuppo ai, tomm\'ija
Deos o gagil o ai, Alli madarram
ja torro i ta Deos o gagil innai
autat torroa micho, Pagatomma
tapos o tataap o mini innai babo
pana rapo pait\'o choa Airien, alla
paga charri obo a ja tsjes, kummas-
jies a macheer a mabarra, maibas
o rara o zijsja paita alla paga zijsja,
pagatomma takkoban o rabbo pad-
dabo ja aicho-ech, Ka-itan o
choa, rara ja asiel, pagatomma pa
itan^ cho\'achieb, Masini tataap o
mini talcho a mato paita alla paga
charri o Airien\' o ai makkesjap o
ummoop o tataap o mini, paga-
tomma machon-sar o macharrieb
icho-ech; ka-itan choa ab\'o saan
mato, choa barra inni tattorrod-
daurono choa tataap, pagatomma
pa itan choa boa, Torroa tsjes a
.saan maspot a tumpa masini, tapos
O achieb o ai marotui o morich, o
saan, o aba, alli mab\'o merien o
choa maunis a boa, Maibas sja
talan assaban mato, dem\'ija ma-
pan don, so-o don o baak tapos,
rnarotul o babosa, torro poetat so-o
pittau o gagil alla pinaga babos\'ani
pesasa, tamasea minerien o assaban
a don micho, inau alli maunis tum-
moach O assaban ja don, ka-erinen
innaide babos\'aicho-ech, Masini
sabanno torro miall\'o boesum, o
choa rara, o ta, o abas, achieb o ai
mauchus mato, marotui ja tapos o
morich ai, o saan, o aba; torro
mit\'o boesum, o zijsja alli pittol o

maamgach a mabarra magarieb,
alli mab\'o orachan, machon-sar
tummoach a meodup, alla patta-
dach so-o parar\'o tapos o ta; torro
miall\'o ala o boesum maibas o tat-
takkoób a chochcho.

Atassan o mapan rara, maibas o
tollalis o chau; torro mit\'o zijsja
chumpochpod o rara, so-o maukat
o choa ri-o, makkesjap channumma
namo poetat so-o pittau o gagil,
alla paga charri o Airien, tamase\'-
ani pesasa minerien o tapos ai, so-o
taulaulan tumka maibas o choa
rima, taulaulan maladik a chum-
mimit o choa barra so-o aba j inau
alli maunis tummoach o boesum,
o ta, a abas, sja alli erinen innai-
de roman aicho-ech. Assanman-a
inau ka-itan gagil inni tattor-
roddaurono tataap, alla paga charri
o Airien, o ai attonannan ta Deos,
makkesjap i torro babosa poetautat,
so-o pittau o gagil o tuppono pe-
sas\'o mini, alla paga Deos. Ta
Apostel Paulus pachip o a-i-jor a
nattada tuppo, alla, makkesjap o
chono ai, kasai pana ta Deos,
poetautat channumma, alla paga
ma-achachad o chono ai kasum-
mad\'ichonoë. Alia paga Deos,
paita choa tapos o tataap ; tomm\'ija
paga gagil o Deos, alli mab\'o pait\'-
aicho-ies. Torro miall\'o Airien o
ai inni tattorrodaurono choa ta-
taap ; tomm\'ija Airien o mini,
moeda choa ga ja boa, so-o tapos
choa aunis o gagil, pa itan inni tat-
torroddaurono tataap o ai, Inau
micho babosa maspot a summad\'i
ta Deos, maibas pab\'ija ta Paulus.
Matalam marmimi ja tsjes, indea
maspot a summad\'i ta Deos, ja de
babo ja de rapo ; ja de boesum, ja
de ta. Assanman-a na-a sasum-
mabas o ummillag o micho. Kape-
sasa, maspot a maba, alla pa itan
ta Deos o macha o bog, tamasea
tsjes o auchos, so-o summos\'i rara,
pan\'o ai alli mab\'o mababat o ba-
bosa, Inau micho ani pesasa
maunis pinas o choa boa ta Deos,
so-o pana choa tataap pinachip o
choa ranied kabinidoan, inninumma
pattas o choa ga, patorrod o choa
boa, so-o tapos choa aunis o gagil.
Masini ja itan ta Deos maso gagil
a chaddik, inni tattorrodaurono
choa ranied kabidoan, katalan ja
icho inni choa maunis a rara, rara
O ai paga maunis choa ala, al\'o
choa ranied innai choa ga, innai
choa boa, innai choa maunis a
sjiem, inni choa Auchar-ech, ta
Spirito Santo, innai choa barra,
cho\'airab, choa bisse-bissé, cho\'-
atillo, choa bó, choa ri-ó, cho\'al-al,
cho-asoso, choa tapos o tataap.
Kanarroa-da tuppo pait\'o choa boa
ta Deos o babosa, maunis a tuppo de
ta, maunis a tuppo de boesum. De
ta pait\'o choa boa maibas inni tat-
torroddauron, de boesum maibas o
morr\'a morra, michosar a pattite, o
auchos gagil. De ta icho dummar-
ram o babosa madarram icho maibas
inni tattorroddauron, alla madarram
o auchos icho inni boesum. Pator-
rod ja choa boa inni narroa-da tattor-
roddauron o de ta, tattorroddaurono
choa tataap, so-o tattorroddaurono
choa ranied kabinidoan. Tattor-
roddaurono tataap o ai paita, alla
paga Deos. Tattorroddaurono
kabidoan ranied o ai paba, tomm\'-
ija paga gagil o Deos o mini,
numm\'ija icho, numma choa airab,
numma choa tataap, indema pat-

todon ja icho: pait\'o tarran pana
choa boa, pa-i-jor o babosa pana
boesum-ech. Sabanno torro ba-
bosa inamoos summad\'i ta Deos
inni narroa-da tattorroddaurono
mini, icho tummillag i torroa saan,
tummoach i torroa tsjes, so-o patal\'o
choa boa. Itä, indea torro maspot
a summad\'i ta Deos, inni choa ta-
taap, inni tataap o boesum a tapos
o ta, so-o maso achaddik inni choa
ranied kabinidoan, inni numm\'icho
pattas so-o pab\'o choa boa. Kabi-
doan ranied o ai paga bido o Deos
pana babosa, bido o ai inächo innai
boesum, inni numm\'aloddan o ba-
bosa, alla machi\'o kakossi, so-o
mabarr\'i ta Deos, alla pacheoach
ma-auri-edda-da tsjes, pana tamau
o tsjes ai, alla summad\'i ta Deos,
dummauko o cho\'Airien, pittau o
gagil o choa boa, so-o poetautat
inni choa bo, maibas insini pab\'ija
ta Paulus, alla babosa maspot a
poetautat channumm\'inni rió o
Deos, a al-äl o tsjes, so-o pittau
alla paga ma-achachäd ö chono ai
kasummad\'ichonoe, Alli masabba
ja marotul o charri o ai ta Deos, o
ai paga chuppod o gagil o tapos
rio, Boesum a ta so-o choa tapó
maunis icho. Kamabarr\'ija tapos
o ai, so-o ummoob o tapos choa
airab, Sja merab o chummad o
choa äzjies-in, so-o chummote i
decho, makkesjap choa barra, so-o
alli ilen innaide charri o ai. Na-a
micho paga chachad, machó, na-a
chachummad, Kasjabaan sja mau-
kat o choa aran, choa sisjiem, sja
merab o chummad o choa aukattan
a cho, so-o passoso i decho, mapan
ja choa asoso, de babo, de rapo,
lallum abas, de ta, inni boesum
so-o alli magamgam pea. Ta
Paulus summoal insini o choa al-äl
o tsjes, so-o pattonan o ma-ach-
achad michosar a pattite, ma-a-al-äl
a ma-ai-a, tamasea kumrar o choa
rima, so-o pädabbi o tapos o ai
morich. Pagatomma matasas o
babosa de tapos o ta, so-o matapo
a cho tapos o assaban a don, matsi-
kap ja choa inochan tallochon a
baas, so-o paga rot channumma.
Naida tuppono inochan ino ipaan
tapos o babosa de borroch o ta
mini ? paga adda, batur, baziep,
bo\'o baron, mapan a binnan, nau-
qua, saam, babóno bonna, loan o
baron, mapan a mario atsi de abas,
de sabbadech. So-o azjies tum-
maramar de roman a ta paga roma-
roman a inochan channumma.
Marach ja ptapos innai ma-
adaldal choa rim\'o tapos o ai ma-
?abb\'ija decho. Mauromaroman
ja choa asoso, zikakas, naupoot,
dippi, barieg, soë o kakan, barri,
oetas, rarä, tadäch, binnas o bog, a
barra, morich o ma-ilip, saan, äba,
so-o cheer o tsjes. So-o ean o
baak o tapos ai, so-o tapos o ba-
bosa; ean channumm\'o chono ai
mautsiri i ta Deos, so-o alli meach\'-
ija icho, inau maba-sar alia ma-
sabb\'o aicho-ies decho-noë. Masó
rnasanno pape\'o asosóno choa sis-
jiem a choa aran, tamaséa madar-
ram icho, poetautat inni choa rio,
so-o tallochon meach\'ija icho, mai-
bas pab\'ija ta Paulus, alia chum-
mad o chono ai kasummad\'ichonoë
alla paga ma-achachad o choa ma-
aunionis a cho. Masinisar icho
pal\'i ta Abraham: hai\' mikkil
Abram, paga ina badsig o malam
a oa boa, so-o joa micho chachäd

o mauchus mato. Chummad o
mario a tataap, tataap o babisse a
chimit inni choa sisjiem ta Deos,
so-o narroa tuppo paga choa cha-
chad inni morich o mini de babo
ta so-o a-i-jor a morich o mini
boesum. De babo ta mini chum-
mad o choa bó a tataap a rio,
maladik o choa aran, so-o padabbi
o rio choa tsjes-oë, pe\'o morich o
ma-ilip, binnas, ärra, aukat o tsjes,
so-o roma-roman choa asoso. Inni
rio a al-äl o Deos pinoetat o auchos
mario-acho ta David, inau decho
pala-sar, ta Jehova paga na-a micho
ma-arari, alli mamarotul o charri
o ai ja ina-e. Chachad i boesum
paga chachad o gagil, o ai ummior
a-i-jor a morich o mini. Innai-
numma pala ta Christus, itä, matoa
mai ja ina, so-o na-a micho cha-
chad rorro-nó ina, alia na-a chum-
mad o atatta cho, kamaibas o choa
tataap. Chachad o mini o ma-
acharrieb aladikkensar i boesum
ino ean, sabanno ta Christus sasai
pacheoach, alla merien o chachalt
o cho morich-a, so-o machada ai,
so-o tatummoach lallum rabbo
maibas o ma-achachält o tapos o
cho, so-o ma-achachäd o chono
Deos. Assänman-a, alla na-a po~
sisi o ranied, so-o paatsikap o atil
o ta Paulus imo-noë. Tuppäna
narroa-da tuppono mini, o ai pab\'-
ija ta Paulus, alia babosa, tamasea
merab o sai pana ta Deos, maspot
a poetautat inni ta Deos, so-o
channumma alia maspot a poet-
autat inni choa bó, al-äl, a rio o
tsjes. Alli karri-dadaat ta Deos
a babosa, machonsar riballen, sja
marotul o ab\'o Deos, marotul o
autat inni ta Deos choa tsjes-oë.

Maro innai ta Deos, innai choa bó,
innai boesum, so-o morich i boe-
sum o babosa tamasea mautsiri ja
lummido i ta Deos. Na-a pal\'o
gagil imo, mamoribal inni odum o
otsiri oa tsjes-oë, mamarotul i ta
Deos, mamarotul o choa bó, ma-
marotul o chachad i boesum, sja
alli pittau o gagil, so-o poetautat
inni ta Deos imonoë. Sai malod
o choa ranied imoa ta Deos, ma-
chaddik ja imo, alla tummoach
so-o patäl\'o choa boa; sja alli
machi\'o auri-edda, sja madaddo
pacheoach pau\'icho-sar, alia ma-
borr\'icho-noë annäch, mamachon-
sar o tällochon choa rais i babó
imoa, mamarior imoa inni morich
o mini chachalt o kakossi, so-o ai-
i-jor a morich o mini chachalt o
chau i gehenna, Inau decho hai
machon-sar molappa joa tsjes-oë,
hai machon-sar mautsiri maibas o
loan a binnan o bonna, o ai marotul
o saan. Tuppäna, babosa ja imo;
imo paga tsjes a saan, alia miall\'o
Airien inni choa tataap, so-o sum-
mad\'i ta Deos. Abanni ja imo
choa ranied channumma, o ai mai-
bas o tattorroddauron, alia tatum-
morrod a chaddik, so-o madarram
o gagil icho. Tomm\'ija Deos o
gagil o ai ? Ja maddobor o pachip
o choa ranied ta Deos, so-o pattas
o tatschier o choa boa, alia namo
mamadarram. Icho-noë ? Mai,
e-illa-na, depa moa ummior o autat
oa tsjes-oë, hai poetat o joa tsjes
charri o tatschier o Deos. Alli
tummaap o gä o Deos ma-audum
a tsjes. Chodd\'o ranied o Deos,
asinia o choa atite. I-jorra o ka-
kirrich kabinido-an ai. Oetautatta-
na inni o tamau, inni ta sjiem,

so-o inni ta Auchar-ech; natta-
sar a gagil O Deos inni natorroa-
da boa, so-o natorroa-da boa inni
natta-sar a gagil o Deos. Abä, alla
maunionis natorroa-da boa, allipa
natorroa Deos-sar. Pagaga maunis
a gä O tamau, pagaga maunis a ga
o ta sjiem, pagaga maunis a ga o
ta Auchar-ech. Pagaga maunis a
airab o tamau, pagaga maunis a
airab o ta sjiem, pagaga maunis a
airab o ta Auchar-ech, pagaga
maunis a barr\'o tamau, pagaga
maunis a barr\'o ta sjiem, pagaga
maunis a barr\'o ta Auchar-ech.
Pagaga maunis a chachimit o
tamau, pagaga maunis a chachi-
mit o ta sjiem, pagaga maunis a
chachimit o ta Auchar-ech. Mai-
bas O tamau, masini ta sjiem, ta
Auchar-ech rorrd-no paga nattada
ga o Deos, nattada airab, nattada
barra, nattada chachimit. Mar-
ummo ga o Deos inni o tamau,
inni ta sjiem, so-o inni ta Auchar-
ech. Masini-.sar o tamau paga
gagil O Deos, ta sjiem paga gagil
o Deos, ta Auchar-ech paga gagil
o Deos, so-o nattorroa decho alli
boddo maso paga a natta-sar a
Deos. Maibas pala ta Johannes
aran o Jesu Christi; paga natorroa
inni boesum, o tamau, ta ranied, a
ta Auchar-ech, so-o natorro\'o mini
paga natta-da. Masini macho ta
sjiem-ech, moa poetautat inni
Deos, oetautatta inni na-a boa
channumma. Mai, alla na-a posisi
o ranied, maibas pinesas\'ina, paga
natta-sar a Deos, maunis o ai
chachimit o tapos, a barra, so-o
adas, taulaulan j Amen.

Ta Deos minerien o babosa
mabada saan, so-o alappoon ja
morra pana boesum ai, alla decho
mamiall\'o a-la o boesum, so-o
sasummad\'i ta Deos o ma-achar-
rieb, o ai summos\'i boesum-ech.
Allipa ja talan icho inni isas o
bogsar, inau tsjes o auchos ta
Deos. Torro maspot a summad\'i
ta Deos o autat o tsj es-sar ; torroa
saan a tattuppa maspot a tummaap
icho. Maibas pab\'ija ta Apostel
Paulus aran o Jesu Christi inni
cho\'atite o minisar: tamasea sai
pana ta Deos, maspot a poetautat
alla paga icho-sar, so-o alla paga
ma-achachad o chono ai kasum-
mad\'icho-noë. Ita, sja torro\' mai
pana ta Deos, sja merab o sum-
mad\'o gagil icho torro maspot a
poetautat inni choa boa. Maspot
a poetautat inni choa bó. Torro
maspot a poetautat alla gagil paga
icho-sar, alla chummad, so-o ma-
bóno tapos chono ai, kasummad\'-
icho-noë. Tamasea sai pana ta
Deos, macho. Maibas o babosa
sai pana ta Deos, masini chan-
numma ta Deos sai pana babosa,
so-o karri-dadaat.\' Moeda babosa
sai pana ta Deos, ja mababat o
asiel -sar, alla dummaat i ta Deos ?
Maini. Alli dummaat icho-noë

bog a boa, inau tsjes o auchos ta
Deos, o ai pa itan pa siddo-on.
Tamasea merab o sai pana ta
Deos, maspot a ummallappono
tsjes pau\'icho-sar. Paga tsjes o
auchos ta Deos, so-o tamau o
tsjes ai, tamasea pinaisas\'o torroa
tsjes-oë ani pesasa, ka bao inerien-
sar o babosa, so-o acho kinummossi,
madarram i ta Deos, so-o maukat
par\'icho tsjes. Kasag-a kinum-
mossi inni ta Adam torroa tsjes.
Innai kakossi tsinummoach o mau-
nis a airab, innai maunis a airab
azjies o Deos, innai azjies ikkil o
Deos, innai ikkil auri-edd\'o ta Deos,
innai auri-edda au-ach o Deos, innai
au-ach ma-audum a tsjes o otsiri o
Deos. Masini riballen inau kakossi
ta Deos a babosa, tamasea marorro
ani pesasa; minori-edda ja tsjes i
ta Deos cho\'Airien, so-o kaminatis
o ab\'o saan, o ab\'o Deos. Innai-
numma ummior all\'ababad o ba-
bosa pana ta Deos paga acheoach o
tsjes pana choa aisasa ja cho\'Airien,
innai tamasea minobe ma-auri-edda-
da tsjes. Maspot a maba taulan o
pia, alla babos\'o ai mautsiri o gagil
o Deos, so-o channumma mikkil o
choa rais inau kakossi ka-ilen-sar
maunis o mababat pana ta Deos.
Makapos a tsjes ai alli miall\'i ta
Deos inni choa tataap, mautsiri o
cho\'Airien, mautsiri o tarran ai
pana ta Deos. Torro babos\'alli
meaab o summad\'i ta Deos, alli
meaab o mai pan\'ichosar, molapp\'ija
patapos, so-o ummior o autat o
baak ; maibas o ma-aijaab ta David
rummé o otsiri o cho: ta Deos
macho innai boesum minitirpono
sisjiem o babosa, sja charri o cho
macheer a tsjes, o ai summad\'i ta

Deos : minolapp\'ija patapos. Paga
choa tattuppa tapos; pagaga ta
Deos chaddai. Inau micho ta
Deos ani pesasa maddobor o pab\'o
choa boa, so-o patorrod inni choa
ranied kabinidoan, inninumm\'icho
pinattas o choa maunis a ga, pa-
kaukau so-o palod o babos\'alla sai
pacheoach pan\'ichosar. Gagil ta
Deos meaab o summad\'o babosa,
meaab o sai pana torro boa, pait\'o
tarran, tummono choa rima, alla
pa-i-jor i namo pana choa boa,
maibas palasar inni ta ma-aijaab
Esaias ; katalan ja ina macho, innai
chono ai paga chinummod innai
ina-e, katalan ja ina innai chono ai
paga sinummad\'ina : so-o o chono
ai, paga minarach o na-a naan,
pinala ja ina: ita, insini ja ina,
ita, insini ja ina. Masini aloddan,
so-o maibas kattoon o babosa sai
icho pana ta Deos. Kasjabaan
ta Deos channumma sai pana ba-
bosa, michosar a pattite, tummoach
o tsjes, dummaat o babos\'o choa bó,
al-al, a rió. Ka ochal paita moeda
babosa sai pana ta Deos, assan-
man-a na\'-a-ummillag o narroa
tuppono ai ta Apostel Paulus paat-
sikap o chono ai merab o sai pana
ta Deos. Tamasea sai pana ta
Deos macho, maspot a poetautat
alia paga ichosar, so-o alia paga
ma-achachad o chono ai, kasum-
mad\'icho-noë. Kapesasa, matsikap
o chono ai kasai pana ta Deos,
poetautat alla paga Deos. Gagil
o micho; oedan, sja torro mar-
mimi, ja lummido i ta Deos
moeda mamai ja torro pan\'ichosar ?
Sja alli kamachaggi so-o pittau o
gagil i ta Deos, papaga baaksar
torroa autat, annoggonoggoquot; a

ai-acha. Tuppono pesas\'o mini,
alia paga Deos, na-a mineaab o
paba innai ranied, so-o al\'o ta
Paulus o mini, paga nattasar a
Deos. Ja achai pittau o gagil,
ja machonsar marmimi imoa ?
Chodd\'o tapos o tataap o mini,
tataap o boesum, o ta, a abas, ja
alli pakaukau alla paga Deos, ja
alli pait\'ocho\'Airien ? Chodd\'oa
maunis oa tsjes j ja alli patorrod
o choa isas, choa ab\'o saan ta Deos
inni torroa tsjes ? O ai minerien
so-o pinaal-la o mini tapos ai.
Pagatomma itan choa aba so-o
barra, pagaga aban chaddai, tomm\'-
ija Airien o mini. Kapapoetaut-
ach-sar o Auchos ma-acharrieb
Airien o ai, sja alli pinachip o
choa ranied ta Deos, sja inni choa
atite kabinidoan anibaas alli pin-
attas o tatsch ier o choa micho boa.
Masini-sar ga o Deos o ma-ach-
arrieb ipatorrod inni choa ranied
kabinidoan, maibas inni tattorrod-
dauro-no, alla torro mamialla, so-o
mamadarram o gagil icho; o ai
pinab\'o choa boa, so-o minaunis-o-
ala, alia choa ga, paga ga o tsjes-
sar, o ai alli moribal, pa aisasa, pa
sisi-ech kummasjies a mato, pa sies
Ó choa boa, kummasjies a maba-da
saan, a mario, machijmchimit a
tsjes, kamabarr\'ija tapos o ai, Airien
o boesum, o ta, a abas, o ai inni
natorroa-da boa paga natta-sar a
Deos, o tamau, ta sjiem, so-o ta
auchar o ma-achimit, ta Spirito
Santo. Mai, ja chummod imoa,
numm\'ija ta Deos ? Aba, alla
tsjes o auchos icho, choa ga gagil
ga o tsjes, o ai alli rorró-no aar-
panni innai bog a tsjes mabas o
babosa. Innainumma ummior,
alla pa itan, pa siddo-on, pa adon-
sar choa ga, mabas o bog-sar, alla
patassaban, pa taggogon, pa man,
micham, summarra, mababat icho.
Oedan, inau maunis a ga, maunis
channumma choa tsjes, alli maibas
o tsjes o cho, maunis choa airab,
choa tattuppa, choa barra, choa
tapos o tataap; maibas pala-sar :
na-a tattuppa pagaga joa tattuppa,
so-o joa tarran pagaga na-a tarran.
Mai, maibas o boesum maso maro
a ta, masini na-a tarran maso maro
a joa tarran, so-o na-a tattuppa a
joa tattuppa. Torro babosa sja
alli man, so-o paan o bog atatta
zijsja, alli mamilip ja morich. Ta
Deos alli masabb\'o inochan. Paga
morich ai inni icho-sar, maibas inni
zijsja-da rarä, inni chuppod o to,
Tapos o bog paga choa raag, so-o
atatta raag maunis, Dem\'ija ri,
pa ja chaan, Dem\'ija charrina pa
machä. Dem\'ija oeno, pa ja asiel.
Bog O mato paga raag o mato.
Kotsi, kotsi-sar. Ta Deos alli
maibas; pagatomma kummasjies
a mato, pagaga raag icho-sar.
Pagaga charri o choa raag de boe-
sum, charri o de ta, charri o de
abas. Rorró-no a ma-arummo-i
o paga de boesum, de ta, de abas
icho. Torro babosa paga ranied o
pattite, charrin\'o asini, macho ita,
rim\'o tataap. Pa ranied icho, .so-o
mab\'o pattite. Pa charrina, so-o
masini o tapos ai pa macha so-o
mit\'o tapos ai. Allipa charri o ai
macharrieb icho-sar. Pa tea, ja
rima, so-o tummaap a tummattam
O tapos ai. Tapos o bog paga
choa sies, so-o ootten. Sja torro
paga de don, maibassar a rorró alli
paga de ta, ja de bonna, inau tapen

ja bog inde don. Pa ootten ta
Deos, pa tapen inni boesum icho,
pasies o choa boa. Alli alanni
innai icho-sar, pa insini, pa ai-i,
pa indecho. Rorró-no paga de ta,
de abas, de boesum icho, so-o
pariaut o tapos ai. Maibas-sar
maunis-o-al\'innai choa boa : ja alli
a Deos ina de maro, so-o a chad-
dik. Ja ina alli pariaut o boesum
a ta ? Ga o Deos alli moribal,
inau alli inerien-sar choa boa.
Allipa charri o ai pinaisas\'icho,
mautsiri o dig, alli chipassanan,
mach\'ija. Machon-sar o tautau-
lan, maibas ani tautaulan alli sum-
moos, alli moab, alli ipachip choa
to. Kamaro innai otsiri ja bachor.

Chuppod o saan, a tapos o aba
paga inni icho-ech. Alli mab\'o
sasalla ja tattosik, alli mab\'o para-
pies, mabisse a tsjes o auchos icho,
so-o makammichi mario. Tapos
o boesum, o ta, a abas matapo a
choa bo. Alli marotul choa barra,
ummoop o tapos choa airab. Alli
ilen, alli orachan. Innai pagaga
chaddai mimeriensar o boesum, o
ta, a abas, inau choa airab kama-
barr\'ija tapos o ai. Pattite icho,
so-o erinen ai pattillo so-o paga
ai. Talcho a mato a matasso Deos
o gagil, so-o tapos ai inni choa
boa. Ani tinnaam na-a pala, all\'-
inni ta Deos paga natorroa-da boa,
o tamau, ta sjiem, so-o ta Auchar o
ma-achimit-ech. Matalam poetat
imoa, alla paga natorroa Deos-sar.
Oedan, sja Deos o gagil o tamau,
Deos o gagil ta sjiem, so-o Deos o
gagil ta Auchar-ech, ja natorroa-da
bo\'o mini allipa natorroa Deos-sar ?
Pa, natta-da Deos ma-akammichi-
-sar. Gagil-na, sja o tamau maunis
a ga o Deos, maunis a airab, mau-
nis a barra, maunis a chachimit,
alli maibas ta sjiem, ja ta Auchar-
ech, alla papaga natorroa Deossar :
pagaga o pia chaddai, inau nator-
roa-da bo\'o micho rorró-no paga
natta-da ga o Deos, natta-da airab,
natta-da barra, so-o natta-da cha-
chimit. Marummo ga o Deos
inni o tamau, marummo ga o Deos
inni ta sjiem, so-o marummo ga o
Deos inni ta Auchar-ech. Maunio-
nis natorroa boa inni ga o Deos,
allipa natorroa Deos-sar. Maunis
a boa tamau, o ai pausjiem. Maunis
a boa ta sjiem, o ai ausjimen. Mau-
nis a boa ta Auchar-ech, o ai soss\'-
innai o tamau, so-o ta sjiem. Alli
maunis a Deos o tamau, alli maunis
a Deos ta sjiem, alli maunis a Deos
ta Auchar-ech, inau nattorroa bo\'o
micho rorró-no machon-sar inni
natta-da ga o Deos. Tamau ma-
chon-sar inni ta sjiem, so-o inni
ta Auchar-ech. Ta sjiem, a ta
Auchar-ech machon-sar inni ta-
mau. Acho pinab\'ina moeda naan
O tamau, a ta sjiem alanni innai
Deos. Matalam makakki a mar-
mimi joa tsjes, moeda pausjiem ta
Deos, ja naan o tamau, ta sjiem
makkesjap icho, ja podda, ja paga
sini-sar ? Mai, abä, alla maunionis
choa pausjiem. Alli pausjiem o
tamau choa sjiem maibas o babosa,
alli podda maibas sini o cho. Ta
sjiem a ta Auchar-ech soss\'innai
icho-sar, maibas o to chumpod innai
chuppod. Torroa saan alli tumi-
maap o auchos o atil o boesum o
mini o ma-acharrieb, mai, alla moa
maso maba, na-a mamarach o tat-
schier innai sijsja so-o tsjes-oë. Inni
zijsja, paga natorroa tuppo-no mini.

asiel O zijsja, rara, so-o tadach: inni
tsjes paga saan, airab a tattuppa.
Maibas paga natta-da zijsja, so-o
natta-da tsjes inni babosa, so-o inni
zijsja, inni tsjes maunis natorroa
tuppo, masini paga nattasar a Deos,
so-o inni ga o Deos natorroa ma-
aunionis a boa. Maibas o asiel o
zijsja so-o rara soss\'innai, zijsja,
saan a airab innai tsjes, so-o alli
riballen, machon-sar inni zijsa-da,
inni tsjes-oë, masini-sar ta sjiem, ta
Auchar-ech rorró-no soss\'innai o
tamau, so-o alli riballen innai choa
boa, machon-sar taulaulan inni
icho-ech. Maibas o zijsja, asiel o
zijsja, so-o rara rorró-no paga nat-
tada gä, masini-sar o tamau, ta
sjiem, so-o ta Auchar-ech rorró-no
paga natta-da gä o Deos. Maibas
o zijsja alli pinaga tinnaam o choa
rara so-o tadach, kapinaga so-o
inerien-sar maibas-sar a rorró aicho-
ies, masinisar Deos o tamau alli
pinagä, pa choa sjiem, pa ta
Auchar-ech, alli pinaga tinnaam
o choa sjiem a ta Auchar-ech,
kapinaga taulaulan maibas-sar a
rorró decho-noë, Mai, pagatom-
ma maibas-sar a rorró dechoa, o
tamau paga bo\'o pesasa, ta sjiem
kanarroa-da boa, ta Auchar-ech
kanatorroa-da boa. O tamau paga
bo\'o pesasa, inau choa pausjiem,
so-o makkesjap icho naan o tamau,
inau pausjiem o gagil, so-o pattonan
o ausjimen ai choa maunis, cho\'-
aukattan, choa natta-sar a binodda-
da sjiem. Masini-sar Deos o gagil
pinab\'o choa boa, so-o pattillo torro
pittau o gagil o choa ranied, alla
poetautat inni choa boa inauchus
o pia natorroa-da tuppo, so-o ini-
paba, alla gagil paga ta Deos, alla

Deos o gagil alli boddo maso paga
a natta-da ma-akammichi-sar, so-o
tomm\'ija Deos o gagil o ai. Na-a
pinait\'o Airien o boesum, o ta, a
abas innai choa maunis o tataap.
Attonannan-sar inni atite o azjies
ta Deos: choa naan o gagil, mai-
bas maunis pattonan o choa boa,
paga ta Jehova, micho-sar a pattite,
natta-da ga ja boa, o ai pinaga,
paga, so-o machon-sar taulaulan.
Mai, sabanno imoa mit\'o abas, o ta,
o boesum, o zijsja, o tapos cho\'a-lä,
hai masarrasarr\'o baak-sar maibas
o binnan, ja loan, i-alla o barr\'o
Airien-oë, i-alla o choa saan, a aba
matoto inni tataap o mini talcho a
mato, a ma-atasso. Sabanno ma-
rach o binnan, o tsi o abas, o ino-
chan de bonna, hai poach i ta
Deos-oë, aukättana ma-äsosono ai,
maibas moa maukat o choa asosó,
so-alla O choa naan, adassa o joa tsjes,
O joa ranied o cho\'al-äl, a tataap o
rió : ja Deos o gagil alli boddo maso
paga a natta-da ma-akammichi-sar ?
Mai, e-ïlla-na, depa molappa joa
tsjes, hai ummior o Deos o baak.
Hai poetat inni haibos, inni Adam.
Hai paan o roman a Deos. Hai
pe\'o adäs, kamaunis a Deos o gagil,
decho-noë. Mauchus makarrichi

0nbsp;kakossi o micho ta Deos, Pa-
gaga mamabó-no atéa, sja alli
machi\'o gagil, sja machon-sar imoa
mikkap i haibos-ech. Mai, itiss\'o
rapies ai innai joa tsjes, innai joa
tattuppa, all\'ummior o natta-sar o
gagil o Deos, Ja torro mautsiri
innai autat torroa micho, tsinum-
moach imo bao a rarä o äba, hai
maukat o odum a otsiri, Saddana

chaddik imo. Alli talan ta Deos,
alli talan choa bo, sja alli taggogon
o choa bo torroa tsjes. Sadda-na o
ab\'o Deos inni tattorroddaurono
choa tataap, so-o inni tattorrod-
daurono choa ranied, o ai ipatorrod
ja imo, alla moa madarram o gagil
o Deos, so-o choa sjiem ta Jesus
Christus, o ai paga ma-aborra tup-
pach o Deos a babosa. Sadda-na
bo, so-o chachad, alia tummala so-o
marach o choa asoso a tataap o rio.
Ta Paulus insini patorrod o chup-
pod o tapos rio inni chachad o Deos.

Annach, sja merab o summabas o
choa al-al a rio, alli sasummad\'o
baak icho-noë. Tatummal\'o choa
bó, al-al a rio de ta mini, so-o a-i-
jor a morich o mini i boesum, tau-
laulan, pa sisi-ech. Alli mamaro-
tul o charri o ai, alli mamarotul o
charri o rio, sja tatummal\'i ta Deos
imonoë, inau tatummal\'o tapos ai,
sja tummal\'icho-noë. Micho ja
maukat a ina, alla ta Deos merab
o pe\'imoa, imau ta Jesus Christus
choa aukattan a sjiem badda,
Amen.

^Agil o aba so-o autat inni ta
^^ Deos paarp\'o babos\'i ta Deos,
inni tamasea paga gagil o morich,
morich o ma-achon-sar ai. Ta
Deos paurich o gagil, so-o paga
inni icho-sar chuppod o morich.
Dem\'ija aÜi paga morich, icho pe\'o
morich, dema paga icho paurich
so-o maladik, depa - moribal. Ma-
auriedda-da tsjes, o ai riballen innai
ta Deos inau kakossi, alli morich o
gagil, pagatomma morich, inau alli
machon-sar inni ta Deos. Kasja-
baan mamorich o gagil, pagatomma
mach\'ija babosa, sja inni autat o
gagil machon-sar barroon o rorró
i ta Deos, inau aladikken-sar choa
morich inni ta Deos, maibas ja
aladikken morich o baron inni
bossor-ech, pagatomma mach\'ija
bia so-o a\'o baron. Inau micho
alla babosa marach o morich o ma-
achon-sar, o ai paga inni ta Deos,
maspot a madarram o gagil o Deos
icho, so-o machon-sar mikkap i ta
Deos inni autat o gagil. Maibas
pab\'ija ta Christus inni ranied o
Evangelium kabinidoan inni ta
Apostel Johannes, mini-sar, machó,
paga morich o ma-achon-sar ai,
alla madarram ijo decho-noë, natta-
sar ai gagil o Deos, so-o ta Jesus
Christus, o ai pinauss\'ijo, Inni
a-illag O lido o atite o mini, torro
tatummorrod o narroa-da tuppo.
Kapesasa, alla babosa maspot a
madarram o gagil o Deos, so-o ta
Jesus Christus o ai paga ma-aborra
tuppach O Deos a babosa. Kanar-
roa, alla morich o ma-achon-sar
ummior o gagil o aba so-o autat
inni ta Deos. Ta Christus pinal\'-
inni atite o tinnaam, alla Deos o
tamau ummadok o choa chosar

innai tapos o tupponodon de ta, o
ai icho passoso i ta Christus, all\'-
icho pape\'i decho o morich o ma-
achon-sar, so-o inni atite o mini-
sar pab\'ija icho, moed\'icho pa-i-jor
o babosa pana choa tamau; icho
parar\'o choa saan, so-o pab\'i decho
o gagil o Deos. Ta Christus alli
pa-i-jor o babosa pana ta Saitan, ja
ta haibos, ja Deos o baak. Maini.
Alli summall\'o babosa ja icho. In-
sini icho pait\'o babosa choa tamau,
so-o pa-i-jor i decho pana gagil o
Deos. Mini-sar, machó, paga
morich o ma-achon-sar ai, alia
madarram ijo decho-noë, natta-sar
ai gagil o Deos. Ta Christus pat-
tonan o choa tamau gagil o Deos
so-o natta-sar ai gagil o Deos.

Maibassar icho pala, pagatomma
babosa poetat inni roman a Deos,
pagatomma ta Saitan pazigal\'i ta
Deos o gagil, so-o mapan ja Deos
o baak, na-a kamachaggi, all\'ijo
makammichi-sar gagil o Deos, alia
Deos o gagil alli boddo maso paga
a natta-da ma-akammichi-sar, all\'-
inni oa boa paga gagil o morich;
inau micho na-a-pinab\'o babos\'oa
naan, alia mamadarram ijo decho-
noë, alia papoetautat inni oa boa,
so-o mamarach o morich o ma-
achon-sar. Sabanno ta Christus
insini paaunis o babos\'o morich o
ma-achon-sar, inau decho madarram
o gagil o Deos, alli pab\'ija icho, alla
morich o ma-achon-sar ummior o
baak o ab\'o Deos. Maini-ena.
Icho pattonan o ab\'o Deos gagil o
aba, o ai par\'o autat o tsjes inni ta
Deos, inau sosse matas ab\'o Deos,
so-o marior autat inni ta Deos,
chono ai mautsiri o gagil o Deos,
alli poetautat inni ta Deos, maibas
machó ta Paulus, moeda papoet-
autat inni icho-sar, innai tamasea
alli minasini decho-noë. Autat a
aba rorró-no mababat. Torro
pinoetautat so-o minabä, machó ta
Petrus, all\'ijo paga ta Christus,
sjiem o Deos morich-a. Inau
micho autat inni ta Deos so-o ab\'o
Deos maspot a rorró mababat.
Autat inni ta Deos maspot a pis-
sarr\'o ab\'o Deos. Baak o aba, o ai
marotul o autat inni ta Deos, alli
marach. Pagatomma ta saitan
mab\'o Deos o gagil, alii marach
ja icho morich o ma-achon-sar,
inau ta saitan alli poetautat inni
ta Deos, mab\'o baak-sar, so-o ma-
tirtir, Inni autat o gagil paga
natorroa-da tuppo. Tuppono pe-
sasa paga pgil o ab\'o Deos, micho-
sar a pattite, alla torroa tsjes mab\'i
ta Deos, mab\'o choa ga, choa airab,
cho\'atite a ranied kabinidoan. Ga-
gil o aba parar\'o tsjes, so-o alli
pautach otsiri, maibas o rarä paube
odum. Ma-audum a tsjes alli
poetautat inni ta Deos. Innai
otsiri alli tummoach autat o gagil,
tummoach innai a ba. Torro ba-
bosa pittau Ö gagil, o ai torro
kamachaggi. Innai otsiri tum-
moach aulakies so-o autat o baak,
Inau micho ab\'o Deos, so-o gagil o
ab\'o choa ranied paga tuppono
pesasa inni gagil o autat o Deos.
Kanarroa-da tuppo inni autat o
gagil paga arach_ o ranied o Deos,
micho-sar a pattite, alla torroa tsjes
ummior o atite o Deos, so-o
pittau o gagil o tapos choa ranied.
Autat o gagil alli marmimi ja
dummori o ranied o Deos, inau
alli_ summalla ja tummosik icho
maibas o babosa. Mabissé choa

tapos atite, so-o o auchos gagil.
Torroa tsjes maspot a marach o
tapos atite, o ai pab\'ija ta Deos
inni choa ranied kabinidoan, so-o
pittau o gagil o micho, pagatomma
alli mab\'ija lido tsjes. Mini-sar
paga narroa-da tuppo inni autat o
gagil, Kanatorroa-da tuppo paga
aikap i ta Deos, micho-sar a pattite,
alla torroa tsjes tallochon mikkap i
ta Deos, so-o didden o poetautat
inni choa ranied. Autat o gagil
ma-didden ja autat, o ai machon-
sar, so-o alli pittol, ja mori-edda.
Autat ai, inniumma paga natorroa
tuppo-no mini, paga autat o gagil,
o ai mauchus marach innai ta
Deos. Masini-sar torro babosa
maspot a poetautat inni ta Deos.
Icho merab o autat o gagil, madas
so-o maukat o gagil ma-autat a
cho, so-o malleak o autat o baak, a
ma-atattosik. Ka ochal pait\'o choa
tamau, so-o paba, all\'icho paga
gagil o Deos, ta Christus pait\'o
choa micho boa channumma, so-o
paba all\'icho paga ma-azinado tup-
pach o Deos a babosa. Alia ma-
darram ijo decho-noë, machó,
natta-sar ai gagil o Deos, so-o ta
Jesus Christus o ai pinauss\'ijo.
Inni ga o Deos, kamaunionis na-
torroa-da boa, o tamau, ta sjiem,
so-o ta Auchar o ma-achimit, ta
Spirito Santo. Ta sjiem o Deos o
ai paga kanarroa-da boa inni ga o
Deossar, rorró paga_Deos a babosa
inni nattada boa. Ga o babos\'inni
choa boa aarpani o ga o Deossar,
all\'icho mamatsikap o ummoob o
aborra tuppach o Deos a babosa.
Sinai ja icho innai choa tamau,
tamasea pinauss\'icho de ta mini.
Deos o tamau pinauss\'o choa sjiem
pana torro babosa, pinatoach o inni
o isas o babosa, alla torro mama-
darram icho, so-o papoetautat inni
choa boa, maibas pab\'ija icho, alia
madarram ijo decho-noë natta-sar
ai gagil o Deos, so-o ta Jesus
Christus 0 ai pinauss\'ijo.

Ta sjiem o Deos, o ai tsinum-
moach inni ga o babosa, marach o
naan ta Jesus Christus. Deos o
tamau pattonan o choa sjiem ma-
sini, alla naan o mini papab\'i torro
choa maunis a tataap, so-o ino-
numma ta Deos pinauss\'icho de ta
mini, all\'icho paparras o babosa
innai chachalt o kakossi. Ta
Jesus micho a pattite, ma-ababar-
ras, so-o choa maunis a tataap,
paga babarras o babosa. Naan o
ta Christus pait\'o airab o Deos,
tamasea pinauss\'o choa sjiem alia
papacho-no ranied o Deos pana
babosa, so-o a-ummillag o atil o
boesum. Inipaussa ja icho innai
choa tamau, alia rarummé o babos\'o
choa ranied, so-o pattil i decho
machi\'o kakossi, tummis o tataap

0nbsp;arapies, maborr\'i ta Deos, so-o
ummior o choa char-sar. Naan
ta Christus pab\'ija, alla Deos o
tamau pinaatsikap o choa sjiem o
ummoob o aborra tuppach o Deos
a babosa, so-o paita, all\'icho paga
gagil o ma-aborra, ma-azinado, so-o
ma-adau o babosa, tamasea dau

1nbsp;torro minachoté a minachä inau
torroa kakossi, alla mamarach o
choa tagg\'o äbo-no torroa kakossi,
so-o simien ta Deos a torro boa,
alla miel o rais o Deos o cho\'azinado,
depa achan tapos o ta, maibas
pab\'ija ta Apostel Johannes, sisjiem
macho, na-apido o mini imoa,
depa moa rarummapies, §0-0 sja

rinummapies a cho, torro paga
natta-sar a ma-azinado de tamau
ai, ta Jesus Christus, ma-abisse-
bissé o ai, so-o icho-sar lalaslas o
torroa kakossi. Sjiem o Deos ta
Jesus Christus tsinummalattal\'o
rais o Deos inau kakossi o babos\'o
choa machoté a machä, so-o pabórr\'o
choa tamau, alla ka-itis o azjies,
alli tatump\'icho torroa kakossi j
inni choa boa torro paga arra so-o
aborra rorró i ta Deos, so-o inni
choa tagga paga lalaslas o torroa
kakossi. Machon-sar i boesum
icho alla tallochon papazinadóno
choa sisjiem, cho\'aukattan a cho-sar
o ai machi\'o kakossi, so-o poetautat
inni choa boa. Ta Christus
patorrod o ma-aborra tuppach o
Deos a babos\'inni choa micho boa,
tamasea paarp\'o babos\'i ta Deos,
so-o pa-i-jor o cho-no Deos pana
boesum. Inau kakossi ilen o
babosa maunis a mababat pana ta
Deos, choa rais talcho a mato
mauchus pa-ikkil so-o paube a ró
torro boa. Sinai innai boesum ta
sjiem o Deos ummoob o aborra,
tsinummoach de ta, alla pa-i-jor o
sisjiem o Deos pana boesum. Inni
choa boa minabórr\'i torro babosa
ta Deos, inni choa boa torro paga
ababad pana tamau i boesum, so-o
marach o äbono kakossi inni choa
naan. Mini-sar pab\'ija ta Christus,
so-o pait\'all\'icho paga ma-äborra
tuppach O Deos a babosa, alla choa
tamau pinauss\'icho, so-o pinaspot
a ummoob o äborr\'o mini, alla
babosa maspot a madarram icho
channumma, so-o poetautat inni
choa boa, maibas icho pala, so-o
pab\'o choa aran, moa poetautat
inni ta Deos, machó, oetautatta
inni na-a-da boa channumma.
Maibas o tamau pinauss\'o choa
sjiem pana babosa, masini babosa
maspot a tummaap o autat o gagil
icho. Ta Deos alli marach o
babos\'i boesum, sja babos\'alli marach
o choa sjiem, so-o mabich o autat
o gagil de ta mini. Torro babosa
maspot a rorró madarram i ta Deos,
so-o choa sjiem, maspot a rorró
poetautat inni ta Deos, so-o inni
choa sjiem. Ta sjiem o Deos so-o
ma-aborra ta Jesus Christus pa-i-jor
O choa rim\'o tapos sisjiem o Deos ;
tarran ja icho, sandon, so-o kittas
O boesum. Tamasea merab o sai
pana ta Deos, maspot a ummior
so-o par\'o choa sjiem. Torro
babos\'alli matsikap o tummoach a
dummaat i ta Deos inni torroa
micho boa, inau torroa arapies
pisor O choa rais, so-o paube a ró
torro boa. Ta Deos mabissé o
auchos, so-o choa machä o ma-
achimit malleak o ma-arapies, inau
micho torro maspot a dummaat
icho inni ma-aborra, inni choa
sjiem ta Jesus Christus, tamasea
tummakkoop torroa arapies o choa
babissé a chimit, so-o makkesjap
paubarri a chaddik torro boa, so-o
pädaat i ta Deos : Maibas-sar icho
pala, paga ja-ina tarran so-o morich
ai, allipa ja cho sai pana tamau,
sja alli passji ina. Maibas o
babos\'alli dummoro i don, sja alli
pasji sandon, masini alli sai pana ta
Deos, alli soss\'i boesum, tamasea
poelakies o tarran, so-o alli pasji
sandon o gagil. Tarran o mini
paga ta Christus, tsinummann\'o
boesum icho, o ai kinapos inau
kakossi o babosa, paga sandon, so-o
inni choa boa terra paga ababad

pana ta Deos; icho pazinado torro
boa, so-o pa-i-jor o rima pana
choa tamau. Kamillag o pia
tuppo-no pesasa inni ranied o ta
Christus, so-o ipaba, alia babosa
maspot a madarram o gagil o Deos,
so-o ta Jesus Christus, o ai paga
ma-aborra tuppach o Deos a
babosa. Inni narroa-da tuppo
pab\'ija ta Christus, alia morich o
ma-achon-sar ummior o gagil o
aba so-o autat inni ta Deos. Mini-
sar machó paga morich o ma-
achon-sar ai, alla madarram ijo
decho-noë natta-sar ai gagil o
Deos. Ta Christus insini pattonan
o morich o ma-achon-sar morich i
boesum, morich o gagil, o ai paga
inni ta Deos, so-o choa sjiem ta
Jesus Christus. Rapies a ma-
auribal o morich de ta mini inau
kakossi a auri-edda. Kamoribal
ja bog, so-o mach\'ija tapos o
babosa. I boesum torroa bog a tsjes
mamorich o taulaulan, mamorig o
gagil, so-o mauchus a rió. De ta
inni torro maspot a paan, so-o
porich o bog. Torro orachan o
tummaap, o tummod, o marana,
so-o moddon o tataap tallochon a
baas. Torro tassaban so-o taggogon,
madig a chaan, a bachinan, rapies
so-o mauromaro man a dig pauribal
o torroa bog atatta zijsja i boesum
torro mamorich o ma-a-arra,
maibas o ta Angelus o Deos, o ai
alli man, alli micham, pa tassaban,
pa taggogon, pa tummaap, pa
madig, pa mach\'ija. De ta mini
torro paga zichil, so-o mauchus
chummanied torroa tsjes. Pa ja
zichil i boesum, pa ja chachannied.
De ta mini alli pittol o kakossi, o
sannan, o azjies j morich i boesum
marotul o kakossi, o sannan, o
azjies ; ta Angelus patapos a babosa
paga borra, so-o ummior o atillóno
Deos. Paga aborra, aukat, so-o
ärra, paga aukat otjes inni aijall\'o
ta Deos, aukat o taulaulan, pa
sisi-ech. Mini-sar a paga morich
o ma-ächonsar, morich i boesum,
o ai ta Deos passoso inni choa
sjiem ta Jesus Christus, o ai babosa
marach inni autat o gagil, maibas
o ta Christus pala inni ranied o
Evangelium Johannis, masini-sar,
machó, ta Deos minaukat o tapos
o ta, micho-sar a pattite, tapos o
babosa, alla pine\'o choa natta-sar ;
a binodda-da sjiem, ino pa ja riballen
atatta chono ai poetautat inni icho,
kasjabaan alla paga morich o
ma-achon-sar. So-o insini pab\'ija
icho, alia morich o ma-achon-sar
ummior o gagil o aba so-o autat
inni ta Deos. Ka ochal ummillag
o lido o atite, bior alla torro
tummorod o atil, o ai torro maspot
a paaunis torro boa. Innai atite
o mini atillan torro alla chachad o
ab\'o Deos paga morich o ma-achon-
sar i boesum. Deos o tamau
chummad o gagil o aba, so-o autat
inni choa boa, so-o pe\'o morich o
ma-ächon-saro babos\'o ai madarram
pittau o gagil, so-o poetautat inni
choa boa. Morich o ma-achon-
sar paga asosóno Deos inni choa
sjiem ta Jesus Christus, so-o babosa
paaunis o choa boa morich o
ma-achon-sar inni autat o gagil, o
ai maibas o rima tummaap, so-c
maunis-o-arach o tapos asosóno
Deos, tapos o ai ta Deos piiiassoso
torro inni choa sjiem ta Jesus
Christus. Innainumma ummior
alla tapos o ma-autat a cho marach

O morich i boesum, morich o
ma-achon-sar inni autat o gagil.
Tamasea poetautat inni ta sjiem o
Deos, paga morich o ma-achon-sar,
machó ta Apostel Johannes inni
cho atil o mini torro tummorrod
o rió o Deos, so-o choa bó matoto.
Sja icho papachalt o babosa
kamaibas o lallalak o choa ranied
makesjap o kakossi alia kartattisan
ja patapos i chau o gehenna, ino
chotein taulaulan rorró i ta saitan,
pa sisi-ech. Chachalt o kakossi o
mini attonannan inni bido o Deos,
tattea so-o rais o ma-achon-sar,
chau o gehenna, so-o machä a
manawassar, inau ta Deos a-i-jor
a morich o mini mamerien o
chachalt o tapos Angelus a babosa,
so-o papa-itis o chono ma-arapies
rorró i ta saitan i chau o gehenna,
ino tean taulaulan kamaibas o choa
tataap o arapies. Alli mamotup
o chau i gehenna, alli papittol o
dig, papagä aurtsi, alli-alli, akirkir

0nbsp;zien, so-o chachannied o taulau-
lan. Ta Deos alia pait\'o choa rió
inni abono kakossi, depa mamoribal

1nbsp;gehenna tapos o babosa, pinauss\'o
choa sjiem de ta mini ta Jesus
Christus, alla paparras o babosa,
so-o pinachalt o kakossi o babos\'inni
choa sjiem natta-sar o binnodda,
alla mamabóno ma - akakossi.
Masini pagatomma deeg, alla
mamachote babosa taulaulan i
gehenna, barrasan ja inau machoté
o ta sjiem o Deos tapos chono ai
kamachi\' o kakossi, so-o poetautat
o gagil. Makakki ja tsjes o
babärras o mini, babosa chumpir
so-o kamazjies i ta Deos, so-o
maborr\'o choa äzjies-in ta Deos,
babosa kummossi, so-o ta sjiem o

Deos lummaslas o ma-akakóssi,
alli las-las-en o so-é babos\'a, las-
las-en o tagga, o machä o ta sjiem
o Deos. Minachoté inni choa bog
a tsjes ta Christus depa mamachote
taulaulan, depa mamoribal i gehenna
torroa bog a tsjes. Minachä ta
sjiem o Deos, minotup o babóan o
marara, alla mamorich taulaulan
rapies a ma-auri-edda-da cho.
Ranied alli mab\'o pattite, tsjes
alli mab\'o tumpa, so-o saan alli
mab\'o tummaap o rio o tsjes, o ai
tum-sar inni babarras o babosa.
Inni tuppono mini inipaita ja aukat
o Deos pana torro boa, machó ta
Apostel Johannes, alla ta Deos
pinauss\'o choa sjiem natta-sar o
binodda de ta mini, alia mamorich
ja namo inni icho-sar. §0-0 ma-
achächimit ta David pizich o choa
tsjes o madas o tataap o rió talcho
a mato, inni raraid o manna-achpil
a teis natorroa adassa na-a tsjes i
ta Jehova, machó so-o tapos o ai
lallum ina choa naan o ma-achi-
mit, adassa na-a tsjes i ta Jehova,
so-o hai poach o choa tataap o rió.
Tamasea mabóno tapos oa arapies,
tamasea patausono tapos oa dig-oë.
Tamasea parras oa morich, depa
moribal, tamasea summammisam
ijonoë o rió o tsjes a bó.

Kanarroa, torrodden o tassono
autat o gagil inni atil o mini, o
ai marach o morich o ma-ächon-
sar, so-o romaroman asosóno Deos.
Autat o gagil pagä maibas o rim\'o
tsjes-oë, ino arach o tapos, o
ai passoso ta Deos. Pagatomma
Deos passoso, so-o pe\'o baak o choa
asosó, pagatomma babosa mauchus
merab, so-o meach\'aicho-ies, alli
marach o charri o ai, sja marotul

O autat inni Deos, marotul o autat
inni ranied o Deos, marotul o
autat o gagil choa tsjes. Machä o
Deos miall\'o autat o ai, alia chum-
mad o choa asoso a ai-a. Ma-autat
a cho ma-ärach, sja ineach\'i ta Deos
inni autat o gagil, so-o kamaibas
o choa airab. Tapos o ai ma-
meach\'oa annoggonoggono, oet-
autatta alla mamarach, so-o allecho
ean ja imo machó ta Christus.
Inau decho ja maukat o morich ai,
ja maukat o morich i boesum ?
Ja maukat oa bog a tsjes morich o
taulaulan, so-o mauchus a rió ?
Oetautatta inni Deos o gagil,
so-o choa sjiem ta Jesus Christus.
Asinia, kriella, abicha o ranied o
Deos, tuppa so-o aladikka micho,
alia rarä o ab\'o Deos tummillag i
tsjes. Innaide asini o ranied o
Deos tummoach o autat a äba.
Autat ai paga asosóno Deos, eacha
icho, dobdobba, illo-iloa, alia pe\'o
äba pauab o autat imoa, alia
madarram icho-noë, alia poet-
autat inni choa boa, so-o marach
o morich o ma-achon-sar, kamai-
bas o ab\'o ranied o ta sjiem o Deos.
Torro attillan taulan innai atite o
mini, alla ta Christus paga ma-
a-i-jor o babosa pana choa tamau,
tamasea pa-i-jor o ma-autat a cho
pana boesum, pana ta Deos.
Karri-azjies ta Deos a babosa, alli
karri-dadaat inau kakossi. Inau
decho masabb\'o ma-aborra babos\'a
ma-azinado ino aarpanni i ta Deos.
Ma-aborr\'o mini tuppach o Deos
a babosa paga maunis a tsjes o
Deos ta Jesus Christus, tamasea
tsinummoach inni ga o babosa, so-o
inipaussa de bab\'o ta, maibas insini
maunis-o-ala, alle lummaslas o
choa machä o kakossi o babosa,
alia simien ta Deos a babos\'o choa
azinado, alia pabórr\'o choa tamau,
so-o pädaat i ta Deos o babosa.
Inau decho rorró-no padarram o
babos\'o gagil o Deos, so-o choa
sjiem,_o ai pinauss\'icho, micho-sar
a pattite choa micho boa, maibas o
ma-aborr\'o o babosa, innainum-
m\'ija ummior all\'inni autat a ab\'o
ta Christus paga gagil o morich,
morich o ma-achon-sar, ean o ba-
bos\'icho innai Deos o tamau, alia
parras o machä dechoa, so-o pe\'o
morich o ma-ächon-sar ; kamaibas
o choa äla, mini-sar paga morich o
ma-ächon-sar ai, alla madarram ija
dechonoë natta-sar ai gagil o
Deos, so-o ta Jesus Christus o ai
pinauss\'ijo. Mabarra ta Christus
paurich o morich-a .so-o macha-da
ai, inau sjiem o Deos o gagil icho.
Maibas o tamau paurich, masini
channumma ta sjiem paurich tama-
sea merab. Inni ma-aborr\'o mini
torro babosa dummaat i ta Deos,
so-o madarram icho, maibas torro
madarram o cho inni choa sisjiem ;
tamasea minit\'ina, minit\'o tamau
channumma, machó ta Christus,
inau gagil o sjiem o Deos icho, so-o
tatsar o choa boa, gagil a isas o
choa tamau o ma-acharrieb. Ani
maro innai ta Deos, inni ta Chris-
tus machaddik ja namo. Ani paga
azjies, inni ta Christus torro sis-
jiem o Deos, choa aukattan a cho,
a ari-eddan. Ani karri-azjies ta
Deos a babosa, inni ta Christus
karri-äborra dech-onoë. Ani torro
mori-edd\'i ta Deos, inni ta Christus
torro pacheoach pana choa so-o
torroa micho tamau. Deech o
machoté so-o moribal torroa bog a

tsjes taulaulan i gehenna inau torroa
arapies, inni ta Christus barrassan
torro o chachalt o mini, tamasea
dau i torro minachoté o dig a aurtsi
o gehenna inni bog a tsjes, alia
chachummalt torroa kakossi. Ka-
minatis o boesum ja torro, so-o
morich i boesum inau kakossi, ta
Christus o choa babissé a mario
a tataap minarach o boesum o tat-
taula, so-o paaunis torro aicho-ech.
Masini inni ma-aborra ta Jesus
Christus torro marach o babarras o
kakossi, so-o morich o ma-achonsar:
icho pario torroa bog a tsjes inni
morich o mini, so-o paatsikap i
namo ino aarpanni i ta Deos, micho-
sar a pattite pesas\'o ummoob o bao
a isas o choa babissé a chimit inni
torro boa, pachimit o bog a tsjes,
alia ka-itis o tataap o arapies, mai-
bas o sisjiem o Deos torro tummal-
pon o bao a morich, tummalpon o
mababat inni tapos o babissé o
Deos. Pasji ausoan tarran o mini,
tarran o babissé a atillono Deos pa-
i-jor o sisjiem a chono Deos ma-a-
i-jor ai ta Jesus Christus, so-o pa-
doro i boesum-ech decho-noë. Atil
0 mini paita so-o padarram tomm\'-
ija sisjiem o Deos. Tapos o ai
ummior i ta Christus, ummior o
tarran o atillono Deos, so-o ma-
babat inni babissé a chimit, maibas
minababat icho babo ta mini, paga
gagil o sisjiem o Deos. Maibas-
sar pala, na-a sisjiem masini na-a
char-sar, so-o ina madarram dechoa,
so-o ummior ina decho-noë, so-o
ina pe\'i decho morich o ma-achon-
sar. Kanarroa, ja ta Christus
paga ma-a-i-jor o sisjiem, o Deos,
ja icho pait\'o tarran pana boesum,
maibas inipaba o pia, mai, atil o
mini maspot a pizich imoa tsimi-
chier i ta Christus inni oa morich,
alia masini o choa char-sar, so-o
mabaddabadd\'o o tattorroddan
ochoa morich. Masini o gagil
sasummossono tarran i boesum,
sja a-ummior o kakirrich o choa
ranied, sja ma-machon-sar a ma-
babat inni tattallas o choa asiel-sar.
Micho ja maukat a ina alia ta
Deos passoso imoa inau ta Jesus
Christus choa aukattan a sjiem
badda. Amen.

Maibas o sisjiem 0 babosa
meach\'o tamau a tanai, so-o pab\'i
decho, sja masabb\'o inochan, ja
romaroman,so-o babosa pagatomma
mab\'o tump\'o choa sisjiem, so-o
merab o maunis pea, alli makarrichi
o sisjiem sja decho sai meacha;
kasjabaan maso maukat o sisjiem,
maso maukat o pea, inau um-illo-
ilono meacha, so-o maibas o dumbor
o pea dechonoë. Masini maso
makkesjap o babos\'o ai tummoach
de ta mini barrabarraan so-o ma-

asabba, pab\'o tamau de boesum
choa sabba, so-o meach\'i ta Deos
tapos o ai masabb\'ija decho. Inau
ta^ Deos pagatomma ma-al-al a
tsjes icho, so-o merab o maunis
pea, maukat o annoggonoggo a
aiacha, so-o merab alia babosa
madarram o choaal-al, all\'icho paga
ma-a-daldal a ma-ai-a so-o chuppod
o gagil o tapos rio,quot; alla babosa
dummauko o boesum pana tamau
o rara, innai tamasea sai tapos
asosono mario all\'um-illo-ilono
meacha, so-o paspot i ta Deos o
choa ai-acha. Maibas pab\'ija ta
sjiem 0 Deos, eacha, machó, so-o
allecho, ean, ja imo. §add£-na
so-o ta tummala tókkana, so-o
allecho tannaanni ja imo. So-o
inni atite o minisar icho pizich

0nbsp;choa aran tschiet narroa cho,
meach\'i ta Deos choa tamau, inau
gagil allecho ean tapos o ai, decho
mameach\'inni choa naan. Annach,
annach, ina pala ja imoa, machó,
alia tapos o ai mameach\'o tamau
inni na-a micho naan, o ai icho
pape\'imonoë. Ta Christus insini
patorrod o naspat a tuppo inni
ai-acha. Kapesasa, alla torro
maspot a meach\'i ta Deos o tamau
de boesum. Kanarroa, alla maspot
a meach, o Deos o tamau inni
naan o choa sjiem. Kanatorroa,
numm\'ija makkesjap o meach\'i ta
Deos. Kanaspat, alia maspot a
meacha inni autat o gagil. Ai-acha
paga sasaod o tsjes katinnaam o
Deos. Ranied pallil o baak, sja
alli ummior so-o pissarra tsjes a
tattuppa. Tinnaam ai-acha torro
maspot a mabissas, so-o ummalap-
pono tsjes a tattupa\'pana ta Deos

1nbsp;boesum. Maspot a maba, alla
torro sabanno mai meacha, tum-
moach katinnaam o Deos, tamasea
mialla, so-o mab\'o tattupp\'i tsjes.
Malleak o ai-acha ta Deos o ai
bossot innai dorren, alli tummoach
innai-de tsjes. Chono mini machó
dummaat ina o choa ranied, so-o
madas ina o choa dorren, so-o
maro ja choa tsjes innai ina-e.
Inau micho torro maspot a miel
depa mortatach, ja molappa torroa
tsjes a tattuppa. Torroa rima a
rorró alappoon pana babó, sabanno
torro tummalpon o meacha, paita,
alla torro maspot a dumbor so-o
pauss\'o tattuppa pana boesum, alia
tump\'i ta Deos, alla tump\'o ranied
o ai-acha, so-o tuppono ai, torro
merab o meach\'i ta Deos. Mak-
kesjap channumma, alia katinnaam
ai-acba torro tummis o asies o
tsjes, so-o dummaat i ta Deos inni
atirtir a ikkil, ma-arich inau torroa
kakossi. Malleak o chono ma-
asies a tsjes ta Deos, so-o pait\'o
chono ma-a-arich a ma-a-sabba
choa bó. Kanatorroa, maspot a
maba, alla kakossi simien ta Deos
a babosa, so-o miel o ai-acha depa
pasji boesum pana ta Deos, tamasea
alli masini o chono ma-achachuppir,
o ai moddon o tsjes, so-o chumpir
0 chó\'atillo. Kasjabaan maukat o
zichil inau kakossi, so-o mabo
chono ma-azichil a tsjes, tamasea
machi\'o kakossi, so-o ummior o
bisse-bissé o Deos. Inau micho
torro maspot a tummis o arapies
o tsjes, so-o tapos o tataap o
kakossi, alla mai meach\'i ta Deos
inni chimit o tsjes. Ka-ochal
ipaba moeda torro maspot a
mabissas o tsjes tinnaam ai-acha,
ummior o naspat a tuppo ino

ipatorrod inni ai-acha. Kapesasa,
pab\'ija ta Christus, alla choa aran
maspot a meach\'i ta Deos o tamau
de boesum. Tapos o ai mameach\'o
tamau, machó. Icho pattonan o
tamau insini, o gagil o Deos,
tamasea minerien o mini tapos ai,
so-o maibas o tamau porich o
tapos o babosa. Torro patapos
paga natta-sar a tamau, so-o
nattasar a Deos minerien torro
patapos, machó ta ma-aijaab
Malachias. Kamaunionis icho
pattonan o tamau, bo\'o pesasa inni
ga O Deossar, so-o madarram o
pattonan icho-noë choa micho
tamau, inau pinausjiem o narroa-
da boa inni ga o Deos ta Jesus
Christus, gagil a isas .so-o tatsar o
choa micho boa. Ta Christus
pattil o choa aran meach\'i ta
Deos, so-o pa-i-jor i decho pana
choa tamau, inau ma-akammichi
makkesjap ino eachanni ta Deos.
Mab\'o tapos o ai, masini o ai-acha
de tapos o ta. Kamabar\'ija tapos
o ai, so-o ma-abo a tsjes, alla
tummó cho\'a-olli-eul o babosa,
maibas pab\'ija ta Christus inni
ramied o Evangelium Mathei;
tomm\'ija babosa, machó, paga
lallum imoa, sja choa sjiem
mameach\'ichóno uppo, alla pape\'-
ichóno bato, so-o sja mameach\'-
ichóno tsi, alla pape\'ichóno ibien.
Oedan, sja imoa, o ai paga rapies,
mab\'o pe\'o asosono mario oa
sisjiem, maso masanno oa tamau,
tamasea paga de boesum pape\'o
asosóno mario, chono ai meach\'ija
icho ^ aicho-ies kasjabaan pa ja
a-olli-eul inni Deos o baak.
Chubboen tsjes tapos choa aran,
tamasea summad\'i decho. Ma-
meach\'i ta Jehova oa Deossar, so-o
allecho aran icho ma-akammichisar,
machó ta Christus. Kanarroa-da
tuppo inni ai-acha pait\'o azinadono
ta Jesus Christus, so-o pab\'ija alla
maspot a meach\'o Deos o tamau
inni naan o choa sjiem : tapos o ai
mameach\'o tamau inni na-a micho
naan, machó : micho-sar a pattite,
inau na-a-da boa so-o azinado.
Ta Deos a babosa kamauchus
maro. Inau decho simien ta
Christus alla karri-dadaat dechoa
inni choa-da boa, o ai machaddik
O choa tamau maibas o sjiem o
Deos, so-o machaddik o babosa,
maibas o sjiem babosa, rorró-no
Deos a babos\'inni natta-da boa,
so-o inau decho matsikap a
pazinado tuppach o Deos a babosa.
Masini Deos o tamau dummaat
o babosa, masini o ai-acha so-o
annoggonoggo - no inni choa
aukattan a sjiem, tamasea tallochon
pazinado i namo de tamau ai.
Maukat O cho sjiem tamau, so-o
tallochon masini icho, so-o inau
choa azinado maukat channumm\'o
chono ai poetautat inni choa sjiem,
so-o masini o choa ai-acha. Micho
babosa maspot a maba, so-o
tallochon tump\'inni ai-acha, sja
merab o meach\'i ta Deos charri
O ai, alla meach\'icho-noë inni naan
o choa sjiem, so-o inau choa
azinado.

Gachanni o baak ta Deos, alli
ma-arach o babosa, sja alli tummo-
ach o ai-acha innaide autat inni ta
sjiem O Deos, sja marotul o choa
azinado. Mini-sar choa pab\'o aran
ta Christus, acho mineach\'inni naa
micho naan, machó: eacha, so-o
mamarach, alla matapo ja oa

aukat-ech. Ta Christus ochoa
azinado tummakkoop o aulakies
inni ai-acha, so-o patoach aicho
inni choa naan tinnaam o choa
tamau, alia mabasso ja, so-o mar-
ach. Ummior o natorroa-da tup-
po ino torrodden inni ai-acha,
numm\'ija makkesjap o meach\'i
ta Deos.

Tapos o ai mameach o tamau,
machó ta Christus. Torro babosa
marotui o tapos rió inni torroa bog
inni torroa tsjes, so-o tapos aso-
sóno mario kasai innaide babo,
innaide tamau o rarä. Inau decho
ta Christus inni atite o mini
tapos o ai, pauss\'o meach\'o choa
tamau, tapos o ai masabb\'ija namo.
Mapan a mato torroa sabba. Mar-
otui o äba so-o autat inni ta Deos
torroa tsjes, marotui o chimit a
babissé o Deos. Micho ja pattil
o meacha ta Christus inni ai-acha,
namoa tamau. Masabb\'o inochan
so-o romaroman torroa bog. Micho
channumma atillan ja namo meacha
inni atite o mini: Epé-e namono
piadai torro uppo ma-atsikap. Torro
masabb\'o a-olli-eul o Deos so-o
choa aladik. Inau decho attillan
torro meächa, barras\'i namo innai
rapies ai. Mapan ja tuppo, ino
eachan. Mauroma-roman asosono
bog a tsjes, maibas o inochan, oetas,
ma-allas a boesum, naupoot ino
takkoban o bog, binnas, roos a sis-
jiem ma-allas a tsjes, morich o
ma-ilip, ab\'o saan, rio o tsjes, ab\'o
Deos, autat a ikkil o Deos, arra,
aukat o tsjes, kakoeno, tattalattal\'o
ta auchar o ma-achimit inni zichil
o rapies. Tapos o ai, so-o roman
maibas aicho, makkesjap ino eachan.
Inni naspat a tuppo pab\'ija ta Chris-
tus alla babosa naspat a meacha inni
autat o gagil. Inau decho pachip
o atite annach, so-o pala manawas
annach, annach, alia miel o armi-
mi, so-o pizich i namo didden o poet-
autat inni ai-acha. Machä o Deos
miall\'o autat ai inni ai-acha. Ta-
masea meächa, alia meach\'inni
autat-ech, machó ta Apostel Jaco-
bus, inau tamasea marmimi, paga
maibas o badóno abas, o ai itis
babó rapó imaide barri ai-oë.
Inau decho hai pesar masini a ba-
bosa, alia mamarach o charri o ai
innai Deos-sar. Ananman-a mina-
sini o tuppo-no ai-acha; aladikka
o atite i tsjes all\'ailo padarram imoa
meach\'i ta Deos, Acho madarram
o meächa, eachä, alia marach,

The foregoing sheets had just been printed when a communication
was received from Rev. D. Ferguson, M.A., of the English Presbyterian
Mission in Formosa, which may be inserted here. It is dated Tainanfu,
31st March 1896, and was sent in reply to. a request that he would have
the Lord\'s Prayer written out in the language now spoken by the Toa-sia
aborigines; Toa-sia being the name of a Township about fourteen miles
north of the city of Chiang-hoa. Hundreds of families of this same tribe
are also found among the villages of the Pawsia Plain, some two days\'
journey to the east of Chiang-hoa. The version he sends is as follows :—

Pa-pa i ta-du-i ki-ni-siu-a li-ni j^a-dan, di-ni da-^iih hai-ki, ba bau ka-
wuss.

Ba-;!^ei au-no da-li-o nu-sau-a ki-na-sa-de-lan yam-i-kah, i-la a na pi-ter-
iit-o niam-a-ki-na sa-de-lan.

Hhamoh ki-nii la-an, wa-riit %i-na ria-ria-kan, ka kai-i-swoan da-duah,
mau sei-o ma-si-lo ba-zu ba-zoach.

Mr. Ferguson remarks on the above :—* A good many of the brethren
helped in making this translation, especially A-sin, Hau-hi, A-iam, Ta-mu-
li, Aw-hoan and Bau-keh. Every petition is kept separate, and begins with
a capital. The letter quot; iiquot; is pronounced as in German, quot; quot; as in Greek,
and quot; Hh quot; as a somewhat aspirated form of the single letter. Several words
had to be translated in a roundabout way, as they have no such expressions
as quot; kingdom,quot; quot; hallowed,quot; quot; glory,quot; quot; will,quot; and one or two others.\'

Printed for Bernard Lintott
at the Crofs-Keys next Nando s
Coffee-Houfe, Fleetfireet, 1707.

^HE chief Thing I purpofe in
the following Lines, is to vin-
dicate the Japonefes from that un-
juji CharaSler this Part of the
World is pleafed to give them, viz.
of being a People much given to
Superjiition. What Reafons they
had who firji fpoke fo of them, I
cannot tell, hut this I am fure of,
that no People under the Sun are
farther from it than they are, as
will more fully appear by the follow-
ing Dialogue.

\'Tis true indeed, the meaner fort
of People are wholly led by Prieji-
craft, and fo are made to believe
what the Bonzes pleafe; But as
for the finer and better Sort, they
would have you to know they fcorn
to captivate their Reafons to a few
Writings of their Law-givers, con-
fir ued and altered (as they humbly
conceive) by the Priefis, whofe In-
terefi is to keep People in the greateji
Ignorance and SuhjeSiion.

I hope therefore that my fetting of
\'em in a fair Light^ will be taken
by the World as a great Argument
of my Candor and Generofity ; and
having this Colloquiumßill
in my Memory, which I know will
go a great Way by far in vindi-
cating them than all I could fay of
my own Head, I thought it would
agree better with the CharaSier I
hope to gain by this, to publiß it juß
as I heard it, becaufe you have here
the Japanner ßanding up for his
Nation, as well as himfelf, and alfo
a Formofan making his Objeäions
with the Japonefe\'s Anfwers to
them; fo that the whole Matter
being jußly and impartially laid
before you, the Reader may the
better judge as he ßall fee meet, and
that I take to be the only honeß
way of dealing with Readers,

And I muß confefs, that tho\' I
was Confcious of my Ignorance of
the Englifh Tongue, yet I would by
no means fuf er any Body to methodize
or correct it, becaufe / was afraid
leß the Reader ßould hence find
Occafton of fufpeaing the Sincerity

of my Narrative. Wherefore I here
muß beg of him to excufe all the
Faults heßall find in the Language.,
which he cannot reafonably expeSî a
Stranger to be free from^ efpecially
in fuch a refirCd one, as the Englifh
at prefent is.

Iflatter my felf with the Hopes,
that it will be not a little entertain-
ing, the ^eßions therein handled
bearing fo near a Refemblance to the
Difputes, which make fo much Noife
here at prefent. Ton 7/fee a Japanner,
who out of meer friendßip and kind-
nefs comes to free a Man from the
Bondage of Prießcraft, Prejudice,
and Ignorance-y and on the other
fide, you \'// fee a Formo{an, like a
willing Prifoner, endeavouring to
bring his Friend unto the fame
Condition as he is himfelf ; and
both ufing all the Arguments they
are Maßers of towards effe£iing
their Defign.

However, that the Reader may
not expeSl more of me than he is
likely to find at the long run, and fo
be obliged to throw away the Book
in a Fury, it will be very necejfary
to tell him, that tho^ I was fo for-
tunate to he prefent at the opening
of the Conference, yet I was unluckily
calVd away upon fome very earneß
Bufinefs,fo that I could not ßay for
the Conclufion, which was however
fo near at Hand, that if he will
take the fame Liberty of guejfmg
as I have done, he 7/ be able to find
out which way the ViSiory turned:
However, quot;\'twill ßill anfwer my
Defign, which is to vindicate the
Japanner when the Reader obferves
him all along arguing not like a
Bigot, but like a Man of a free
born Underftanding.

One favour more / muß heg of my
Reader, is, that if he finds either
of my Difputants to be out in his
Logick, Philofophy, or Divinity,
he would not think the worfe of me,
or think me guilty of the fame Errors
in my private Opinions; as v.g. if
one of them fl)ould happen to affirm
Fire to be hot, contrary to the
Modern Philofophers, who affirm it
to be cold: For as I have refolved
not to omit any of their Arguments,
or diminiß the Strength of \'em, fo
neither will I add any thing to it;
but fuch Blunders as they ßall
commit, let them anfwer for them-
felves.

; IR, you are heartily wel-
come to Formofa^ it is
fo long fmce we were
bleft with your Com-
pany, that I almoft defpair\'d ever
of enjoying it again.

Sir, I value yours fo much, that
had I not been detain\'d by Bufi-
nefs, I had not been fo great a
Stranger: But to tell you the
Truth, I fell into the Acquaint-
ance of fome Gentlemen of great
Parts, who made me freely ac-
quainted with fome new Notions
of theirs which put me for fome
time into a brown ftudy, till at
laft, partly by their help, and
partly by my own Application, I
came to fettle my Mind on the
Matter.

Now you talk of Learned Men,
pray give me leave to afk you how
your friend does ?

Oh yes! Why I think he\'s well;
but have feen him but once fmce
I was here laft: For you muft
know we fell out mightily that
time upon certain Points of Re-
ligion ; and I believe never will be
reconciled ; at leaft I never will
with him, whatever he does with
me.

How, fallen out with a Prieft ?
I am forry for that, with all my
Heart. I thought you had more
Refpe£t for Men of his Robe and
Dignity.

^.,xongs to them ; they fliall
never catch me with fuch Chimeras
again, I \'11 promife you; I have
been their Fool and Slave long
enough, to my fliame be it fpoken;
but now, I thank my Stars, I am

grown a little wifer, and have fliook
ofF the Toak, and fet my felf free
from their pretended Authority;
and to be plain with you, this is
the very Bufmefs : thefe Gentle-
men I was telling you of, com-
niunicated me, and which indeed
did give me no little Trouble ; but
I am at prefent fo fatiffied of the
Prieft\'s Confidence in claiming any
Authority, that I wonder how any
Man can be fo befotted as to ac-
knowledge it. Neither is this my
Opinion only, but alfo that of the
greateft Wits of our Age; tho\'
indeed, I muft own, it never broke
out fo plainly as it has done within
thefe Two Years, yet you muft
needs think it had been a long
while a brewing before.

This is a fudden alteration in-
deed, and fuch as I little dreamed
of; but for G—d\'s fake, Sir, do
you confider what you are a doing ?
Do not you know that Priefts derive
their Authority from the Law-
givers, and their Law-givers from
God ? So that you cannot deny
that of the one, without rebelling
at the fame time againft the Two
others.

Pho ! One may fee plain
enough : You live in a Land of
Darknefs and Ignorance, wholly
influenced by Prieft-craft; were
you but to live 3 Months in Yedo
or Meako^ you would fee what a
refined Air we live in ; and I don\'t
doubt but the changing of Climate
would make you alter your Notions.

You cannot go into anyBook-feller\'s
Shop, but you fee there fome Books
againft the Authority of the Priefts;
nay, even of the Law-givers them-
felves; fo that in a ftiort time, I
hope, we\'ll fend them both a
packing, which Work, if once
done, will immortalize this Gene-
ration ; infomuch, that I would
not for the whole Empire be to be
born in the next.

You may do what you pleafe for
that, but I \'11 afTure you what I fay
is pofitively true; and the Autho-
rity of the Law-givers as well as
of the Priefts is finking down as faft
as--

of the Law-givers which have been
fo long in the greateft Veneration
and Credit, oppofed now with fuch
Violence? I thought it was fo
well grounded, and fo univerfally
received, fo well confirm\'d by
Miracles, that it was not in the
Power of Man to overthrow it.
But pray what Arguments do they
make ufe of to overthrow the
Authority of fuch great Men as
Jmiday Xakha^ Cambadoxi^ and the
reft, who have ever been reverenc\'d
as Gods from the Time of their
leaving the World? And what
do the Priefts fay to all thefe ? Do

they not oppofe it with all their
Strength and Might? I Ihould
think \'tis their Intereft as well as
their Duty.

There have been a few who
have endeavoured to do it, but
after fuch a way, that it does more
Good than Diflervice to our Caufe.
The generality of them hold their
Tongues; but however, this is
agreed on by all the judicious Per-
fons, that our Arguments are un-
anfwerable. I ftould have told
you, that there is one (not a
Prieft) who pretends to anfwer it
not all at once, but piece by piece ;
viz. to Day one, to Morrow
another; but his Charadter is
already fo blackned--

I fuppofe by fome of your Party
on purpofe to render him odious,
and fo hinder People from reading
his Papers. But pray what are
thefe Arguments of yours, that
you fay all judicious Perfons own
to be unanfwerable, how do you
know but if they appear fo to me
I \'11 be one of your Profelytes ?

My Arguments ! You miftake
me, Sir, I do not give them you as
my own, neither would I have you
to think that I am of their Mind,
for they go upon one Ground and
I upon another : Befides, I don\'t
carry the thing fo far by half as
they do, I do affure you ; but how-
ever you fliall hear what they fay.

Firft fays one, If the Writings
of Amida, Xakha^ Cambadoxi, and
other Law-givers do give the leaft
Authority to the Priefts over the
People, then we may fafely fay,
they are of their own inventing;
or elfe thefe Law-givers in the
ftead of being encouraged and
admired while alive, and deified
and worfliipped after their Deaths,
deferved rather to be puniftied and
made to fulFer the moll ignominious
Deaths that ever Slave was put to,
as being Ufurpers of that Power
lodg\'d in every Man.

Why, Sir, you muft know they\'ll
have it to be, that neither Kings,
nor God himfelf has any Power over
Men, but what they have receiv\'d
from them. Now what do you fay
to this ?

So then God\'s Dominion and
Power over us is as much denied
as that of the Priefts; Is it not
what I told you from the firft,
that we could not refufe our Sub-
.miffion to the latter, without turn-
ing Rebels to the former ? How-
ever, I did not much wonder
at People rebelling againft the
Priefts. But that Men fhould
attack God\'s Authority fo pub-
lickly, is fomething amazing to
me. For I never thought that
Men in their Senfes would go to
deny that as they had to their Coft
fo often felt; I mean the Judge-
ments he has fent to Men for their

Sins. The Chinefes tell us of an
univerfal Flood: We can pro-
duce fome fuch Punifliments in
our Hiftory; and as for yours, it
is brimful of \'em. Now this is a
certain Sign of God\'s Power over
us, therefore either we muft fay,
that it was evilly gotten, namely,
by Ufurpation; or elfe we muft
fubmit to it.

Besides, Reafon as well as the
Writings of the Law-givers tells
us indeed, that God did give us
Being, but not that he did give us
any Power over it, and much lefs
that we gave it back again ; and if
we have not this Power in us, how
can we pretend to give it to Kings,
or any Body elfe ? No Body can
give what he has not himfelf.

But farther, granting that
Reafon goes very near to tell us,
that we have a power over our
felves ; yet if the Writings of our
Prophets, whom we have all the
Reafons in the World to believe
were fent from God, do afTure us
of the contrary; ought not our
Reafon to give place to them ?
Befides, that fame Reafon that tells
me I have that Power, tells me
alfo, that he who gave me Being,
gave me that Power over it; and
if fo he can take it from us when
ever he pleafes: So that which
way foever we look, we\'ll find
God\'s Power and Authority to be
over all his Works.

One thing I wonder mightily at,
is, that neither the Emperor, nor
the High Priefts fhould hinder fuch
Doclrines from taking Ground:
For, if People are once perfwaded
that the Power of Kings and

Priefts is derived from the People,
nothing can hinder them from
withdrawing it when ever they
fee Occafion; fo that neither of
\'em can be fafe on their Thrones.

Then as to the Argument, vi%.
that if the Writings of Amida, See.
does give any Power to the Priefts,
then it is of their own inventing,
is to me not only a very bold, but
alfo a moft fenfles lefs Aflertion.
For how is it poffible, that fuch a
Nation as yours fhould have all
thefe Stories impofed upon you by a
few Priefts; nay, not only yours,
but alfo other neighbouring Na-
tions, fuch as China, Tartary, amp;c.,
in a Time when Learning feemed
to flourifli in every one of \'em,
eredted, and made other Countries
eredi: Statues to thefe pretended
Gods; fuppofe their Writings,
which, as it might be made appear
the Chinefes themfelves copied while
the Authors of them were alive,
all thefe and feveral other Circum-
ftances make it a Demonftration to
me, that it was not in the Power
of the Priefts to put fuch notorious
Cheats upon fo many Nations
together.

Neither can it be faid, that the
Priefts did alter thefe Writings;
for as I told you before, fo many
other People having had Copies
of \'em ever fmce; and fmce they
do all agree, it is unreafonable to
think that ever they did fuffer the
leaft Corruption.

Befides, do but confider the
various Sedis, that are and have
been in Japan ever fince the
Departure of the Law-givers,
which Se£i:s are in continual Dif-

putes one with another about
fome Points of Religion. Thefe
Difputes do not arife from any
Difference of the Copies, but from
the Darknefs of the Writings.
Now had any one of the Sedts
gone to make any Alteration to
ferve their Turn, the others would
have immediately expofed them, or
done the fame themfelves, neither
of which can be proved. There-
fore it muft be owned that thefe
Writings are the fame that Amida,
Xakha, amp;c., wrote themfelves.

And lince it does appear by all
the Circumftances that accom-
panied their Lives, as well during,
as before and after it, that they
were Men fent from the Great
God to give Laws, and to efta-
Wifli his Worftiipi And fince, as
I have proved, God has a Power
over his Creatures, if thefe Pro-
phets did claim any to themfelves,
we ought to think that they had
it from God, and that whomsoever
they did communicate it to, might
juftly, nay, were bound to exercife
it in their feveral Stations. Which
leads me to the reft of the Argu-
ment, namely, that if Amida, kc.,
are the true Authors of thefe
Writings, they deferved to be put
to Death for pretending to any
Authority, or to give it to others ;
which is indeed a very fevere and
unjuft Sentence; For thefe that
were fent from God muft furely
know better to whom that Power
belonged, and confequently could
lay the furer Foundations; and
yet we fee that they were fo far
from pretending to any Authority,
in Matters of Civil Government,
that they renounced it as contrary
to their Profelfion; nay, they
enjoin\'d all their Followers to obey
thofe that were put in Authority
over \'em; and fettled the King4
Rights upon the beft and fureft
Foundations that ever were, viz.
on God\'s Authority and Com-
mands, his Rewards and Puniih-
ments. Now therefore, fmce all
the Authority they claim, is only
concerning Spiritual Matters, can
any body be to unjuft as to think
them guilty of Death? Or fo
incredulous as to refufe them their
Obedience, and {hut their Eyes to
the great Proofs they bring of
their juft Right to fuch Authority ?

But, Sir, hear what another
Learned Author lays to this,
lt; There being fuch great Reafons
\' for refpedting and reverencing
\' thofe Men who are fent from
\' God ; this might very well have
\' pulhed on fome proud, ambitious
\' Fellows to pretend to fuch
\' Million: But however (con-
\' tinueth he) if thefe Men do

What I have faid to the laft
Argument will in fome Meafure
anfwer this; however, I \'11 add
this, that as it is not thefe Men\'s
bare Saying they are lent from
God, that ought to make us
believe them fo; neither can fuch
a filly Exception as that of their
pretending to fome Authority, be

a fufficient Pretence for our re-
jecting of \'em. Every Man that
pretends to be fent from God,
muft do fomething to confirm his
Million : Wherefore vgt;re fee that
all of \'em have vv^rought fome kind
of Miracles, then is it left to us
to judge whether thefe Miracles
were real and true ones, fuch as
none but God, or them whom
his Hand was with could work, or
whether they were meer juggling
Tricks. Now, that there have
been fome of the latter Stamp,
every where muft be owned, be-
caufe they have been difcovered;
and fome received their Punifti-
ment in this World. But however,
this can never be an Argument
againft the former. What Miracles
Amida,, Camhadoxy^ See, have
wrought, is fufficiently known to
the World, and by every impartial
Man own\'d to be above every
Power but God\'s. It will be alfo
granted, that God will never help
Men in fb particular a manner, to
deceive People, and confirm an
Impofture ; it will therefore follow,
that thefe Prophets challenging a
Power in Ecclefiaftical Matters,
can be no fufficient Bulwark
againft thofe ftrong Proofs given
us by God himfelf in behalf of
them. How ridiculous then would
it look in me, becaufe I believe
without any (or to fpeak more
properly) againft all Reafon, that
I am my own King, and that no
Body has Power over me, but him
whom I give it to, how foolifli, I
fay, would it be in me to go to
deny fuch ftrong Evidence ! Be-
caufe, forfooth, it contradiifts that

Notion of mine, and demands that
Submilfion of me, which I thought
I did owe no Body but whom I
pleafed to give it freely.

Now farther, I would afk you
whether you know of any Law-
giver that did not pretend to this
Authority, I don\'t believe you can
produce one : So then we muft at
that Rate throw away all manner
of Revelation, and go to the Play
of Blind-marCs-buff^ or rather to
the Children\'s Play of Hide and
Seek^ we muft fliut our Eyes to
this Light we have, and let our
fliallow Brains go and look for
another. Now what can fuch a
fhort-leg\'d Jade as Reafon ridden
and led by Intereft, Self-love, and
many other fuch Blind and Sinifter
Rulers, find, but a Religion fuitable
to every one of them, and confe-
quently as far from God as he is
from them. You fee therefore,
that while we endeavour to fet
Reafon free, as we think, we
rather make her the more a Slave,
arid in the ftead of one Mafter,
viz. God, we find her Forty;
fuch as Pride, Ambition, Intereft,
Self-love, and Four and Thirty
more of the like nature.

To conclude therefore, fince we
find by woeful Experience, i. how
fliort-fighted and weak our Reafon
is, and how unable of it felf of
finding the right Worfhip of
God; and fecondly, that God in
CompafTion to this our Infirmity,
did infpire fome Men to come and
teach it; and has confirm\'d their
Doftrine with fo many Signs and
Wonders, fuch as do not leave us
the leaft Occafion to doubt of it\'s

coming from him ; it will follow,
that thefe infpired Men, as well as
their SuccelTors, not only might
juftly, but alfo were and are in
Duty bound to exercife this Au-
thority which God gave \'em in
their feveral Stations, and all the
reft are of Confequence obliged to
obey,

But now, Sir, my laft quoted
Author will tell you, that the
Door-keeper of the Temple has as
much Right to pray, preach, and
offer facrifices to God as the beft
Prieft of \'em all : Therefore they
fliould in the ftead of boafting of
their Authority, own themfelves
no better than Servants hired and
payed by the People : For doing
of thefe things that belong to
God\'s Worfhip, and fo, any body
that will may as well be a Prieft
in his own Family, and perform
all the Divine Rites there, as well
as the Prieft at Church.

If the foregoing Arguments had
been (as you faid, all ingenious
Perfons own) unanfwerable, then
this would have followed of Courfe,
But as we have ftated this Power,
viz. upon the inconteftable Power
of the Law-giver, which was
immediately and undoubtedly de-
rived from God ; their Author had
as good tell me, that I have as
much Right to go and fit in the
Emperor\'s Privy-Council, or to
lead his Army, as thofe whom
he has chofen to it. However,
not to take too much upon me,
in pretending to know Religion
better than your felf: You may
fatiffie your felf this way, if by the
Writings of the Law-givers,^ and
other Authentick Hiftories, it do
not appear that Jmida, Xakha,
amp;c., chofe themfelves Succeftbrs
from among their Difciples, whom,
and whom alone they communi-
cated this Power to. But on the
contrary, if it does appear, that
they gave Power to every one,
and that they accordingly made
ufe of it, then your Hypothefis
ftands firm enough; then the
Door-keeper\'s Cook-maid can claim
as much Right as the Prieft : but
if I miftake not, both the Prophet\'s
Writings, and the Hiftory of thofe
Times tell us quite different
things : In the Firft we read, that
they chofe fome Men, whom in a
particular manner they infefted
with that Power of Preaching, and
performing the Ceremonies of
Divine Worftiip; and that thefe
Chofen Men did do the fame to
others as the Doctrine did propa-
gate, In the Second we have no
mention of any particular Con-
gregation, which was not with a
Prieft, not chofen as a Servant,
but ordained by other Priefts in a
higher Degree, which has con-
tinued from that time till this.

Now if you can from what has
been faid, find out your Author to
be in the right, you had as good
be of his Mind ftill; but if the
contrary, then I would advife you
to put up that Pride of yours, and
return to your primitive State,
and confider that thefe Priefts are
as Ambaffadors from God; and
confequently ought to keep up

their Dignity and Authority with-
out bating one jot of it, confider-
ing whom they reprefent: And if
fome Envoys have been feverely
punifhed by their Sovreigns, for
doing of Things unworthy the
Perfons they reprefented; much
more ought thefe Vicegerents of
God to fear left by their too much
facility, they make the People
defpife them. Refpedl we cannot
fhew \'em too much 5 but we can,
and, I am afraid, generally do fhew
\'em too little. However, this may
always be faid for us, that \'tis no
Affront either to our Reafon or
our Manhood, to reverence and
obey the Priefis under the notion
of Legates of the Almighty;
becaufe then all our SubmifTion is
diredlly paid to him, whofe Power
and Authority over us, none but
Fools and Madmen can call in
queftion. But, Sir, however I am
glad to hear of what you told me,
vi%. that thefe were none of your
Arguments; and I wifh they may
not be your Principles neither :
But however, tho\' you tell me
you don\'t carry the Thing fo far
as thefe Authors; yet you feem to
have but a mean Opinion of the
Priefts, or rather do intirely rebel
againft their Authority : Where-
fore I fhould be glad to hear of
your Complaints againft \'em; for
I have more reafon to care for
you than for thofe Gentlemen who
have drawn you away,

To be plain with you, Sir, what
thefe Gentlemen and I were
alledging againft the Priefts, was
their impofing upon Men\'s Reafons
things quite contrary to it under
the notions of Myfteries; which
they muft be either Fools for

others believe. And this was the
Thing that I told my quondam
Friend that time we fell out;
whereupon he was fo exafperated
at what I faid to him, that he
went away, and never came to me
again; and I to be fure was not
fuch a Fool to go after him. Now
therefore the Grounds I go upon
are thefe; the Priefts cannot
ftretch their Authority beyond the
fet Bounds of it, without turning
Ufurpers, Tyrants, Deceivers, l^c.
Now when they are once liable to
all thefe Denominations, they do
no more anfwer the Intention of
him that ordained \'em ; and there-
fore we may fafely deny them
that SubmifEon which they might
have challenged, had they kept
within their Compafs. Now that
they do deferve the aforefaid Ap-
pellations, does fufficiently appear
by the Abfurdities they crowd in
their Creeds; and oblige every one
under pain of Damnation moft
firmly to believe: Therefore, I
hope, you won\'t condemn me for
taking my leave of them.

Before we call \'em all thefe
odious Names, we ought to con-
fider 2 Things; Firft, whether
the Writings on which our Faith
is grounded, be true or not: If
they be true, whether they oblige
us to believe thefe Myfteries under
pain of Damnation ? For if they

do, then the Priefts affirm no more
than the Scriptures do. Now as
for the Truth of thefe Writings,
I believe we have fufficiently
fettled; neither do you feem to
deny that Point. And as for their
affirming fuch Doflrines, any body
may be fatiffied that reads them.

What then, if thefe Writings
do tell me Contradi£lions, and
Things that fhock my Reafon, I
muft believe them, muft I ?

But, Sir, do but fee how your
great Zeal againft Contradiftions,
leads you into a notorious one.
You own thefe Writings to be of
Authority, and at the fame time fay,
if they teach me Contradictions ?
Which is as plain a one as can
be.

Well then, to fpeak plainer, my
Opinion is, that God cannot oblige
us to believe Things contrary to
Reafon : If therefore there is any
thing of that nature in thefe Writ-
ings, I \'II very fairly rejeCt it.

You muft be very fure how-
ever, that thefe Things propofed
do imply that Contradidion before
you reject them; for there is no
doubt, but if you find fault with
one part of the Writings, you do
quite overthrow the Credit and
Authority of the reft.

may rejeCt one part of them, and
yet believe the other, as faft as you
do your whole Creed: For I
don\'t think the whole Mafs of
Writings to be of that fame
Authority. Some there be that
are undoubtedly and unqueftion-
ably true, and of Divine Infpira-
tion ; others that may be reckoned
Apocriphas, tho\' the Priefts would
make them pafs for Canonical;
and there be others, which are
apparently falfe, which might per-
haps have been very true and
Authentick when firft written;
but afterwards, either by the Care-
lefnefs of the Tranfcribers, or the
Malice of the Keepers, have been
fo corrupted, that at prefent we
may lawfully rejeCt them as falfe.

As to the firft, I can\'t fay much;
there may be Miftakes committed
by the Tranfcribers; yet I fhould
think there is yet enough left of
the Writings in which all Copies
do agree to prove thefe DoCtrines;
but as for the latter, vi%. of their
being corrupted by the Keepers,
fo as to render them liable to Suf-
picion, I thought I had proved un-
feafible. But yet, grant all this,
what Kriterion will you make ufe
of to know which is which ? That
feems to me a very difficult matter;
and if you can furnilh me with any
Rules for the diftinguifhing the one
from the other, eris mihi magnus
Apollo.

I \'11 give you Three Rules, which
indeed, are not the Product of my
Brain; for I had \'em from one of
our Party, who wrote fometime
ago a Book concerning Infpiration.
The whole would be worth your
Reading j and if you did, I don\'t
believe you would go away with
your Bigotry, but to the Rules.

The Firft is, that Amida being
the greateft Law-giver, the greateft
Demi-god, and all the reft being
only WitnelTes, as \'twere to him,
we are obliged to believe no more
than Amtda\\ own Writings, and
that with this

Second Rule, that we ought to
believe no more even of Amida,
but what we find all the Copies to
agree in; and whatever we find in
one of the Copies which is not, or
is otherwife in another, that we
may fafely rejedl.

The Third Rule is, that when
we have fummon\'d up all that the
Copies do agree in, I mean of
Amida^s only ; we are bound to
believe no more of that neither
than we find agreeable to our
Reafon. Now thefe be the Three
Rules--

And very good ones too, I pro-
teft : But, Sir, do you not per-
ceive what a Credulous Man you
are grown, when even you intend
to be the Reverfe} you will not
believe what God has revealed,
becaufe it feems to you againft
your Reafon ? But you can take
thefe Rules, nay, I am confident a
greater part of your Gentlemen, as
well as your felf, can believe Things
upon the Authority of another
Man. Now, what would you
think if a Man ftiould overthrow
thefe your Rules you depend fo
much on

I ftiould think he has at once
undone what another has been a
long while a hamering, but that I
think impoffible.

However, \'tis worth aiming at;
and to begin, your Author fays
that Ainida being the greateft
God, and the reft only Witnefi\'es
to him; you \'11 believe the former,
but not the latter; that\'s a Con-
tradiction : For Firft, before you
can believe in Amida, you muft be
fure that thofe that witnefled of
him are true Prophets, and do not
lie : And then how can you un-
believe that again.

Secondly, these Witnefles did
prove the Truth of their Tefti-
mony by Signs and Miracles, as
well as Amida, and confequently
their Authority muft be equal, as
being both confirmed by God j for
a Thing, let it be ever lb true, can
amount to no more than a Truth :
I \'11 allow you therefore that Amida
is a greater Hero in Dignity, but
not in Credit than the reft.

Thirdly, you know very well
that Amida refers the Authority of
his Million to the Prophets that
were before him, and bore witnefs
of him ; fo that if any of the Two
may be queftioned, it fhould be
the former. Befides, we fee that
Amida fpeaks with all the Refpeit
in the World of thefe Law-givers,

commends them, and in fliort,
bears as much witnefs of them as
they did of him: Now that a
Man may be miftaken in another
Man, may be well faid; but that
a Prophet infpired by God fhould
give a good Character to an Im-
poflor, is abfurd; therefore the
Authority of both, depending fo
much upon one another, we cannot
pull out one of the Pillars without
bringing the whole Houfe upon
our Heads.

As to your Second Rule, vi%.
that you\'ll have all the Copies
agree in one Article before you
believe it, I\'ll tell you what the
Confequence of it will be; you
muft lirfl take the Trouble to
romage all the extant Copies,
compare them very exa£tly, which
by the way is no eafy tafk, before
you can fettle your Religion ;
which, when done, may be in a
little time altogether deflroyed :
For it is but bribing fome Book-
fellers or Tranfcribers to make a
new Copy, contradicting one of
your fettled Articles; then off
mufl it go out of the Book, till at
laft by throwing out one Article
after another, you proceed Reli-
gionlefs.

And your Third Rule, vi%. of
believing nothing but what is
agreeable to your Reafon, is as
comical a one as ever was invented :
For firft, if it is a true one, and
may be depended on, what need is
there for the Two foregoing ones 1
If you \'11 believe nothing but what
appears to you reafonable, you
need not trouble your felf who it
is that writ thefe Things, nor
whether the Copies do agree in :
For let the Author be who he
will, let the Copies contradict one
another ever fo much, what is
agreeable to Reafon, will be fo ftill
for all that, and confequently will
challenge our Belief.

2dly, this is afmuch as if you
fhould fay, I \'11 believe no more of
thefe Law-givers than I will of
any other Man, nay, lefs: For
when to my knowledge, you have
been told by feveral Men, that in
very cold Countries they had feen
the Water grow fo hard, that a
Cart went over it: You have
believ\'d it upon the Honefty of
thefe Relators ; tho\' I don\'t know
how you \'11 make this and Reafon
agree.

If fo, what need have you to
talk fo much of Infpiration, Divine
Authority, i^c. fince it appears by
this Rule that Jmida^ Xakha^ and
whofoever do pretend to any, may
e\'en go whiftle with it: afToon, if
not rather believe any honeft Men,
as you will them with all their
Divine Infpiration. You had as
good therefore coin your Three
Rules into this one, m%. That we
are not obliged to make a DiJiinSfion
between a Man fent from God, and
an honeji Learned Man, that fpeaks
of his own Head; but believe as
much of either as our Reafon will
admit.

What necefTity was there then
for God\'s working fo many and
great Miracles, to confirm the
Do£trine he revealed unto us, if
after all, it is left to every body to
ferve it as People do a Market,
chufe what beft pleafes their

Palate, and leave the reft for lefs
nice Cuftomers; we might all
have done that without the help
of one fingle Miracle.

Farther, if God defigned to
reveal nothing to us but what was
agreeable to our Reafon, then that
very Revelation was needlefs; for
our Reafon could have found it
out of it felf: But however, let
that pafs as a Suppofition, becaufe
It is not much to the prefent
purpofe whether it may be true or
no J this will however follow, that
without the Help of any Super-
natural Conviftion, we might have
given our Aflent to fuch reafonable
Propofitions.

My Opinion therefore is, that
thefe Law-givers were to declare
to us fomething above Reafon ; for
which the Power of Working
Miracles was given them, that
they might challenge our Belief
to a Thing which Reafon doth
not comprehend; which when de-
clar d unto us, we muft not expeft
to underftand better than before;
they will be above our Reach ftill,
as the men who told you of the
Water growing hard in cold
Countries; they gained indeed
your A/Tent as to the matter of
FacS; but as to the manner how,
they left you as ignorant as they
found you.

Befides, you muft own that the
Name of Myjiery is ufed in the
Writings of the Law-givers; under
what Notion muft we underftand
It ? Can we fay, that what they
call great and high Myfteries, are
only Things agreeable to Reafon,
but only more Sublime than the

common Truths.? Still does not
this anfwer the Notion of Myftery.
Let us therefore conclude, that
when the Priefts do teach us any
thing that is above our Reafon,
under the Notion of Myfteries,
they do no more than the Law-
givers themfelves have done : And
if thefe Doftrines were Myfteries
to them that had, befides Divine
Infpiration, a great many other
Advantages we want, well may
they be fo unto us, and well may
we be thought very prefumptious
to rejea them, becaufe our fliallow
Reafon can\'t reach them.

Firft, always to diftinguifli thofe
things that are above Reafon, from
thofe that are againft it. We call
that Thing againft Reafon, that
contradids our former Ideas,
framed on a due confideration, or
on felf-evident Principles; as for
Instance, to fay that fire is cold, is
againft Reafon ; becaufe we have
upon good grounds conceived the
Idea of Fire, as of a hot Thing.
But when we come to fpeak of
God, and of his Nature, there is
nothing can properly be faid to
contradia our Idea, becaufo we
never did frame one that we could
fay was to be depended upon.

Now if we are to fet fo great
Value upon thofo ideas our Reafon
has framed, how come Men all
generally to agree in the Worfhip
of God, which is certainly againft
thofe Ideas we had or ought to
have framed of him. The Worfhip
of God confifts in praifing of him,
m praying to him for what we

ftand in need of, and in giving
Thanks for what we have received.
The Idea we have of a God, is of
a Being infinitely Good, Merciful,
Juft, amp;c. We reckon up all the
Excellencies that we find in Men,
and attribute them to God in an
infinite manner. When then we
praife God, and tell of his Attri-
butes, may not that fhock his
Modefty as praifing a Man before
his Face. To pray to him for any
Bleffings, contradi(fts the Ideas we
have of his Goodnefs and Liberality.
He is no generous Perfon, that
knows another to be in Neceffity,
and will not relieve him till he
afks for it : And fo to give Thanks
to a generous Spirit for any
Favour, is a kind of an Affront to
them, like praifing of \'em; and
much more to God, if we follow
our Ideas before fram\'d. I wonder
therefore, that it never came into
your Heads to abolifli the Worfliip
of God, as contrary to Reafon,
and then you \'11 have a very lazy
Religion, and a good Time on\'t.

Nay, what do you think to be-
lieve that God is a Spirit, is not
that quite contradiaing all the
Ideas we had framed And that
fame may alfo be faid of believing
God to be Infinite, Eternal
For our Underftanding is too little
to receive any Ideas, but what are
limited to Time, Place, iffc. and
Infinity, Eternity, being infinitely
too large to squeeze into fuch
narrow compafs, are forced to lie
without Doors. Farther, alk that
Reafon of yours that will believe
nothing that contradicts it, how
flie comes to believe God\'s Ejjence
and his Attributes, to be the fame
without compofition; for it is cer-
tain, it will always apprehend his
Wifdom and Power as diftindl,
his Jujlice and Mercy as oppofite!
How can we believe God to be
intire in all Places, and yet not
circumfcribed to any that he
penetrates all Subftance, and is
mixed with none; that he under-
ftands without the Reception of
any Idea; that he loves without
Pallion, is angry without Diftur-
bance, repents without Change,
and fo many other Perfedions that
are effential to his Godhead j afk
your Reafon, I fay, whether it
does fully underftand them, and
it will anfwer negatively; why
then do you believe \'em. It is
evident therefore, that it was left
even- to Reafon to clip Religion,
till it thought it enough, it would\'
not ceafe, till it had made it im-
perceptible to the niceft Eye.

Secondly, before we can pofi-
tively affirm, that a Propofition
implies a Contradiition, we muft
be fure, that the contradidory
Idea we had fram\'d before, is well
grounded. For inftance, before
vve can fay, that \'tis a Contra-
di£lion to affirm that the Sun is
cold or dark, we muft be fure that
he is both hot and light. But
when we come to fpeak of Things
above Reafon\'s reach, we cannot
fay that the do6trine of Jmida
concerning God, contradifts our
Reafon, becaufe we can never be
fo confident of our former Notion
of his Being ; but we may rejeft
them upon better Authority, with-
out offering any Affront to our

Reafon: Therefore, tho\' we
might very well think our No-
tions extraordinary good and firm
at firft, i.e. before the Revelation ;
yet when God\'s Authority comes
and tells us the contrary, I think
Reafon her felf will think it moft
reafonahle to give place.

Thirdly, how do you know but
one time or other, if not here, at
leaft in the next World, our
Underftandings will be opened fo,
that (tho\' at prefent they cannot fo
much as fee the poffibility of thefe
Arcana) yet, then they fhall fee all
thefe plainly, even fo far as to be
aftiamed of our Dulnefs, while on
this fide the Grave; and yet this
is the Promife of one of the Dif-
ciples of Amida.

What a heavy Rout would not
a raw, untaught, Country Plow-
man make, if you ftiould go to
perfwade him that the World
turneth round as Meat round
the Spit! How many objections
would he make, which tho\' to you
would appear very filly and im-
pertinent, yet to him would feem
very wife and fubftantial ones:
Now how do you know, but
whilft you are crying out Ahfur-
dity! Abfurdity! thofe blefi\'ed
Men who for ought we know
are already admitted to the Sight
of all thofe Things we fee here
but thro\' a Glafs, darkly, would
laugh, or at leaft, which would be
more agreeable to their State, pity
us for our Blindnefs; but much
more for our Incredulity, if they
were to behold our wife Proceed-
ings here !

How many Things are there
which have appeared contrary to
Reafon, impolTible,nbsp;which

either by a more mature Con-
fideration, or by experience, have
been made as clear as the Sun !
And if we may be allow\'d to com-
pare mean little Things to great
ones, I\'ll tell you a Story, not
foreign to our purpofe, A Gentle-
man in Europe, having a mind to
make himfelf merry with fome of
his Fellow-Mathematicians, came
one Day to \'em with a chearful
Countenance, and told them. He
had found the way to make an
Egg ftand on end on a Table,
without any other Support at all;
upon which they all ftood amaz\'d ;
and after having debated the
Matter ferioufly, they voted it
Nemime Contradicente impoffible,
and thought he was in jeft;
wherefore to ftiew he was in
earneft, took the Egg, and broke
one end flat, and fo fet it to ftand
upon the Table.

When they faw the Thing
done, the next Word one fpoke,
was, I could have done it. Blefs
me ! cries another, that I ftiould
not have thought on\'t. You fee, by
this, a Thing which appeared im-
poffible to a whole Company of
truly learned Men, which when
ftiewn, nothing feems eafier ; I
need not make any AppHcation.

A certain Gentleman of your
Party wrote a Book in vindication
of your Opinion, and concludes

with thefe Words, That he refers
his farther ConvicSion till the next
World. I would not advife you to
do the fame, it will not be time
then. And I had as good fancy
firft, that a Man may be faved
without Holinefs, and fo wallow in
Sin all his Life-time, and refer his
farther Convidtion, and if need be
his Converfion till the Day of
Judgment; I think their Cafe
would not be much unlike, unlefs
it be that the firft might have
more Right to plead Igno- than
the latter : You fee I have been
obliged to ftand up for your Reli-
gion, as much as if it had my own,
and that becaufe we in our Religion
have our Myfteries as well as you
in yours ; and are bound to obey,
refpedl: and reverence our Priefts
as well as you yours. But what
was you going to fay, for I have
done

Here at laft we are come to
that fatal Minute, in which I was
unfortunately call\'d away without
ftaying to fee the Conclufion ; and
therefore I muft here leave off en-
treating the kind Reader not to
cenfure me for making the Ja-
panner begin a Speech, and not end
it; as if I fliould go by the common
Proverb, which fays, that Parifli-
Clerks, Women and Fools will
always fpeak the laft Word ;
which was very far from my
Thoughts; but intending from
the beginning to be as juft in
this Relation as I could, I thought
it would be took as an Argument
of my great Sincerity, not to omit
even Three fuch infignificant
Words as, \'But now, Sir.

a-a, a twig, a branch; as a ook, a twig of a
bamboo; a-o baron, a branch of a tree.

a-arras, a step, a pace ; fr. ummarras.
a-arrit, the tress of a woman\'s hair,
a-auton, a measure or instrument to measure
with, as salt; fr. moet.

abak, a small boat or sampan,
abas, the sea.
a-bauch, a bowl,
atoi, pinang or betel-nut.
abissas, things ready for travelling; to make
ready.

abo, ashes or cinders; lime,
ach, rust; ach o dippa, the rust of iron; ach
0 barrieg, the rust of copper; ach, and inach,
im-ach-en, injured by rust.

achachab, five and five, by fives,
aehau-an, a fireplace; the hearth,
achi, semen.
acMeb, or bog, the body,
acho, not yet; acho man o micham, I have
not yet eaten or drunken; acho aban ja ina,
rummies mamaba, I do not yet know it, by and
by I shall know it; also written achai and

achoa, or chauge, enough,
ada, a part or share; fr. mada, to divide,
a-dach, a peg, as that on which arms are
hung; a-dach o balasau, a hanger; fr. ummadag;
also written a-adag.

adach, a coral chain; it may be of poor
materials, but much prized by the natives.

adam, a certain small bird, less than a spai-
row; variegated, with a long tail; from whose
ciy future good or bad fortune may be pre-
sumed ; if it cries out twice, or four times, it
betokens misfortune; but if once, or thrice, or
five times, then good success ; if anything above
this, it intimates a still greater blessing, accord-
ing to the number of cries,
adaudon, the roof of a house,
adda, paddy or rice; used for that production
in its various stages; numatojorien, as it just
shoots forth; minochargaro, as it puts forth a
broad leaf; tummaahbi-alallahach, as it has two
leaflets on the side, and one on the top, a
resemblance being supposed to the lallabach, a
green leek; madorka ja adda, as it is now, one
and a half or two spans high; gummasor
tummaharon summatis, when it has attained its
full length; tummedinnis, when the ear begins
to form; paikon ja adda, when the ear is
perfect, and hangs bent down ; tummaberook ja
adda, when the ear is half ripe; machiech ja
adda, when it is quite ripe, and nearly scorched.

addabon, a calabash; chachied, ditto; tabo,
a large calabash, wherewith to scoop up water.

addad, a piece, an end; addad o ariem, a
piece of a lemon; fr. paddat, to cut or break ;
syn. words, kattach, bitil, borbor.

A-enig, a word or speech uttered quietly, as
if one were ashamed or abashed ; fr. ummenig.

aga, or alam, all kinds of missile weapons, as
spears, javelins, etc.; fr. magga, to cast,
aggan, a crab.

ai, he, that, here, there ; but nothing remote;
syn. words, ai-i, ai-ies, ai-inies, ailo, ailo-ies, and
ailemons.

aicho, and aicho-ies, there, but not far off;
aicho, aichoies, so-o aicho echies, yonder; fait
0 ta, so-o roman kallach, gannumma, there,
beyond, yonder; paita innai maro maicho and
machoies, it is so, there it is; aicho-ech, beyond,
outside, far out of sight.

a-ilijt, the stalk or stem of coarse grass,
aiodup 0 zysha, the setting of the sun.
a-i-or, the following; a-i-or natta, the next;
ajor narroa, etc., a-i-or a mato, next after the
large one, that is, the smaller.

airien, a creation, a formation ; fr. merien.
airo, and esurro, to suppose, to imagine;
aissen is frequently used in different senses;
when alone, it seems to intimate the doing
away with anything, as when anything is burnt;
aissen o chau, it is burnt in the fire; aissen o
cho, some one has taken it away.

alro-ossen, a chair cushion,
aisennas, small stars,
aissillak, nearly hit; syn. chadsja pila.
aito-ito, seven and seven, by sevens,
ake, a word of excuse, when you unknow-
ingly run against any one; as, pray excuse me.

akobos, a hunting-net, placed in the fields to
catch beasts; fr. pakobos, to catch in a net.
al-al, kindness; fr. ma-allal, to be kind,
alam, all kinds of projectile or missile
weapons; fr. malam, to fight with missile
weapons.

allod 0 Ijarri, a whirlwind.
aUa, that, in order that,
alla, show, finery, ornament; fr. malla, or
palla, to set one\'s self off.

alladocli, called in the south kalladoch, a
sort of red beans, which the natives wear round
their necks instead of coral beads j they are very
poisonous.

allecbo, or alleicho, added to a word betokens
doing or suffering; it also refers to the future;
summada alleicho na-amai, which is the same
as summada na-a mamai, to-morrow I will
come.

amaach, the filaments of roots,
ami, a prohibitory expression; as ami a
mochan^ bring no food; ami a man a dat-ai,
do not pick it; fr. man, to eat.

amis, or amisan, the north; matamis-mi-ma,
northward; patamis, trans.ito go to the north.

amo, a plum, a plum-tree; also a peach or
peach-tree; amo o ranna, cheny, or a cheny-
tree.

ani, before this, ago; ani rummies, in former
days j ani zchieta a rummies, ten days ago; ani
naspaat a idas, four months ago; ani tannacho
a baas, nine years ago; animunma and ani-
banno, when did it happen? ani marpesa,
yesterday, or last evening; ani naassa, a little
while ago; anissima, this morning early;
annach, certainly, verily; ansia, yesterday;
ansiutta, the day before yesterday; ani bi-ini,
and anbini, last night; ani baas, or ani mossa,
last year; ani milip, a long time ago; ani aicho,
a very long time since.

anibanno, see aninumma.
anibini, or anbini, last night,
ani-eicho, see ani-milip.
animaxara, it was to-day; in the evenhig.
animarpesa, yesterday evening,
animilip, or ani-eicho, a long time ago.
aninaassa, just now, not long ago.
aninumma, or ani-banno, when was it ?
anissima, this morning, early,
anitiimaam, first, or before,
anizummies, former days,
annach, truly, certainly,
annomannoma, or assanniana, set forward,
ano, pickle.

anshntta, day before yesterday,
a-omo, a lady\'s fillet for the hair,
a-onosoa, salt and water, with which the
natives wash their wounds; compounded of
ao (see ano), pickle, and soa, a wound.

a-orran, maorran, ino-a-orran, fuddled with
drinking, sick ; people also say, madich a marab
a-orran ja ina, sick with drinking, fuddled am I.
a-ot, or autan, a measure, an ell; fr. moet.
apillo, a finger; sini apillo, the thumb;
gakotul 0 rima o sasoot, the forefinger; babat
apillo, the middle finger; aior shiem apillo, the
last finger; shiem apillo dautatsilien, the little
finger; apillono asiel, a toe.

aran, an adopted child, a servant brought up
in the house, but who works for his food; as
aran o cho, one who serves for board and
lodging.

arapocH, a sack or wallet, in which the
natives put their food and clothing, for canying
on their backs while travelling,
araraatta, level plain country,
arararaan a idas, or modarandan ya idas,
full moon ; fr. parara, to enlighten.

ararroa, two and two; ararroa don natta
cho tumkach, from eveiy second house is some
one gone out to hunt,
aras, grass.

arat, tow, lint, a rope, a cord (lighted for
matchlock; hence a match),
arauto, a tub or barrel,
aribaritoat, all sorts of hunting implements;
as bows, arrows, fish-nets, etc. ; fr. maribaribat,
to hunt, or to go a-fishing.

ariem, all kinds of lemons and citrons;
baron o ariem, the tree of the same; ariemmato,
a pumelo.

axis, towards; bajan mataris, to go to the
east; bajan pataris, gone towards, i.e. trans,
arodo, a trevet.

arorroan, or arorroayan, a place of assembly;
ta (or don) o arorro-aijan, the plain or house
where people hold meetings, the palaver house
or ground.

arrar, a fence, a garden; fr. parar, to fence
round,
arrasta, a clod of earth,
arribil, or ballag, household furniture, all
kinds of implements, clothing, and ornaments.

arrihodan, fr. inarribodan, or inoarribodan, to
cast the skin, to moult; root, paribod.

arriborribon, the neck, and the back part of
the head; chauch a arriborribon, the hollow
part of the neck.

arri-eddan, an inmate, a household ; cho don
takalla, a household or family areddan takalla,
ditto.

arrina, great bamboos,
arripas, a centipede; arripas mahahasis
and arripas gagil, these are rare kinds; arri-
pas morrun and arripas a bivog, these are
commoner.

arro, a native arm ring of iron or copper;
also a certain instrument wherewith to pluck
up grass; callaba, the ring of round copper
wire on the forepart of the arm; tallatuis, the
second ring underneath.

arrobo, the rump of a man or beast; taddo-
gon being understood as the upper part of the
body, without neck or head, including the ribs
and breast, and whether there be flesh on or
not; botorro, the stump of a man\'s body when
the head is taken off.

arron, a roll, anything rolled up; arron o
bido, a roll of writing; arron o badsige, a sheet
of paper rolled up; fr. ummarron.
arroro, a top, a whirligig, a branch,
arros-os, fr. inimarros-f a-ar-naros-os, the
noise of the sea; arros-os o abas, the sea
roars; root, parros-os.
arrotsenach, a kind of shield,
asa, wares, merchandise,
asaboan, an instrument for carrying loads
between two, as a bier; asaboan o macha, the
bier of a dead man; fr. passabo, to cany be-
ween two.

asamma, a certain kind of bamboo,
asanas, a threshing floor,
asa-o-taabo, a pig\'s stye,
asas, laziness, idleness; fr. ?nasas, lazy,
slow.

asaspat, four and four, by fours,
asau-an, a barn-floor, where people beat seed
out of the stock; fr. fnasau, to thresh.

asi, a sieve ; asi o riba, a shirt; lit. the white
rim round the neck of a coat.

asian, a pole in the middle of a house;
bandon, the two outer supports where the ridge
pole rests.

asiel, a leg, a thigh; chauch o asiel, the
hollow part under the foot; asiel o zhisya, rays
of the sun.

asjoddon, the sides of a house,
aso, a nail of the finger,
asoan, a large kind of bean, great trees;
ieran, small trees ; a-tsi-tsi, small peas.

assal, a field rat, nearly like the mole,
assanniana, or assanoman-a, or annoman-
noma, to set forward.

atap, a patch, anything used for stopping a
hole or tear, whether sewn, darned, or woven
in; fr. pattap, to stop a hole or tear.

atasaian, or ata%-ajan, a table on which
people eat; a board or tray on which to put
cups and saucers.

atascMet, ten and ten, by tens,
atatta, either, one by one; ararroa, two and
two; atattorroa, three and three ; asaspat, four
and four; achachab, five and five; atattalap,
six and six; aito-ito, seven and seven; maas-
paaspat, eight and eight; atattannacho, nine
by nine ; atatschiet, ten by ten.
atattalap, six by six, by sixes,
atattannacho, nine by nine, by nines,
atattorroa, three by three, by threes,
atauso, a medicine,
ataz-ajan, see atasajan.
ataz-auman, same as ataz-ajan; ata%-ayan,
ditto.

ate, until; as, ijo tatummaap ate o lallian,
you must work till mid-day; ate poa ja kalla-
man ate cahat; fill the pot half full.

atil, instruction, a lesson; ix. pattil, to learn;
atillaijas, school, church, etc.

atim, or atum, caltrops,
atippo, a sparrow-net, a firelock or musket;
fr. pattipo, to shoot.

atite, a word, a speech, an oration to the
people, a sermon; fr. pattite, to speak openly
to t le people.

atoasa, sets forth the special relation be-
tween sister and brother; thus, from this word,
a brother is called not after his brother, but his
sister; and a sister, not with reference to her
sister, but her brother,
atokar, a mast,
a-tsi-tsi, small peas,
atum, see atitn.

au, a sign by which one calls to another; as,
ho ! but it is generally placed after the name
of the person called, as, Cabbau, or Cabba au,
ho! Cabba.

au a-tsi, fright, astonishment,
aubo, a fish-basket, or basket for catching
fish, like a net j aubon, a hen-coop,
auchad, cock\'s spurs.

audik, a swelling, an enlargement j see
ponno, a boil or swelling that comes of itself.
auSat, joy, love; fr. maukat, to love,
aukor, a stopper of a tankard or jug; fr.
pokkor, to put on a stopper,
aurog, the kidneys,
ausa, wax.

ausoan, a way or course, leading anywhere;
as, dema au soa» mosse Batadai ? where are
they going after Bat-a ?
autan, see a-ot.

azjies, strangers, who do not belong to our
town or country; an enemy; fr. mazjies,
enmity.

aziman, a treasure; fr. maziman, to lay up
treasures,
azobat, or a zo babat, half full.

ba, a stool; ba o asielen, a foot-stool,
baak, unemployed, plain, private, vacant,
useless, anything unserviceable.

baan, the superficies of anything both out-
ward and inward; baan o lellum, baan o babo,
circumference on the inside, and the surface on
the top.

baat 0 baam (or baun), a pumpkin; baat o
gagil, a melon; baat o poot, a water-melon.

babassoes, a kiss; fr. pabassoes.
babat, the middle, in the midst; babat a
bi-ini, raldnlght; babat a don, the inner floor of
a house, the inner chamber; babat a pillo, the
middle finger; babat o cho, a man of middling
stature; babat mato matsilo, modei\'ately great
or long.

babechab, a rug or coverlet; fr. pahechab, to
cover any one with a rug.
babennonno, a basin or gong,
babiar, the shoulders, a shoulder of meat;
babiar o aht, a branch of a betel-nut tree.

babidan, the place where men gird themselves,
babido, writing instruments, as pen, pencil,
etc.; fr. pido, a writing.

bablog-i, a certain tree, bearing blue flowers
like the lilac; alabos, aras, same, satik, the
leaves are used for a wounded or sprained limb
{sic).

babisi, standing grain, such as rice, millet,
etc., befoi\'e the seed is formed.

babo, above, up high; also the cry of ail
kinds of birds, the squeaking of mice, rats, or
snakes; erro assi babo hada i, sit on the stool;
tummal ponotazi pana babo, the kite flies up
high ; mampa babo, the cry of birds; mata-
babo, mi, ma, above, up high; pata-babo,
trans.

baboar, honey; also, the spittle or saliva that
is used for making strong drink; fr. poar, to
prepare the saliva for making strong drink,
babobo, a sieve; asi, ditto,
babodol a cog a zysya, about half past four,
baboe, or babo, a pig,
baboeliekh, a pig stye.

baboessan; binaboessan ,\\ntQ baboessan, the
sleeping of the hands or feet; baloessan o asiel,
the hand sleeps; fr. paboessan, not used,
baborra, the foundation of a house,
baborrajan, and baborran, a bamboo frame
for drying fish or flesh; fr. porra, a drying
place.

baborrat, a bandage, that wherewith any-
thing is bound; fr. porrat, to bind,
babosa, or cho, a man, people,
babot, shoes; habot o asiel, the feet; fr.
fabot, to put on shoes.

babries, a loose knot, a snare; babries o raro,
a hat-band; fr. pries, to tie.
baburras, deliverance, redemption,
bach-an, said of any one who has a bone in
his throat; kabach-anja ina, i have, etc.

baoban, a load, also a pair; it is only used of
such things as by nature or art are coupled
together; nata bachan a babat acharrod, a pair
of shoes or stockings,
bacbas, dryness, drought.
baoMnan, the fever; also the verb pret.
binachinan; fut. ino bachinan.

bachor, folly, contention; bachorren, a simple-
ton, a fool; chubboen, ra-choen, and rausan,
ditto.

bachun o tairren, coral,
badda, joined to sjoem, a child; refers to all
children of the male kind, whether of man or
beast; when used alone, it means a full-grown
male among beasts; and among men, a bache-
lor; badda is no longer used after marriage;
from this comes bas a badda, a great boy;
babat a badda, a half-grown young man.

bado, a wave, a billow, a gulf,
bag, or bage, horns; fig. a buck, or deer;
otherwise, o basan.
bagohan, a burden, a couple,
bagcbo, a fruit like small cucumbers,
bagchono-adar, the muscles above the thick
part of the leg.
bagobonotea, the muscles under the armpits,
bagga, the lungs.

bagga 0 chau, or boat o chau, a burning coal,
bai-lalian, about half past nine,
bajan, the east.

balat, a row of two, one beside the other;
fr. palat, to spread one\'s self out twice.

ballag, or arribil, household furniture; all
kmds of implements, clothing, and ornaments,
ballasau, a hanger or chopper,
ba-o a idas, the new moon,
bao, new, young.\'
barbar, the south wind,
bardon, the outer props on which the ridge-
pole rests; all the props of a ridge, whether in
the middle, or at the end.

barieg, or baro, copper,
barok a bok ori, the dewlap of a cow.
baron, a bush, a stock, a tree, a wood; baron
iel-iel, a mulberry tree; baron o bilpil, a plantain
tree; baron o roggo, a cocoa-nut tree; baron o
abi, an areca betel-nut tree; baron o amo, a
plum or peach tree; baron o amo ranna, a
cheriy tree; baron o ariem, a lemon or citron
tree.

baron o ehaar, the shaft of a pen.
barra-baraan, naked; fr. pabarra-barra, to
strip naked; barrabarraas, naked,
barranach, an iron pan.
barras, or bior, the remainder, the overplus,
superfluous; ka barras o koste, ja merien, ka
barras o natta cho saro baddo, there is very little
left to do, there is only one more man needed
{koste is here used for koe%i, little) ; the word
thus used is from me, and is the same with hior-,
barras is used when there is an overplus; me
refers to that which remains.

barren, natural spots on the human body;
borrah, large spots; also drinking spots on the
clothes.

barri, the wind; bar-bar, the south wind;
bar-bayan, the east wind; bar-tsipan, the west
wind; mas oan, the north wind; bar-bayan a
nvannan, the south-east wind; bar-tsipana
mjannan, the south-west wind; barri tabo-ol,
the north-east wind; bar-tsipan a amisau, the
north-west wind; fr. mabarri, to blow.

barri-barren, fr. binarribar, ino-barri-barren,
like barri-barra, the foolish tricks of simple
people ; fr. parribar, not used,
barritok, paper,
barri-ya-oetas, a shower,
barro, a sheaf or bundle; barrono aras, a
bundle of grass; fr. parra, a sheaf.nbsp;\'

barrobo, a field-rat; kamossimos, a field-
mouse ; kadzys, a mouse; kadzies, ditto.

bart, a fly; taitai, turriturri, a firefly; rieb,
a mosquito, a gnat; verb, mabart.
basioen, mouldy,
bassarro, an onion.

batbat, a rope or binding of bamboo; tat-
kach, a bindmg for the hunt; choa, a small
bmdmg of rattan; batbat tsiaas, a short ban-
dage; batbat tasso, a bandage one fathom
long.

batono macha, the pupil of a fish\'s eye.
batono chaohach-oan, a grindstone,
battan, see baddoa.

batur, millet; the word is used regarding
millet m all its stages; tummochar a bart, when

the millet just springs out of the ground;
tummottarria ja batur, when it has two leaflets
on the sides, and one straight up j when it has
three stalks, it is called natoeroa ckaard-, addoho
Men, when the plant is a little larger; it refers
also to the growing of rice ; moeabbar ja batur,
when the rice first shows itself; tummamacho-o
tiretten, and tummacho-a mado, when the rice is
half ripe; machiech ja batur, when it is quite
ripe and nearly burnt up.

bau-o, to take the small-pox; bau 0 bibo
bama; pass, bau 0 as, binau, fr. ino-bauoas, to
have the small-pox.
bayan, the east,
bayus, a storm, a hurricane,
baziap, all kinds of pot-herbs and greens,
that do not grow on trees, but spring directly
out of the earth ; ba%tap baan, mallows ; robar-
roboulaloas, nearly like the mallow, with a
prickly seed; sishien 0 ranna, argentaria;
babinnik, wild marjoram; sarolad, perhaps
basil or balm; babiar, bugle; dirro, sage;
awwyt, wormwood; togea, marjoram; tarra-
ras, purslain; tarraisan, wild chervil; tallili,
sorrel; oe, mead; ba^iep 0 poot, the mustard
plant; rasan, leaves of the violet; tari-masoan,
a lily; arosat and dalobe, sweet smelling plants;
daien a ta, bata, atomo, ditto; rool 0 babo,
thistles; ool, hemp.

baziegh, the skin of a beast; also a shield
to fight with; otherwise, baxiegk 0 malam, a
warrior\'s shield.

baz-o, devil\'s bread, toadstools,
be-bies, a word by which a younger brother
is spoken of with respect to his elder brother;
also a younger sister with respect to her elder
sister; inaYtes, the youngest child ; inababat, the
middle child; inamachen, the eldest child,
beida, the milt of a pig.
beries, a younger brother or sister,
betoto, a dove.

bia, the leaf of a tree or plant; bionot, the
two elevated leaves on the side of the rose;
biorool, the buttocks; challam, the leaf of a
book; challam baritok, a sheet of paper,
bianot, the nostrils,
biarool, the buttocks.

bido, lampblack, ink, paper with ink on it,
black paint; generally all kinds of soot adher-
ing to pots or chimneys; fr. pido, to write.

bigkak, or bigkagh, a porkling, a young pig.
billa, a cleft, a split, a break in anything
hard; fr. pilla, to cleave.

billaak, the breadth of anything,
billabs, a coral; a soldier; young fellows
who have beaten the enemy are thus called,
billang, split bamboos,
billik, coarse cloth woven by the natives; a
handkerchief, a sail-cloth.

billooog, a split bamboo; pron. like billaak.
biloag, or biloagh, a broad spear, a hog-spear,
or halbert.

sabba, a long plantain ~ 0 a siel baba, another
sort,, large and thick -^ — ota oor, a small plan-
tain with a thin skin.

binnan, a deer, whether buck or doe; masorro,
a roe; sinni 0 binnan, a hind; bag 0 basan, a
full-grown buck; bao binnan, a deer one year
old or thereabout; chaddoa, a young deer with
small horns; masham, an old buck.

bio, all kinds of juice or soup in which any
food, whether fish or flesh, is cooked; or, it
may be, pickled, in order to preserve it.
bioa, thunder; poa bioa, it thunders,
bioac, the same as barras, supei-fluous.
bioes, the paunch ; tiles,
bior, see barras.

bisa, a dart or arrow; bisa 0 roddok, a
common kind of dart; bis 0 tallapiech, a large
dart; borro^ a hard reed of which arrows are
made.

bitik, a word used when anything is pulled,
cut, pr broken in pieces, leading people to
exclaim, it is all over! see giech, to tear, and
ossot, to plunder; bossot, it is out! also chos,
cho-os, when it has been drawn out long, giech,
used when anything is torn; bock-ies, it is in
pieces! i.e. when anything falls in pieces;
bottok, it is advised; goch, it is in ; bottok, it
cracks.

bitil, a long piece or end broken off or cut
from the length of anything; it differs from
borbor and kattach.

bo, kindness, compassion; ellipa ja bo no cho
zies, there is no kindness in that man\'s soul.

boa, all kinds of seed and fruit of a tree or
plant; also the flesh of beasts and fishes; also
a person; boa tel-iel, the mulberiy; boa roggo,
the cocoa-nut; boa amo, a plum or peach ; boa
amo ranna, a cherry; boa pilpil, a plantain;

boa abi, an areca nut; boa arien, a lemon or
citron; boa idoan, grapes; ha-o, the dregs of
native liquor.

bo-ai, a tankard; also bagi and tapollagi.
bo-ar, mud, a layer,
bo-at 0 chau, live coal,
bobor 0 Che, a beetle.

boch-les, a word used when anything falls to
pieces ; see bittik and gick, to fall to pieces,
boch-o, a stink; fr. mabocko, rotten,
bodda, an abacus; boddo, ditto; the stick
and other instruments by which the natives
reckon; fr. pado, an abacus.

boeboe, forefathers; boebos, ancestors in
general; grandfather, grandmother, etc.
boelassx, the bladder,
boesini, a grandmother,
boesjam, or boesyam, a grandfather,
boesum, the heavens, heaven,
boe-sing\', or boe-tsina, a fan ; tatabbis, ditto,
bog, or bogk, the body; the skin of a man
or beast before it is stripped off; also the outer
bark or shell of anything; bach o adda, the
husk of paddy with the grain inside; bach o
bilpil, the skin of a plantain; bach o baron, the
bark of a tree ; bog o macha, the eyelids ; bogh
0 lullach, the foreskin, the preputium.

bokkebok, tilled up; ribokbok, a stuffed coat j
ballabal, wadding, as cotton, etc.
bokkir, the throat.

bokkob, anything stuffed; as Japanese
cloaks, or old Flemish breeches; fr. this comes
ribokbok, a stuffed coat.

bokkol, a deformity of person whereby people
go bent or double; bokkollen, to go bent through
infirmity; mabokkollen mima, crooked; pabok-
kollen, to make crooked; bohkoUen, one who has
such a deformity.

bon, blunt at the point, dull; verb, mibonbon.
bonna, a field, all kinds of fields,
bonnad, sand.

bonn. o aribaribattan, hunting ground,
bonn o tataapan, tilled ground,
bonnon, same as bonnao.
bo-o, the lees of native wine; cha, the dregs
pressed out therefrom.

boo, a floor raised above the ground,
boot, a plank; a floor raised above the
ground, such as are seen in the granaries of the

natives, or before their doors, to prevent damp;
boot 0 hatta, a cage; boot a baron, a plank.

borra, to appease, to be at peace; boor o
azies, or borra azies, allies; fr. maborro, peace,
and ahorro, to pacify.

borrak, large spots, with which men are
sometimes born; also the stains with which
drinkers soil their clothes.

borrasoE, verb, binorrason, fut. inoborrason,
ger. borrasoa, to become mouldy and spoiled;
borrason a uppo, mouldy bread,
borrere, a wen.

borroch o ata^jan, the edge of a table,
borroch o not, a boil on the nose,
borroch o ta, an island,
borrog, or borrogh, anything that projects
above another or lumpish ; borrog o not, a bump
on the nose, etc., see under borroch-, verb,
maborroch mi, ma.

bossor, the root of a tree or plant,
bossot, a word used when anything is drawn
out, leading us to say, it is out; also when
any one comes forward, as bassot ja icho, he is
come fonvard ; fr. pahossot, to draw out.

bottoos, a cat; proverb, assouk i orran mausi
0 bottoos, i.e. to pass for a fool in the world ;
bottoos 0 adda, a musk cat.

bottoro, the trunk of the human body with-
out the head,
bottul, a spear,
bree, a bow.

cha, the dregs of strong liquor, in which
there is no more juice ; it differs from
rasras.

chachaab, a scoop-net; the same as chag-
chaab, a fisherman\'s sweep-net; fr. chummaab,
to fish with a sweep-net.

cliaohap, the covering of a pot, pan, canister,
or chest; also a door or window,
chachap au maeha, a burial place,
chachap o po-o, the knee-pan.
chaclian, a besom; or chagchau-, fr. chum-
mau, to sweep.

cnachilip, a tailor\'s shears, forceps; fr.
chummiliep, to cut with the shears, or scissors,
chachirrich, a line or stripe,
chach 0 bonnan, any frame for the setting up
of arms; fr. chummollan, something lying over
one another.

chachuppir, stubbornness, opposition; fr.
chumptr, to break through,
chad, the calf of the leg.
ohadsja, or chadiia, or olla, nearly, almost;
chadsia madick, almost sick; chadsia macha,
almost dead; chadsja manja ina, i have nearly
had enough, e.g. olachal adsia, olochal adsja,
olamamoeda, all these words are of similar
signification, and appear to denote a kind of
complaining; olamamoeda, olach adsja macha,
he is nearly dead,
eliagli, see chach.
chagcliaab, see chachaah.
chagcliau, see ckachau.
chagchi, a bodkin; fr. chummi, to make a
hole with a bodkin.

chagcliied, anything to scoop with, as the
native gourds; fr. chummied, to scoop out of a
pot or pall.

chagcbo, lye, with which the natives wash
their linen or heads ; fr. chummachcho, to wash
with lye.

chaggai, a remnant of silk or worsted stuff;
chagchai, a small napkin of silk or woollen.

chaggi, to purpose; maho chaggi, to know,
to mean; o chaggi, to do to purpose; kama
chaggi, to know very well.

chaibos, or haihos, a name given by the
natives to the devil; proverb, gi-roan haihos a
sjies, a half devilish mind,
cbalapiet, the milt.

challam, a leaf; challam o bido, a leaf of a
book; challam o barritok, a sheet of paper;
michalla challam, a book with many leaves;
also linen folded up.
challo, soft reeds, growing among the grass,
chamma, a sort of drink or sugar-beer, a

channumma, also chauch, a hole or pit in the
ground; also a hollow place in anything;
chauch 0 arriborribon, the hollow in the neck ;
chauch 0 asiel, the hollow place under the feet;
fr. pachauch; chauch 0 ranna, a valley.

Char, the breath or voice of a man or beast,
the smell of anything; also clay; char 0 cho,
the cry of a man or beast, the smell of anything,
clay; ombo no char 0 bassaro 0 biman, to smell
vinegar; tsimimls 0 char 0 machan 0 chamma,
to try the taste of food or beer.

char-don, the environs of a house so far as
the ground around belongs to it, within the fence.

charri 0 zijsia, 0 idas, 0 baas, some days,
months, or years, but not all.
charrod, stockings,
chasi, a bat.
chatto, smoke, tobacco,
chau, fire.

chaucli, a ditch, all kinds of indentation in
anything; chauch 0 ranna, a valley.

change, enough; as acho and ami, words
whereby men signify they desire no more; it
differs from ka micho and ochal.
chaulachol, the great gut.
Che, dung, refuse; che 0 macha, matter from
the eyes; che 0 charrina, ear-wax.
cheison, wild chervil,
cheme, pus, matter ; fr. chummime.
cM, rushes for making into mats,
chielchiel, the claws or hoofs of a beast,
chili, the testicles.
cMmogli, foulness, sweepings,
chimotor, the elbow.

chin, certain brown insects, which sit and
sing in the grass, very much like grasshoppers.

cM-oor, a turbot, a bud, such as shoots forth
from the trees; fr. chummioor, to sprout.

cMpassanan, chinipassanan, inochipassanan,
to fall down through weakness, as those who
are become thin through sickness, or who have
lost their strength by travelling or fasting,
chirrap, food sticking between the teeth,
cho, a man; also a people; cho don, kindred,
the people of the house,
choa, small rattans,
choan, the belly.

chôme, or chomi, the milt or roe of a lish.
chomi, yarn for weaving, worsted,
chommottal, ckummottol, cka-chummottol, ger.
chottolla, inf. chottollen, chinottol, inchottollen, to
beat with the fist j ckummottol, chachattol, a
blow with the fist.

cho-o, a sprout, when it first shoots out of
the ground ; fr. chummo-o, to spring out of the
ground.

chor, the fat of the inwards,
chorrien, hard of hearing, deaf,
chubboen, a simpleton ; one who has the
falling sickness; chubbo-chubboen, intens. chub-
boen, verb act. mahubboen and machubbochubboen,
chumaab, chinummaab, chachummaab, ger.
chaaba, inf. chaaben, chinmb, inochaahben, to
fish with a sweep-net.

chumda, chi, cha, cheda, ckedaan, chienda,
inochedaan, early in the season ; = padaat,
fachdo, trans, nom. chachda, early time.

chummabal, chinummabal, chachummabal,
ger. chaballa, inf. chaballen, chinabal, inocha-
ballen, to say anything to put one out of counte-
nance, or make one afraid ; pachabbal, to cause
such to be done; chachahal, a threatening
= lallalak, a frightening; ma-achachabal, =
marais a cho, a threatener.

chummacha, chinummacha, chachummacha,
chachachachaan, chinacha, inochachaas, to look
for, to seek out ; pachacha, pi, pa, apachacha,
ipachacha, inipachacha, ino-ipachacha, to search
out ; piri mario, to seek out the best ; chum-
macho 0 arribel o naupoot, to look out for good
clothes ,• chummachd\'mammal, to look out for a
lover, it is used for men as well as things,-
chachacha, a searching out; maachacha^ha, a
searcher.

chummachcho, chinummachcho, chachum-
machcho, chachchoa, chachchoan, chinachchoan,
inochachchoan, to wash with lye ; pachachcho,
pinachachcho,papachachcho, ipachachchoa, ipach-
achcho, inipachachcho, inotpachachcho, to do as
above ; chumachcho no riba, to wash clothes ;
ma-achachachcho, a washerman ; chach-cho, lye
to wash with.

chummaoho, chinummacho, chachummacho,
ger. chacho-o, inf. chachon, chinacho, inochach-
on, to polish; pachacho, to polish, etc.; cho
chummacho, inochachon, bato achoan, the man
polishes, the knife is whetted, the stone
grinds it sharp; chachach-o, a grinding; ma-
acha chach-o, a grindstone.

chummad, chiutxmmad, chachumTnad, ger.
chadda, inf chadden, chinad, ino-chadden, retri-
bution, whether good or bad; pachad, trans.
chachad, reward ; ma-achachad, a rewarder.

chummadik, chi, cha, chaddikka, chaddikken,
chinaddik, ino-chaddikken, to approach ; pachad-
dik, to cause to draw near; chachaddik, an
approach ; ma-achachaddik, activ. any one who
comes near; activ. ma-achaddik, one who is
come near; fr. m^chaddik, chaddik, the draw-
ing near of a matter.

chummagchil, chinummagchil, chachummag-
chil, ger. chachilla, inf. chagchillan, chimagchil-
lan, inochagchillan, to come up with any one in
walking or running; pachachil, chachachchil,
nom. subst ma-achachachil, a good runner that
can overtake others.

chummai, chinummai, chachummai, ger. chai-
a, inf. cha-in, chinai, inochaittin, to carry on the
back ; pachai, trans, chachai, nom. subst.
ma-achachai.

chummalgal, chi, cha, chalgalla, the barking
of dogs; pachalgal, trans, chachalgal, a bark-
ing; nom. ma-achchalgal, to bark.

chummallak, chi, cha, challakka, chilahken,
chimallak, inochallakken, to cover over, as tum-
makken ; achallak, trans.

chummallam, chinummallam, chachummal-
lam, ger. challama, anything that lies over
another, as clothes, etc.; also to hang or put
one thing over another.

chummalt, chinummalt, chachummalt, ger.
chatta, inf. chattan, chinattan, inochattan, to pay
a ransom for a murderer ; according to the old
native custom, a pig for a man ; also to pay a
fine for any misdeed ; pachalt, trans, to cause
such to be done ; also simply to give back or
repay one thing for another, like for like, what-
ever it be ; chachalt, the punishment laid on
any one as a ransom for murder; also the
judgment that is annexed to murder; atea zij-
sja 0 chachalt o tapos o cho, until the day of the
judgment of all men ; ma-achachalt, a ransomer;
that is, one who pays the ransom.

chummanied, chinmumanied, chachummanied,
ger. channida, the screaming, howling, and cry-
ing, whether of children or adults.

chummannagh, chi, cha, channagha, channa-
ghan, chinannaghan, inochannaghan, to make a

chummap, chimmap, chachummap, ger.
chappa, inf. chappen, chinap, inochappen, any-
thing put into the ground; as chummap o
macha, to plant anything in the ground, so
that a part sticks up, as when people plant
treesa so to shut a door, window, chest, etc.,
but with these two last meanings the word is
changed into ichappa, ichap, inichap, inoichap,
inf. chappan, chinappan, inochappan-, chappen o
macha o baron, to bury the dead, or to plant
the trees; ichap ja teip ja don, the chest or
house is shut up; chappen ja telp, to shut a
box; ma-achochcip o macha, a sexton; ma-
achachap a baziep, a gardener; chachap, a
plantation; also a planter; ditto, a »cover, a
door; ta chappen ja chappanni o baron, bossor,
baziep, etc., the earth covers the trees, roots,
plants, etc.

ehummappachappa, chinummappachappa,
chachummappachappa, ger. chappachappa, stub-
born, shameless, haughty, to bawl and tear in
a quarrelsome manner; chummappachappo, cho,
the same as; chummabal, chachappachappa,
stubbornness; ma-achachcippachappa, a stub-
born, troublesome person.

chummar, chinummar, chachummar, ger.
charra, inf. charren, chinar, inocharren, ino-
chaan, to burn up; pachar, trans, cho chummar,
aras baron, don charren; or chaan, chauman,
people have set the grass on fire, and it is burnt,
the fire consumes; chue har paga chachar assa-
ban, there is a fire in the village; ma-achachar,
one who sets anything on fire.

chummaraddo, chi, cha, charaddoa, charaddoon,
chinaradodo, inocharadodoon, the same as rum-
marro, to encircle ; pacharadodo, trans, chacha-
radodo, nom. chummarapo, chi, cha, charopoa,
charapoon, chinarapo, inocharapoon, to cover a
chamber with anything, to guard the window
with a bamboo ; chacharapo, from pacharapo, a
covering, or placing.

chummarod, chinummarrod, chachummarrod,
ger. charrodda, to put on one\'s stockings;
pacharrod, pi, pa, ipacharodda, to cause one to
put on stockings; charroddas, chinarroddan,
ino-charroddan,^ charroddan, ja asiel, the legs
are covered with stockings; charrod, ipachar-
rod, the stockings are on ; charrod, stockings;
ipacharrod asia shiem, put on the child\'s stock-
ings.

ger. charoppa, inf. charoppan, inicharop, inocha-
roppan, to gather and take up with the hands,
as rice, barley; also to rake dirt together;
pacharop, trans, chacharop, such scraping to-
gether ; ma-achacharop, one who thus scrapes,
chummarrad, the same as chummallam.
chnmmaschas, cMnummaschas, chachummas-
chas, ger. chaschassa, inf. chaschassen, chinas-
chas, inochaschassen, to scrape anything even.

chummat, chinummat, chachummat, it is high
water, but this is only said of the sea, and not
of rivers ; it is used when the water stands still,
and does not flow; chachat, high water; sa-
banno, ja chummat ai? when is it high water ?
chummat j a to, it is high water.

chummattad, chi, cha, chattadda, chattaddan,
chinattaddan, inochattad.dan, to shadow, to over-
shadow ; pachattad, trans, nom. chattad, a
shadowing; chattadan or chattadayan, a
shadowy place, a covering for the sun.

chummau, chinummau, chachummau, ger.
chau-a, inf. chauan, chinau, inochaunan, to
sweep; pachau, trans, chachau, a besom; ma-
■amp;chachau, a sweeper; cho chummau, the man
sweeps ; chauan ja don, the house is swept.

chummeoheo, chinummeocheo, chachummeocheo,
cheoche-oa, cheocheoon, chineocheoon, inocheo-
cheoon, to bore a hole a little wider, as with a
knife, the point of a bill, etc.; pacheocheo, pin-
acheocheo,papacheocheo, ipacheocheoa, ipacheocheo,
inipacheocheo ino-ipacheocheo, to cause such to
be done.

chummeriel, chinummeriel, chachummeriel, to
saw; cherila, cherilen, inocherilled-, pacheriel,
pi, pa, ipacherilla, a saw; ma-achacheriel, a
sawyer.

chummero, chinummero, chachummero, ger.
chera, inf. cheroan, chinero, imcheroon, to
make straight; pachero, trans, chummero no
tees, an upright forehead; chache-ro, nom. sub.
a making straight; also that by which anything
is made straight.

chummi, chinummi, chachummi, ger. chia,
inf. chien, chini, inochien, to bore a hole with a
bodkin; chagchi, a bore.

chummitaar, chinummibar, chachummihar, ger.
chibarra, inf. chibarren, chinibar, inochiharren,
to stir about food in the cooking, that it may
not be burned; also to row; pachibar, trans.
chibarren, inochan, abak, the food is well stirred,
or the boat is rowed; chachibar, a stirring
about; chachibar o abak, the rowing of a, boat;
ma-achachihar, a boatman, a rower.

chummiclii, chinummtchl, chachummkhi, ger.
ichichia, inf. ichicha, inichicha, inochichi, to pour
in, to cast in, as in a pot, can, or bottle, etc., to
pour out; packichi, trans, chumma, o to ichkhi,
tiie beer, or water is poured out; chummichi o
to, 0 bonnad, to pour out water or sand ; = tum-
mis, to throw away; chachichi, a pouring out or
pouring in; chachichi o to o chamma, a pouring
out of water or beer; ma-achachich, one who
pours out, a cupbearer.

chummied, chinummied, chachummied, chida
chiden, chinied, inochiden; from whence chidan,
chinidan, inochidan, to draw with a pot or pail;
when anything is drawn out of one vat into
another, the bucket is called chidan, as chidan
ja mallo, a bucket for lading; kaijo chachichied,
a receiving vat.

chummied, chi, cha, chieddan, chidden, chinied,
inochiedden, to fence in, to inclose; porchted,
trans, chached, a fence; ma-achachied, to in-
close.

cMmmieg, chinummieg, chachummieg, ger.
chiegcha, inf. chiegchegen, chiniegch, inochieg-
chen, to roast; = summoso, pachieg, trans.
chachieg tsi binnan, the fish or flesh is fried;
chachieg, a roasting, or frying; maachachien,
one who fries.

chummillip, chinummillip, chachummillip, ger.
chilippa, inf. chilippen, chinilip, inochinilippen, to
cut with shears; chummillip naupoot, to cut
linen; naupoot chilippen, the linen is cut up;
chachilip, scissors; ma-achachilip, one who cuts
with scissors.

chummlme, chinummime, chachummime, che-
mea, cheme-in, chineme, inocheme-in to press out
pus from a boil; pachetne, pinacheme, papa-
cheme, ipachemea, ipacheme, inipacheme, ino-
ipacheme, to cause such to be done; chummime
0 soa, to press out a wound; chemeis soa, the
wound is pressed out; cheme, pus.

clmmniiinit, chinummimit, chachummimit, ger.
chimta, inf chimten, chinimit, inochimten, to
secure, to cause to take care of, to protect, to
rule, to take charge of; pachimit, trans, ma-ach-
achimit, a superintendent, a ruler; chachimit, a
rule; pachimit, to take care of; pachimit o
assaban, a garrison to take care of a town,
chummimo, the same as chummibar.
cliummmnl, chi, cha, chinnia, chinni-in, chinni,
mo-chinni-in, to grin, to laugh; pachini, trans.
chachinni, a grinning; ma-achachinni, one who
grins.

chumminoch, chinumminoch, chachumminoch,
chinoch-a, chinoch-en, chininoch, inochinochen,
that which is disapproved of in anger, or cast
away in contempt; pachinoch, po, pa, ipachi-
nocha, etc., to cause such to be done ; it betokens
also to throw away anything in anger and
break it in pieces.

camp;ummio, chinummio, chachummio, chioa,
chioan, chinio, inochioan, to put away; chummio
no man michan patite, to avoid eating and
drinking openly; chummio no cho, to get away
the people; cho chioan, the people are gone.

cliummior, chinummior, chachummior, to
sprout forth as trees; pachior, trans, oetas
pachior o barros, the rain makes the trees bud ;
chioor, a bud.

chummir, chi, cha, chirra, chirron, chinir,
inochirran, to hover as birds, when they
keep their wings still; pachier, to cause such
to be done; it is used also of trees or grass,
when they gently wave their heads.

chiimmirricli, chirrichen, chinirrich, ino-
chirrichen, to draw a right line; pachirrich, pi,
pa, ipachirricha, ipachirrich, inipachirrich,
ino-ipachirrich, to cause such to be done;
chummirrich, as kummirrich, chachirrich, a right
line.

chunmiscMs, chinummischis, chachummischis,
ger. chischissa, inf. chischissen, chinischis, ino-
chischissen, to produce fire by the rubbing of
two bamboos together; pachischis, trans, chum-
mischis a chau, to produce fire.

ehnmmisel, chi, cha, chisella, chisellen,
chimisel, inochisellen, to take by force what
another has chosen, as a young maid, or goods
of any kind.

cMmmo, chinummio, chachummo, choa, choon,
chino, ino-choon, pacho, trans, to lace anything
with a string or rattan; fairies choon o sarries
chacho, beads threaded on a string; chachono
tairies, a stringing of corals.

ehummoa, chinummoa, chachummoa, ger.
choa, inf. choan, chinoa, inocho-an, to lace
together; pachoa, trans, chachoa, a lacing
together; chummoa o gagir, to lace the nets
together, to fasten.

chummo-a-clio, cM cha, to root, to poke,
chummo-acho-ar, chinummo-acho-ar, cha-
chummo-ach o-ar-, ger. cho-acho-arra ■, inf
cho-acho-arren, chino-acho-ar, ino-cho-acho-arren,
to mix one thing with another; to stir up from
the bottom; as chummibar-, pacho acho-ar,
trans.

chummoar, the same as chummibar.
chummobbechob, chinummobbechob, chachum-
mobbechob, ger. chobbechobba, inf chobbechobben,
chinobbechob, ino-chobbechobhen, to tuck up, to
strip up, as the sleeves of a coat; also to stir

up to diligence in work; pachohechooh, trans.
chachohechooh, nom.; chuniTnobechooh 0 tum-
maap, to stir up, to work; cho, chohechohen,
chummohhechoh riba, lilt 0 riba, to strip up the
sleeves, up to the armpits.

chnmmobon, chinummohon, chachummohon,
ger. echohoma, inf. ichobon, ini-chioboon, ino-
ckiobon, to put into the sheath, to sheath;
ckobonnan, chinohonnan, inochobonnan ; packohon,
trans.; ckobon, nomen, a sheath.

chummod, ckinummod, ckachummod, ger.
chodda, inf. chodden, chinod, inochodden, to
commit adultery, to seek an improper connec-
tion, or the improper connection itself; sai
sini, su chommod ina, mirab pallo achachod,
sjiem, there is a woman come to ask me to let
her son go free; pachod, trans.; chachod,
whoredom, adultery; ma-achachad, a whore-
monger, an adulterer.

chummolliehol, chinummollichol, cha-chum-
mollichol, ger. chollicholla, inf chollichollen,
chinollichol, inochollichollen, to put out, to put
away; pachoUichol, trans, chachollichol.

chummolliet, chi, cha, chollietta, ckollietten, ino-
chollien, inochoUietten, the same as hummahim-
motto; chachollien, nom. chummollicholp riba, to
undress; chummollichol 0 ba%igh, to flay; nom.

ehummollolc, chinummollok, chachummollok,
ger. chollokka, inf chollokkan, chinollokkan,
inochollokkan, to change things of the same sort
one with another, whether openly or in secret;
pachollok, trans.; chachollok, to exchange,
barter; chachollok 0 arribil, to exchange fur-
niture.

chummomach, chinummomach, chachum-
momach, chomacha, chomachen, chinomach,
inocho-machen, to rub; chummomach 0 sassi, to
salt; pacho-mach,pipapa-chomach, ipachomach-a,
ipachomach, inipachomach, ino-ipachomack, to
cause such to be done ; chummomach 0 abo, to
plaster with lime ; chachomach 0 abo a plaster-
ing.

chummomochomo, chinummomockomo, cha-
chummomochomo, chomochomoa, chomochomoon,
chinoTmchomoon, ino-chomochomoon, to rub any-
thing gently with the palm of the hand;
pachomochomo, to rub with the hand any place
that itches.

ehummonagh, chi, cha, chinagha, chonaghen,
chinonagh, ino-chonaghen, to tempt; lummalla,
ditto ; pachonagh, as lalala; ma-achachonag, as
ma-alala, a tempter.

chummonchos, chi, cha, chonchonna, a plough ;
ponchonchos, to plough ; chachonchon, a plough-
ing.

chummo-0, chinummo-o, chachummo-o, to
spring out of the ground ; pacho-o, pi, pa,
ipacho-oa, ipacho-o, inipacho-o, ino-ipacho-o, to
arise, to spring up; cho-o, a sprout.

chummosohos, chinummoschos, chachum-
moschos, ger. choschossa, inf choschossen,
chinoschos, inochoschossen, anything badly, or
raggedly cut.

chummoschos, chi, cha, choschosse, pass-
choschossen, chinoschos, inochoschossen, idem
tummaschos, to cut ofF; pachoschos, trans.

chummote, chinummote, chachummote, choten,
chote, chinate, inochoten, to punish ; as tummea
and pachote; chachote, punishment; ma-acha-
chote, punisher.

chummottol, a blow with a fist,
chumpe, chinumpe, chachumpe, ger. chuppea,
inf. chuppein, chinuppe, inochuppein, bamboos
made flat like boards ; pachuppe, trans.

chumpir, chinumpir, chachumpir, chuppirra,
chuppirren, chienpier, ino-chuppirren, to break
through ; as men say, chun^ir 0 arros, 0 to, 0
azjies, to push through the grass, the water, the
enemy, etc.; pachuppir, pinachuppir, papachup-
pir, ipachuppirra, to cause such to be done;
chachuppir, a breaking through ; chachuppir 0
to, the breaking through of water.

chumsan, chinumsan, chachumsan, the in-
and expiration of the breath; it difl\'ers from
pauchar, which means, to blow strongly;
chachsas, nom. the breath.

daas, the scales of a fish,
dabe, a pail, a water-pot.
dachum, the shadow or darkness which the
clouds make on the ground, when they obscure
the sun, for otherwise the shadow of a tree is
called ronno; verbum, midach-um ; paidach-um,
trans.

dadach, the stalk of plants, melons, etc.
daddalizi, a dance ; fr. dummalizi.
daddassas, the crop of birds.

dag-h, over, done ; ka dagkja zichil, the sor-
row is over; ka dagh ja mapich, the fight is
done j ka dagh ja oba, the drowsiness is
past.

dakrap, cannot well be translated ; dakrap j a
mampa, there sits the bird; innai honna da mui
dakrap, I am come out of the field, and here I
sit.

dallassan o bam, darri darri, a clock,
dalli, a wagtail; hence the proverb, tumcha
masoan, sai don ja dalli, nameroos ja badda,
masumak ja baas, the northern monsoon
approaches, the swallow returns to her house,
the bachelors wish to many, it is now the time
for pairing.

dautatsitnoben, the little finger,
dazlno, a flying kite; as taz-i.
dazjo, the blade of a sword or knife, to which
the handle is fixed.

de, in, somewhere, there; de don, in the house;
de Tackais, near Tackais; but the de is com-
monly joined to two other words, as lellum
(also lallum), and pana, which the first means
\' in,\' and the second \' there\'; thus, instead of
the above, they say, de lellum don, pana de Tac-
kais ; de is not seldom found after innai, and
thus serves to point out a place; as innai (also
inni), de errenerren-, fr. Favorlang ; de means
also Xitw,paga barron de tabaipau j a don-, nata-
roa, mini, de lellum, inni, is of the same mean-
ing ; sometimes i is used, as kakoren i barrien,
for lellum.
decbo, they.

deeg dillij, any evil that we deserve, or have
brought on ourselves; thus they say,_;a a deeg,
or dillij, it is well arranged, you have your
deserts.

dema, who, what, which, where,
dema, indema, indea, inde, de, are all of one
meaning, as pana dema, pana de, where are you
going? N.B. numma is sometimes used for
dema, as mosse-numma for mosse-dema, where are
you going ?

dlcli, a sickness ; fr. madich.
dille, all sorts of young birds, just hatched
and not yet fledged.

dimmo, xinemmo, dadimmo, ger. doa, inf doon,
zinoon, inodoon, to pull upwards, to hoist, as

people draw water out of a well; pado, trans.;
dummono dale, to draw up a pitcher; dabe ka-
doon, means also to take a pot off the fire,
dipa, lest,
dippi, iron.

doat, coarse long grass, a jungle full of reeds
and rushes, such as grow on the banks of rivers
and morasses.

dogb, manner, custom; kadogh, costume,
ceremonies; kadog o assaban, kadog o anibaas,
the custom of a village, the usage of former
years; the same as madarram, to be accustomed
to.

dollidol 0 baron, the top of a tree,
don, a house, a great vessel; don o adonni,
a kitchen, a cook-house.

doogh, to beat; ka doogh ja na oeno, my
head beats; syn. tummok, to beat; doogh has
no tenses.

dumbor, zinumbor, tadumbor, doborra,
doborren, zinobor, inodoborren, padabor, trans,
to take away against one\'s will; as maupis
poas ka sai dumbor na mochan ja mado, the dog
has taken away my food, to constrain another
to do anything, either willingly or not, to hold
fast, and not to let go; as Tnadabdab, elli pittol
0 meacha, dombor o maumali o meroos; dumbor
0 arribil, dumbor o cho, to take away clothes, to
steal a man; nomen, subst. daddobor, daddobor
0 ballag, depriving another of his goods; ma
addobor, an oppressor, a tyrant.

dummaat, zinummaat, tadummaat, ger.
daatta, to approach, to draw near; passi. daatten,
dsinaat, inodaatten, that which is approached ;
padaat, to draw near; dummadaat, intens.;
taddaat, a drawing near ; dummaat o assaban o
sabba, dummaat ta deon, to draw near a village,
or a river, to draw near to God.

dummachal, dsi, tad, dach-alla, dach-allen,
zinach-al, ino-dach-allen, to turn over the
ground with a spade or hoe; padach-al,
daddach-al, a digging up, also a hoe; ma
ataddach-al, a digger.

dummaggo, zinummaggo, tadummaggo, imp.
daggo-a, not to stand upright, to overhang, is
generally said of men, houses, trees, etc.;
padaggo, trans, dummaggo, o moddan asjoddon,
the gable or wall hangs over; tadaggo, nom.
subst.

dummalimogh, zimmmalimogh, tadummali-
mogh, is said of the sky, when it appears hazy
as in a drizzling shower; dummalimogh o husum,
the sky is lowering.

dnmmalizi, %i, tad, dalixia, dali%ian, %i-
nali%an, imdali%ian, to dance; padalizi, trans.
daddalizi, a dance; ma adaddalizi, a
dancer.

dnmmallap, dsi, tadum, dalafpa, to thatch a
house with grass, that is when a portion of the
old thatch remains.

dnmmap, xinummap, tadummap, dappa, dap-
pen, %inap, inodappen, = chummagchil, to over-
take.

dtunmapal, zinummapal, tadummapal, ger.
dapalla, inf. dapallan; dapallan baron, hato
asiel, rima oenoete idapal, idapal, inidapal, inoida-
pal, xinapallan, inodapallan, to run against any-
thing, as kadoog-, padapal, trans, daddapal, a
push, a clash; daddapal o asiel, to knock the
foot against anything.

dummaraggadaggal, zinummaraggadaggal,
tadummaraggadaggal, darraggadaggalla, to
stumble.

dummarau, zinummarau, tadummarau, ger.
darau-a-, inf. daraun, zenarau, inodaraun, to
bend half round, to make a semi-circle; padarau,
trans, modarau, semi-circular; neutr. daddarau,
a semi-circle.

dummaribodlbo, the same ; imp. tarihodiboa,
modaraudau, modaribodibo, like a circle;
daddaraudau, daddaribodibo, a circle.

dummaries, zinummaries, tadummarries, ger.
darriesa; inf. idarries, inidarris, inoidarries,
darriessan, inidarries, imdarriessan, to lock up
or fasten; padarries, trans, chachap idarries,
don darriessan, to fasten on a lid, to lock up a
house; daddarries, a lock.

dummarraab, zinummarrab, tadummarrab,
ger. dorr abba, inf. darraban, zinarraban, ino
darraban, to line, or to fix the lining in a gar-
ment ; also to put one garment over another;
also to live in adultery; padarrab, trans.

dummarradarrab, the plural of the preced-
ing ; padarrab, trans.; hence dar dar ab, lining.

dummarram, zinummarram, tadummarram,
ger. darrama, to practise one\'s self in anything,
is used both for teacher and learner; passi. dar-
ramen, dsimarran, inodarrammen, dummarran,
tummoch o bido, to practise one\'s self in read-
ing, is verbum act.; dummarram o sisjiem o
tummoch o bido, the children exercise themselves
in reading; madarram, = maha, to know;
padarram, dummarram, acho maha, not yet
known; dummarram meach ta deos, to practise
one\'s self in praying to God; daddaram, nom.
exercise; daram, to exercise one\'s self; tadda-
ram, one who is practised; daddarran o aiacha,
a meeting for prayer; ma adaddarram, one who
exercises himself or another.

dummarrogigodoggo, zinummarrogigodoggo,
tadummarogodoggo, ger. darroggodoggo-a, to walk
double, as old people or those who are deformed
do, to spy out anything; the same as kokkollen,
pikkon sies, bent at the end; daddarroggodoggo;
nom. the same as ababad pikkon, a hunchback.

dummasdis, dsi, tad, imp. das diss en, to sit,
to squat down, as when men sit on their heels;
padasdis, trans, nom. daddasdis.

dummau, to do anything in the place of
another, or to succeed to one, dsi, tadum;
imp. daua; nom. dau, instead of another;
maanau, one who comes in the place of another
to do or suflfer anything for him.

dummaukauka, zinummaukauka, tadum-
maukauka, ger. daukauka-a, is said of drunkards
who go staggering about the streets.

dummauko, zinummauko, tadummauko, ger.
daukoa, to lift up the head high, either because
people can see with difficulty, as mitebabo baak,
merely to look up high; inomaso kummeriel,
to pay the more attention; padauko, trans.

dummeodeo, zinummeodeo, tadummeodeo, long
and trailing, as a long garment, a long tail,
long hair, etc.; dumeodeo, arriba, tau, the gown
trails, the hair hangs long.

dummeogh, zinummeogh, tadummeogh, ger.
deogcha; inf. deogchen, zineogh, inodeogchen, to
brush or rub off; dummeogo o sesnab, to brush
down with a brush; dummeog o rima, to rub
down with the hand; padeoch, trans, taddeoch,
nomen. subst.; dummeogh o magcha, to rub the
eyes; dummeogh o nok, to blow the nose.

dummirdir, dsi, tad, dirdirra, dirderren, dis-
inirdir, nom. dirdir, to tremble; as tummirtir,
act.; padirdir, trans, dadirdir, nom. a trembling;
maadaddirdir, one who shakes another.

dummittin, zinummittin, tadummittin, ger.
dittina, to stop half way, not to go on.
dummo, sweat.

dummo-an, zinummo-an, inodummoan, to
sweat; dummoanja ina, I sweat; dummo, sweat.

dummoas, dsi, tad, doassa, doassen, dsinoas,
inodeassen, is said of liquor when it is too fresh,
that people may make it more sour or more
sweet; padoas, trans, daddoas, dummoas ma^hoch,

dummoMolj, tsi, ta, dobdobba, dobdobben,
dsinohdob, ma dobdobben, to wake up any one;
fadobdob, trans.; sadobdob, nom.; ma addobdoh,
one who wakes up another.

dummocliol, %inummochol, tadummochol,
docholla, dochollen, %inockol, ino dochollen, to
strike with the fist on the breast; dadochol,
nom.

dummodos, dsi, tad, didossa, pass, do dossen,
etc., ja to, to tap, or let off liquor; padodos,
trans.

dummoelallis, %inummoelallis, tadummoelallis,
ger. doelalissa, inf. doelalissen, zinoelallis,
inodoelallissen, to hit people slightly, without
hurting them.

dummorab, %inummorab, tadummorab, dorab-
ben, zinorrab, inodorrabben, the beating in of
rain into a house, through a door or window.

dummorat, zinummorat, tadummorat, ger.
doratta, inf. doratten, zinorat, inodoratten, to
relieve; ckummorat, idem.; padorat, trans.;
dadorat, nom.

dummoro (the last 0 sounded short),
zinummoro, tadummoro, ger. dorroa, to go in;
contract, dorro, dsinorro, etc., daddoro, nom.

dummosdos, dsi, tad, dosdossa, pass, dosdossen,
etc.; ja ta, to trail one\'s feet on the ground;
padosdos, trans.

dumpul, zi, ta, duppulla, duppullen, dsinumpul,
inoduppullen, to set on fire ; paduppul, trans.

edimma, pot-herbs,
e-e, mead, honey and water,
eeb, firewood, ox allola.
eet, firewood.

eichaman ciatto, a tobacco-pipe,
elli, to deny, as with us, no; but it is only
used in connection with another word, as_ elli
mabisse oasies, your heart is not true; elli pa
is so common that nothing can exceed it, and
yet I do not know what is the real meaning of
it; it seems to signify that something is not in
existence; as, elli pa ja adda de assaban 0
amisan; or that something is not in one\'s
possession ; as, ellipa ja oa bido ina-ai, the first

of which I cannot otherwise understand than
that \'there is no rice in the village on the
north,\' and the other, \'I have not got your
book\'; see in alli.
ema, a field,
erab, spittle ; the will,
eran, certain small beans,
erien, the hip.
erotorutto, a toad.

gaat, a point; fr. maggaat gummaat, gi,
ga, gata, gatan, ginaat, to sharpen, to bring
anything to a point, to cai-ve; ginaat, cut;
gagaat, a sharpening; ma-agagaat, to sharpen ;
ma-aggaat, a sharpener,
gagoor, the penis,
galan, the stomach.

gemnea, gi, ga, gea, to belch, to eructate;
pagea, trans, nom.; gagea, a belching.

giacho, water mixed with herbs, with which
the women wash the houses,
gidaig-gid, a fish.

giech, a word that is used when anything tears,
giroan, half
goeng, a pipe, a vat.

gomila, gi, ga, imp. gomila, pass, gomilan,
etc., to blow out the gills ; pagomil, trans, gago-
mil, nom.

gummabgab, gi, ga, gabgabba, the cutting of
paddy or millet; rummabies, idem; pagabgab,
trans.

gummachhach, gi, ga, gachhacha, pass.
gachhachen, etc., pagachhach, trans, to hoe
away the ground from a house in a sloping
direction; gagachhach, nom.

gumma-lecti, gi, ga, ga-iecha; pass, ga-iechan,
gi-na-iech, ino-ga-iechen, to bear, to endure ; act.
paga-iech, trans, gagariech, a lengthening ; act.
maagagaiech, to lengthen, to delay, one who
delays.

gummatach, gi, ga, gatacha, gatachen, gina-
tach, inogatachen, pagatach, trans, gatach, nom.
to split up large pieces of wood; but when
bamboos are spoken of, pilla is used ; it is also
used in the cutting up of pumpkins, melons,
plantains, etc.

gummeacli, gi, ga, giacho, giachen, giniach,
ino-giachen, to fence or secure ; people say also
giachen ja sabba, if the river were suddenly
swollen, and therefore a fence was made; pagi-
ach, trans, nom, gagiach, a fence.

gummamgan, the same as gummoch.
gummeoch, gi, ga, geocha, to thatch a house,
gummesar (let the \'e\' be scarcely heard),
Sh ga, gesarra, gesarran, the same as gummid-
diggit i gesar, just as if people said gsar, a
gripe, a handful.

gnmmiacli, gi, ga, giacha, giachen, giniach,
inogiachen, to stretch out the arms, as lazy
people do; as paggeas, merely, to reach out the
arm, leg, finger, etc., neut. magiach.

gummiddlggit, gi, ga, giddiggitta, giddiggit-
ten, giniddiggit, im-giddiggitten, to close the
hand j also to grasp anything fast, nom. gagid-
diggit, a fist.

gummigidsi, gi, ga, gagidsia, to tickle,
act. pagagiesi, trans, gagidsi, a tickling; maaga-
gidsi, a tickler,
gummo, small.

gummoch, gi, ga, gocha, gochen, ginoch, ino-
goch, pagoch, trans., gagoch, nom. to bind
together.

gummomach, gi, ga, gomacha, gomachen,
ginummach, inogomachen, to rub out anything
that is drawn or written; pagomach, trans.,
gagomach, nom.

gumnab, ga, gnabba, gnahhen, ginab, ino-
gnabben, to begin; as ptat and pto-, gagnab,
nom. as paptat.

haadsi, a bamboo pole to carry with,
hai, a denial, used only in forbidding, as hai
magiepe, make no noise,
haibos, the devil.

hema, all kinds of fat on man or beast;
written etna; hemo tillij, badger\'s fat; written
emotillij.

ibien, a snake; ¹ ibien ota, small red snake,
makaka-, ibien 0 aras, korrokorroan, a spotted
snake; ibien abo, a large-bellied snake, ma-
toatsi-, ibien baron, or isaijs, a snake hard in the
back, mattilo, mar aas asieg-, ibien marali, a
snake with large eyes, matoto macha-, ibien 0
ribij, snakes that creep quietly along the ground
and remain in the granaries; * ibien 0 atei, a
snake that blows its cheeks up, mato a ri-,
* ibien 0 boesum korrokorron mausi, snakes
spotted with black and white; * ibien tagotago
de abas, korrokorroan mekach, mausi, mali kach
ja ki-or, snakes found in the sea, spotted green
and white, with broad tails.

idas, the moon, also a month,
idod, a shell, also a spoon; fr. midod, to lade
out.

idoom, doits, small coin,
idorrodorrus, a fan, a species of mouse,
iel-iel, a mulberry; baron 0 iel-iel, the mul-
berry tree; bd\' 0 iel-iel, the fruit,
iem-dan, small fiery pimples,
ieran, small trees,
i-jojum, a chicken; also kuki-jum.
ikkil, fear; fr. mikkil, afraid,
ima, ye.

imigh-igh, inimigh-igh, amigh-igh, ger. igh-
igha, inf igh-ighen, migh-igh, ino-igh-ighen, to
gnaw, to nibble; imigh-igh 0 aso, to bite the
nails.

ina, I, mine, it serves also to point out
every kind of cause (except the immediate);
ina 0 elli arioon, pattas 0 bido, ina papagcha jo,
because you do not write well, I will flog you.
inab, the will; fr. merab.
inainumma, as innai dema.
inan, trees.

inanumim asks every kind of cause, except
the immediate; inaummitna jopagcha ina? why
do you strike me ?

indecho seems to mean \' therein.\'
indema ? who, what, in what place ? indea,
the same, also edea.

innai, from a place; as pana, to a place,
innai dema ? whence, from what place ? ka
mai jana, innai Takais ? from whence do you
come, from Takais ? people also say, innai
dema jo mabaddai? whence know you that

ino betokens the immediate cause, as to, in
order to j ino airien 0 arrar, in order to make a
railing.

inochaii, all kinds of food,
inonumma ? why, wherefore ? this asks after
the immediate cause,
inzini, here,
ioa, ye, you.

Isa, i, inisa, a-isa, imp. pass. isas an, inisa,
imisasan, to imitate; paisasa, trans., isas, nom.
a likeness.

isatabesab, inisahhesah, ino-isabbesab, struck
down; isabbesab i ta, beat down to the ground,
as millet or rice in the field.

ja, a particle denoting interrogation; ja
madarram jonoe ta Deos o Bausie? do you know
the God of the Dutch ?
jenmanat ? why do you give me that ?
jes, the roe of fish.

kabei, a sack made of bulrushes, a purse,
kadzies, a rat; kadzys, ditto,
kager, a fisherman\'s net; fr. kummir.
kagil, certain, sure; written gagil.
kagillacho, rich, affluent,
kaibil, a swallow.

kairi, the left; ma kairi, verbum; kairt a
rima, the left hand; kairi a tea, the left arm;
kairi o magcha, the left eye.
kakaibacb, a brush,
kakallomos, the womb,
kakam, a chair.

kakarouot, the partition in the nose,
kakas, rediress; verb, makakas.
kakattos, a razor; fr. kummatos.
kakirrigb, a line, or long stripe; see
chachirrich, under ch.

kakosaob, a chisel; fr. kummabesach.
kakossi, disobedience, transgression, fr.
kummogi.

kallamas, the right; kallamas a rima, ate a,
0 magcha, the right hand, arm, or eye; verbum,
makallamas.

kamachaggi, kaminachaggi, kamamachaggi,
to know certainly ; kamachaggi o maba, idem ;
merien o chagchi, to do anything to purpose,
kaman, relations by marriage,
kamas, a he-goat.

kamkam, covetousness; see magamgam.
kamossimos, also kamossi, a field-rat.
kar, and karri, compounded with nouns,
signify the same as mau, when compounded
with nouns or verbs, to do anything mutually.

karri, or mau, aan a tammas, or harri, or
mau, aan, o rarozi, is the manner of the natives
when they will make a treaty of peace with
each other, they pluck a thread out of each
other\'s clothes and eat it up, which is a sign of
peace ; this contract is made midway between
their villages.

karriaan, mau-aan, ki, ka, karri, auana, to
eat together, to give food to each other.

karri-apiech, kinarri-apiech, ka karri-apiech,
karri-sapiecha, to fight with each other; idem.

karri-atito, ki, ka, karri-atita, to speak
together or to converse; idem, karri-ala, and
mau-ala, to tell each other.

karri-babisso, to cast lots; in the change of
tenses, karri is inflected and not babisso j ki, ka,
karri, babissoa, ditto, maubabisso.

karr-tattubboel, ki, ka, karautatubboela, to
pay visits backwards and forwards, idem, mau-
tattubhoel.

karsasakimotto, see mausasakimotto.
kartattis, to throw before each other; kinar-
tatfis, kakartattis, im. karattisa.

kattach, a piece of anything; differs from
bitil, and is said of fish or flesh ; kattach o
ariem,^ o bilpil, o abi, o baat, a piece of a citron,
plantain, betel-nut, or pumpkin; written also
gatach, see gummatach.
kau-os, a hoe.

kaur, a reap hook or scythe; fr. kummaur.
kayo, a tincture, anything drawn out.
kiach 0 adda, a branch of the paddy stalk,
kibach, a notch, shears; see mokibach,
notched,
kier, a tail.

kikiet, a rent; fr. makikiet.
kilal, an earth-worm,
kis-iu, fine, adorned ; as mauchus, malla.
kis-taboe, as kole-akis.
kittas, a bridge, a ladder,
klau, a flute blown through the nose,
ko, a word of strong denial, as no, by no
means; sometimes also koa and ko-ai.
koekoen o cog, a cuckoo.

koezi, few, small of itself; smaller tiian many
is ma-jed-, written kotsi.
kokko, a hen bird,
kokko-an, hard of hearing, deaf,
kokko toadda, a cock,
kokko sini, a hen.

kole, a lark 5 kole a kis, a yellow finch,
koligga, a frog; goliggo, Takeis.
kotro-an, party-coloured,
korrokorro-an, very much variegated,
korronot, certain small vermin,
kumbor, kinumhor, kakumhor, ger. koborra,
inf. koborren, kinebor, i?to-koborren, to draw
water, to lade.

kummaar, kinummaar, kakummaar, ger.
kaura, inf. kauron, kinaar, inokauron, to reap,
to mow; kaur, nom. a scythe, a reap hook.

kummaat, kinummaat, kakummaat, ger.
kaatta, inf. kaattan, kinaattan, ino-kaattan, to
clip, to cut,; written gummaat-, kummaat 0
chaar, to make a pen.

kummabacli, ki, ka, kabacha, kabachen, kina-
bach, imkabachen, pakabach, trans, nom. kaka-
bach, a sort of binding from under the bottom.

kummaber, ki, ko, kabberra, kaberren, kin-
abber, ino-kabberren; pakabber; also a kind of
binding as kummabach kakabber, nom. such
kind of binding ; ma-akakabber, a binder.

kummados, kinummados, kakummados, ger.
kadossa, inf. kadossen, kinados, ino-kadossen, to
take in the arms.

kummai, kinummai, kakummai, ger. kaia,
inf. kai-in, kinai, ino-kai-in, to carry on the
back ; written gummai.

kummaibach, ki, ka, kaibacha, kaibachen,
kinaibach, ino-kaihachen, to put on a sling; pakai-
bach, to cause such to be done; kakaihach, a sling.

kummalachkach, ki, ka, kalachkacka, kalachen,
kinalachkach, tnokalachkachen; pakalachkach,
trans, to cut an animal in two, lengthways;
the same as summarabsab.

kummallobos, kinummallobos, kakummallohos,
ger. kallobossa, inf. kallobossen, kinallobos, ino-
kallobossen, to fold anything up, as tobacco-
money, etc., in paper.

kummalossikos, kinummalossikos, kakumma-
lossikos, kalossikossa, inf. kalossikossen, kinalossi-
kos, ino-kalossikossen, to uncover, to discover.

kummalossikot, ki, ka, kalossikotta, kalossi-
kotten, kinalossikot, imkalossikotten, to curl, act.,
pakalossikot, trans., kakolossikot, nom. a curling,
a curl.

kummammo, kinummammo, kakummamm^,
ger. kammoa, inf. ikammo, inikammo, inoikamma,
to fold the arms lazily.

kummapier, ki, ka, kapiera, pass, kaperien,
kinapier, ino-kapieren, to hook on; pakapier,
trans, kakapier, a hooking on.

kummapos, kinummapos, kakummapos, ger.
kapossa, kapossan, and kinapos, kinapossan, ino-
kapossan, to stop up; kammapos, 0 kallaman,
to close a pot; kummapos 0 tarren, one who
stops up a road ; kakopos, the stopping of an
action; ma akakapos, to stop up.

kummaram, kinummaram, kakummara, ger.
karama, inf. karraman and kinarram, kin-
arraman, inokarraman, to rake together.

kummargar, kinummargar, kakummargar,
kargarra, kargarran, kinargarren, inogargarran,
when a house is in danger of being blown down
by the wind to fasten it to a pole stuck in the
ground ; also a vessel lying at anchor; written
gummargar, gagargar, nom. an anchorage, a
cable ; gagargaran aijan, an anchorage, a road-
stead.

kummarini, to roll; kinummarinikini, kin-
ufnmarrimkini, kakummarrinikini, ger. karrini-
kinia, inf. karrinikinien, kinarinikinien, inokar-
rinikinien, to make round like a ball, to roll up;
activ. written gummarini.

kummartuppo, kinummartuppo, kakummar-
tuppo, ger. kartuppoa, to dive under water;
kakartuppo, a ducking; maakartuppo, a
diver.

kummarummoknmmo, kinummarummokum-
mo, kakummarummokummo, ger. karummokum-
moa, inf. karummokummoon, kinarummokum-
tnoon, ino - karummokammoon, to wrinkle
together, inf. gummarummogu7nmo, nom. ga-
garammogumma, to rumple,

kummasa, ki, ka, imp. kasa, to dream ;
pakasa, trans, kasa, nom. a dream; minit 0 naa
kasa, I saw in my dream.

kummaskas, kinummaskas, kakummaskas,
kaskassa, inf. kaskassen, kinaskas, inokaskassen,
to scrape ; inf. gummasgas, gagasgas.

kummassies, makes the superlative degree,
as kummasies a mato, mario, the greatest,
best.

Irammattir, kinummattir, kakummatir, ger.
katirra, inf. katirren, kinattir, inokatirren, to
bind with a long cord, as a fence and the roofs
of houses are bound.

bummatto, kinummatto, kakummatto, ger.
kattoa, inf kattoon, kinatton, ino-kattoon, to
draw, to pull to one\'s self j pakatto, trans, ka-
katto, nom. people say; kummatto no morahbies,
the ebb begins to draw.

kummelokfeolo, kinummelokkolo, kakumme-
lokkolo, ger. kolokkoloa, inf kolokkoloan, kinolok-
koloan, inokohkkoloan, to jump over any place.

kummemuch, ki, ka, kumga, kinumga, kinu-
much, etc., to close the sleeve of a coat.

kummenis, kinummenis, kakummenis, kinissa,
kinissen, kininis, inokinissen, to appropriate what
was common by division, or to tear anything in
two; written gummenees.

kummeriel, kinummeriel, kakummeriel, ger.
krtella, inf. kriellan, kiniriellan, ino-kriellan, to
listen sharply; kakrtel, a listening; ma-akak-
riel, a listener.

kummeries, ki, ka, kerisa, pass, kerises,
kirieries, inokerises, to lay the head on one side,
to take aim; pakeries, trans, kakeries, nom.

kummeroa, kinummeroa, kakummeroa, ger.
keroa or eroa, inf. keroan, or eroan, kineroa, or
ineroa, ino-keroan, or ino-eroan, to divide in
two ; written gummeroa, gageroa, such division;
*the inflections come from peroa, see under p.

kummi, kinummi, kakummi, ger. kia, inf
kian, kinian, inokian, inikkan, to look behind.

kummiagh, kinummiagh, kakummiagh, ger.
kiagcha, inf kiagcken, kiniagck, inokiagchen, to
stretch out; kummiagh, 0 asjiel, to stretch out the
legs; written gummiach, magiach, stretched out.

kummibokibo, kinummtbokibo, kakummibo-
kibo, ger. kibokiboa, inf kibokihoon, kinibokibo,
ino-kibokiboon, to disturb, as by quarrelling;
pakibokibo, trans., kakibokibo, nom.

kummikiet, kinummikiet, kakummikiet, ger.
kiekiedda, inf kikiedden, kinikiet, inokikiedden,
to tear anything in pieces; pakikied, trans, ka-
kikied, a rip.

kumminkin, ki, ka, kinkinna, kinkinnen, kin-
inken, inokinkinnen, to clink as with small bells;
pakinkin, trans, kakinkin, a clinking.

kummio, kinummio, kakummio, ki-o-a, kioon,
kineo, inokioon, to butt with the head, as goats,
oxen, etc.

kummiol, ki, ka, kiolla, kiollen, kiniol,
inokollen, to sharpen at the point; act. pakiol,
trans, kakiol-, ma-akakiel, one who points.

kummir, kinummir, kakummir, ger. kirra, inf
kirren, kinir, inokirren, to fish with a net called
kagir-, inf kummir, nom.gagir, a.net; also fishing.

kurnmirgir, kinummirgir, kakummirgir, ger.
kirgirra, inf kirgirren, kinirgir, inokirgirren, to
erase, to cancel; see gummirgir, nom. gagirgir,
an erasion, a cancelling.

kummirigli, kinummirigk, kakummirigh, ger.
kierga, inf kiergan, kinirgan, inokirgan, to draw
a line on paper or wood, etc; kakirrich, a line,
a raler.

kuipiirkir, ki, ka, kirkira, kirkirren, kinirkir,
inokikirren, one who gnashes with the teeth;
act. pakirkir, trans, kakirgir, a gnashing; ma-
akakirkir, to gnash.

kummirragh, kinummirragh, kakummirragh,
ger. ^ kirragcha, inf kirragchen, kirrirrgach,
inokirragchen, to tear to pieces.

kunimissikissiel, kinummissikissiel, kakum-
missikissiel, ger. kissikissilla, slowly, to do any-
thing quietly, whether walking, eating, working,
etc.

kummissoklsso, ki, ka, kissokissoa, kisso-
kissoon, kinissokisso, inokissokissoon, to move up
and down as the tail of an animal; mado
kummissokisso, the dog wags his tail; kior,
kissokissot, nom. kakisso, is said of the rudder of
a ship because it moves backwards and for-
wards ; otherwise kakisso, and kakissokisso, the
motion itself

kummitor, kinummitor, kakummitor, ger.
kittorra, inf kittorren, kinitor, inokitorren, to
plait anything, as a reed, bamboo, etc.

kummitta, ki, ka, kitta, kittan, kinitta,
inokittan, to stick the foot out behind; pakitta
trans, kakitta, a sticking out.nbsp;\'

kummittikit, written gummiddiggit.
kummoagli, kinummoagh, kakummoagh ger
kaoagcha, inf kaoagchen, kinoagh, inokoagchen,
to loose, to unbmd, to put off, as clothes • it is
also used respecting the mind, and means to
draw m one\'s courage; paka-ach, pi, pa, ipako-
ach-a, etc., to loose; kummoach obre, to un-
string a bow.

kummoar, kinummoar, kakummoar, ger
koarra, mf koarren, kino-ar, inoko-arren, to
jump over; kakoar, nom. a jump ; maakakoar,
to jump.

kummoen, kinummoen,kakummoen, ger. koena,
mt. koenen, ktnoen, inokoen, to imprison, to bind;
kakoen, chains; ka koen-an, a prison.

kummogli (written gummoch) kinummoch,
hcikummogh, to bind; ger. kogcha, inf. cogchen,
kimgh, imkogchen, kummogh 0 loan i barron, to
tie the horse to a tree; nom, gagoch, a binding.

Icummoghkoch, kinummoghkoch, kakummogh-
koch, ger. koghkogcha, inf. koghkogchen, kinog-
kogh, ino-koghkogchen, to wash out,

kummoliet, as kummaihach.
kummolot, ki, ka, imp. kolotta, pass, kolotten,
kinolot, inokolotten, to loathe j pakolot, trans.
kakolot, a loathing.

kummomogli, kinummomogh, kakummomogh,
ger. kummogcha, inf. kummogchen, ktnummogh,
inokummogchen, this word is only added to
ranied, rima, and riba, signifying to shut up
the mouth, the hand, or the clothes.

kummomokummo, kinummomokummo, kakum-
mokummoa, kummokummoon, kinummokummoon,
inokummokummoon, to rub the hands one against
the other.

kummono, kinummono, kakummono, ger.
konoa, kono-an, kinonoan, inokonoan, to bear, to
endure j kakoeno, patience, endurance; ma-
akakoeno, one who is patient.

kummoragh (written gummorach), kinum-
moragh, kakummoragh, ger. koragcha, inf.
koragchen, kinorach, intens, to flayj nom.
gagorach, ma-agagorach, a flayer.

kummossi, ki, ka, kossia, kossian, kinossi,
ino-kossen ■, pakossi, trans., to disobey, act.
kakossi, wickedness, disobedience; ma-akakossi,
a wicked fellow; pakossi, pi, pa, pakossia,
ipakossi-in, inipakossi, inopakossi, to disobey.

kummumkum, ki, ka, kumkumma, to lay hold
of with all the fingers at once; pakumkum,
trans., kakumkum, nom.

kumpi, kinumpi, kakumpi, ger. kupna, inf
kuppien, kinuppi, inokuppien, to fold up, to roll
up, to pack together in a box.

kumzijr, kinumzijr, kakumzijr, ger. kizijrra,
mf kixirren, kienxijr, inokizijrren, to nip, to
pinch, to pick, to pluck; people say also,
kumzijr 0 to-i, draw out a splinter; kakezijr, a
nip.

kuppi, anything folded or rolled up, a
bundle; kuppi 0 zikakas, a roll of silk; kuppi 0
bazigh, a roll of deer skins.

lablab, a pan, a shovel ; fr. palablah.
labo, added to ta, means fruitful ; joined to
baron, it means weak, unable to work ; malaho,
the verb.

lallaas, a fine yellow kind of bark, which
people use, and sometirHes insert for ornament,
as their spears are wound round with red rattan
and this bark alternately, the natives also weave
the same split very fine, here and there, in their
own coats, for ornament,
lallabach, a green leek,
lalladan, a cushion.

lallama, pap made from rice and water,
lallatach, a wooden stand, for a light; fr.
lummatagh.

lallokogh, a comb ; fr. lummokogh.
lallum, in, within ; molallum, in, deep ;
paolallum, trans, to make anything deep, to dig
deep.

la-obbomas, an out-house, where people
keep fish or flesh ; compounded of la-ob and
momas.

lenesoleso, inf linenesoleso, lalenesoleso, lene-
solesoa, to shout after the native manner,
when the women have concluded a dance or
song.

Udo, meaning, interpretation, explanation, li,
la, lidoa ; palido, trans, lido, opinion, meaning,
lili, the armpit.

limka, linimka, lalimka, ger. ilka-a, ilka-an,
lienka-an, ino-ilka-an, to lighten, to blink with
the eyelids.

limmabit. It, la, labitta, labitten, linabit, im-
labitten, to pinch between two ; but to press
underneath is summerik ; it means also to press
against another.

limmichob, linimmichob, lalinimmichob, lich-
obba, lichobben, linichob, inolichobben, to sip.

limmiod, linimiod, lalimiod, liodda. Hodden,
lintod, inoliodden, to wring once round, to give
one turn.

a slave; in this last sense the word is used in
contempt or in anger,
luki yum, a chicken.

lummala, limmmala, lalummala, lala, lalan,
linala, inolalan, to induce, to incite to evil,
also to haunt; palala, to tempt; lalala, a
temptation, a ghost.

lummalak, linummalak, lalummalak, lellakka,
lellakken, inillak, inolellakken, to threaten by-
word or action.

lummaliecli, li, la, laliecha, laliechen, linaliech,
inolalichen, a little sick, indisposed; palaliech,
trans., paliech, nom.

lummapies, linummapnes, lalummapies, la-
piessa, lapiessen, linapies, inolapiessen, to kneed,
to press down; kalapies, a kneading; Tna-
allalapies.

lummapilapies, linummapilapies, lalummapila-
pies, lapilapiessa, etc., the same as lummapies,
lallapilapies.

lummaslas, linummaslas, lalummaslas, laslassa,
laslassen, linaslas, inolaslassen, to redeem any one
from punishment, with money, etc.

lummatagb, linummatagh, lalummatagh,
latagcha, latagchen, linatagckan, inolatagchan,
to set on a stand.

lummauk, linummauk, lalummauk, laugga,
lauggen, linaug, inolaugen, to court, in order to
marriage; palauk, courtship; ma-alallauk, a
lover.

lummaulaub, linummaulaub, lalummaulaub,
laulauba, laulauban, linaulauban, inolaulauban,
to make burn brighter or clearer ; also to cook
or boil anything by a clear fire ; palaulaub, to
cause such to be done.

lummlas, li, la, liassa, pass, liassen, linias,
inoliassen, to open, as the eyes, lummias o
macha; palias, trans.

lummiollio, linummiollio, lallummiollio, liollioa,
liollioan, liniollio, inoliollion, to run after, to hunt.

lummis, linummis, lalummis, lissa, lissan,
linissan, inolissan, to glow, also to look angry.

lummitullito, li, la, lullitullitoa, to totter, to
wave; is only used concerning great things, as
trees, bamboos, etc.; differs from tummaratah;
palitulUto, trans.

lummo, li, la, loa, loon, lino, ino-loon, to accom-
pany ; paloa, to cause such to be done; lallo,
nom.

lummobo, linummobo, lalummobo, loboa, loboon,
limbo, inoloboon, to steal; lallobo-, ma-allallobo.

lummocbod, linummochod, lalummochod, loch-
odda, lochodden, linochod, inohchod, etc., to veer,
to give out rope.

\'en, to vow ; as kummotkot.
lummokogh, linummokogh, lallummokogh,
lokogcha, hkogchen, linokogh, inolokogchen, to
comb.

lummolo, li, la, hloan, linolo, inololoan, to
drive together from all sides; is used of animals,
as deer, goats, etc., when they are driven and
hemmed in; palolo, to cause such to be done ;
lalolo, nom.

lummoob, li, la, hoba, to look wantonly;
paloob, trans.; lalhob, nom. a wanton look;
ma-alalloob, wanton fellow.

lummoog, linummoog, lalummoog, loogga,
looggen, linoogh, inolooggen, to touch, also to
trifle, to pass away the time ; paloog, to cause
such to be done; lalloog, nom. trifles; ma-
alalloog, a trifler.

lummoog, li, la, loomma, pass, loommen, limoon,
ino-loommen, seems to mean to arrange anything
with the acknowledgment of a previous benefit;
as lummoon o atite, a ranied, to arrange a dis-
course or speech ; lalloom, nom.; whenever any
one will acknowledge that another has done
a service for him he presents something of
what he has acquired to him who procured
it for him; which people call, lummoon o
atite.

lummosagh, linummosagh, lalummosagh,
losagcha, losagchen, linosagh, inolosagchen, to dig
anything up that was buried, also to bring up
old things long since done.

lumpi, li, la, luppia, luppian, linuppian, ino-
luppian, lumpielpi, li, la, luppielpia, etc.; lumpi,
to twinkle as the fixed stars, to blink ; paluppi,
and paluppielpi; trans, lulpi and lalpielpi, nom.
a twinkling; lulpi, also the eyelashes,

ma-a-addc, a dissuader; kannaddo.
ma-aat, a measurer; fr. moet.
ma-a-ba, a wise man, from maba; ma aijaab,
a prophet; from me-aab.

ma-ababodda, fruitful, said of beasts,
ma-abaliziob, a transporter; fr. pizich.
ma-acha, a murderer; fr. pacha.
ma-acbab, a thief ,• fr. machab.
ma-acbacbad, a rewarder of good or evil,
ma-acliacliuppir, stubborn, disobedient.

ma-aita, a sharp-sighted man; fr. mita.
ma-aja, a giver ; fr. pea.
ma-akaiossi, a disobedient ring-leader of
rebellion; fr. kummossi.

ma-alabo, fruitful, said of the ground.
ma-alaUoog, frightened, appalled; ger. ulallo-
ogcha.

ma-allal, kind, benevolent; fr. thence come
minaallal, mamallaal a-allalla, a-lalal-len, ina-
alallen and ino a-alallen; al-al, bland,
ma-allallobo, a thief; fr. lummoho.
ma-allas, calm, cleared up; is said of wind
and weather, also of the feelings; pa-allas,
act. et trans, imp. a-allassa, a-allassen, ina-
allassen, ino-a-allassen, ipallassa, etc.; alias,
nom. calmness, clearness; ma-a-allas, a soother,
ma-apparrach, a whoremonger,
maar, a quail.

ma-arata, one who makes drunk ; fr. parab.
ma-aragrh, one who receives or obtains much ;
fr. marach.

maa-rapies, a sinner, a villain,
ma-ararait, one who can sing well in com-
pany; fr. rummait.

ma-arari, a watchman; fr. rummi.
ma-arich, ma, mi, imp. a-aricha, pass, aari-
chan, ina-aarichan, ino-aarichan, to honour,
act. fond of distinction, shame-faced, to cany
oneself modestly towards another whom men
honour; aarichag ; paarich, to cause any one
to be honoured or respected, or to be ashamed
before any one; a-arich, honour, a sense of
shame; ma-aarich, one who honours another, or
conducts himself modestly.

ma-aries, a priest, a priestess,
ma-arra, unemployed, one who has nothing
to do; also at peace and undisturbed; ger.
a-arra.

ma-arrat, a sort of fish, like the cod.
maaru, mi, ma, cold ; as masumah.
maas, mi, ma, to catch, as chummau ; also
a certain mode of fishing with a net, to take
by a sweep-net, called auan; aas, a besom,
but only such as are made of a certain plant
called also aas, otherwise it is chachau.
ma-asannan, an envier; fr. masannan.
ma-asasarra, one who sleeps much, a slug-
gard ; fr. summara.

ma-asassabach, poisonous; fr. sumbach.
ma-asassis, a tailor; fr. summis.
ma-asiklau, a fifer, one who plays well on a
flute ; fr. klau.

maaspaspat, eight by eight,
maaspat, eight,
ma-asoso, a giver ; fr. passoso.
ma-assas, a sluggard; see masas.
ma-asselakko, useless through indolence,
worthless.

maat is used only of the swelling of rivers
not occasioned by the sea or tide; pret. mi, fut.
ma-, trans, paat, nom. aatmabarrija aat 0
sabba, the fresh of the river is very strong, or
the stream is strong; aataijan, the lower part
of a river where the running out of the water
makes the river greater and stronger.

maat, mi, ma, aata, is used for firewood; thus
they say, maat-eeb, to cut firewood ; trans, paat,
pi, pa, ipaata.

ma-atattaas, a predecessor in anything,
ma-atattosik, or ma-atattose, a liar; fr. turn-
mosik and tummose.

ma-atauso, a doctor; fr. pattauso.
ma-atinnaam, a forerunner,
ma-atite, one who speaks openly to the
people, a preacher; ma-atil, a minister; fr.
pattite and fr. patil.

ma-attallalattala, a comforter,
ma-an-ach, forgetful; fr. poach.
ma-auba, one who is always drowsy; fr. moba.
ma-aunat, one who sets anything on fire; fr.
ponnad or monad.

ma-aussi, one who hides anything in play;
for it diflFers from ma-achab, and maallallobo
fr. posi or pausi.

maba, minaba, mamaba, to know, to under-
stand ; ma bada saan, and %ies, an understand-
ing heart; ger. maha seems also to mean \'to
acknowledge \'; maabam charsarja ta Labba, I
know Labba\'s voice; pala, trans.knowledge,
science; ma-aba, a wise man ; intens. mababa ;
nom. abaha; aba ko taposai, omniscient.

ma-baas, minabaas, mamabaas, ahasa,
abasen, inabaas, ino-abasen, to creep; pabaas,
trans, to crawl; mabaas morab, to creep out, as
in fine weather; mabaas mariolb, when the
beasts eat grass, when it is foul and rainy
weather, good weather for crawling out, the

mababat, minabahat, mamababat, ababadda,
the gait of men and beasts; also the moving
onwards of anything that moves locally;
pababat, trans, imp. ababadda, ipababadda;
ababad, a path, a way; pass, ababadbad, ini-
den, inababad, inoababadden, ipabapababad, inoia-
pabad; ababadden lata, the ground is trodden.

mababosa, an old man, one who is getting
old; mi, ma, ababossa-, pababosa, trans., ma-
ababosa, an old man.

mabachas, mi, ma, abachasa, to be dry;
bachas, drought; pabachas, to dry; activ. imp.
ipabackasa, trans, pass, abachassen, act. oback-
assen, inobachas, inoabachasen, ipabachas, ini-
pabachas, inoipabachas, contracted forms, mabas
and palas; ma-abachas, one who dries.

mabach-icb, unbent; from pabach-ich, mi,
ma, an unbending, a diversion; ma-abachchick,
one who diverts.

mabad, mi, ma, abadda, ahadden, inahaddan,
inoabaddan, the running of the paper in writing;
mabad o barritok, differs from momach; pabad,
trans, abad, a flowing.

mabadas, mi, ma, same as mamacho.
mabaddabadda, minabaddabadda, mamahad-
dabadda, abaddabadda, ahaddabaddan, inobad-
dabaddan, imabaddahaddan, to look hard, to
stare ; pabaddabadda, imp. ipahaddabadda,
trans, abaddabada, far-sighted, a good sight;
ma-abaddabadda, one who sees far.

mabag (the last a is scarcely heard), mina-
bagh, mamabagh, abagcha, abagchen, inabagh,
inoabagchen, to embrace, to take in both arms,
also to carry on the arms; pa-bag, trans.

maballa, mi, ma, obaUa, o ballaan, inoballa,
ino-oballaan, to leak, differs from misosso ; ma-
balla, when the hole is large and it leaks much,
and misosso, when the hole is smaller and it
leaks a little ; pauballa, trans.

mabarra, to be strong; ger. abarra, mi, m^,
barra, strength; ma abarra, a strengthener ,■
pabarra, trans, ipabarra, act. imp. abarra,
pass, ipabarra, inipaharra, inoipabarra, act.
abarran, inabarra, inoabarran; abarra, streng-
thening, from pabarra.

mabarras, minabarras, mamabarras, abar-
rassa, abarrassen, inabarras, inoabarrasen, to
proceed against the enemy, in order to fall on
him by surprise; pabarras, ipabarrassa, imp.
trans, nom. abarras, a going forth against the
foe J ma abaras, one who goes forth.

mabarri, minabarri, mamabarri, abarria, to
blow; pabarri, trans, abarria, ipabarria, imp.
to blow, pas. barrin, binarrin, ino-barrin, trans.
ipabarri, inipabar-ri, inoipabarri barri, nom.
the wind.

mabart, mi, ma, hke maries.
mabasso, scented; mi, ma, abassoa, also well
tasted, neut. is said of salmon, which smells or
tastes well; basso, nom. taste or smell; pabasso,
smelling good, to make tasty, imp. act. abassoa,
trans, pabassoa, pas. bassoan, binassoan, inobas-
soan, pabasso, inipabasso, inoipabasso.

mabazibat, mi, ma, abazibadda, just, even;
mapospos, contrarium, mi, ma, apospossa, papos-
pos, trans., pospos, nom., pabazibat, pi, pa,
ipabazibadda, trans, act. abazibadda, nom.
bazibad, pass. act. bazibadden, binazibad, ino-
bazibadden, trans, ipazibad, inipazibad.

mabido, mi, ma, abidoa, to be black ; pabido,
trans, and imp. ipabidoa, ipabido, intpabido,
imipabid, act. abidoa, pass, abidoan, inabidoan,
ino-abidoan.

mabilla, mi, ma, abilloa, neut. cloven; pabilla,
act. and trans; billa, a cleft; maabilla, cleft.

mabillaag, mi, ma, abillaga, pahillaag, to
enlarge, nom. billaag, breadth; ma abillaag,
trans, en act. one who enlarges, imp. abillaga,
pass, abillagen, inabillaag, inoabillagen, ipabillaga,
ipabillaag, inipabillaag, inoipabillaagmabilla-
billaak, flat.

mabinnas, mi, ma, abinnasse, healthy; pabin-
nas, trans, to heal, trans, et act. imp. abin-
nassa, ipabinnassa, pass, abinnassen, inabinnas,
inoabinnasa, inf pabinnassa, ipahinnas, inipabin-
nas, inopa-binnas-, binnas, health; abinnas, a
healing; mahinnas, a restorer, a healer.

mabinni, mi, ma, ahinnia, fat, fleshy ; pabinni,
to fatten, trans, and act., imp. ahinnia, abinni-
in, inabinni, inobinni-in ipabinnia, pass, ipabinni,
inapabinni, ino-ipabinnibinni, fatness; abinni,
a fattening; maabinni, a fattener.

mabior, mimibior, mamabior, abiorra, to
remain behind without going forth; pabior,
trans, and act. imp. abiorra, ipabiorra, pass.
inabiorran, inoabiorran, ipabiorra, ipabior, ini-
pabior, inaipabior-, bior, nom. is used as a
preposition ; mci-abior, one who remains behind.

mabirblr, mi, ma, abirbirra, abirbirren, ina-
birbtr, inoabirbirren, abirbirren, a composing of
the mind in anger; mabirbir i tsies, to compose
the nimd ; pabirbir, to cause such to be done;
abirbir, nom. a composing, a pacifying, a
pacifier.

mabissas, minabissas, mamabissas, abisassa,
to make oneself ready, to go anywhere or do
anything; perhaps also ready, pass, pabissas,
trans, and act. abissassa, abissassan, inabissas,
inoahissassen, ipabissassan, pass, ipabissas, ini-
pabissas, inoipabissas; abissas, nom. preparing;
maahissas, a preparer.

mabisse, mi, ma, abissa, upright in mind,
virtuous ; pabissen, trans, and act. imp. abissea,
abissei, inabisse, inoabissein, ipahissea, pass, ipa-
bissi, inipabisse, inoipabissen; ma-abisse, a justi-
fier; babisse, righteousness.

mabisse bisse, as mabisse; bisse is only said
of many; ja mabisse bisse tapos ja tatakorroe,
all as straight as a line, intens, mabisse; bisse
bisse, intens, babisse, see pisse; ma-abisse bisse,
to make right, upright.

mabo, minabo, mamobo, aboa, aboan, inaboan,
ino-ahoan, to pity, to forgive, to deliver ; pabo,
pinabo, papabo, ipaboa, ipabo, iriipabo, inoipabo,
ditto; anything done out of compassion is abo,
iniabo, ino jabo; abo, nom. forgiveness; abon
no babosa, a compassionate man; bo, grace,
mercy; ho no tsies, a compassionate mind; ma
abo, one who pities.

mab-o, mi, ma, ab-oa, neut. to rot, pass,
rotten ; pab-o, trans, ab-o, a rotting.

maboas, minaboas, mamahoas, aboasa, to
remove ; paboas, trans, pass, aboasas, inaboasas,
inoaboasas, ja, ta, i-aboas, ini-aboas, ino-iaboas
ja ballag ■, nom. aboas, ?L removal; ma-abaas, a
remover.

maboeh-o, minaboch-o, mamabogh-o, to stink ;
paboch-o, trans, and act. imp. aboch-oa, pass.
aboch-oan, ipaboch-oa, ipaboch-o, inaboch-oan,
inipaboch-o, ino-ipabocho; bocho, stink.

maborra, minaborra, mamaborra, aborra, to
be pacified, neut; borra, ally, fr. maborra-,
ma-aborra, a peacemaker; aborra, pacifying;
paborra, trans, and act. imp. aborra, ipaborra,
to pacify; the pass. act. trans, aborran, ina-
borra, ino-aborran, ipaborra, inipaborra, ino-
ipaborra.

maborrocli, raised, bumpy, angular, not
round; maborroch a sies, maborrogh a tarran,
maborroch ja morra, a humpback, a crooked
road, or a distorted countenance; paborrogh,
trans, and act. imp. aborrogga, ipaborrogga,
pass, aborroggen, inaborrogh, inoaborroghen,
ipaborroggen, inipaborrogh, ino ipaborroghen;
borroch, a bump.

maboso, mi, ma, abosoa, neut. to wear away,
to change; paboso, pi, pa, imp. abosoa, pass.

macha, the eye, dead ; cho macha, a dead
man; also dry, dried up; macha da baron, diy
wood ; macha da ta, diy land ; pacha, to kill;
act. imp. acha, achar, inacha, ino achan, trans.
ipacha, inipacha, inoipacha-, the neut. has no
other noun than macha itself; it is also the
verb macha, mi, ma, acha, to die; acha, a
death-blow; nom. ma-acha, a murderer;
machada idas, an eclipse ordead moon; machada
aras, dry grass.

machab, minachab, mamachab, achabba,
achabban, inachabban, inoachabban, to do any-
thing secretly ; pachab, trans, achab, theft;
ma achab, a thief.

mach-acMo-a-oogli, as machio-a-oogh.
machachod, an adulterer or adulteress; fr.
chummod.

machaddak, near, not far, mi, ma, achadikka,
neut., pach addik trans, and act. nom. chaddik,
is used as the prep, near; root, chummaddik;
maube a chaddik, to look near; ma-achaddik
ocho, a neighbour, one who is near.

machallo, mi, ma, achalha, clear; machallo
a to, clear water; machallo a boesum, clear
air; machallo a tattorrodauron, a clear mirror;
pachalh, trans, aird act.; gallo, nom. clearness;
machallochallo, intens.; ma-achallo, clearer;
pachallo, act. achalha, pass, ipachalloa, trans.
achalloon, inachalloon, inoachalloon, ipachallo,

machal-pod, the end; mi, ma, achal-podda,
to come to the last, completed, as machil-,
achalta, or achalpodda dummoro tapos, come in
together; minachalt, or minachal-pod sohsa
tapos, they are all gone in together; pachalt is
act. and pachalpod trans, finished; achalta,
achalten, inachalt, inoachalten, imp. pass.;
pachalta, ipachalt, inipachalt, inoipachalt.

machammocliammo, deep; machammocham-
mo-nochauch, spoken of a well; mina, mama,
achammochammoa, anything dark and dismal,
as in a well; mamarorammo, is used also by
the Takey people; chammochammo and mo-
rammo, nom.

machanagh, mi, machanacha, neut. notched;
see chummanach; chanag, a notch in an arrow.

macbapor, mi, ma, ger. achaporra, of few
words, not to speak much, to be still; pachabor,
trans, and act,; machapochapor, intens.; chapor,
nom. silence, is chapachapor; ma achapor, one
who keeps silence ; imp. achaporra, achiporran,
inachaporran, inoachaporran, ipachaporra, pass,
ipachapor.

machaogli, pitted, rumpled, rough ; pachauch,
trans and act. imp. achaucha, achauchen,
inachauch, ipachaucha, pass, ipachauchen, ini-
pachauch, inoipackauc/i chauch, a well: ma
achauch, a well digger.

macharrieb, mi, ma, acharriebba, invisible,
IS used of wind, spirit, etc.; acharrieb, nom.;
ma acharrieb, one who renders anything in-
visible.

macb-a-to, water dried up.
macbatto, mi, ma, achattoa, to smoke; pach-
atto, act. trans, imp. achattoa, achattoan, in-
achattoa, inoachattoan, ipachattoa, pass, ipachatto,
inipachattoa, inoipachattoa; chatto, nom.

macb-do, sweet,- mi, ma, achedoa (the e
short), chedo, sweet; ma achedo, a sweetener:
pachedo, trans.

macbe, mi, ma, imp. achea, pass, acheen,
mache, inoacheen, to guess whether anything is
even or uneven.

macbe-aubon, mittacheaubon, mamacheaubon,
pass, acheaubonnan, inacheaubonnan, inoachau-
bonnan-, acheaubonnan, to jest, to joke, to sit
idle, to dally; acheuabon, nom. dallying; ma
acheaubon, to trifle; ta ja don acheaubonnan,
the place where people play.

macbeda, intens. machedachedami, ma,
acheda, pass, achedaan, etc., to change one\'s
word or will; pacheda, trans.; cheda, change-
ableness.nbsp;^

macbeer, ingenious; mi, ma, acheer
cheer, txaxis. zxid a.ct. pi, pa. Imp. achera, acheran,
inacheran, inoacheran, ipachera, pass, ipacheer,
inipacheer, inoipacheercheer (pron. khajr), wit
macben, an elder brother or sister, cousin or
nephew.

maebia, minachia, mamachia, achia, to re-
pent, to change one\'s mind; pachia, trans, to
change anyone; achia, repentance; ma achia,
one who exhorts to repentance.

macbi-agebi erab, mi, ma, to drivel; achi
achi erab, or mac hi achi, mi, ma, achi a chia,
this IS also to leak ; nom. achi a chi, and achi a
cht erab, slaver; ma achi achi, one who drivels;
pcicha cht erab, and pachi a chi, trans.; 771a
chtagcht, composed from machtagchi, to leak,
and erah,Mf, machiagchi kallaman, the pot
achiagcht tn, tnachiagchi in, ina achiag-
cht tnja to, the water is leaked out.

macblegb, minachiegh, mamachiegh, neut.
to roast; achiecha, to broil, inf trans.; pachiech,
to boil, the root is chummiegh, see the nom.
act. ; see under letter p; chiegh, a roasting; ma
achiegh, a roaster, as ma achachieg-, chieg,
roast; ma achieg, anything roasted.

machigb, sour; mi, ma, achich-a-, pachich,
trans, and act. imp. achichoa, achich in, in-
achich in, ino achich in, ipachich a, pass, ipa-
chich, inipachich, ino ipachich; chich, sourish.

macbimit, mi, ma, achimta, spruce, neat,
clean, avoiding filth; pachimit, trans, and act.
imp. achimta, achimten, inachimtin, inoachimtin,
ipachimta, pass, ipachimt, inipachimt, inoipa-
chimt-, machimchimit, idem; ma achimit, a
clearer; chimit, nom. subst. cleanliness, neat-
ness ; used also as an adverb.

macho, mi-nacho, mamacho, achoa, achon, in-
achon, ino achon, to take elsewhere; but this
vvord in construction takes n, as inachon 0
bido, take away the book.

maohobbechob, mi, ma, achobbechohba, neut.
m£ chummobbechob, to be hasty; chobbechob,
act. and trans.; chobbechob, nom. hasty.

machobot, rumpled, rough; mi, ma, pacho-
bot, trans, and act.; machobochobo intens.; cho-
bor, a mffle; ma achobor, one who makes
ruffles; imp. achobotta, pass, achobottan, inacho-
bottan, inoachobottan, ipachobatta, pass, ipacho-
bot, inipachobot, inipachobat.

machomorraja, mi, ma, achomorraja, fright-
ened, confounded; pachomcyrraja, trans, and
act.; achomorraja, confusion; ma achomorraja,
fright, imp. act. achomorraja, achimorraja,
tnachomorraian, trans, ipachomorraja, pass.
ipachomorraja, inipachomorraia, inoachomorraia,
ino ipachomorraia.

machonagh, mimachonagh, mamachonagh,
achonagcha, to haunt; pachonagh, trans.; \'.acho-
ncigh, haunted; ma achonagh, a haunter\'; pa-
chonagh, act. achonagcha, inachonagh, trans.
tfachonagcha pass, ipachonagh, inipachonagh,

machonchon, mi, ma, achochonna, neut.
ploughed; see chummonchos, nom. chonchon,
a ploughman.

machonsar, everlasting; pachonsar, trans.;
ma achomar, one who perpetuates; acho, nom.
ma acho, one who causes continuance.

machopul (the 0 short), to taste well, act.
mt ma, imp. achopuUa, pass, achopullen, imcho-
pul, inochopullen, a taster, one who prepares the
food.

machoraap, mi, ma, achorapa, neut., the
same as pedara, to mix diffquot;erent thing

together; facheraap, trans,, achoraap, nom., as
atdarra; pachoraap, act. trans, imp. achorapa,
ackorapen, inackoraap, ipachorapa, pass, ipacho-
raap, inipachoraap, ino achorap, inoipachorap.

machote, minachoté, manachote achotea,
averse to anything that is unpleasant j also to
suiFer punishment; the root is chummote-, see
also act. pachote, in p., punishment; maachote,
a sufferer; chote, suffering,

machotul, mi, ma, achotulla, neut. bent, not
straight, physically and morally; pachotul, act.
and trans.pa, imp. achotulla, ipachotuUa, pass.
ipachotul, etc; chotul, a curve.

machummachumma, mi, ma, achummachum-
ma, indistinct, the opposite of marimasal-,
chummachumma, nom.; ma achummachumma-,
pachummachumma, act. achummachumma,
achummachumman, inachummachumman, ino-
achummachumman, trans, ipachummachumma,
pass, ipachummachumma, etc.

mada, minada, mamada, ada, adan, inadan,
inoadan, to divide; pada, trans.; ada, a share;
ma ada, a sharer.

madaal, mi, ma, ada-alla, neut. dishonour-
able, shameless; pa-da-al, act, and trans, da-al,
nom.

madaap, minadaap, mamadaap, adapa, ada-
pen, inadap, ino-adapen, to make haste; padaap,
imp. ipadaha, trans, ada aba, act,; pass, ada
aben, inadaab, inoadaaben, padaab, inipadaab,
inoipadaab, adaab, haste; ma adaab, one who
hastens another.

madahbi, to be satisfied; mi, ma, adabbia-,
padabbi, trans, satisfied; dabbi, satiety; ma
adabbi, a satisfier; adabbi, satisfying, act;
padabbi, act. adabbia, adahhin, trans, ipadabbia,
pass, ipadahbi, inipadahbi, ino adahbien, inoipa-
dabbi.

madaddo, ininadaddo, mamadaddo; adaddoa,
to refuse; pass, adadoan, inadadoan, adaddoan;
padaddo, daddo, a refusal; ma adaddo, a re-
fuser.

madallal, ger. mi, ma, adaldalla, gentle, as
ma-allal-, padaldal, pa-al-al, trans.; daldal,
mildness; ma-adaldal, one who wishes to be
kind; padaldal, act. adaldalla, adaldallen, ina-
daldal, pa-al-al, trans, imp. ipadaldalla, pass.
ipadaldal, inipadaldal, inoadaldallen.

madallolees, mi, ma, neut. glistering, shin-
ing, as if well scoured; but this only refers to
anything that has a white ground, and differs
from raosan ; dallolees, nom. a shining ; it is also
the name of a tree, the bark of which shines
hke the European beech.

madarram, minadarram, mamadarram, adar-
rama, darrammen, madarram, inodarrammen,
trained; see the root dummarram, and there
the neut. darram, experience; ma-adarran, one
who is trained.

madas, minadas, mamadas, adassa, adassen,
inoadassen, to praise; madadas, also padas,
praise; ma-adas, a praiser.

maddite, minaddik, mamaddik, adikka, etc., to
forbid; paddik, adik, a prohibition ; ma adik, a
prohibiter.

maddobor, mi, ma, ger. addoborra, busy, en-
cumbered, neut.; padohor, trans, ma-adobor,
troubled; adobor, trouble, act. dohbor, care ;
padobor, act. adohorra, adoborren, inadobor, trans,
imp. padoborra, pass, padobor, etc.

madich, or madigh, sick; mi, ma, adicha,
nom. adj.; ma-adig, a sickness, one who makes
sick ; adigh, a sickening; dich, nom. sickness;
madeadig, intens, nom. padich, act. adicha,
adich, inadich, trans, ipadicha, pass, ipadich,
inipadich, inoadichen, inoipadich, etc.

madidden, mi, ma, ger. adiddena, firm, close,
fast holding; madidden 0 arrar, a strong rail-
ing ; adiddenja tataap-oe, hold it fast; applied
to the mind, fii-m, undaunted; dadden, firm;
padidden, trans, ma adidden, one who makes
fast; adidden, a fastening ; padidden, act. adid-
dena, etc., trans, padiddena, pass, ipadidden,
etc.

madirdir, minadirdir, mamadirdir, adirdirra,
to tremble; padirdir, act. and trans, dirdir,
nom. a shaking,
mado, a dog.

mado, minado, mamado, adoa, adoan, inadoan,
inoadoan, to cook; pado, trans.; ado, a cooking;
ma ado, a cook.

madobdob, minadobdob, mamadobdob, dob-
dobba, dobdobben, zinobdob, inodobdobben, hurried
and in difficulty; padobdob, trans.; see dummob-
dob, to hasten, neut. nom. dohdob; ma adobdob,
one who hastens another.

madochallam, minadochallam, mamadochal-
lam, adochallama, the calming and clearing up
of wind and weather; also of anger; padochal-
lam, act, and trans, imp. adochallam, adochal-
laman, ipadochallama, pass, ipadochallam, ina-
dochellaman, inoadochalleman, inipadochallam,
inoipadochallam ; adochallam; ma adochallam,
one who calms people.

madodeibo-ibo, faint, weak; mi, ma, adodeibo-
iboa, lax ; padodeibo-ibo, trans, and act, imp,
adodeibo-iboa, adodeibo-iboan, inadodeibo-iboan,
etc,, pass, ipadodeiboibo, etc.; adodeibo-ibo,
faintness; ma adodeiboibo, one who makes
faint.

magagidsi, and magagri, mi, ma, both neut.;
fr. chummagids and gummagri, ticklish.

magaiech, mi, ma, agaiecka, neut.; fr.
gummaieck, to delay; agaiech, lateness, used ad-
verbially, late; ma agaiech, a delaying, adject.

magak, mi, \'ma, agakka, pass, agakken, etc.,
to call out, as paillieb •, fagak, trans, intens.,
magagak, agak, nom.

magamgam, agamgamma, to be covetous;
pass, minagamgam, fut. mamagamgam-, ma
agamgam, covetous, a miser; gamgam, cove-
tousness; fagamgam, act. trans, imp. agam-
gamma, agamgammen, ipagamgamma, pass.
ifagamgam, inagamgammen, etc.

magareogeo, mi, ma, gareogeoa, flat and
round like the wheels of a coach; fagareogeo,
trans, and act. nom. gareogea.
magcha, the eyes.

magchitagchitat, mi, ma, unsettled, change-
able; mi, ma, agchitagchitatta is not said of
men\'s will or words, but refers to things that
exist now and then, as magchitagchitat moetas,
it rains sometimes; agchitagchitat, changeable-
ness.

ma,gcho, mi, ma, mamagcho, ipagchoa, ipag-
cha, inifagcho, inoifagcho, to speak.

magga, minagga, mamagga, agga, the means
in order to an end; yaga, mijagga, inojagga,
the object or aim; agan, inagan, inoaggan, to
throw out of the hand; maggo taggargar, to
cast anchor; paga, trans.; aga, the throwing
of projectiles; ma aga, one skilful in throwing.

maggaaX, mi, ma, sharp; agaata, pointed;
maggaat 0 zinoe, a sharp knife ; maggaato ran,
a three-cornered hat; maggagaat, intens., fr.
gummaat-, gaat, a point; ma agaat, anything
pointed.

maggo-aan, mi, ma, aggo-ana, compounded
of magga, to throw, and aa», food; when two
parties, after having promised their children,
previous to the marriage, feed each other;
paggo-an, trans., aggo-aan, nom. subst.

maggogh, mi, ma,^ aggocha, to annoy by
vexation; maggogh ja na, azijel 0 mababat,
maggoghja, maggogh ja na babiaro mac hip ■,
pagoch, trans, goch, vexation; ma agoch, a
vexer; pagoch, act. agocha, etc., tx?CQ.%: ipagocho,
etc.

maggos, mi, ma, agossa, to fish with a
sweep-net, by which the fishes are inclosed;
pagos, trans.

maggotarrar, mi, ma, to bend anything on
the edge or end, as the edge of a napkin, etc.;
also to go slanting upwards, as a way;
pagotarrar, trans, and act. imp. agotarrarra,
agotarrarran, ipagotarrar, pass, ipagotarrar, etc.

maghappo, glowing; metaphorically used of
ardent spirits, because they make the face to
glow; pagappo, to glow, act. trans.; pachippo,
chabto, nom.j ma agappo, one who glows;
\'\' t, act. trans, imp.

magkagh, minakagh, mamakagh, akacha,
akachen, etc., to bite; pagach, trans.; agach, a
bite; ma agach, a biter.

magogach, minagagach, mamagagagh, agag-
agcha, to itch after, to desire strongly; ma-
gagagagach, intens. magagach; pagagach,
tmns.gagach,a.n itching, a desire; ma-agagach,
one who itches.

magoragh, mi, ma, agoracha, the skin
rubbed off; magoragh ja rima, the skin is off
my hand; magar aggorach, intens.

magoulyk, mi, ma, agoulyka, neut. to sprain
the foot, to wrench; pagoulyck, act. and trans,
a sprain of the foot; the natives cure this by
the_ leaves of a certain tree, called satik, with
which they bind up the limb in order to soften
the skin, or to disperse the extravasated blood.

mai, mimai, mamai, imp. moa, to come ; the
3rd person has sai, sanai, sasai, trans, only in
the 3rd person, pasai, pi, pa-, ipasaya-, mai?
is he well ? interrogatively.

mai-acho, all those who are related to us,
whether male or female; also stepfather and
mother; seems to be compounded from the
verbs mai, to come, and macho, to bring ■
because when the daughters marry, they bring
their husbands home to dwell.

maibas, alike; mi, ma, imp. aubasa, aibas,
nom. hkeness; ma aibas, one who makes alikei-
paibas, act, and trans, imp. aibasa, aibasan,
tnaibasan, moaibasan, ipaibasa, ipaibas, etc.

maibat, _ minaibat, mamaibat, aibadda,
aibaddan, inaibaddan, im-aihaddan, to work
for another for one\'s board, as the poor do for
a meal; men say also mikat-, paibat, trans,
with respect to the person who is served ; aibat,
nom, service; maibat, a servant, a labourer;
pass,nbsp;inaibda, inaibadden, inaibad,

able, neither too large nor too small; is also
used as machafor and machapochapor, and then
means moderate in conversation, neither too
still nor too talkative,
maimoeh-a-ta, a wilderness,
mairo, kagmairo, mi, ma, aiman, airoan,
airoa, inairoan, ino airoan, to change, as men
do the teeth, or bucks the horns; pairo, trans,
nom. airo, a changingma-airo, a changer.

mais, minais, mamais, assa, aisan, inaisan,
inoaisan, to laugh ; pais, trans, ais, a laugh ;
ma-ais, a laugher.

ma-issal, mina-issal, mama-issal, a-issalla, to
repeat, as children do before their master; ma-
issal, 0 bido, to say out of book; ma-issal 0 sies,
to say by heart.

maizi, mi, ma, aizia, near, at hand ; people
say also maizi, aizi, and arri, neighbourhood ;
aizi, paizi, act. and trans, imp. aizia, aizian,
inaizi,imaizian, ipaizia, pass, ipaizi, inoipaizi;
maaizi, nom., and ma arzi, one who brings near.

majed, mi, ma, small, fine; but it is only
said of many, for with regard to few, it is
koezi-, also thin, not thick, as makied-, paied,
to make small; ma-a-ied, one who makes
small, smallness; ma-i-ied or makikied, thin;
pa-i-ied, pakikied, trans.

makabol, mi, ma, akabollan, to be angry, to
chide, act. trans, pakabol, akaboUa, akabollen, pak
bolla, pass, ipakobol, inakobol, inoakoboUen, etc.;
kobal, anger, wrath; ma-akabol, angry, wrathful.

ma-kairi, mi, ma, to do anything with the
left hand, as makairi j a simioch, pattite, to stretch
out the left hand and speak, etc.; ma annige,
idem ; ma akairi, a left-handed man.

makakan, to be red ; mi, ma, akakama,
pakakam, trans, and act. imp. akalanna, ipaka-
kanna, hakan, redness ; ma akakan, a red
dauber; pass, akakannu, inakakannan, ipakakan,
inikakannan, inipakakan, inakakannan, etc.

makakossi, mi, ma, akakossia, to be dis-
obedient; pakakossi, pi, pa, akakossia, akakossia-
tn, inakakossi, ipakakossia, pass., ipakakossi,
inipakakossi, fut. pass, inoakakossi-in, inoipaka-
kossi-, see act. kummossi, to render any one
disobedient.

ma-kallamas, mi, ma, to do anything with
the _ rig^it hand; as makallamas ja simioch,
pattite, etc.; ma allamas, ditto.

makarnmichi, to be solitary, alonemi, ma,
akammigia-, pakammieg, trans, and act. imp.
akammichia, akammichi-in, inakammichi, inoa-
kammichi-in, ipakimmichia, pass, ipakimmichi,
etc.; kammichi, solitude; ma akammigi, one
who is solitary and alone.

makammoch, mi, ma, to be covetous (as
magamgam), akammocha, imp.; pakammoch, act.
trans, imp. akammocha, akammochan, ipakam-
mocha, ^-iamp;\'s,. ipakammoch, inakammochan, inoa-
kammochan, inipakammioch, etc.

makapier, mi, ma, akapiera, neut. to be
hooked on; kapier, a hook; ma akapier,
adject, hooked to.

makapos, mi, ma, akapossa, close, stopped
up; also clownish, incapable of understanding ;
makapos atsies, the mind closed up ; fr. kum-
mapos; pakapos, act. and trans, kapos, a closing
up; makapos, anything stopped up.

makarieb, minakarieb, mamakarieb, akariba,
to run ; also written magarieb; pagarieb, trans,
pass, agarieban, inagarieb, inoagarieban, a circle
in which men run ma-agarieb, a runner.

makarricbi, mi, ma, makarrichi, tnama-
karrichi, akarrichia, to quarrel, to snarl ;
pakarrichi, trans, imp. ipakarrichia, pass, ipakar-
richi, inipakarrichi, inoipakarrichi, pass, akar-
richi, ipakarrichi, inoakarrichi-in; karrichi, a
quarrelling; ma-akarrichi, angiy; mizy, idem.

makarro, mi, ma, akarroa, as mausselakko •,
pakarro, to be idle, act. akarro, nom.; ma-
akarro, a lazy fellow ; pass, akarroan, akarroan
0 tsimep a arrien, the work is neglected.

makinkin, mi, ma, akinkinna, neut. to ring as
little bells; see kumminkin, nom. kinkin, a little
bell.

makiol, mi, ma, akiolla, as maggaat-, kiol,
nom. pointed; makiol j a oog pama dol, a pointed
bamboo, tapering towards the top; ma-akiol,
anything pointed; pakiol, trans, and act. to
sharpen to a point; imp. akiolla, pakiollen,
inakiollen, inoakiollen, ipakiolla, etc.

makirkir, mi, ma, akirkirra, neut., see kum-
mirkir, to gnash the teeth; pakirkir, act. and
trans ; akirkir, a gnashing of the teeth.

makkas, ma, mi, akkassa, akkassen, inakkas,
inoakkassen, to revile any one, to accuse, to
reproach ; pakkas, trans.; makkas 0 ma atattosik,
to accuse falsely ; akkas, a reviling; ma-akkas,
a reviler.

makkeshap, proper, just, suitable, sufficient;
mi, ma, akkieshappa ■, keshap, and akkeshap,
nom.; ma-akkeshappa, act. and tTa.m.pakkeshap,
imp. akkeshappa, akkeshappen, inakkeshappen,
inoakkeshappen, ipakeshappa, etc.

makes, minakos, mamakos, akossa, akossen, to
scratch, to scrape; pakos, trans., akos, nom.;
ma-akos, an extortioner,
makosum, to be jet black, mi, ma, akosumma-,

pakosum, paosum; trans, and act. imp. aosumma,
aosum, inaosum, ipoasumma, pass. ipaosum, etc.;
osum, blackish ; ma-aosum, blackener.

maksas, minaksas, mamaksas, aksassa, aksas-
san, etc., to desire ; paksas, aksas, desire; ma-
aksas, one who desires.

malaag, mi, ma, alaga, alagen, etc., to catch,
to surprise one in sleep, as the natives catch
game while asleep, or pierce them with a
spear.

malacbab, mi, ma, alachabha, long, slow,
Intens. malachalagab; palachab, act. and trans,
imp. alachabha, alachabben, inalachabben, inoal-
achabben, ipalachabba, pass, ipalachab, etc.;
lachab, laziness, slowness ; ma-alachah, a slug-
gard ; malachalachab, intens.; fr. malachab,

malachacli, mi, ma, alachacha, loose, not
tied tight, the opposite of madidden; palachach,
act. and trans, intens. malachalachach, imp.
alachacha, ipalachacha, alachachen, inalach-
achen, imalachachen, pass, ipalachach, etc.;
lachach, looseness; ma-alachach, one who
makes anything loose.

maladik, minaladik, mamaladik, aladikka,
aladikken, inaladik, imaladikken, to take care, to
protect, to rule over; aladik, nom. a protection,
rule; ma-aladik, a protector, a ruler; aladik,
aijan, a seat of government.

malakknm, minallakkum, mamallakkum, allak-
kumma, to turn things upside down; allakkum,
the turning as of a ruler; ma-allakkum, one that
does that; pallakkum, pi, pa, imp. act. and
trans, allakkumma, ipallakumma, allakkumman,
inallakkumman, inoallakkummun, pass, ipallak-
kum, etc., to turn things over and over, but is
only said of such things as nature or art has
adapted for turning over.

malam, minalam, mamalam-, alamma, one
who fights with missile weapons; alamma,
inalam, ino-alammen, the place where the battle
is fought; alammen, inalamman, inoalamman,
alam, missile weapons; karri cilam, and mau
alam, to fight together; Tna-alam, one who is
skilful with missiles; alam-an aijan, a field of
battle.

malama, minalama, mamalama, alama, ala-
man, inalama, ino-alaman, to cook pap; palama,
trans, lallama, pap; ma-alama, a pap-maker.

malapan, to be flat; mi, ma, alapama,
palapa, trans, and act. imp. alapanna, alapan-
nen, inalapannen, ipalapanna, pass, ipalapan,
etc.; lapan, nom.; ma-alapan, one who
flattens.

malapilapies, mi, ma, alapilapsa, kneaded,
pressed down ; see lummapilapies.
malat\' o situm, a bill hook,
malatta, a hammer; written malata.
malaulaub, minalaulauh, mamalaulaub, the
sparkling of a flame, hence clear, to bum well;
palaulaub, pi, pa, etc., see gummaulaub.

maliod, mi, ma, aliodda, aliodden, inaliod, to
blow a whirlwind ; paliod, trans., aliod, nom. a
whirlwind.

malla, minalla, mamalla, alla-a, alla-an,
etc., to adorn oneself; palla, trans, to adorn
another; al-la, ornament; ma-alla, an adorner.

mallabagb, minalabagh, mamalabagh, choos-
ing things equally good, not to know which to
take, imp. allabagha; ma allabagh, act. and
trans.; pallabagh, pi, pa, allabagha, allabaghen,
ina-allabaghen, inoallabaghen, ipallabacha, ipal-
labagh, inipallabagh, inoipallabagh; but mahag,
mi, ma, abagga, abaggen, inabag, not to know
what to choose, to be anxious about a choice;
palag, abag, nom.; ma-abag, one who brings
another into anxiety.

malleak, mi, ma, alleakka, as machote, neut.
pass, alleakken, inalleak, inoalleakken, act. trans.
ipalleak, inipalleak, inoipaüeak-, palleak, to be
averse; alleak, aversion ; ma-alleak, a person
who is loathsome.

maUegallieb, and mallegallegallich, mi, ma,
pallegallich, and pallegalligich, as malachach,
and malachcdachach, palachach, and palachale-
chach.

malli-alli, minalli-alli, ma malli-alli, alli-allia,
to thrill, to shake, alli-alli, nom. subst.; ma-alli-
alli, a shaker ; palli-alli, imp. act. trans.
alli-allia, alli-alli-in, inalli-alli-in, ino-alli-alli-in,
etc.

mallosos, a silver scale,
malmal, mi, ma, almalla, tender, soft, not
tough, neut.; also malbo, mi, ma, albea (con-
tract. from malilbe) ; paalbe, neut. and trans.,
albea, ipalbea, lilbe (the i short), nom. softness ;
lemmel (the e short), nom. softness, even as
malummal•, ma-abummal, a softener; palummal,
act. pi, pa, imp. alummalla, alummallen, inalum-
mal, etc.; palummal, trans.

malod, minalod, mamalod, alodda, aloddan,
inaloddan, iuoaloddan, to call; palod, trans.,
alod, nom.; ma-alod, a crier.

malokogh, mi, ma, alokogcka, meagre; falo-
kogh, trans, and act. imp. alokogcha, alokogcken,
inalokoch, inoalokogchen, ipalokogcha, pass, ipalo-
koch, etc., malokolokogh, idem, intens. nom.
lokock, leanness; ma-alokoch, ma-alokolokock,
one wlio makes tliin.

malpo, liglit, not iieavy j mi, ma, alpoa,palpo,
act. and trans, imp. alpoa, alpoan, inoalpoan,
ipalpoa,^ pass, ipalpo, etc.; alpo, lightness; ma-
alpo, a lightener of a burthen; alpo, a liglitening.

malum, mi, ma, alumma, same as moar ; pa-
lum, act. trans, imp. alumma, alumman, inalum-
man, imalumman, ipalumma, pass, ipalum, etc.;
alum, nom. as auar ; ma-alum, as ma-auar.

mamacha, minamacha, mamamacha, ann-
acha-a, amachan, imannacha, inoannachan, to
play the fool with any one, to joke ; pannacha,
trans, annacha, jesting ; ma-amacha, a jester.

mamacho, mi, ma, same as mabadas, by
which is expressed any joy, or satisfaction over
any gift, or anything found; imp. amachsa,
abadaasa.

mammali, a miss, a sweetheart, a spinster,
mamghagh, to be quick, ready; amakagcha,
mi, ma-, pamgach, act. trans, imp. amgacha,
amgachen, inamgach, ipamgacha, pass, ipam-
gach, etc.; magack, quickness, readiness; ma-
amgach, one who stirs up another,
mammarro, the morning, to-morrow,
mammom, dumb ; mi, ma, amonna ; pamos,
to strike dumb, act. and trans, amonna, aTnon-
nen, inamon, inoamonnen, ipamonna, pass, ipa-
mon, etc.; amon, dumbness; ma-amon, one who
strikes another dumb.

mamoos, mi, ma, amossa, diligent; ma-moach,
idem; pamoos, pamoach, act, and trans, imp.
amoosa, amoossan, inamossan, inoamossan, ipa-
moamp;osa, ^2amp;%.ipamoos, etc., moos, mx}ach, diligence;
amoos, and amoach, nom. a rendering diligent;
ma-amoos, and ma-amoach, one who renders
another diligent,
mamotto, simply.

mamottomotto, angular, cornered, not round;
mi, ma, amotto, mottoa, intens. pamotto-motto,
act. trans, amottomottoa, etc., ipamottomotfoa,
pass, ipamottomottoan, etc., nom. motto-motto, an
angular form; ma-amotto-motto, one who makes
angles.

mampa, a bird; achoar, dakoe, or damorij,
unknown; maars, a quail; kole-a-kis, kissabre,
a finch; dollij, kalo, a wagtail; koekoen-o-oog, a
cuckoo; zieri, a sparrow; kabil, a swallow,
a, a snipe ; teo, a stork; poa, a hen; sarra

oa oa, a crow; gorrogot, gogoptoto, betoto, a
dove; pook, an owl; kokko, a hen; tebabon, a
duck.

man, minan, maman, channa, channan, ino-
chan, to eat away, to wear; poan, pi, pa, to
feed, to give to eat, imp. ipanna, channea, pass.
channan, manwH.^ iuochunfiuu^ with rcspect to
the person who is fed; but iporan, inipoan,
tnoipoan, with respect to the food one eats •
nom. fr. man, is inochan, food; fr. pan, is aan
feeding, a meal, and ma-aan, a feeder; karr\\
man-aan, to feed one another; aan o marpe,
supper; magg o-aan, to feed; man o patsil
simma, breakfast; man o lallian, dinner; man o
maroop, afternoon\'s meal.

mananat, ananadda, to do anything first-
minanamat, mamananat, or ananade o de bonna,
go forward into the field; ananadd\' o man
inonoe, do you eat first; ananadden, inananad,
inoananadden, als tumman-aab ; pananad, act.
trans, ananadda, ananadden, inananad, pass.
ipananad, etc. ; ma ananad, one who precedes
in eating, drinking, working, etc.

manna-aelipil, to repeat five times, mi, ma,
panna-achpil, to do anything five times ; pi, pa,
imp. act. trans, ana achpila, ana achpilan,
inama achpil, ipana achpila, pass, ipana achpil,
inipana achpil, etc., nom. ana achpil, five
times.

manna-maspatil, eight times,
mannapida, to be often repeated ; mi, ma,
panapida, to do anything often ; pi, pa, imp!
act. trans.^ anapida, anapidan, inanapida, ino
anapidan, ipanapida, pass, ipanapida, etc.
mannapilo, seven times,
manna-spattil, four times,
mannatannacho, nine times,
mannatapil, six rimes,
mannatorro-us, three times,
manna-tschiet, ten times,
manna-was, twice.

mantas, once ; mi, ma, antassa.
manniki, ininanniki, mamanniki, aenikia, to
jest, to trick ; ditto, adorned, as malla ; pan-
niki, imp. annikia, annikien, inanikien, ino
anmkten, tpantha, pass, ipaniki, inipaniki, inoipa-
mkt; annih show, mockeiy; ma annikt, a
mocker, a showman,

mannoa, mi, ma, annoa, the twisring together
of twigs for basket-work, as merichichoa, to
twine.

maoom, to be ripe, is said of fruits ; mi, ma,
aooma ; pa-oom, a-ooma, ipaooma ; oom, ripe.

ma-osum, jet-black ; see makosum.
mapan, many, many times; mi, ma, ma-
papan, intens. mepan ; papan, to multiply, imp.
apanna, apannan, inapannan, inoapannan, ipa-
panna, pass, ipapan, inipapan, etc. ; ma apan,
one who makes much, a multiplier.

mapappa, to be short; mi, ma, mapappa-
pappa, pi, pa, imp. apappa-a, apapapa ; papaan,
mapapaan, pass, inapappa, etc.; pappa, short-
ness ; ma apappa, a shortener ; apappa, a short-
ening.

mapaulaik, mi, ma, apoulaik, pass. neut. bald-
headed, imp. apaulaika, apaulaikan, ipapau-
laika, pass, ipapaulaikan, etc.; papaulaik, pi,
pa, to make bald ; paulaik, baldness ; apau-
laik, a making bald ; fna-apaulaik, one who
makes bald.

mape, to be bitter ; mi, ma, ape, apean,
inapean, inaapean ; pap, to embitter ; imp. apea,
apean, inapean, ipapea, pass, ipape, inipape,
apean, etc. ; ipe, bitterness ; ma-ape, an em-
bitterer.

mapiegh, minapiegh, mamapiegh, apiegcha,
lo fight with weapons j pass, apiegapieckcka,
inapiech, inoapiegchen, the party is attacked ;
ma-apiech, a fighter ; papiech, trans.

mapies, minapies, mamapies, apissa, apissen,
in pis, ino apissen, to snatch anything from any
one and take it away ; papir, trans, nom. apis,
a deprivation ; ma apis, a depriver.

mapil, to break in pieces ; papil, trans,
mapir, mi, ma, apirra, tapir, with respect to
the person who is attacked ; inapir, inoipir,
with respect to the hand with which people
fight, to strike the contrary way, to sway the
arms backwards and foi-wards ; papir, trans.,
apir, nom. a smiting backwards ; ma-apir,
one who so smites.

mapocMpogh, muddy, thick,
mapor, minapor, mamapor, aporra, etc., the
chewing of betel nut.

mapoto, mi, mi, apotoa, neut. to be thin as
water ; papato, pi, pa, imp. apotoa, apotoan,
inapotoan, inoapotoan, papotoa, pass, ipapoto, etc.,
to make thin as water.

maraag, a hare or rabbit,
maraal, mi, ma, araala, neut. intens. ma-
raraal; paraal, act. and trans, flat, level, as
landj intens. pararaal, nom. aroal, and ara-
raal, evenness; ma-araal, one who makes
even.

maraas, mi, ma, hard; araasa j maraas o
bato, a hard stone; maraas a o, hard drink;
maraas o ranied, a hard voice ; maraas a ta,
hard stiffquot; ground ; maraas a zys-ya, about half-
way ; paraas, trans, to make hard.

marab, mi, ma, arabba, drunken ; arab,
drunkenness; morroarab, a great drunkard,
inured to drinking ; ma-arab, a drink; parab,
trans, and act. to make drunk ; pi, pa, araba,
araban, inaraban, inoarahan, iparaba, etc.

marabal, minarabal, ma, araballa, standing,
upright; marabal o assaban, the village is
aroused.

marabbo, the drawing together of clouds;
mi, ma, arabboa ; parabbo, pi, pa, cloudy, ara-
boa, rabboan, rinabboan, inorabboan, iparabboa,
pass, ipaparabbo, etc. ; rabbo, clouds.

marach, mi, ma, racha, rächen, inarach,
imracken, to take, to fetch, to obtain, to receive ;
parach, trans.; arach, nom. a reception; ma-
arrach, a receiver; mararach, intens.

maraggaragga, minaraggaragga; aragga-
ragga, to creep on the hands and knees; pa-
raggaragga, to cause to creep.

maraghragh, thick, coarse; maraghragh a
naupoot, coarse linen ; maraghragh a baron, a
thick piece of wood ; raghragh, thickness.

marailen, minarailen, mamarailen, araila,
arailan, maraila, imarailen, to be suspicious of
any one.

marais, mi, ma, araisa, brave, intrepid, dls
turbed; rais, disturbance; arais, a disturbing
ma-arais a sini, an amazon, a shrew, a scold
parais, to disturb another ; act. and trans, imp.
araisan, inaraisan, pass, iparaisa, etc.

maramoramo, twilight, between light and
darkness; see also ma^ammochammo ; rammor-
ammo, nom.

marana, minarana, manarana, rana, inarana,
inoaranan, the cutting of millet or rice, to
mow; porarana, trans, arana, a mowing;
ma-arana, to mow; arrana, time or place of
harvest.

maranoad, mi, ma, mama ; aranoadda, pass.
aranoaddisit (with respect to those who hear
it), the singing of the bird named adam on the
right hand.

marapal, mi, ma, arapalla, neut. blind;
nom. rapal, blindness; adject, ma-arapal,
blind.

marapies, mi, ma, arapisa, wicked; parapies,
pi, pa, arapisa, iparapisa, to do wickedness;
irapisen, inarapies, inoarapisen, iparapies, ini-
parapies, inoiparapies, rapies, wickedness; fr.
marapies, neut.; marapies, bad, adject; arapies.

to make bad; fr. parapies, act., and it is the
same that rarapies is in rummapies.
marar, ordinary, inferior,
marara, minarara, mamarara, imp. arara-a,
to enlighten; rara, the light; parara, trans,
and act. imp. arara-a, arara-an, inarara-an,
imarara-an, iparara-a, pass, iparara, iniparara,
inoiparara ; marararara, intens. ; rara, light;
subst. arara, enlightening ; ma-arara, an en-
lightener ; hence araraan-a idas, the full
moon, that is, an enlightened moon, because
when full it is fully enlightened by the sun.

mararacb, mi, ma, araracha, neut. low, on the
ground ; pararach, to lower, imp. araracha,
ararach, inararach, inoararachen, ipararacha,
pass, ipararach, etc.; rarach, lowness, neut. ;
ma-ararach, a lowerer; ararach, a lowering.

mararain, big with child; mi, ma, araraina;
pararain, to be pregnant; pi, pa, imp. act.
trans, araraina,^ ararainen, inararain, inoarar-
ainnen, ipararaina, pass, ipararain, etc.; rarais,
pregnancy; ararain, ditto ; ma-ararain, one
who gets with child.

mararam, minararam, mamararam, the
dazzling of the eyes ; araramma, pass, araratn-
men, inararam, inoararammen ; pararam, trans.
raram, a dazzling; ma-araram, one who
dazzles.

marcbarclia, mi, ma, archarcha, neut. clear,
able to see clearly ; parcharcha, act. and trans.
pi, pa, archarcha-a, archarchan, iparcharcha-a,
pass, iparcharcha, etc. ; archarcha, clearness.

mariabas, contract, for marach-, abas, that
which is taken in the sea; mi, ma, imp. aria-
hassa; pass, ariahassen, etc., sea shell-fish,
mussels; pariabas, trans.

maribaribat, minaribaribat, mamaribaribat,
aribaribatta, aribaribatten, inaribaribat, inoari-
baribatten, to hunt wild animals, birds, beasts,
or fishes.

maribo, turbid ; mi, ma, ariboa ; paribo, act.
and trans, imp. ariboa, ariboan, inariboan,
inoariboan, ipariboa, pass, iparibo, etc.; ribo,
nom. muddy; hence aribo, a befouling; ma-
aribo, one who befouls.

maricbum, mi, ma, as markup, even, cut olF
straight, as a bamboo, or piece of wood trans-
versely ; see rummichum.

marideried, mi, ma, ariderieda, neut. heavy
laden; parideried, pi, pa, imp. ariderieda, etc.,
pass, tparideried, etc.

marig-go, and intens. mariggoriggo, mi, ma,
ariggoa, neut. changeable; viariggo 0 atite
airab, etc., to change one\'s word or will;
pariggo, act. and trans.

marikak, mi, ma, arikakka, neut. straddling
wide ; see also rummihak; parikak, pi, pa, imp.
arikakka, arikakken, etc.; iparikakka, pass.
iparikak, etc., act. and trans, to straddle.

marimmoamoa, to swarm, to crawl,
mario, mi, ma, imp. arioa, good, and rio,
goodness; ario, an improvement; fr. pario-,
ma-ario, one who makes good; pario, pi, pa,
etc., see under p; mario rio, nom. riorio,
intens.

marior, minarior, mamarior, ariorra, to
follow after, neut. parior, to leave behind ; imp.
ariorra, ariorran, inarior, imariorran, ipariorra,
pass, iparior, etc.; rior, a following behind ;
arior, a leaving behind; ma-arior, to leave
behind.

maripoch, mi, ma, aripocha, aripochen, inari-
poch, inoaripochen, disturbed, fretted ; maripoch
ja ina sies, my mind is uneasy; paripoch, a
disturber.

maripoedpoed, mi, ma, aripoedpoedda, to clew
up, to wind; aripoedpoed, nom. one who
clews.

marisup, roughly, cut off ; fr. rummisup, mi,
ma, as a bamboo, round stick, etc., transversely;
idem, marrichum,

markarkagh, clear, clean, not foul,
marmimi, to doubt; minarmimi, mamarmimi,
mamirmia,armimian,inarmimian, etc.; aramimi,
a doubting ; parmimi, trans. ; ma-armimi, a
doubter.

marne, still, calm ; also weak, pass. ; seeparne
and rummene-, arne, calmness, stillness, still
weather.

maro, far, deep, mi, ma, aroa, ro, distance,
deepness; paro, imp. aroa, aroan, inaro, inoaroan,
iparoa, pass, iparo, iniparo, inoiparo ; ma-aro,
one who deepens ; aro, a deepening,
marobj drunk.

maromorromo, round, neut. ; fr. rummomor-
romo, mi, ma, rommorromo, roundness; ma-
aromorromo, one who rounds.

maronno, mi, ma, shadows, neut. ; see rum-
monno, shadow; ronno an aijan, a shadowy
place ; faronno, act. and trans, pi, pa, aronnoa,
aronman, inaronman, inoaronnoan, iparonnoa,
pass, iparonno, iniparonno, inoiparonno.

marossoalja chaan, a rejection of food, the
squeamishness of the stomach after having
eaten anything nauseous; mi, ma, marossoalja
ma-achaan inai o micham.

marotul, without anything, deprived of every-
thing ; Tlt;a: Deos marotul ja bog, God is incor-
poreal, i.e. without a body, pres. mi, fut. ma,
nom. deprivation ; see the root rummutul; ma-a
otul, one who is destitute. The Favorlang
people do not use this word thus, but for the
end of anything, as the end of a chair or table ;
still it comes to the same thing, for where
anything ends, there it exists no more,
marpesa, the evening, the evening time,
marpibi, minarpibi, mamarpibi, arpibia, neut.
to wake up, to awaken; parpibi, pi, pa, imp.
act. trans, arpibia, arpibi-in, inarpibi, inoarpibian,
pass, iparpibi, etc. ; arpibi, a waking up.

marri o toi, to pick out a splinter with a
knife or needle; inarri, mamarri, arria,
arrien, narri, inoarrien.

makallien, mi, ma, akallia, idem, Takeis.
marroak, loose, not close together; marro-
akonaupoot, a loosely woven stuff; marroak o
adda, paddy thinly sprung up.

marrup, minarup, mamarup, aruppa, aruppen,
inarup, inoaruppen, to wave with the hand.

marsoasoal, mi, ma, arsoasoalla, neut. to
seethe or bubble up, as water does when it
boils; parsoalsoal, imp. arsoasoalla, arsoasoallen,
inarsoasoal, inoasoasoal, iparsoasoalla, pass, soa-
soallen, a seething ; ma-arsoasoal, a seether.

martuatual, to tumble head over heels,
marummo, whole, not in pieces, nor broken ;
written marummo, ml, ma, arummoa ; parummo,

to make whole; imp. arummoa, act. arummoan,
marummoan, inoarummoan, Iparummoa, pass,
trans, iparummo, etc. ; rummo, soundness ; mxi-
arummo, a healer ; arummo, a healing.

masa, minasa, mamasa, asa, asan, inasa,
inoasan, to barter, to sell; asa, ware, merchan-
dise ; ma-asa, a seller; masa, is also a noun,
and means the same in the Takeis dialect,
masa, well cooked.

masaba, poor, necessitous; masabba o machan,
destitute of food; masabba o arribil, without
furniture ; mi, ma, asabba; sabba, nom. pov-
erty, necessity ; pasabba, imp. asabba, asabban,
etc., pass, ipasabba, etc., to make poor.

masallaad, mi, ma, asalladda, the trunk of a
tree from which the branches are cut off, but
the roots still left in the ground; sallaad, such
a trunk.

masallak, nice, in eating and drinking,
masammo, mi, ma, asammoa, withered ;
metaphorically used of those who are wasted
by sickness.

masannan, minasannan, mamasannan, asa-
nama, asanannan, inasanannan, to be envious
or jealous, to hate ; sannan, nom. envy, jealousy,
hatred ; ma-asannan, one who envies.

masaimo ? how ? masanno mato atasas ? how
large is the picture ? qua mamario, a little good.

masarammosammo, mi, ma, asarammosammo,
neut. the dazzling of the eyes; pasarammo-
sammo, act. and trans.; sarammosammo, nom. a
dazzling.

masarra, minasarra, inamasarra, asarra,
asarran, inasarra, inoasarran, to look at, to
behold; asarra, a beholding; ma-asarra, a
spectator.

masas, asassa, lazy, slow,
masaso, minasaso, mamasaso, asasoa, asasoan,
inasasoan, inoasaso, to loiter, to be dissatisfied,
to hate; pasasso, trans.; marasso ijo ina, I am
dissatisfied with you, and thus is taken to mean
dislike and hatred; sasso, displeasure, hatred;
ma-asasso, a pouter.

masasoom, m, ma, to bring two ends to-
gether ; Tabai Paus a don masasoom ja ina don,
Tabai Paus\'s house adjoins mine; see sasoom
and summasoom; sasoom, nom. pasasoom, trans,
the place where two things join; ma-asoon,
masasoom, also masasoom abaas, a complete year.

masat, minasat, mamasat, asatta, asatten,
inasat, inosatten, to carry two burthens along
the road, bearing them by turns, and then
setting them down.

masau, minasau, mamasau, asau-a, asauen,
inasau, inoasauen, to beat seed out of the husk,
which is done on the ground, with a beater
called tatta; pasau, trans, asau.

maseas, minaseas, mamaseas, aseasa, aseasen,
etc., to stand up, to rise up; pasean, to cause
to arise ; pi, pa, ipaseasa, aseas, resurrection.

masear, mi, ma, asearra, right on end;
pasear, to set up; asearren, inasear, inoasearren,
asarra, ipasear, etc.; asear, nom. a setting up;
ma-asear, a founder.

maselakko, mi, ma, aselakkoa, entirely useless
through idleness; paselakko, trans, and act.;
selakko, laziness; ma-aselakko, one who makes
another lazy.

masi, mi, ma, asia, asian, inasi, imasian, to
shower; masi a oetas, a shower of rain; asi, or
asi a oetas, a shower.

masibau, minasibau, mamasihau, asibaua, asi-
bauen, inasibau, inoastbau, to wrestle, to strive;
pasibau, trans,; asibau, a wrestling; ma-asibau.

masieh, mi, ma ,imp, asicha; masesich, intens,
to pain; neut, also smarting from ardent spirits;
pasich, act, and trans,; sich, pain; sesesick,
intens.

masid, mi, ma, asidda, asidden, inasid, inoa-
sidden, to be high, elevated; the d is pro-
nounced hard ; masidaija, baboch, i.e. the
throw, or the shoot is high ; sid, nom. high ;
pasid, trans,; thus men say, mauchus asid, very
high; masid a to, spring flood, very high
water,

masidaukirrap, to play on a double flute
with both nostrils; minasdaukirrap, mamasi-
daukirrap.

masiklau, minasiklau, asihlaua, to play on the
flute, also to set upright,
.masiksik, as maiEdden.
masiliollio, minasiliollio, mamasiliollio, to
transfer, pass,; pasiliollio, trans, asiliollio, nom,

masinan, minasinasien, mamasinasien, asina-
sina, asinasinan, inasinan, inoasinasinan, to pro-
duce an echo in a church, or a closed chamber;
pasinasien, trans.; sinasien, an echo.

masini, minasini, mamasini, asinia, asinian,
inasini, inoasinian, to heaiquot;; pasini, pi, pa,
ipasini, trans.; asini, a hearing; ma-asini, a
hearer.

masini, to be like an old woman ; ma-asini, an
old woman; masini, to be thus; mi, ma, asinia ;

masiorrum, mi, ma, asiorrumma, to play on
the trumpet; pasiorrum, trans, nom.; orrum, a
trumpet,

masipir, mi, ma, asipirra, neut. to push up
slantwise ; pasipir, act. trans, imp, asipirra,
asipirren, inasipir, inoasipirren, ipassipirra, pass,
ipasipir, etc,

masisarratok, mi, ma, asisarratok, to play on
a certain instrument like a bow; sarratok, the
name of the instrument.

masisiet, minasisiet, mamasisiet, to cool, the
cooling of things which have been heated by
fire; pasisiet, act. and trans.; people also say
mosisiet, pausisiet.

masitabhillo, mi, ma, asitabbilha, to blow on
the trumpet; pasitabbillo, trans; tahbillo, a
trumpet; ma-asitabbillo, a trumpeter.

masitik, to button tol; mi, ma, asitikka; pa-
sitik, trans, nom.; sasitik, a button, or anything
to button with, imp, asitikka, and ipasitikka.
masitisitlk, intens. root summiksik.
masitosarri, minasitosarri, mamasitosarri,
assitosarria, assitosarrien, masitosarri, inoassito-
sarrien, to blow with the nose; assitosarrien,
ina-assitosarrien, imassitosarrian, to blow with
the nose on a certain flute called tosarri; pinasi-
tosarri, pi, pa, etc.

masitum, mi, ma, to be shaip; situm, sharp-
ness ; pasitum, trans, imp, asitumma, etc.; ma-
asitum, a sharpener,

masjam, to be an old man ; mi, ma, asjamma-,
pasjam, trans ; ma-asjem, one who makes
old.

maso, few, is never used alone, but always in
combination ; thus people say, maso qua, for a
few, maso koesxie, a little, small; item, maso,
mato, maro, madich, micham, man, etc., rather
great, far, sick, void of drinking, eating, etc.

masoab, minasoab, mamasoab, asoabba, pass.
asoabben, inoasoabben ja ranied, to open the
mouth, to yawn, to gape; pasoab, trans, asoab,
a gape; ma-asoab, a yawner.
masoan a barri, the north wind,
masom, mi, ma, asomma; inasom, imasommen,
to will ; as merab.

masoparreopeo, mi, ma, asoparreopeoa, aso-
parreopeoan, inasoparreopeoan, to go round, to
run round ; masoparreo, to go round frequently,
or once; asoparreo, asoparreopeo, a running
round; asoparreoan or aijan, asoparreopeoan
aijan, a place for running round, a course.

masopyryt, mi, ma, asopyryta, asopyryten,
inasopyryt, inoasopyryten, t» spin j the spindle
with which one spins.

masor, mi, ma, asorra, as matsibo qua, neut.
to project a little in length beyond another;
masoasor, intens.; pasor, trans.

masorieb jaioeno, headache, mi, ma-asorieba,
a pain in the head; paso, rieb, trans, nom.
asorieb, headache.

masorro, a hind or roe.
masorror, mi, ma, asosorro, same as makkas ;
pasos or, trans, asosor, accusation, reproach ; ma-
asosor, an accuser.

masoso, lengthwise; na aitanja masoso abak,
I see the boat lengthwise, imp. asosoa; pasoso,
trans.; soso, length ; ma-asoso, long.

maspe, wet; mi, ma, aspea, paspe, to wet •
trans, nom. aspe, moist, ma-aspe, wet.nbsp;\'

maspot, mi, ma, aspotta, to be busy, to have
something to do; means also all kind of dis-
quietude of mind, which is unavoidable; pas-
pot, _ trans.; see under the letter p, spot, nom.
business; maaspot, busy.

masumab, cold, mi, ma-, masummak 0 barri,
the northern monsoon, lit. a cold wind;
sumah, nom. coldness; ma-asumak, cold.

matabtab, mi, ma, atabtabba, neut. high-
land, as motarrar-, patabtab, to heighten; act.
and trans, imp. atabtabba, atabben; inatabtab,
inotabtabben, ipatabtabba, pass, ipatabtab, etc.;
tabtab, height of land ; neut. atabtab, an elevat-
ing ; ma-atabtab, one who elevates.

matach, damp, moist, juicy; tach, nom.
subst. juice; mt, ma, atacha; patach, trans.
ma-atack, a juice-maker.

matacha, raw, green, i.e. youthful, unripe,
or uncooked ; serves also to express the growth
of plants; matacha da baron, a living tree ;
patacha, trans.; tacha, nom. rawness; ma-
atai ha, one who makes raw.

matadach, mi, ma, atadacha, hot; patadach,
trans, to heat; matadach 0 barri, the southern
monsoon, lit. the warm wind; tadach, heat;
atadach, warming ; ma-atadach, one who
warms.

matadioho, mi, ma, atadichoa, to remove from
one\'s seat, to retreat; patadicho, trans.; atadicho,
a removal.

matadoes, minatadoes, mamatadoes, atadoesa,
atadoesan, inatadoes, inoatadoesan, to fall over;
patadoes, trans.; tadoes, nom. ma-atadoes.

matagga, to let blood, to be bloody; patagga,
trans, and act., pi, pa, taga, nom. blood ; atagga
aijan, the menses; ma-atagga, one who lets
blood.

matakan, fresh, not salted; takan a to, fresh
water; patakan, trans, to make fresh; takan,
to refresh; atakan, a. refreshing; ma-atakan, d.
refresher.

mata-och, heavy, also pregnant; tauch,
heaviness, trans, and act. ; patauch, ma-atauch,
one who makes heavy.

matapo, full, spoken also of the mind;
patapo, to fill, trans, and act. -pi, pa. Imp.
atapau, atapoan, etc.; pass, ipatapo, etc.; tapo,
fulness; atappo, a filling up; ma-atcippo, a
filler.

matarrigi, to lay on one side, to do anything
In a sinister manner; tarigi, nom. sinister.

matarromatto, minattarromatto, mamatarro-
matto, to dream ; atarromatta, imp.; tarromatta,
nom. a dream ; patarromatta, trans, ma-atarro-
matta, a dreamer.

matasas, numerous, is not applied further
than to men ; patasas, trans. ; tasas, a number ;
ma-atasas, one who multiplies.

mataso, excellent, worthy ; imp. atasoa, taso,
excellence ; ma-ataso, one who g orifies ; ataso,
glorification; Imp. atasoa ; patasso, act. and
trans, pi, pa, atassoa, atassoan, inatassoan, etc.,
pass, ipatasso, etc.

_ma-tattabach, mi, ma, atattabach, neut. first,
principal ; patattabach, act. and trans, tattabach,
precedence, preference, taken adverbially.

matatto, mi, ma, atattoa, neut. low, as to
situation, as mararag-, patatto, to lower; imp.
atattoa, atattoan, inatattoan, etc., pass, ipatatto,
etc. ; tatto, as rarach ; atatto, as ararach.

matea, minatea, matea ; atea, as machote,
and malleak, to undergo punishment, whereby
a person is taught to be more careful In future,
punished.

matib, minatik, mamatik, the ceasing of wind,
ram, thunder, lightning, etc.; imp. atikka ; patik,
trans., atik, nom., the ceasing of a storm,
ma-atik, that which repeatedly ceases.

matillik, mi, ma, atillikka, neut. blind of one
eye, so that men cannot see the light; tillik,
such blindness ; ma-atillik, one thus blind.

matincbo, minatincho, is said of the sea water,
when it stands still between ebb and flood,
because the sea then appears swollen ; it is also
said of the belly, when men are full, or when
the belly swells ; it betokens also a little putrid,
because when anything begins to stink it
swells up.

matinnaam, minatinnaam, mafnatinnaam,
atinnama, etc., to precede, to lead a train ;
patinnaam, pi, pa, etc., to go before ; tinnaam,
before ; ma-atinnaam, a forerunner.

mato, great; matoto, intens. mato, mi, ma,
atoa, pato, trans, and act.; ato, greatness; ma-
ato, a magnifier; comes from pato, ato, a
magnifying.

mato a babat, a large, unwieldy person,
matoboch (the first o short), mi, ma, atobacha,
as mauranies.

matoUas, mi, ma, atolassa, neut. blind of one
eye, so that men cannot see the light; tollas,
such blindness ; ma-atollas, one thus blind.

matorri torn, mi, ma, and ma-tai-tai, in the
same way as maries, pestered with fireflies.

matorro, minatorro, mamatorro, atorroa, ator-
roan, inatorroan,inoatorroan, to doze, to slumber;
patorro, trans. ; atorro, slumbering ; ma-atorro,
a slumberer.

matsbesy, mi, ma, atshesia, atshesian, inat-
shesy, inoatshesian, odd numbers, as 3, 5, 7, etc.,
where one exceeds; patshesy, trans, tshesy, un-
evenness.

matsMs, brackish, saltish, mi, ma, atsMsa,
patskies, act. to salt, trans, imp. atsAia, atshisin,
tnatshis, inoatshisin, ipatskisa, etc.; tskis, salt-
ness ; atshis, a salting ; ma-atsMs, a Salter.

matsiaboro, mi, ma, atsiaboroa, to hit the
mark ; patsiaboro, trans, aboro, aim.

matsilo, long, high; tsih, length, height;
patsilo, trans, ma-atsilo, long.
. matsiole, mi, ma, atsiolea, atsiolean, inatsiole,
tnoatmlean, to game, to play, as the Chinese do;
patsiole, trans.; ole, nom. gaming; ma-atsiole,
a gamester.

matuppach, mi, ma, atuppacha, neut., patup-
^ch, act. and trans, between two, nom. tuppach,
between; tuppach aijan, an intervening space.

mau, a father, an uncle is also called mau,
with the addition of his own name; mau pattala,
a stepfather.

mau, and karri, or kar, compositum cum
nomme, praeter significationem verbi a quo
nomen denvatum est, vicissitudinem ejus in-
cludit, imitation In doing anything, as mau-
tattis, nom.; fr. tummis, to reject mutually, or to
reject at the same time.

mau-aat, minau-aat, mamau-aat, imp., auauta,
neut. to be infested, as with lice, scurvy, pock,
etc.; pauaat, trans, and act. au-aat, nom. an
infection; ma-au-aat. Infectious, as ma-au~aat
0 digh arapies, an infectious complaint, that
which affects another, as original sin ; pau-aat,
pi, pa, imp. auaatoa, auaaten, inauaat, etc., pass.
ipauaat, etc.

mau-adat, minau-adat, mamau-adat, auad-
adda, to fail to logger heads; auadadden, etc;
pauadat, trans, auadan, nom. logger heads ; ma-
auadat, a quarreller.

mau (or kar) aitaita, minau-aitaita, mamau-
aitaita, auaitaita, auaitaitan, inauaitaitan, to
imitate what men have seen; pauautaita, pi,
pa, etc., to do the like; compounded of kar-
mau and ataito, nom.; fr. mitaita ; kar and
mau both mean mutually.

mau-aso-asot, of different lengths, not the
same length ; mi, ma, asoasodda, chauaseason,
trans.

maubebiech, mimaubebiech, mamaubebiech,
aubebtcha, aubebichen, inaubebich, inoaube-
bichen, to pull by the hair; aubebick, nom.;
ma-aubebick.

mauchil, mi, ma, auchilla, neut. accomplished,
as machult; pauchil, to accomplish ; trans, and
act. Imp. ipauchilla, auchillen, inauchil, ino-
auchillen, auchilla, pass, ipauchil, etc ; auchal, a
consummation ; ma-auchil, a finisher.

maocho, lousy; mi, ma, aochoa; paocho,
trans, acho, a louse; ma-aocho, a louser.

maucbus, very; mi, ma, achussa-, mauchus
madich, very sick, perhaps also too sick, as
mauchus mazilo, too long, also bold, courageous,
mauchus 0 aga, skilful with missile weapons-
mauchus 0 babido, clever at the pen; auchusso,
auchussen, tnauchus, inoauchussen, imp,, ipau-
chussa, pass, ipauchussen, or auchussan, with
respect to the instrument with which anything
IS done ; pauchus, trans, and act. betokens any-
thing consummated, also leaving off; .means

also to dart across, or run through; auchus,
completeness, used also adverbially; ma-auchus,
an accompli sher.

maudum, dai-k, applied also to the mind ; mi,
ma, audumma ; paudum, trans, odum, darkness;
ma-odum, a darkener.

mau kar motto, lit. one across the other;
chacholliet, mi, ma, the same as mau^sasaki
motto.

maukat, minaukat, mamaukat, aukatta, au-
kattan, inaukattan, inoaukattan, to love, to
rejoice ; f aukat, trans, aukat, love, joy; ma-
aukat, a lover.

mauloom, mi, ma, auloma, the same as mita-
room-, auloom, nom. a coming together; don o
auloman, as don o arorroaijan, a meeting house.
- mauuionis,_ mi, ma, aunionisa, aunionisen,
inaunionis, inoaunionissen, Intens. inaunis,
especial; paunionis, trans, nom. aunionis, par-
ticularity, peculiar property.

maunis, mi, ma, aunisa, private, not common,
se maunis patodon, he is gone to reside at his
own place; paunis, act. and trans, imp. aunisa,
aunisaa, inaunissen, inoaunissen, ipaunisa, pass.
ipaunis, etc.; aunis, property; maaunis, pro-
prietor ; maunis o ala, mi, ma, imp. aunis o ala,
to speak to particularly, to testify.

maunisso arach, minaunisso arach, ma-
maunisso arach, aunisso arach-a, aunisso arach-
en, etc., to appropriate to oneself, by taking
possession or inheriting of another\'s goods;
paunisso-arach, trans. ; aunisso-arach, nom.
ma-aunisso-arach, an heir.

maupi, minaupi, mamaupi, anything beaten
small or fine; see paupi; ma-aupi, a beater.

maupies, minaupies, mamaupis, aupisa, aupi-
san, inaupisan, inoaupisan, to strive about any-
thing, to scramble; paupies, trans, aupies, a
scrambling ; ma-aupies, a scrambler.

maupulla, mi, ma, aupulla, to seek gain or
advantage by any means; aupulla, nom. a seek-
ing of gain ; ma-aupulla, a gain seeker.

mauranies, minauranies, mamauranies, au-
ranisa, auranisen, etc., to play, to joke ;
pauranies, trans.; auranies, play; ma-auranies,
a jester. ■

mauroman, and mauroma-roman, intens. mi,
ma, imp. auromanomama, to diff\'er, to vaiy;
pauroma-roman, pi, pa, act. and trans, to make
dilFerent; auroman, nom. difference.

mausa, mi, ma. Is said of a field when the
weeds are burned down, or otherwise cleared
away; pausa, pi, pa, osaa, pass, osa-an, inosa-
an, ino-osaan-, osa, nom. a clearing away; fr.
posa-, ma-aosa, one who clears away; ausa,
clearness; fr. mausa.

mausi, white; mi, ma, ausia; pausi, trans;
osi, whiteness; ma-aosi, white, as ma-ausi.

mautatarroggi, changed, either knowingly
or unknowingly, to change another\'s goods
through deceit; fr. tummaroggi, comp. of mau
and tattarroggi.

mautattis, to reject, to abandon, as kartattis,
mi, ma, autattisa, autattisan, inautattis, inoautat-
tisan; pautattis, trans, but includes changes.

mautod, unfruitful, spoken as well of beasts
as men; also fruitless, as people give up any-
thing that is fruitless; pautod, trans, autod,
unfruitfulness; ma-autod, unfruitful.

mautsiri, minautsiri, mamautsiri, artless,
ignorant, inexperienced ; Imp. autsiri; pautsiri,
trans.; autsiri, ignorance ; ma-autsiri, an ignor-
amus, as ma-autsiri.

mazhies, minazhies, mamazhies, azhis-a,
a\'x.his-in, etc., to carry on enmity ; paxhies, pi,
pa, ipazhies-a, etc. ; axhies-in, an enemy;
azhies, enmity, whence karri or 7nau axhies,
to be mutual enemies; ma-azhies, an enemy.

maziballach, foul. Improper ; mi, ma, azibal-
lacha, trans, pazihallach, maballach, mi, ma,
aballacha, to be foul, nom.; ballach, all kinds
of things ; ma-aballach, one who acts dis-
orderly.

mazibochor, minazibochor, mamazibochor,
azibochorra, to lie comfortably, without pillow,
coverlet, etc.

mazichil, minazichil, mamazichil, azichilla
(the inflections are not otherwise used than
with respect to the persons who are lamented,
and are formed not from the neut. but from the
diCt. pazichil), azichillan, inazichillan, inoazich-
illan, sorrowful ; pazichil, act. and trans, pi,
pa, act. Imp. trans, azichilla, ipazichilla, etc., to
make sad; pichil, sadness; ma-achil, one who
is sad.

mazich-zich, that which is badly smoothed
and ironed out, mi, ma, azichzicha-, pazich-
zich, nom.; the root zimich-zich, see under z.

mazigingin, minazigingin, mamazigingin,
aziginginna, to halt, to limp ; pazigingin,
atzigingin, a halting ; ma-atsigingin, a halter.

v^zS^Q^v,minazikoar, mamazikoar,azikoara,
azikoarran, inazikoaran, to jump, to jump over
anything.

maziloch, mi, ma, a%ihcha, diligent; ma%i-
loch a rima, dexterous j paziloch, trans. ; ziloch,
nom.; ma-a%iloch.

maziman, minaziman, mamazitnan, azi-
manna, azimannan, etc., to lay up treasures;
patsiman, trans, atsiman, a treasure; ma-
atsiman, a hoarder.

mazipi, minazipi, mamazipi, azipia, to rage,
to make a noise; azipi, a row; ma-azipi, a
fury; z in the preceding paragraphs is often
changed into ts.

maziporriporri, minaziporriporri, mamazi-
porriporri, aziporriporria, to fall down through
giddiness or weakness; spoken only of men
and beasts.

mha, as moba, that by which ; pauha, trans.
^ mbarri, minobarri, manobarri, obarria, abar-
rian, to stand; paubarri, trans. ; it is really
moharri, but the o is so pronounced that it is
not heard.

mbe, minobe, mamobe, obea, obean, inobean,
to go away, to leave ; it is mobe, but the o is
bitten off short, so as not to be heard ; paube,
trans., to drive away.

mbukkas, white, blank ; bukkas, the u short,
mchab, mienchab, maamchab, chabba, chahben,
ienchab, inochabben, to steal; is also taken for
machab, in general.

mchach, mienchach, maamchach, chach-a,
chach-en, ienchach, inochachen, to dream.

me, mine ; mame, ea, ean, inean, inoean, to
despise; paie, trans, nom. act. a despising;
mea, a despiser.

me-aab, mineaab, mameaab, eaha, eaban,
inoahan, inoeahan, to precede another in doing
a thing; hence meacA maba, to know before-
hand ; meab paba, to preconceive ; meapattis,
to foretell ; fr. meaab-maba, nom. aijaah-maba,
foreknowledge ; fr. meaab-mita, nom. aijaab-
mita, prescience ; fr. meaab-pattite, nom.
aijaab-patite, prophecy ; fr. meeaab-merab,
nom. aijaab-merab, pi-edetermination ; fr.
meaah-meries, nom. aijaab-meries, preparation ;
and so in other cases.

meab, mineah, mameah, eappa, eappan,
ineappan, to assist, to help in battle.
^ meacha, mimeacha, mameacha, eacha, eachan,
neachan, to beg, to pray.

ineadamman, inoeaddam, to drive birds away
from the fruit; pe-adam, trans. ; aiadam, nom.
a drivmg away.

medadorri, minedadorri, mamedadorri, eda-
dorria, edadorrian, inedadorrian, inoedadorrian
to quarrel with another ; aidadorri, nom. quar-
relling ; this word is compounded of mau or
har, and means to quarrel together, again and
again ; ma-aidadorri, a quarreller.

me-ich, narrow ; mi, ma, echa; pai-ich, trans,
nom. e-ich, a strait; ma-e-ich, narrow.

me-U, mine-il, mame-il, e-illa, e-illan, ineillan,
inoe-illan, to fear, to take care, to avoid.

mekap, mime, mame, ekappa, pass, ekappag-
gete ja baron, the settling of birds on trees or
houses after their flight; this is the same as
mikkap, pakap.

mema, fat, pything veiy fat; ema, fatness,
raeodup, mimeodup, ma-meodup, eoduppa, the
setting of sun or moon ; aiodup, nom. a set-
ting.

merab, minerab, mamerab, erabba, erabben,
inerab, inoerahben, to will,
meried, an eel.

merien, minerien, mamerien, erina, erinen
inerien, inoerien, to do, to make, also to arrano-è
between parties ; we use it also for create •
pairien, to do, to make, to form ; nom. subst!
amen, a making, creation ; ma-airien, maker
creator, as ma-atap.nbsp;\'

meries, slanting, sly; mi, ma.
mero, mi, ma, eroa, eroan, etc.; pairo, trans.,
the teeth on edge by eating sour things ; aero,
nom. on edge.

meroobroob, mi, ma, eroobrooba, neut. to turn
the edge of a knife, etc.; pairoobroob, act. and
trans.

meroos, mineroos, mameroos, erosa, erosan
ineroos, ino-eroosen, to marry, to be united •
meroos 0 badda, the young man is married-
erosan ja sini, the woman is married ; airoosan
a son-in-law; tamau 0 airoosan, tanai 0 airoosan
father and mother-in-law; pairo-os, to marr^
out, imp. atroosa, airoosan, inairosan, inoairosan
etc.; ipairosa, pass, ipairoos, etc.nbsp;\'

mero-os, minero-os, ma^nero-os, ero ossa, ero-
ossan, inero-ossan, tno-ero-ossan, to sit ; Takeis
mikod, idem ; pairo-os, imp. act and \'trans, to
sit or cause to sit; airossa, airo-ossen, inairo-os,
ino-airo-ossen, ipairo-ossa, etc., airo-os, a sitting.
_ merumrum, mimerumrum, mamerumrum, to
sink in the water, as morpies.

metorro, mimetorro, mametorro, etorroa, etor-
roan, inetorroan, inoetorroan, to warm oneself at
the firej paitorro, pi, pa, ipaitorroa, ipaitorro,
etc.

mgagh, anything strong, as arrack, etc.
miach, foul, dirty; mi, ma, iacha; pay ach, pi,
pa, trans, and act. to infect; aiach, nom. filthi-
ness, infection; ma-aiach, one who infects.

mialla, minialla, mamialla, jalla, jallan,
intallan, inojallan, to look at anything with
attention ; aialla, observation, beholding.

mian, minian, mamian, ianna, iannan, inian-
nan, inoiannan, the rest and relaxation which
the Favorlang people observe for several days
whenever a chief dies; also the proclamation of
holy days.

mibonbon, mi, ma, the point blunted,
mibonna, minibonna, mamibonna, ibonna,
ibonnan, inibonna, inoibonnan, to seek for game,
to hunt; paihonna, trans.

micham, minicham, mamicham, ichammam,
ichamman, etc., to smoke; micham o chatto, to
smoke tobacco.

micho, right, well, as it should be.
midachum, mi, ma, idachumma, pass, idach-
umman, etc., to overshadow; paidachum, trans.
dachum, a shadow.

midardar, mi, ma, idardarra, close, near
together, not loose, the opposite of marroak;
paidardar, act. and trans, aidardar, nearness;
ma-aidardar, one who makes close,
mididten, as madidden.

midod, minidod, mamidod, idodda, idoddan,
inidod, inmdodden, whereout ? i.e. the place
whence the liquor is taken; idoddan, inidoddan,
inoidoddan, to lade, to take out with a spoon;
paidod, pi, pa, ipaidodda, etc., idem.

miel, miniel, mamiel, ila. Hen, iniel, inoilen, to
twist rope; also to stop, to prevent, to keep
back, to dissuade.

migarrorro, mi, ma, igarrorroa, igarrorroan,
ja, ta, to assemble, to come together, as mitar-
roan and mauloon-, paigarrorro, trans, aigar-
rorro, an assembly; aigarrorroan, a place of
meeting.

migogh, mi, ma, igogha, slow, lazy,
mikkap, mi, 7na, means to hold on, to cleave,
is said of the birds when, after a flight, they
come and rest on a tree or house, because they

hold on with their claws, and, as it were, cleave
fast; imp. ikkappa ; paikap, to stick, to cleave,
activ. and trans, aikcip, nom.

mikkil, minikkil, mamikkil, ikilla, ikillan, ini-
killan, inoikillan, to fear, to be afraid, also to
gird oneself, to watch.

mikorros, minikorros, mamikorros, ikorrossa,
to descend; from this imp. appears to come
the Tiloese word, mikorrossokosso tarran, a steep
descent; in the Favorlang dialect, mikausso-
kosso, tarran.

milieb, minilieb, mamilieh, iliba, iliben, inilieb,
inoiliben, to look behind over the shoulders;
pailieb, trans.

mimoos, minimoos, mamimoos, imosa, imosan,
inimosan, inoimosan, to look sour; paimoos,
trans, nom. aimoos.

minannis, and minanunnis, mi, ma, imp.
inunanissa, the same as mauroman, to differ,
and mauromaroman ; painannis, act. and trans.
ainanis, nom. difi^erence.
mini, this; is also a verb,
mio-a, mi, ma, i-o-a, to clear away new fields
that have not been worked before.

miog, miniog, mamiog,jogga, joggan, inioggan,
inojoggan, to fall from a high place; also an
untimely birth; hence ioggan, a miscarriage;
paiog, trans, nom. aiog, a fall.

mien, minion, mamion, imp. ionna, jonnan,
inionnan, inoionnan, to shrink together; miko,
ditto; paion, as paiko, trans, nom. aion, albaiko.

miooch, to shrink at once ; nom. aiooch, aioo-
chooch, paiooch, paioochooch, trans.

mipies, minipies, mamipies, ipisa, ipisen, ini-
pies, inoipisen, to cut through; paipies, trans,
nom. aipies.

miponpon, or moedippas,—a zien, broken teeth,
mirras, minirras, mamirras, irrassa, irras-
san, inirrassen, imirrassan, to weep, to lament;
pairras, trans, nom. airras-, mirrairas, intens.
nom. airrairas.

misapiel, mi, ma, isapila ; see summapiel.
misMes, mi, ma, aishiesa, pass, aishiesen, etc.;
ja chau, to make fire with a piece of wood;
pashies, trans.

misosso, mi, ma, isossa, a leak, used only of
pots, pans, and not of a house or roof; paisosso,
trans, nom, aisosso.

misyk, mi, ma, asykka, asykken, inasyk, etc.,
to hang or lean over ; paisyk, trans, nom. aisjk,
a jutting out.

mita, minita, mamita, ita, itan, initan, ino-
itan, to see; paita, to show; aita, sight; ma-
aita, one who sees well.

mitaita, same as mita, nom. aitaita.
mitam, minitam, mamitam, itamma, itam-
men, initam, inoitammen, to borrow ; paitam, to
lend ; pi, pa, ipaitam.

mitapao, mi, ma, itapao, itanpao, initanpao,
etc., nearly like mita, but it means to look on
anything with attention.

mitaronno, smooth, slippery,
mitarroom, to meet together, the coming
together of a multitude ; minitarroom, mami-
tarroom, itarromma, etc. ,- mitarroom o ass ah an o
capitein, the village collects when the chief comes.

mitas, minitas, mamitas, itassa, itassan, ini-
tassan,\'inoitassan, to stay out all night.

mitatsiel, to cleanse ; mitatsiel o don, o ta, to
cleanse the house, or the place; ta Deos mit-
atsil, 0 torro boa innai arapies, God cleanseth us
from sin.

mitocb, tough, not easily torn asunder,
mittin, minittin, mamittin, ittinna, ittinnen,
inittin, inoittinnen, to threaten any one behind
his back.

mkach, yellow, green,
mkakacb, pale, like sick people,
mkar, hoarse; mkar jiri, a hoarse throat,
mo-ab, minoab, mamoab, o-ahba, to increase
m number or size, to cause increase; see pauab.

spoken of a sick person, it means hot; spoken
of the face, it means ashamed, angry, or rather
blushing; differs from matadach.

moba, minoba, mamoha, oba, drowsy, as mba.
mobarri, same as mbarri, to stand,
mobe, same as mbe, to go either from, or to,
one\'s place ; paube, pi, pa, ipaube, to drive away.

mocharanna, and mocharanna-channa, mi,
ma, ocharanna-channa, pass, ocharanna-chan-
nan ; recoveiy from sickness of the mind, is
mocharanna-channa, of the body, ocharanna-
channan ; paucharanna-channa, trans.; aucha-
ranna-channa, recovery.

mochib, minochib, mamochib, ochibba, ochibben,
inochib, ino-ochibben, to carry alone ; pauchib.

moddon, the gables of a house,
moddon means to take up a burthen ; also
to increase one\'s burthen, and generally to in-
crease or double a person\'s work, for the first
people say, moddon o pauchiep, and moddon o
pasabo; and for the second, moddon o pataap,
or pairien.

modon, minodon, mamodon, odoma, odomen,
inodon, ino-odonnen, to harden oneself against
anything.

moelapillap, full, overflowing,
moetas, minoetas, mamoetas, to rain; oetassan,
inoetassan, ino-oetassen ; pautas, pi, pa, ipau-
tassa, etc. ; oetas, rain.

mogaggimo, mi, ma, disturbed, neut.; see
gummaggimo ; applied also to the mind ; ma-
gaggimo azjes, disturbed in mind.

mogocb, mi, ma, imp. ogocha, pass, ogochen,
inogoch, ino-ogochen, to play; paugoch, trans,
ditto, augoch.

mokaralakala, loose, open, not close woven,
used only of linen, stuffs, and mats.

mokarini, and mokarinigini, round like a
ball, also to roll; pass, written mogarini j fr.
kummarinikini.

mokibach, notched; mokiback o siM, the
knife is notched ; kiback, a notch; ohibacha,
neut. ; see the root ma-aukibach, notched,
adject, kummiback.

_ mokikiet, torn; fr. kummikiet; mi, ma, oki-
kiedda, act. and trans, aukikied, pi, pa, auki-
kiedda, aukikieddan, inaukikieddan, inoaukikied-
dan, ipauukikidda, pass, ipakikieddan, etc., nom.
kikied, a rent; ma-aukikied, rent.

molliol, mimlliol, mamolliol, olliolla, olliollan,
inolliollan, ino-olliotlan, to help any one in a
work for friendship\'s sake, and not for pay ;
a-olli-ol, help, as aulliol; ma-a-olli-ol, a helper,
as ma-aulliol.

momacli, mi, ma, the running of paper in
writing, but with large blots; it differs from
mabad.

momas, minomas, mamomas, omassa, omassan,
inomas, ino-omassen, to salt, to pickle,
momatas-o, as matas-o.
momo, a mole ; the people of Formosa con-
sider these as poisonous, and will not approach
them.

« mood, mi, ma, ooda, ooden, inood, ino-ooden, to
bind sheaves or bundles, as of paddy or millet;
nom. ood, a sheaf; ood adda, ood batur, a bundle
of paddy or millet.

_ mopa, minopa, mamopa, as mpa, aupa, nom.
flight; aupaijan, a place to fly to; aupaijan o
chaar, the resort of birds.

mopakko, minopakko, mamopakko, to over-
flow, to run over; mopakkopakko, to overflow
much.

mopareopeo, mi, ma, opareopeoa, opareopeoan,
to delay ; paripareopeo, trans, aupareopeo, lin-
gering.

mopat, minopat, mamopat, opatta, opatten,
mopat, im-opatten, to go to meet one ; other-
wise written mpat, the m short, without a
vowel; hence simpat, as it were si (inf sossi,
or sinossi) mpat.

mopiech, mi, ma, opiecha, opiechan, inopiech,
ino-opiechen, to shrink ; the opposite of poddik.

mora, whorish, a whore; mor\' i slibus, an
abandoned woman, given up to prostitution.

morabbies, minorabbies, mamorahbies, the ebb
of the sea; aurahbies, nom. the ebb.

moranni, mi, ma, orannia, as morrod.
moribal, decaying, dilapidating; mi, ma,
orihalla; pauribal, act. and trans, aurihalla,
auriballan, inauriballan, ino-auriballan, pi, pa,
ipauriballa, pass, ipauribal, inipauribal, inoipau-
ribal, nom. auribal, dilapidation ; ma-aurihal,
anything falling to decay ; orihalla, to cause to
decay.

morich, minorich, mamorich, oricha, orichen,
etc., to live, to maintain one\'s life ; porich,
trans, to support, feed, and maintain another;
nom. porich, is not in use for being, but means
maintenance, feeding.

morich, mi, ma, oricha, neut. has no noun, as
morich, to keep alive; porich, pi, pa, oricha,
pass, orichen, inorich, ino-orichen, to feed;
ciurich, a feeding; ma-aurich, a feeder; paur-
ich, pi, pa, ipauricha, pass, ipaurich, inipaurich,
inoipaurich, to make lively; also to cure of
disease.

morich, mi, ma, oricha, the growing of the
body ; pass, orichan, etc.; aurich, nom. a grow-
ing; porich, idem, ut supra, to feed another;
hence ma-aurich, such a feeder; paurich, ut
supra, to provide for another.

moriedda, mimriedda, mamoriedda, oriedda,
orieddan, imrieddan, ino-orieddan, to run away
from those to whom we belong, as parents,
partners, village, etc.; pauriedda, ditto; the
root IS rummiedda; ma-auriedda, such a fugi-
tive ; auriedda, such a flight.

moriet a zysya, about half past one p.m.
morikak, to stride, as the legs of a man ; mi,
ma, orikakka, see rummikak ; also marikak.
Imp. arikakka; hence aurikak, a straddling ;
rikak, ditto; ma-aurikak, straddling.

xcm^iQ^, minoroog, mamiroog, oroga, orogan,
imrogan, ino-orogan, to fall down; murroog o

morra, the countenance,
morraia, mi, ma, auraia, neut., same as
macho moraia, see above ,■ aurraia, nom.
morras, roomy, wide,
morr\' o asiel, the bottom of the foot,
morrod, minorrod, mamorrod, orrodda, orrod-
den, inorod, ino-orrodden, to forsake, to dissimu-
late 5 paurod, see under p.

morroor, minorroor, mamurroor, orrora,
orroren, inorroor, ino-orroren, to scratch the
ground after the native manner, to plough ;
pauroor, ditto j auroor, nom. a harrow, a
plough.

mortatach, to scatter; neut. minortatach,
mamortatack, ortatacha, with regard to the
place; ortatachan, inortatachen ; see also pauta-
tack, act.

morus, cool, fresh; paurus, trans,
morzi, frightened ; nom. aurzi.
mosishien, or masishien, mi, ma, osishiena,
neut. the root summashies, notched, indented,
as certain plants; pausishies, to make notches;
act. and trans, nom. shien, verbum, sishien, to
notch.

mossa, minossa, mamossa, osse, or monea, to
go av^ay; it has sossa, in the third person
pres., in the per. sinossa, and in fut. sasossa.

motarram, mi, ma, otarrara, neut. high land ;
pautarrar, to exalt; imp. autarrar, autarraran,
inautarraran, inoautarraran, ipautarrara, pass.
ipautarrar, inipautarrar, inoipautarrar; tarrar,
height of land, neut. autarra, a rise; act. ma-
autarrar, an exalter.
moto, a corner, a shop,
motozysia, mi, ma, to be all day about a
thmg; as motozysha bachinan tummaap, to
work the whole day with a fever; pautozysha,
trans.

mottil, wearied, done up; mi, ma.
motup, minotup, mamutup, imp. otuppa, the
going out of a candle or fire; also the healing
of a wound, neut. etc.; patup, act.; pautup,
trans.

naankankan, the apple in the throat,
naas, the roof of the mouth,
naassa flusies, after a little while,
nai, a mother, an aunt, with the addition of
the name; nai pattalam, a stepmother,
naida, how many, plur. naidaida.
na-ies, or na-is, the bowels,
naito, seven; naito a rummies, a week,
namo, we, differs from torro, because torro
includes those with whom we speak, but namo,
not so.

nasa, by and by, used only of the future,
but people join it to ani, as aninasa, and relat-
ing the past, men write naasa.
natta, one.

nattagsar, a handful (from maita, one, and
gsar, a handful), like narroa gsar, natarrod
gsar, a gripe, a handful; fr. gummesar.
naupoot, linen, clothes.
nauQtua, a buck, a he-goat,
noeno, a bramble,
nok, snot.

nok o baron, resin, gum.
nok 0 rini, the white of an egg.
nomosnos, minomosnos, mamomosnos, nosnossa,
nosnossen, inosnos, inonosnossen, to smell after
something; nomosnos 0 numa ima? what do
you smell, or snuff after 1

nono, a raspberry; written meno, this is
plural; noeno babo is a smaller berry; noeno
gagil, a larger berry, like the raspberry,
not, the nose,
numma, what

mxmva.0Q]n., ninummochi, nanummochi, nochia,
nochian, inochian, to knit one\'s brow, to purse
up one\'s mouth.

ochal, enough, sufficient; praet. inochal, fut.
ino-ochah, hence the vtxh, paochal, pi, pa, imp.
ipaochalla, pass, ipaochal, inipaochal, to satisfy,
to pay,

odar, fine split rattan, dyed red, which people
wind round the spears, darts, etc., but when
painted red it is called acho.

odo, the gall-bladder,
odor, the breast-bone,
odum, dark, darkness,
oeba, sleepy, drowsy.

oebasan, a deer; sohochen, a buck that has
shed his horns j tummokko, one whose horns
begin to grow.

oeno abi, a bundle of areca nuts,
oeno bilpil, a bundle of plantains,
oeraas, grey hair, greyness; ma-auraas, a
grey-headed old man; oeraassen, inoeraas, to
become grey,
oetas, rain.

ogga, a cloth for the loins,
oggoch, a sinew, a vein,
oggom, an ant.
olla, as chadsia.
omarrimarrais, an eructation,
ombarri, minobarri, mamobarri, obarria,
obarrtan, inobarria, inoabarria, to stand ; the
0 short bitten off.

ombo, minobo, mamobo, aboa, oboan, inoboan,
ino-oboan, to smell; act. it is written mibo-,
aubo, smell; otherwise, ombo is to thatch a
house with grass, as dummalap and gummeoch.
omicho, never, never again,
omparachpaeh (the o short), mino, maampar,
iparachpacha, the being free, or not cleaving to
anything ; opposite to maggo.

onad, a flame ; fr. ponnad or monad.
oob, the soot of the chimney; hence oohen,
inoob, ino-ooben, blackened with soot; pa-oob, to
cover with soot,
oog, small bamboo,
oos, a drum, hemp.

oot, the bones ; ma-ooten, to be bony; oot o
oeno, the skull; oot o arroso, a rib; oot o sies,
the backbone; oot o tees, the bone of the fore-
\'head.

orien is said of anything that falls into the
eyes and occasions inconvenience; hence people
say respecting the eyes, orinan, imrinan.
oroan, a well; ra-o, ditto,
oroboa, the chin.

orrum a macha, the apple of the eye.
osi, white; osi a macha, the white of the eye.

osus, the tresses of hair, whether worn by
the Chinese or natives; also the bushy tops of
the long grass, which are tied together to
frighten animals.

otattan, otattea, to do things moderately;
otautattan, otautattea, ditto,
otoppiet, the eyebrows.

pa, a word of denial; patzi, there is no fish ;
joined with nouns it means to make, as pa
chauch, to make a grave ; also to do anything,
as paucho; fr. pa and ocho, a louse, to louse;
but mixed with other words it means to cause
to do, as papiech, to cause to fight unjustly ;
paborra, to pacify ; or to suspect or accuse any-
one, as pachab, to accuse of theft; pachod, one
who raises an unjust suspicion.

pa, pina, papa, aa, pass, a-en, ina, inoaen, to
rub a sore limb with a wai\'m handkerchief,
etc.

pa-ach, pina-ach, papa-ach, ipa-ach-a, ipa-
ach, inipa-ach, inoipa-ach, to roast.

paa-oabi (the first a short, to distinguish it
from pa-oabi, to cause to sow), pina-oabi, papa-
oabi, a-oabia, a-oabi, inaoabi, to sow the fields;
thus ao-abian, inaoabian; babosa, pa-oabi, the
man who sows; adda ipa-oahi, the paddy Is
sown ; bonna aoabian, a field that Is sown;
aoabi, a sowing; aoabi an, aoabi aijan, the sow-
ing season or place.

paard, pi, pa, aarda, aarden, inaard, ino-
aarden, the binding up of the hair of females;
aard, the tresses of women; also the binding of
the same.

paarpa, pinaarpa, papaarpa, aarpa, ipaarpa,
aarpanni, inaarpan, inoaarpanni, to join to-
gether, to join oneself to any society; cho
Abasshe pinaarp\'o Batshekan, those of Abasshe
have joined with Batshekan ; paarpa o dippi, to
weld iron together; note that paarpa requires
that the ends come over or into one another;
see summasoom.

pa-arroos, Takeis,a-arrosa-, Terneren,
patuttotutto, pi,^ pa, atuttotuttoa, the trembling
and shaking of one, when slung In a sling.

pa-as (let the last a be scarcely heard).
pinaas, papa-as, a-assa, to sneeze; a-assen,
ina-as, ino-a-assen, a sneezing.

paba, pinaba, papaba, abaya, to give to
understand, to inform, to reveal, to tell, to
proclaim; trans, fr. maba, which see; part.
abaijen, inabaijen, inoabaijen, abanni, this par-
ticiple is used with respect to the person who is
informed; ipaba, inipaba, with respect to the
business which is told.

pabach-icb, pinabach - ick, papabach - ich,
abach-icha, abach-ichen, inabachich, inoabach-
khen, to unbend, to unteam ; fr. ipabach-icha,
inipabachich, etc.; trans, fr. mabach-ich, which
see.

pabarrabarra, pinabarrabarra, papabarra-
barra, ipabarrabarra, inipabarrabarra, to strip
one naked; trans, fr. parrabarra, which see.

pabarras, pinabarras, papabarras, ipabarasa,
to let loose ; trans, fr. parras, which see ; ma-
ababarras, a redeemer; ca Cristus paga ma-
ababarras 0 babosa, Christ the redeemer of
mankind ; babarras, redemption.

pabasso, pinabasso, papabasso, ipabassoa, ipa-
basso, inipabasso, to make strings; trans, fr.
passo, which see.

pabassoes, and pabasoes, see passos.
pabeebab, pinabechah, papabechab, abech-
abha, abechahben, inabechabben, inoabechabben,
to cover any one with a coverlet, also to cover
oneself; babechap, a covering.

pabecbibecM, pinabechibechi, impabechibechi,
ahechibechia, inabechibechi, inoabechibechi, the
person for whom ; abechibeddan, inabechi-
bechian, inoabechibechian, to swing anything
backwards and forwards ; act. ipabechibechia,
ipabechibechi, inipabechibechi, inoipabechibechi.

pabicb-i, pi, pa, abich-ia, abichi-in, inabich-i,
to sprinkle with water, as pashipie ■, abichi,
aboas, nom. a sprinkling.

paboas, pinaboas, papaboas, ipaboasa, ipaboas,
inipaboas, imipahoas, to remove; trans, fr.
maboas, which see.

paborren, pi, pa, ipaboorena, the flowing of
blood ; act. barren j a tagga, to let blood.

pabot, pinabot, papabot, abotta, abottan, ina-
bottan, inoabottan, to put on shoes (this with
respect to the feet, but with regard to the shoe,
abot, inabot, imahot) ; ipabotta, ipabot, etc.

pacbabbechab, pi, pa, achabbechabba, said of
the birds as they move their wings in the flight,
and thus beat the air ; chahbechab, nom. sub.

pacbanach, pinachanach, papachanagh, to
place the arrow in the bow; ipachan-agha-,
changed, with regard to the arrow, into ipach-
anagh, inipachanagh, inoipachanagh ; but with
respect to the bow, achan-aghan, inachan-
aghan, inoachan-aghan-, see the root chuma-
nagh.

pacbarod, pinackarod, papacharod, acharoda,
acharoddan, inacharoddan, inoacharoddan, to
put on stockings ; trans, fr. chummarod, which
see.

paobeo-acb, pinacheo-ach, papacheo-ach, cheo-
acha, cheo-achen, chineo-ach, imcheo-achen, to
come again, to return, to give back ; also
applied to the mind, when it retires into itself,
or withdraws itself from anything.

pacMecb, pinachiech, papachiech, acKicha,
achichen, inachiech, inoachichen, to roast; trans,
fr. ckummieg.

pacbip, pinachip, papachip, achippa, achippan,
inachip, inochipan, ipachippa, ipachip, inipachip,
inoipachip, to add to ; chachip, an addition,
nom.

pacbirrap, pi, pa, achirrabba, achirrabban,
inackirrabban, to insert anything in between
where things adhere, can be suitably em-
ployed for Ingrafting or incorporating.

pacMtebit, pi, pa, achitchitta, achitchitten,
inachitchit, to beat as the arteries or the heart;
ma-achitchit ja oggach, an artery.

padaat, pi, pa, adaata, adatten, inadaat,
inoadaatten, ipadaata, ipadaat, inipadaat, inoi-
padaat, to do anything early in the morning,
as chumda ; padadaat, intens. nom. adaat, be-
times.

padacb-o-dacb-o, pinadach-o-dach-o, papa-
dach-o-dach-o, adach-o-dach-oa, to wander
through the country.

padakfeodakko, pinadakkodakko, papadak-
kodakko, adakkodakkoa, to nod with sleep.

paddabo, pinaddabo, papaddabo, addaboa,
addaboan, inaddaboan, inoaddaboan, to keep
oneself entrenched or secreted ; ma-addabo, a
concealer.

paddam, pinaddam, papaddam, addammen,
inaddaman, imaddamman, to eat the paddy,
or rice,_in the field, as is sometimes done by
wild animals.

paddat, pinaddat,papaddat, addada, addadden,
inadadden, inoadadden, to hew or cut anything
to pieces.

paddidi, finaddidi, padaddidi, addidia, to
shiver as one in an ague; paddidi a shien, to
chatter v?ith the teeth.

paddik, pi, pa, addikka, to overhang, as long
grass hangs over the path,
paddo-oddo-ol, meagre,
padduppo, pinaddopo, papaddopo, adduppoa,
to stoop forward, also to lean forward with the
head resting on anything; thus addopoan, inad-
dopoan, inoaddopoan paadduppo, imp,
duppoa-, Favorlang, pagguppo, trans.

padoch, pinadoch, papadoch, adoch-a, adochen,
inadoch, inoadochen, to give a rap, as at the
door; padoch-doch, to rap frequently.

padullo, pi, pa, adulloa, adulloan, inadulloan,
inoadulloan, to strive, to see who shall finish first.

paga, to be, to have; it is also a denial, as
pa, and in this sense is doubled, as pagaga, by
no means ; pret. pinaga, fut. papaga, imp,
aga-a-, item, as, as when, without question;
paga ja sarosono de bonna, there is a mist in the
field; paga, means quantity.

paga, pi, pa, ipaga-a, ipaga, inipaga, to cause
to be, e.g. ja alli oa inipaga P is it not you that
has done it ? that is, have you not caused it to
be ? ga, essence, a being ; agaijan, the place
where anything is, as agaijan ota Deos, con-
tracted for agauta Deos, the place where
God is.

pagasan, pi, pa, agasanna, agasannan, ina-
gasan, inoagasannan, to love; agasan, desire,
love; ma-agasan, a lover.

paggai, a little time, a minute,
paggeas, pinaggeas, papaggeas, aggeassa, to
stretch oneselfquot; as yawners do.

pagoegoe, pinagoegoe, the raging of the wind
and sea, the rumbling of thunder, or of the
belly; pagoegoegoegoe, intens.

pagorgor, pi, pa, agorgorra, to snore,
pagotgot, pi, pa, the cooing of doves,
paicham, in act. trans, imp. akhamma,
babosa, aichamman, inaichamman, inoaicham-
man, tpaichamma, pass, pic hamman, inichamman,
inoichcimman, ipaicham, inipaicham, inoipaicham,
to drink, to offer to drink; aichan, nom. a
drinking ; aichaman, a drinking-cup.

paiehasarra, pinaichasarra, papaickasarru,
for the imp. people say, sarra o kagil, to sleep.

paicMech, pi, pa, the pain of the stomach ;
imp. aichiecha, pass, aichiechen, inaichiech,
imaichiechen.

paikap, trans, fr. mikkap, which see.
paikiefe, pinaikiek, papaikiek, to crack,
pakietkiet, pi, pa, idem,
pailieb, pinailieb, papailieb, ailieba, ailieban,
inailiban, inoailiban, to call, to fetch any one;
paailieb, imp., ipaailiba, trans, nom., ailieb, a
calling.

paior, pinaior, papaior, aiorra, aiorren,
inaiorren, inoaiorren, to precede any one, to
show the way; the way, aiorran, inaiorran,
inoaiorran.

pairas, pinairas, papairas, airasa, ipairasa,
to be stubborn in anything; ipairas, impair as,
inoipairas, as pasies, nom. air as, as asies.
pairoos, trans, from meroos, which see.
pais, pinais, papais, aisa, aisan inaisan,
inoaisan, to pester.

paisis, pi, pa, to whistle through the teeth,
paita, pinaita, papaita, ipaita, to show,
what ? ipaita, inipaita, imipaita, to whom ?
aitanni, inaitanni, imaitanni, trans, from mita,
which see.

pajus, pi, pa, bajussa, bajussen, binajus,
inobajussen, to blow a gale, to storm; pabajus,
trans., bajus, nom. a storm.

pakaqua, pinakaqua, papakaqua, kaaqua-a,
akaqua-an, inakaqua, inoakaqua-an, to do any-
thing moderately; also ipakaqua-a, ipakaqua,
inipakaqua, inoipakaqua, nom. qua, a little,
moderate; akaqua, diminution.

pakaukau, pinakaukau, papakaukau, akau-
kaua, akaukauan, inakaukauan, inoahaukanua,
to bawl out loud.

pakeas, pi, pa, akeassa, akeassan, inakeas,
inoakeassan, to stick out one leg behind, as
kummitta.

pakeas, pi, pa, ipakeassa, ipakeas, inipakeas,
inoipakeas, to cause such to be done, nom.
akeas, the sticking out of the leg.

pakibokibo, pinakibokibo, papakibokibo, akibo-
kiboa, to flutter, trans, fr. kummibokibo, which
see.

pakikekikke, pi, pa, akikkekikkea, to swarm,
as pakikkekikke tsi, binnan, to swarm, as fish or
deer.

pakillekille, pi, pa, imp. ahillekiUea, to rattle,
but so as that a ringing is heard, as from money,
or the rings on the arms; differs hompaseerseer.

pakkol, pi, pa, akkolla, to dig deep,
pakobos, pinakobos, papakohos, akobossa, ako-
bossan, inakobossan, inoakobossan, to hunt with
nets ; also ipakobossa, ipakobos, inipakobos.

_ pala (let the last letter be scarcely heard),
pinala, papala, ipala, alanni, inalanni, inoalanni,
to say, to tell; ala, nom. a saying; this noun
is compounded with karri, as karri ala and
mau, as mau ala, to converse together,
pala, trans, fr. malla, which see.
palablaba, pinalablaba, palablaba, alablabha,
alablabban, inalahlabban, imalahlabban, to fan
with a fan.

palaehach, pinalachach, papalachach, ala-
chacha, alachachen, inalachach, inoalackachen,
the opposite of padidden-, see malachach, to
make anything loose, of which this is the
transitive.

palachaeh means also to make anything
loose, to put loosely together; but then the
inflections are thus, ipalachacha, ipalachach,
inipalachack, imipalachach.

_ palalat, pinalalat, papalalat, balahalata,
binalabalat, balalabalatten, inobalabalatten, to
put things in a row, or side by side; pcdalat
ja se malam o bisa, arrange the javelins and
arrows; it differs from palat; see palalat,
pinalalat, papalalat, ipalalatta, ipalalat, inipala-
lat, to arrange in a row; add thereto, balalat,
the noun.

palat, pinalat, papalat, balatta, balatten,
binalat, inobalatten, as palalat, except that palat
extends itself to the conveying, but taken
transitively the inflections are, ipalatta, ipalat,
inipalat; add thereto balat, the noun.

palaulaub, pinalaulaub, papalaulaub, laulauba,
laulauhan, linaulauban, to sparkle, etc.
palil, trans, allil, a noise,
pallakkum, trans, fr. mallakkum.
pallidollido, pinallidollido, papallidollido, alli-
dollidoa, allidollidoan, inallidollidoan, inoallidolli-
df)an, to mn backwards and forwards, spoken
also of a crooked way ; pallidollidoa, trans.

pallil, pi, pa, allilla, pass, allillen, inallil,
tnoallillen, as mauchus, matsipi, to roar and
tear; pallillil, intens. pallil.

pallo, pi, pa, imp. alloa, to reach to, to
reach\'anything to any one, is also used for the
givmg of a pledge of marriage, etc., as the
Formosans are sometimes accustomed to do •
polo, trans, nom. alio, a reaching out, a pledge\'
which is given as a pledge of a contract.

paUossa, pinallossa, papallossa, allossa, allos-
sanni, inallossanni, inoallossanni, to discover or
reveal a little to any one.

palololullo, pinalololullo, papalololullo, allolul-
loan, inalololulloan, inoaldolulloan, to make a
noise, as by the feet of those who tread hard, or
as from a shower of rain; people say palolo-
lullo j a oetas.

pamamma, pinamamma, panamamma, amam-
mci, to cover a field with grass, cover the field
with what? amammamanni and amammayan,
inamammanni and inamammayan, imamammanni
and inoammaminayan-, wherewith cover the
field ? ipamamma, inipamamma, inoipamamma.
pameau, ameeua, the mewing of cats.
^ pamoggimoggl, pi, pa, amoggimoggia, amog-
gimoggien, inamoggimoggien, imamoggimoggien,
to rnurmur, to mumbleamoggimoggi, a mur-
muring ; ma-amoggimoggi, a murmurer.

pan, pinan, papan, banna, bannan, binannan,
inobannan, to stop up with earth ; paban, pina-
ban, papaban, ipabanna, ipahan, inipahan, to
cause such to be done ; baban, a dam.

pana, somewhither, to some place; pana
Baziekan, to Batsjekan ; sometimes de is added,
as pana de Ta/w««, to Taiwan ; it is also a
verb, and has in the ^ramp;^.pinana, in int.papana,
In imp. ana, act. ipana, trans.

pannab, pinannab, papannab, anabba, wash
the hands with what; annabben, inannab,
inoannabben, wherewith wash the hands; anna-
ban, inannaban, inoannaban, the washing of the
hands.

panno, pinanno, pananno, annoa, to dress
oneself,^ what.? anman, inanman, inoannoan,
wherewith ? ipanno, inipanno, inoipanno; pano,
trans.

pano, pinano, papano, to clothe another,
what or who ? anoan, inanoan, inoanoan, where-
with ? ipano, inipana, imipano, see panno, a little
above.

panoggonoggo, pinanokkonokko, papanokkon-
okko, annokkonokkoa, annokkonokkoan, or anni, or
aijan, inanokkonokkoan, inoanokkonokkoari, to In-
treat; annoggonoggo, an intreaty.

pa-oa-oa, a-oa-oa-a, the ciy of crows,
pa-obo, pina-obo, papa-obo, a-oboa, a-oboan.

inaohoan, inoa-ohoan, to clue, to clue up, to
draw up into a clue; also ipaoboa, ipa-oho,
inipa-obo,

papadda, pnnapapadda, papapadda, apapadda,
apapaddan, inipapaddan, imipapaddan, to wash
the feet; wherewith ? apapaddanni, or ayan, in-

papappa, fr. mapappa, which see.
papil, fr. mapil, which see.
papillepillik, apillepillikka, to clap together,
as two hands, two planks, etc.

para, pinara, papara, ara, aran, inara, ino-
aran, to be with any one, to accompany ;
araosse ta Cabba oe? does Cabba keep company ?
ara, a comrade, pass, araa, inaran, to be
accompanied ; this passive is used with respect
to those who attend on any one, as Takaba
aran o Takalla, i.e. Takabba is waited on by
Takala ; or Takaba inara o icho, i.e. Takabba
is attended by him; and aran is also taken
for the person who serves, that is the servant
and maid.

parab, pinarab, paparab, iparaba, to impreg-
nate, to get with child ; see rummab, the tran-
sitive of which this is, and means, to impregnate,
or to cause a woman to be pregnant, while
rummaab, means to be pregnant, and rabien,
the child ; rinab is received.

paraba, pinaraba, paparaba, ara, aran, in-
ara, inoaran, fr. para, to adopt as a child, also
to give up for that purpose, in which case it
is iparaba-a, iparaba; paraba, act. and trans.;
the child, rummaka, takes another for his father,
the real father lets the child be taken by
another; paraba choa, refers to those who take
the child; it is also said paraba, to take a
child; an adopted father, rahaam o shiem;
the real father, iparabo; the child is called by
the adopted father, aran.

parallibal, pinarallibal, paparallibal, baralli-
balla, barallibal, binarallibal, ino-barallibal, to
put out linen, etc., to diy; but has not such an
extensive meaning as porra pabarallibal, to
cause such to be done.

parapies, fr. rummapies, which see.
parar, fr. marar, which see.
parara, fr. marara, which see.
paraurat, fr. rumTnaurat, which see.
paraut, fr. rummaut, which see.
VaxAoamp;SJX, pinardosan, papardosan, to choke,
as those do who take food or drink the wrong
way ; paardosan, ipinaardosan, papaardosan,
ipaardosana, etc., to cause such to be done.

paressM, pi, pa, imp. aresshia, aresshi-in,
inaresshi, inoaresshi-in, pass, iparesshi, to set up
to fight; aresshi, nom. a setting on; ma-
aresshi, one who sets on.

pariaut, pinariaut, papariaut, ariauta, ari-
autan, inariaut, imariaut, to fill, to make full;
also to let fill, in which case ipariauta, ipariaut,
ariaut, nom.

^asridi, pinarid, paparid, aridden, inarid, ino-
aridden, the place or part from whence; arid-
den, inariddan, inoariddan, to dry up, act.; see
marid, neut.

pariggo, as rummiggo, pinariggo, papariggo,
ariggoa, ariggoan, inariggo, inoariggoan, arig-
goan; see mariggo.

parikak, see rummikak.
_ parikoriko, pinarikoriko, paparikoriko, riko-
rikoa, rikorikoan, rinikorikoan, to shake any-
thing, to wave it backwards and forwards, or
let such be done, in which case it is iparikori-
koa, iparikoriko, iniparikoriko, etc.

pario, pinario, papario, arioa, arioan, etc., to
make good; mario, ario, an improving, a
making good.

parocli-i-bocli ja boesum, a clear sky.
parokail, pi, pa, arokaila, pass, arokailen,
inarokail, to lay the hands or feet over each
other.

paroob, aroba, pass, aroban, inaroban, ino-
arobanja bonna, spread about in the field.

parrabarra, pinarraharra, paparrabarra,
barrabarran, barrabarraan, binarrabarran,
imbarrabarraan, naked, to make oneself
naked.

parrach, pi, pa, iparracha, iparach, to com-
mit fornication; shiem parach, a bastard; rini
parach, an egg, that is put in a wrong place
outside the nest.

parrar, pinarrar, paparrar, arrarra, arra-
raan, inarrarran, inoarrarran, to hedge round ;
arrar, a hedge.

parras, pinarras, paparras, barrasa, barra-
san, Unarrasan, to let go, to free, to put out of
one\'s hand, to set down. In which case It Is
iparrasa, etc.; ma-ababarras, a redeemer;
ca Christus paga ma-ababarras o babosa, that
Is, Christ is the saviour of mankind,
parri, trans, fr. ?narri, which see.
parribrieb, pinarribrieb, to shake; arri-
brieba, all kinds of shaking.

parried, pinarried, paparried, arrida, arri-
dan, inarridan, the superstitious use of old en-
chantments.

parrinon, plnarrinon, paparrinon, arrinoa, to
quarrel, to do that which cannot be named;
rattirrien, idem.

parrioriot, fi, pa, imp. arrioriotta, the in-
tens. of parriot-, is said of ivy, etc., which
climbs up long sticks or trees, and embraces
them.

parriot, pinarriot, paparriot, ariotta, ariottan,
inarriottan, to wrap up-; the same as rummiot,
but from another root.

parriparri, pinarriparri, imparriparri, parri-
parrta, parriparri-in, pinarriparri, inoparriparri-
in, to bore a hole.

parrlpieripi, pi, pa, imp. arripieripia, pass.
parripieri-in, pinarripieri-in, with a turn of the
eye, to see anything dimly.

^ parripieripit, pi, pa, arripieripitta, pass, arri-
pieripitten, inarripieripit, to cackle, to jabber;
paripieripit, trans, arripieripit, a prating, a
babbling; ma-arripieripit, a babbler.

parro, pinarro, paparro, barroa, barroan,
binarro, to bundle up, to make up into bundle
or sheaves; pabarro, pinabarro, papabarro, i
pabarroa, ipabarro, etc., to cause such to be
done ; barro, a sheaf.

parrorro, pinarorro, paparrorro, arrorroa,
arrorroan, as rummorro, to assemble ; parorro,
pinarrorro, paparorro, tparorroa, iparorro, ini-
parorro, inoiparorro, to cause such to be done;
mind that it must be written parorro, act.
from marorro.

part, pinart, papart, arta, arten, inart, ino-
arten, to bruise or break anything, as a reed, or
such like.

pas, pinas, papas, bassa, bassin, binas, ino-
bassin, to stop one in anything, to dissuade,
also to carry a message; tomada cho pinaas o
assaban, inachas ja o badda \'Terneren F who has
informed the village that the men of Favorlang
have been beatenpabas, trans, babas, a mes-
sage ; ma-ababas, a messenger.

pasas, pi, pa, asasa, ipasasa, to carry on the
head or on the neck, as an ox, the yoke, also to
cany on the shoulders ; asasan, the place where
men cany anything; asasau loan, the yoke
which the ox bears.

pasaso, fr. summaso, which see.
pasassar, pinasassar, ipasassara, ipasassar,
inipasassar, inoipasassar, to whisper or say any-
thing softly ; see passassar.

pasbas, pinabas, papasbas, basbassa, bas-
bassen, binasbas, inobasbassen, to bite flat, to
gnaw even.

pasear, fr. masear, which see.
paseerseer, pi, pa, imp. aseerseer, to rattle
without noise ; see pakillekille.

pasbadda, pincishadda, papasjadda, ipashadda,
inipashadda, inoipashadda, to put a roof on a
house.

pashemar, pinashemar, papashemar, ashe-
marra, ashemarran, inashemarran, inoashemar-
ran, to smear, to rub over, wherewith ? ipashe-
mar, inipashemar, inoipasjemar, to let the same
be done, in which case it is ipashemarra, ipa-
shemar, etc., as above ; sashemar, fat.

pasi, pi, pa, asia, asian, inasian, imasian,
ipasi, pass, ipasi, inipasi, inoipasi, to shell; asi, a
peeling.

pastes, fiery, courageous, pasies 0 ramied,
bold in words, to boast, to vaunt; pasies 0
mababat, proud in one\'s gait; asies, nom. lofty;
ma-asies, one who is bold.

pasiksiK, pinasiksik, papasiksik, asiksikka,
asiksikken, inasiksik, inoasiksikken, as madidden,
to make fast, close ; in thisf orm it is active, so
also masikisik, but imp. ipasiksikka, pass, ipa-
siksik, inipasiksik, inoipasiksik; fr. summiksik.

pasinob, pinasinok, papasinok, ipasinokka, ipa-
sinok, inipasinok, inotpasinok, to blow the nose •
see passinok.

pasinsin, pinasinsin, papasinsin, the headache,
pasisiet, pinasisiet, papasisiet, asisita, asisiten,
inasisiet, inoasisiten, to cool any food that is
hot, also to let cool, in which case it is ipasis-
ita, ipasisiet.

V^soa., pinasoa, papasoa, asoa, asoan, inasoa,
inoasoan, or soan, sinoan, to wound, to cause
to be wounded, in which case it is ipasoa,
inipasoa.nbsp;\'

pinasobi, papasobi, ipasobia, ipasobi,
inipasobi, inoipasobi, to strew and sprinkle with
anything dry, as salt, sand, etc.

pasoes, pinasoes, papasoes, ipasoesa, ipasoes,
inipasoes, imipasoes, to cause to hear; pabasoes,
pnnabasoes, papabasoes, ipapassoesa, ipapassoes,
inipapassoes, inoipapassoes, ditto.

pasoes, see miAQx passes.
pasopir, pi, pa, assopirra, assopirran, inasso-
pirran, inoassopirran, to fish with a cast-net;
pasopir, pi, pa, ipasopirra, ipasopir, to cause
one to fish thus; assopir, such fishing; also the
instrument employed, a cast-net.

pasor, pi, pa, imp. asorra, pass, ipa-
sorra, to join together two things that are
separated from each other, and which ought
to be united, as two houses, two letters,
etc.

pasosot, pinasosot, papasosot, asosota, asosotan,
inasosotan, imasosotan, to deal out, to distri-
bute, what is distributed; asosoten, inasosoot,
inoasosoten, or ipasosot.

paspas, pi, pa, paspassa, paspassen, pinaspas-
sen, inopaspassen, to rain gently ; paaspas, trans.
paspas, nom. a drizzling rain.

paspot, pinaspot, papaspot, ipaspotta, ipaspot,
inipaspot, inoipaspot, to occasion any one work
or trouble, to bother; trans, fr. maspot, which
see.

passabo, pinassabo, papassaho, assaboa, assa-
bon, inassabo, inoassabon, to carry anything
between two; pasabo, pinasabo, papasabo, ipa-
sahoa, ipasabo, inipasabo, inoipasabo, to cause
this to be done.

passap, pi, pa, asappa, ipasap, inipasap, to
seam, so that the ends lap over each other,-
asap, nom.; trans, pasap.

passapa, plnassapa, papassapa, to lisp,
passasar, pinassassar, papassassar, assassara,
assassarran, inassassarran, inoassassarran, to
whisper.

passhadda, pinasshalt;Ma, papasshadda, to
cover a house ; what ? asshadda, asshaddanni,
inassiadanni, wherewith ; ipashaddan, sipashad-
da, etc.

passhipir, pi, pa, asshipirra, to sprinkle with
water, same as babichi; ashipir, nom. subst. a
sprinkling.

passhir, pinasshir, papasshir, isshirra, to put
anything down or in; pashir, trans, nom.
saskir, the putting anything down; sashiran,
or sashirayan, the place where men put any-
thing down; sashiran 0 tattullo, contracted ,-
sashiran tuttullo, a candlestick.

passo, pinasso, papasso, bassoa, bassoan, bin-
assoan, inobassoan, to make a string of bam-
boo.

passoes, a bore, a clown; passos, pi, pa,
passossa, passosan, pinassosan, to bore.

passopietpiet, pinassopietpiet, papassopietpiet,
assopietpieta, assopletpietan, inassopietpietan, ino-
assopietpietan, to seam ; pasopietpiet, pi, pa,
ipasopietpieta, ipasopietpiet, inopasopietpiet, ino-
ipasopietpiet, to cause to be hemmed.

passes, pi, pa, bassosa, bassosan, binassosan,
inobassosan, to kiss ; pabassos, pi, pa, ipabassosa,
ipahassos, inipahassos; babassos, a kiss, nom.

passoso, pinassoso, papassoso, assosoa, to
whom ? assosoan, inassosoan, inoassosoan, to
give, to present, to give for nothing, what ?
ipassos, inipassoso, inoipassoso, ditto; passok, pi,
pa, imp. assokka-, from whence seems to be
derived the name of the village Assok, which is
the noun, from the verb passok, meaning a gift,
because the site of the village Assok was for-
merly given to the inhabitants of Tamachan;
psaoso, trans.; asoso, a gift.

patach, pinatach, papatach, ipatacha, ipatach,
inipatach, inoipatach, to make the teeth black;
see pattach.

patapa, pinatapa, papatapa, to let anything
fall down from above, what} ipatapa, ipatapa,
inipatapa, inoipatapa, on whom ? atapa-a,
atapa-an, inatapa-an, inoatapaan; also to cause
this to be done, in which case it is ipatapa,
etc.

patippo, pinatippo, papatippo, atippoa, atip-
poan, inatippoan, inoatippoan, to shoot with a
musket, or to cause to shoot, in which case it
is ipatippoa, ipatippo, inipatippo, inoipatippo.

patis, pinatis, papatis, ipaiissa, ipatis, inipatis,
inoipatis, to throw away or lose ; trans, fr. matis,
which see.

patsiiiek, the chattering of sparrows,
patsy simma, the morning, until half mid-
day.

pattadach, pinattadach, papattadach, ata-
dacha, atadachen, to warm; patadach, pi, pa,
ipatadacha, ipatadach, inipatadach, to make
warm.

stepfather; naij fatala, stepmother ; shiem
fatala, stepson j atoasa patala, stepsister or
brother.

pattallaijach, pinattallaijach, papattallaijach,
attallaijacha, attallaijachan, inattallaijachen, to
lie on one\'s back j patallaijach, pinattallaijach,
papatallaijach, ipatallaijacha, ipatallaijach, to
put on the back.

pattallakkum, pinattallakkum, papatallakkum,
atallakkumma, inatallakkumman, inoatallakkum-
man, as pallakkum; but patallakkum, pinatallak-
kum, papatallakkum, ipatallakkumma, ipatal-
lakkum, inipatallakkum, inoipatallakkum, the
same as palakkum.

pattap, pinattap, papattap, attappa, attappen,
inattappan, inoattappan, to stop up a hole or
rent, either with patching, darning, or plaiting.

pattapa, pinattapa, pa.pattapa, to fall, to fall
down, as the drops of water from the roof;
hence attapa-an, inatapa-an, inoatapa-an, to
cause to fall, patapa-, hence attapa, nom. a
drop.

pattarran, pinattarran, papattarran, atar-
rana, atarranen, inatarran, inoatarrannen, to
get out of the way, to] make, room ; to cause
that such be done, patarran, pinatarran,papa-
tarran, ipatarrana, ipatarran, etc.
patarrigi, fr. matarrigi, which see.
pattas, pinattas, papattas, atassa, atassen,
inattassan, inoattassan, to paint, to write; patas,
pinatas, papattas, ipatassa, ipatas, to cause to be
written or painted.

pattaulieb, pinattaulieb, papattaulieb, atauliha,
atauliban, inatauliban, inoatauliban, to hold any-
thing behind or under one ; pataulieb, pinatau-
lieb, papataulieb, ipatauliba, ipataulieb, inipatau-
lieb, to shelter any one.

pattauso, pinattauso, papattauso, atausoa,
atausoan, inatauso, to heal; patauso, pinatauso,
papatauso, ipatausoa, ipatauso, to cause to be
healed.

pattaute, pinattaute, papattaute, attautea,
attautin, inataute, imatautin, unexpectedly to
take fire ; pataute, pinataute, papataute, ipa-
tautea, ipataute, inipataute, inoipataute, to cause
such to be done.

pattaaies, pinattazies, papattazies, attazisa,
to make a scarecrow ; pass, ipattazies, inipat-
tazies, inoipatazies, that of which a scarecrow
is made j also to set up a scarecrow, in which
case it is attazisan, inattazisan, inoattazisan ■,
patazies, pi, pa, ipatazies, ipatazisa, inipatazies,
to cause such to be done.

pattil, pinattil, papattil, ipattilla, attilla,
ipattil, attillan, inipattil, inattillan, inoipattil,
inoatillan, to learn, to give lesson, act.; patil,
pinattil, papatil, ipatilla, to learn, neut., etc.;
this has no participle ; thus people say, cho
attillan, the people are taught; attite 0 Deos
ipattil, the word of God is taught.

■p3X%m.o,pinattillo,papattilh, ipattilloa, attilloa,
ipattillo, attilloan, inipattillo, inattilloan, inoipat-
tillo, inoattilloan, to command, to order ; patillo,
pinatillo, papatilh, etc., to cause to command ;
cittilloan ja cho, the people are commanded;
ipatilloja ranied, the order is given.

pattite, pinattite, papattite, attitea, attitean,
inattitean, inoattitean, to speak openly to the
people, to preach ;. patite, pi, pa, ipatitea, ipatite,
inipatite, inoipatite, to cause such to be
done.

patto, pinatto, the tingling in the ears,
pattodoch, pinattodoch,papattodoch, attodocha,
attodochen, inattodoch, inoattodochen, to buy;
patodoch, pinatodoch, papatodoch, ipatodocha,
ipatodoch, inipatadoch, etc., to let buy.

pattodon, pinattodon, papattodon, attodonna,
attoddonnan, inattodonnan, inoattodonnan, to
dwell, to inhabit; patodon, pi, pi, ipatodonna,
ipatodon, inipatodon, to cause to dwell.

pattok, pi, pa, atokka, to be still; patok, pi,
pa, ipatokka, ipatok, inipatok, inoipatok, to make
still, or to still.

pattokar, pinattokar, papattokar, attokarra,
attokarran, inattokarran, inoattokarran, to fix a
mast in a vessel; patokar, pi, pa, etc.; ipato-
karra, ipatokar, inipatokar, to cause such to be
done ; attokar, a mast.

pattonan, pinattonan, papattonan, attonanna,
attonannan, inattonannan, to name; patonan,
pin, pap, ipatonanna, ipatonan, etc., to cause to
be named.

pattorroboch, pi, pa, attorrobocha, attorro-
bochen, inattorroboch, inoattorrobochen, to have a
camp or place of meeting abroad in the field,
when men go to hunt, fish, etc., where they
can stow away the baggage ; patorroboch, trans.,
roboch, nom. baggage which people take with
them to the hunt.

paauch, pi, pa, aucha, pass, to blow or snort
through the nose, as the oxen, etc., from rage ;
auch, the blowing.

pan, to beget, to generate, generally betokens
the taking up, the accounting, or the taking
up of an affair, as pau baddoa, pau alle, also
pail sjiem, to take any one for baddoa, alle, or
shiem (I.e. child); this pau is compounded with
verbs as well as nouns; see below,
pauaat, trans, fr. mauaat, which see.
pauab, pinauab, papauab, ipauaba, ipauab,

pauba, pinauba, papauba, ipauba, intpauba,
inoipauba, to drive away sleep, to wake any
one out of sleep.

paubaddoa, those who are born on the same
day call each other baddoa ; to take one for
such is paubaddoa, fiunabaddoa, papaubaddoa,
aubaddoa, aubaddoan, inaiibaddoa, inoaubaddoa,
paaubaddoa, pinaaubaddoa.

pauballag, pi, pa, aubaUag-a, to take any-
thing for one\'s own property 5 paauballag, to
cause such to be done.

pauchar, pinaucfiar, papauchar, aucharra,
aucharran, inaucharran, inoaucharran, to
breathe ; paauchar, pi, pa, ipaaucharra,
ipaauchar, inipaauchar, to cause such to be
done; hence char, the breath, also auchar, the
spirit.

pauche, oh, you lackey, you poor fellow,
pauchodon, pi, pa, auchodonna, to take any
one for one\'s relation ; paauchodon, to cause
such to be done.

pauchus,_ pinauchus, papauchus, auchussa,
auchussen, inauchus, inoauchussen, to finish any
work, to leave off j also to have used any
instrument or thing long enough, in which case
it is auchussan, inauchussan, inoauchussan;
paauchus, pi, pa, ipaauchussa, ipaauchus,
inipaauchus, to cause or let leave off, etc.; see
mauchus.

paudon, pi, pa, audonna, audonnan, inaudon,
inoaudonnan, to account one\'s house one\'s own;
paaudon, trans.

paukakossi, pi, pa, aukakossia, to account
any one disobedient; paaukakossi, to cause such
to be done.

_ paulallum, pi, pa, aulalluina, to dig deep, as
if it were said, to make deep ; see above;
paollallmn, see molalum.

pauloan, pinauloan, papauloan, auloanna,
auloannen, inauloan, inoauloannen, to make any-
thing matter of food, to take any one for a
labourer or slave; also to cause such to be
done, in which case it is ipauloanna, ipauhan,
inipauloan, inoipauloan ban, victuals, a slave,
also a quadruped; but whenever this word is
used for a slave, it is always employed in a bad
sense.

pau-mabisse, to account any one virtuous;
pau-machimit, to account any one clean;
auahimta, auabissea, ditto ; pau-marapies, to
account wicked; pau-mario, to account good ;
all of which are formed in the same manner.

pau-makakoss, pi, pa, auakakossia, pass.
auakakossi-in, etc., to account any one dis-
obedient.

paupi, see maupi, of which this is the trans,
paurapies, pi, pa, aurapisa, to account or
consider anything bad.

paure, pinaure,papaure, aurea, aurin, inaure,
inoaurin, to make slices of flesh or fish; pa-
aure, pinaaure, papaaure, ipaaurea, ipaaure,
inipaaure, inoipaaure, to cause such to be done;
re, dried flesh or fish.

paurod, see morrod, of which this is the trans,
pauroos, pinauros, papauros, aurosa, aurossen,
inauros, inoaurossen, to take any one for one\'s
consort; paauros, pi, pa, ipaaurosa, ipaauros,
etc., to cause any one to be taken for one\'s
consort.

paurtatach, pinaurtatach, papaurtatach, ip-
aurtatach-a, ipaurtatach, inipaurtatach, inoip-
aurtatach, to scatter, act. paaurtatach, pina-
aurtatach, papaaurtatach, pass, ipaaurtatacha,
ipaaurtatack, to cause to be scattered, trans,
fr. mortatach.

paurus, pinaurus, papaurus, aurussa, aurus-
san, inaurussan, inoaurussan, to cool, to refresh;
paaurus, pi, pa, ipaaurussa, ipaaurus, to cause
such to be done; trans, fr. morus, which see,
paus, a bill, a hatchet; the same as po-os.
pausa, pinausa, papausa, ipausa, inipausa,
inoipausa, to give permission to go, also to
order to depart; really to let go, i.e. to give
permission; or to cause to go, i.e. to order to
go ; paausa, pi, pa, to cause such to be done;
trans, fr. mossa.

pausa-o, pinausa-o, papausa-o, ausa-o-a,
ausaoon, inausa-o, inoausa-oon, to embrace with
one arm ; paausa-o, pi, pa, ipaausa-oa, ipaausao,
etc., to cause such to be done.

paushiem, pi, pa, aushima, aushimen, etc., to
generate, also to acknowledge any one as one\'s
child.

pautamau, and pautanaij, pi, pa.
pautat, pi, pa, autatta, autattan, inautattan,
inoautattan, to mark anything, in order to dis-
tinguish it from another\'s property ; paautat,
nom. a mark.

pautatarrogi, trans, fr. tummaroggi.
paya, pinaya, papaya, aya, ayanni, inayanni,
inoayanni, to lean backwards.

payaeh, finayach, papayach, ayacha, ayachen,
inayach, inoayachen, whence iachen, ipayach,
iniachen, inipayach, inoipayach, to make
dirty.

payooli, plnayoch, papayoch, ayocha, to turn
back; also ayochan, inayochan, inoayochan, to
give back.

pazigala, pi, pa, to imitate, to ape.
pazikakapol, pinazikakapol, papazikakapol,
azikakapolla, azikakapoUan, inazikakapollan, to
run in the I way, also to cause such to be done, in
which case it is ipazikakapolla, ipazikakapol, etc.

pazinado, pinaztnado, papazinado, azinadoa,
azinadon, tnazinado, inoazinadon, to interpret;
pazinado tarran, to show the way j paazinado,
pi, pa, ipaazinadoa, ipaazinado, inipaazinado,
to cause to interpret, etc.; tummacho, ditto ;
patacho, or pitto, ditto, nom. tattacho-o, in the
verb trans, and noun, used with kar and mau,
as kar tattacho, mau tattacho, to interpret for
one another; azinado, an interpretation ; ma-
azinado, an interpreter.

pazio, pi, pa, azioa, pass, azioan, inazioan,
inoazioan, to . stamp with the feet on the
ground; paazio, trans, j azio, nom. subst.;
maazio, a stamper.

pazloessan, /z, pa, azioessanna, azloessannan,
inazioessan, inoazioessannan, to have the hic-
cup ; paazioessan, trans, azioessan, nom. the
hiccup.

paziogga, pinaziogga, papaziogga, aziogga,
azioggan, also anni, and aijan, inazioggan, ino-
azioggan, to put on an under garment; pa-
aziogga, pi, pa, ipaaziogga, etc., to cause such to
be done ; ogga, an under garment.

paz-ipat, pinaz-ipat, papaz-ipat, baz-ibadda,
baz-ibadden, binaz-ibat, inobaz-ibadden, to
make level, to make even; paaz-ipat, pi, pa,
ipabaaz-ibadden, or ipaaz-ibadda, ipabaaz-
ibadden, or ipaasipat, inipabaaz-ibad, or ini-
paaz-ipat, etc.; bazibat, evenness.

pazipo, pinazipo, papazipo, azipoa, azipoon,
inazipoon, inoazipoan, the washing of the face ;
paazipo, pi, pa, ipaazipoa, ipaazipo, inipaazipo,
etc.

pchab, pienchab, pahchab, bchabba, bchabban,
bienchabban, to cover oneself with a wrapper,
to cover oneself ; see pabechab.

pea, pinea, papea, tpea, ipe-a, inipea, inoipea,
to give ; changed into ea, ean, inean, etc., it
means to be presented; paya, pinaya, papaya,
ipaya, inipaya, inoipaya, to cause to be given ;
this is written paia, pi, pa, to distinguish it
ixom paija, to lean backwards; aija, a gift,
ma-aija, a giver.

pebe, pinebe, papebe, bebea, bebeen, binebe,
inobebeen, bebea, to dissuade; pabebe, pi, pa,
ipabebe, to do thus.

pebe, pinebe, papebe, ebea, ebean, inebean,
inoebean, as pedarra ; paihe, pi, pa, ipaibea ;
aibe, nom.; aibe 0 rarobo, dough, i.e. flour
mixed with water.

pecbab, pinechab, papeckab, echabba, echab-
ban, inechabban, inoechabban, to murder
secretly ; paichab, pi, pa, ipaichabba, ipaichab,
etc., to cause such to be done.

pedarra, pi, pa, edarra, edarran, inedarran,
inoedarran, when different things are mixed
together, as machoraab-, aidarra, nom. subst.
and act. trans, paidarra-, original substance
with which anything is mixed is edarran-,
two different things, pedarra; a man.

pe-edda forms its inflections as pea, to pre-
pare and dish up food and drink in order to
treat any one.

pees, pi, pa, eesa, pass, eesan, ineesan, inoe-
esan, to file; paees, trans.; aees, a file, also
steel, because they file with things in which
there is much steel.

peroa, pineroa, paperoa, eroa, eroan, ineroa,
inoeroan, in_ two parts; pairoa, pinairoa,
papairoa, ipairoa, inipairoa, inoipairoa, to divide
into two parts,

pesasa, pinesasa, papesasa, esasa, esasati,
inesasa, inoesasan, to begin; paisasa, pi, pa,
ipaisasa, ipaisasa, etc., to be first to begin;
Tackalla ja pesasa ummoob tummaap 0 bonna
Tabaipau ja rior, Tackalla has finished his
field before Tabaipau ; aisasa, a beginning.

pesasorri, pinesasorri, papesasorri, esasorria,
esasorrian, inesasorrian, imesasorrian, to change
similar things, but knowingly and on purpose,
thus differing from pautatarrogipaisasorri,
pi, pa, ipaisasarria, ipaisasorri, etc., thus to
change.

pesil, pi, pa, pesilla, pesillen, pinesillen,
inopesillen, is said of two fruits on one stalk, or
when one root divides into two; paisil, trans.

pesor, pinesor, papesor, esorra, esorran, inesor-
rati, inoesorran, to mean, to imagine, to sus-
pect ; paisor, pinaisor, papaisor, ipaisorra,

pespattil, pinespattil, papespattil, espattilla,
espatUllen, inespattil, inoespattillen, to divide
into four ; paispattil, pi, pa, ipaispattilla, ipais-
pattil, inipaispattil, inoipaispattil, to cause such
to be done.

petam, pinetam, papetam, etamma, etamman,
inetamman, inoetamman, to lean upon the hand;
paietam (to be distinguished from paitam, to
borrow), pi, pa, ipaietumma, etc., to cause such
to be done.

petorro, pinetorro, papetorro, etorroa, etor-
roan, inetorroan, inoetorroan, to divide into
three ; paitorro, pinaitorro, papaitorro, ipaitorroa,
etc., to cause such to be done.

petummo, pinetummo, papetummo, epetummoa,
epetummo, inipetummo, inoipetummo, to spit
upon; when_ it is also etummoa, etummoan,
inetummoan, inoetummoan; paitummo, pinaitum-
mo, papaitummo, ipaitummoa, ipaitummo, etc.,
to cause such to be done.

pbon (with an aspirate, not as fon), the
insects which eat out, and render hollow the
bamboos.

pia, now; pia da sisja, to-day.
_pia, pinia, papia, bia, bian, binia, inobian, to
drive away the wild animals, such as hogs and
stags, who come and devour the fields ; babia,
the nouns.

piacb, piniach, papiach, biacha, biachen,
biniach, inobiachen, to separate fighters; pabiach,
pinabiach, papabiach, ipabiacha, ipabiach, etc.,
to set apart.

piar, piniar, papiar, biarra, biarren, biniar,
inobiarren, to pull out; piar o bar, to lift up
the _ arm, to strike; pabiar, pinabiar, pa,
ipabiarra, ipabiar, inipabiar, inoipabiar, to reach
out.

pichi, an ape, a monkey,
picbir (let the first i be scarcely heard),
pinichir, papichir, bechirra, bechirren, binechir,
inobechirren, to let go anything that is bent,
also to push away anything into a stick;
people say also, pichir o chachaap, to haul up a
scoop-net; pabichir, pi, pa, ipabichirra, ipa-
btchir, inipabichir, imipabichir, to cause such to
be done.

pido, pinido, papido, bidoa, bidoan, binidoan,
inobidoan, to write ; pabido, pinabido, papabido,
ipabido, etc., ditto; bido, nom. a book, a writing;
pabido, a vyriting, instruments for ditto.

pied, pinied, papied, bida, bidan, hinidan,
tnobilt;Mn,_ to girdle; pabied, pinabied, papabied,
ipabida, ipabied, etc., to cause such to be done;

piedpied, piniepied, papiedpied, biedbida, bied-
biden, biniedbied, inoUedbiden, to rub anything
between the fingers; pabiedbied, pinabiedbied,
papabiedbied, ipabiedbida, etc., to cause such to
be done.

pigcbarra, pi, pa, igcharra, pass, igcharran,
etc., same as pigchilla; charra, lattice-work.

pigcMlla, pi, pa, igchilla, pass, igchillan, etc.,
to put one thing between two others, where it
does not adhere, but where it has room ;
pichcharra, ditto; paigchilla, trans, nom.
aigchilla, the doing so; chilla, lattice-work.

_ pigeno, pinigeno, papigem, to skim; gabigeno,
pinabigem, papabigeno, ipabigema, ipabigeno,
etc., to do so.
pikau, bent.

pikier, the ankle or knuckle,
pila, pinila, papila, ila, ilan, inila, imilan, to
hit, to cause to touch ; paila, pinaila, papaila,
etc., to touch ; thus people say, pila ja aubo,
the fish have got into the basket, i.e. are taken,
whenever there are fish therein ; aila, nom. a
hitting.

pilla, pinilla, papilla, billa, billaan, binilla,
inobillaan, to cleave, to split; pabilla, pinabilla,
papabilla, ipabilla, etc., to cause such to be
done; babilla, a cleaving; billa, a cleft, fr.
malilla, anything to split with; ma-ababilla, a
cleaver.

pillala, pinillala, pi, pa, etc., to split fre-
quently ; pabillabilla, etc., increases the sense;
pabilla, to cause such to be done.

_ pillibUli, pinillibilli, papillibilli, billibilia,
billibillien, binillibilli, inobillibillien, to turn round,
act. to twist; pabillibilli, pinabillibilli, papabilli-
billi, ipabillibilli, etc., to cause to be twisted ;
pillibilli 0 sarries o aroro, to twist thread, twigs,
etc.

pilUecb, pinilliech, papillich, billicha, billichen,
binillich, seems to mean to put one\'s body in a
position to do anything important; pilliech o
mauadet, o makarieb, o tummaap, etc., to put
oneself in a posture to pull out each other s
hair, to quarrel, to run, or to work; pabilliech,
to cause such to be done.

piUik, intens. pillepillik, pi, pa, billiha,
bilhkken, btntllik, inobillikken, to press or join
anything underneath (not between), ?amp;summiet-,
pabillik, txsiM. babillik, nom. a pressing, also
that which people lay on a thing to press it
down,

piop, piniop, papiop, ioppa, etc., to blow up ;
piop 0 chau, to blow the fire j piop o tabillo, to

bJow a trumpet; ptop o tattullo, to blow out a
candle; patop, pi, pa, ipaioppa, ipaiop, etc., to
cause such to be done.

_ pior, pinior, papior, ipiorra? what? ipior,
tnipior, inoipior, to leave behind; to whom?
biorran, biniorran, inobiorran; pahior, pi, pa,
ipabiorra, ipabior, inipabior, inoipabior, to cause
such to be done ; bior, a remainder, is also used
as a preposition.

pirbir, pi, pa, hirbirra, birbirren, binirbir,
inobirbirren, the blowing about of the flame of
a fire or candle.

piri, piniri, papiri, iria, irian, inirian, inoirian,
to search out, to choose, to reject; pairi, pin-
airi, papairi, ipairia, ipairi, to cause such to be
done.

pirraba, irraba, irraban, etc., to weed, to
pull up the weeds or grass out of the streets or
places near the houses; but to weed fields is
ummo-o, nevertheless this difference exists be-
tween the two, that pirraba is used when
people gather the weeds from amongst the
good seed, but ummo-o when people pull up
weeds out of a field, where no good seed has
been sown.

pirras, pinirras, papirras, pirrassa,pirrassen,
pinirras, inopirrassen, to tear, act.; papirras,
pinapirras, papapirras, ipapirrassa, tpapirras,
etc., to cause such to be done.

ptoies (the i barely heard),//»mVj-, papirris,
iperisa, iperies, iniperies, inoiperies, to close, to
button up ; pabries, trans.; babries, nom. a
button.

pirroos (the i barely heard), pinirroos, papir-
roos, birroossa, birroossen, binirroos, inobirroossen,
to pull in from behind, to let go by ; pabirroos,
pi, pa, ipabirroossa, ipabirroos, inipabiroos, to let
go by.

pisbis, pinisbis, papisbis, bisbissa, bisbissen,
binisbis, imbisbissen, to hold fast; pabisbis, pi,
pa, ipabisbissa, ipabisbis, inipabisbis, to cause
such to be done.

^ pisor, pinisor, papisor, isorra, isorren, inisor,
tnoisorren, to set on; pisor o chau, to set on
fire; //xor o ta%i, to send up a kite; paisor,
ptnaisor, papaisor, ipaisorra, ipaisor, inipaisor,
tnoipaisor, to cause to set on.

pissarra, pinissarra, papissarra, issarra,
issarran, inissarra, inoissarran, to get into com-
pany; paisarra, pinaisarra, papaisarra, ipai-
sarra, inipaisarra, inoipaisarra, to cause such to
be done; aissarra, an accompanying; ma-
atssarra, a companion; sarra, a lineal succes-
sion, where the children and grandchildren
follow each other ; see below.

pissarrasarra, pi, pa, etc., when many follow
one after the other, in the manner of the
natives; paissarrasarra, pi, pa, etc., to cause
this to be done.

_ pissassen, pinissassen, papissassen, issassena,
issassenan, tmsassenan, to rest; paissassen, pi
pa, tpaissassena, ipaissassen, etc., to cause to
rest; aissassen, rest; aissassenan, time of rest -
aissassenaijan, place of rest.nbsp;\'

pisse, pinisse, papisse, bissea, bissein, binisse
inobissein, to rectify; pabisse,pinabisse,papabissl
ipabtssea, ipabtsse, etc., to cause to be rectified ■
nom. bisse, justice, righteousness; babisse, recti-\'
tude, fr./zw^; flfowf, a justifying; a.ct. pissese,
intens. pisse, nom. bisse.

. PissiUo, pinisillo, papissillo, bissilloa, bissilloan,
biensillo, inobisstlloon, to wrap up anything in
order to take care of it, as silk, money, tobacco,

pisslr, pinisir, papissir, pissirren, piensir,
tnopienstrren, to close the hand fast, to press
anything with the hand; papissir, pinapissir,
papapissir, ipapissirra, etc., to cause the hand
to be closed.

pisso (let the i be scarcely heard), piniso,
papisso, bissoa, bissoan, inobissoan, etc., to draw
out, as people do In drawing lots, and all kinds
of drav^mg; pabisso, pi, pa, ipabissoa, to cause
to be drawn; babisso, a drawing; this noun
compounded with mau or karri signifies lots
because such are made by the drawing out of
tickets; ma-ababisso, a drawer.

Pititil, pinititil, papititil, bietbitilla, bietbitillen
to bre:^, cut, or slice anything into small\'
pieces, but IS only used of things that are long,
and which, by many transverse sections, may
be made smaller, as a bamboo, a fish, a plan-
tain, etc.; paiutil, pi, pa, ipaititilla, to cause
this to be done.

inopmassen, to cut the two hind legs of an
animal in two, or to sever anything in two

pittassir, pinittassir, papittassir, ittas \'sirra
ittassirran, imttassirran, inoittassirran to do
anything by the side of another, as walking
standing, lying, sitting, etc.; paitassir, final
tassir, papattassir, ipaitassirra, ipaitassir etc
to cause the above to be done.

pittas-tassir, pinittas-tassir, papittas-tassir
tttas-tassirra, ittas-tassirran, as palalat; paitas-
tasstr, pi, pa, ipaitas-tassirra, etc., to cause
such to be done.

pittatik, pinittatik, papittatik, bittebittikka,
bittebittikken, bientibbittik, inobittebittikken, the
multiphcation of pittik.

pittau, pi, pa, imp. ittaua, to believe;
aittaua, belief; ma-aittau, a believer.

pittik, pinittik, papittik, bittikka, bittikken,
bientik, inobittikken, a pause in speaking when
people have finished a subject; also to rest
oneself from all kinds of work, in order after-
wards to go to work with new strength;
pabittik, pinabittik, papabittik, ipabittikka, ipa-
bittik, to cause to pause.

pittol, pinittol, papittol, ittollaen, ittollia,
ittollen, or anni, or aijan, initollan, imittollan,
to let anything alone, either for a while, from a
belief that it can be set aside for the present; or
to let it alone entirely, from despair of ever
being able to reach the end; i aittol, pinaittol,
papaittol, ipaittolla, etc., to cause this to be
done.

pizi, an expression by which it is meant that
we are constrained to do something; na a pizi
0 summarada, pizi 0 na a man, na a pizi 0
merien 0 bido, i.e. I must go to sleep, I must go
to dinner, I must make a book ; pinizi, paptzi,
imp. paizi, pinaizi, inipaizi, etc., to require
any one to do anything, trans, izia, ipizia, pass.
izian, etc.

pizich, pinizich, papizich, hizicha, bizichen,
binizich, inobizichen, to direct; pizich 0 pacha,
0 mabarieb, 0 man, to lead on any one to fight,
to run, to eat, etc.; pabiztch, pi, pa, ipabizicha,
ipabizich, to cause such to be done; babizich,
nom. a leading on; ma-ababizich, a leader.

poa, pinoa, papoa, imp. boa, to bring forth
fruit; paboa, pinaboa, papaboa, ipaboa, etc., to
cause to bear fruit; boa, nom. fruit, seed,
person, flesh ; ma-ababoa, fruitful; ma-ababoa
0 baron, a fruitful tree ; but poa, pi, pa, poa,
pass, poan, pinoa, inopoan, to dye ; papoa, trans.
papoa, nom. the dyeing and dye-stuff,
po-a, a heron.

poach, pinoach, papoach, o-ach-a, oachen,
inoach, im-achen, to forget; pauach, pinauach,
papauach, ipauacha, ipauach, etc., to cause to
forget; auach, nom. a forgetting; ma-auach,
one who forgets.

po-ar, pino-ar, papo-ar, bo-arra, bo-arran,
binoar, inoboarren, to make honey, also to chew
rice or barley, and to prepare the spittle where-
with strong drink is made; paboar, pinaboar.

poas, pinoas, papoas, boasa, boasin, binoas,
inoboasin, to rob, to lay waste, to destroy;
paboas, pi, pa, ipaboasa, ipaboas, etc., to cause
to lay waste.

pobaas, obasa, to set up a flag or vane;
obaas, a flag which the young men stick on
their heads.

poberiea, pinoheries, papoheries, oberisa, ober-
isen, inoberies, ino-oberisen, to take leave, or to
bid farewell, those who take leave say kamossa
ma, i.e. I go, and those who bid farewell say
sasa, i.e. go in peace; pauberies, pinauberies,
papauberies, ipauberisa, inipauberies, to cause to
take leave; auberies, nom.

pobo, pinobo, papobe, boboa, boboan, binoboan,
inoboboan, to sift, to let anything pass through
a sieve whether wet or dry; pabobo, pinabobo,
papaboba, ipaboboa, ipabobo, to cause this to be
done; moparraparra, idem; babobo, nom. a
sieve, a sifting.

poch, pinoch, papoch, bocha, bochen, binoch,
inobochen, to shoot; paboch, piitaboch, papaboch,
ipabocha, ipaboch, inipaboch, inoipaboch, to cause
such to be done.

pocharraddan, pinocharraddan, papocharrad-
dan, to have the cramp ; paucharraddan, etc.,
to cause any one to have the cramp ; auchar-
raddan, the cramp.

Tj^oah.-\'poati,pinoch-poch,papoch-poch, to smoke,
to make dusty; papoch-poch, pinapoch-poch,
papoch-poch, to cause to smoke ; ipapoch-pocha,
ipapoch-poch, inipapoch-poch.

podarros, pi, pa, intens. podarrodarros, to go
on further and further in doing anything, e.g.
podarrodarros 0 macheauban, to make game
first with one and then with the other.

podda, pinodda, papodda, bodda, boddaan,
bimdda, inoboddaan, to bring forth, to breed;
pabodda, pinabodda, papabodda, ipabodda, to
cause to bring forth ; bodda, birth ; baboddaan,
birthplace; ma-ababodda, fruitful; poddo tattaula,
to regenerate.

poddik, pinoddik, papoddik, to become thick,
to swell, also to be swollen; paudik, pinaudik,
papaudik, ipaudikka, ipaudik, etc., to cause to
become thick; audik, a swelling.

poddillon, pinoddelon, papoddelon, to be
costive; pauddillo, pinauddillo, papauddillo,
ipauddilloa, ipauddillo, etc., to cause costive-
ness.

binoddmn, to calculate with an abacus; fahod-
do, finaboddo, papaboddo, ipaboddoa, tpaboddo,
etc., to cause so to reckon ; boddo, an abacus.

poddodo, pimddodo, papoddodo, oddodoa, odod-
dan, inoddodoan, to complain; pauddodo,pinaud-
dodo, papauddodo, ipauddodoa, ipauddodo, etc., to
cause to complain.

poelakies, pinoelakies, papoelakies, oelakisa,
oelakisan, inoelakisan, to wander, to err from the
way, to have a misunderstanding j paulakies,
pi, pa, ipaulakies, to cause to err.

poetaeü, pinoetach, papoetach, oetach-a,
oetach-an, imetachan, to stay anywhere ; pau-
tach, pinautach, papautach, ipautacha, ipautach,
inipautach, inoipautach, to cause to remain.

poetan, pi, pa, oetanna, oetannan, inoetannan,
to do anything by way of provision, to lie in
wait, or to lurk in secret; as poetan o aras, to
fetch a quantity of grass ; poetan poa, to make
a store of wine ; poetan pala, to say by proviso;
pautan, to cause such to be done; pi, pa, ipau-
tanna, etc.

poetat, pinoetat, papoetat, oetatta, oetattan,
inoetattan, to mean, to suppose, to suspect;
pautat, pinautat, papautat, ipautatta, ipautat,
etc., to cause such to be done; autat, nom.
meaning; ma-autat, one who intends any-
thing.

poetautach, pi, pa, etc., as poetach, to remain
anywhere long ; pautautach, pi, pa, to cause to
remain.

poetautat, pi, pa, etc., intens. poetat, to
mean sincerely, to believe firmly ; nom. autau-
tat, belief

pogamgam, pinogamgam, papogamgam, oga-
gamma, ogamgammen, inogamgam, ino-ogam-
gammen, to do anything shortly or quickly after
another; pogamgam ja micham,to drink shortly
after one another; paugamgam, pi, pa, ipau-
gamgamma, inipaugamgam, etc., to cause such
to be done.

poggogo, pinoggogo, papoggogo, oggogoa, to
rub, in general either with paint, in which case
It oggogoon, inoggogo, or by wiping, in which
case it is oggogoan, inoggogoan ; poggogo no morr^
0 naupoot, to wipe the face with a towel; pog-
gogo no rib 0 boar, to smear one\'s coat with
mire; pauggogo, pi, pi, ipauggogoa, ipauggogo,
etc., to cause to rub; auggogo, nom. the wiping;
also the instrument wherewith anything is
vviped.

hand; pabokbok, pinabokbok, papabokbok, ipabok-
bokka, ipabokbok, etc., to cause such to be
done.

pokkor, pinokkor, papokkor, okkorra, okkorran,
tnokkorran, ino-okkorran, to put a stopper on
anything, on a can, pot, etc.; paukor, pinaukor,
papaukor, etc., to cause this to be done; aukor,
nom. a stopper ; pokkor, a peg.

pouibo, pi, pa, ipolliboa, pass, olliboan, inolli-
boan, to disguise, to conceal any dishonourable
expression ; paullibo, trans., aullibo, nom.
poUol, the navel; also poUul.
polsi, pinolsi, papolsi, same as poddik; paulsi,
pinaulsi, papaulsi, ipaulsia, ipaulsi, inipaulsi,
same as paudik.

ponnad, pinonnad, paponnat, onnadda, onnad-
den, inonnad, im-onnadden, to make fire burn,
to make a fire; paunad, pinaunad, papaunad,
ipaunnada, etc., to cause this to be done.

ponno, a boil that comes of itself, for when-
ever any part of the body, as the head, swells
up, or when any swelling occurs through a fall,
etc., the same is audik.

po-o, the knee, the marrow in the bones,
pook, a night owl.

poon, mould, the canker worm; see phon.
poot, a Chinese.

po-pino, papo-poa, the cry and song of birds;

Unabo, papabo, ipaboa, ipabo, inipabo,
^ 0, to cause the birds to cry; po signi-
fies also the cry of rats, mice, snakes, etc. •
babo, nom.nbsp;\'\'

porchach-a, pinorchach-a, paporchach-a,
borchach-a, borchack-an, binorchach-a, inobor-
chach-an, to push in between so that people on
either side must get out of the way; pabor-
chach-a, pinaborchach-a, etc., to cause to be
done.

porpor, pinorpor, paporpor, porporran, pinor-
porran, inoporporran, to raise dust; paporpor,
ptnaporpor, papaporpor, ipaporporra, ipaporpor,
inipaporpor, to make dusty ; barrabor, dust.

porra, pinorra, paporra, iporra, borra, bor-
raan, etc., to dry, to put out to dry; paborra,
pi, pa, to cause this to be done; paborra, a
drying; babor an, babor aijan, a drying place,
as a frame on which people dry flesh.

porrat, pi, pa, orratta, pass, orrattan, inor-
rattan, to wager, to guess at anything; paur-
rat, trans., aurrat, nom.

porri seems to mean to fall suddenly down,
as a beast that is mortally wounded, as if one
should say, there it lies.

porried, pinorried, paporried, borrida, borri-
den, binorried, inoborriden, to turn anything

pokbok, pinokbok, papokbok, bokbokka, bokbok-
ken, binokbok, inobokbokken, to beat with the

round from the one side to the other; borridea
ma dick aichoa zjabaan auniga, put the sick
man on his left side jo pizio parried naupoot a
0 allackoa mabachas, you must turn the sheet
that it may dry; paborried, pinaborried, papa-
borried, ipaborrida, ipaborried, etc., to cause to
be turned.

porro, a measure made of bamboo,
porroog, pinorroog, paporroog, orroogga, or-
rooggan, inorroog, ino-orrooggen, to overthrow;
pauroog, pinauroog, papauroog, paurogga, to
cause to do so.

porrot, pinorrot, paporrot, borrotta, borrotten,
binorrot, inoborrotten, to bind; pahorrot, pina-
borrot, papaborrot, ipaborrotta, ipaborrot, etc.,
to cause to bind ; baborrot, a binding.

posa, pinosa, paposa, osaa, osaan, niosaan,
inoosaan, to make the ground clean by the
rooting out of weeds or jungle ; pausa, pinausa,
papausa, ausa-a, ipausa, inipausa, etc. ; see
mausa.

posi, pinosi, paposi, osia, osi-in, inosi, ino-osian,
to scour, to whiten; paus, pinausi, papausi,
ipausia, ipausi, inipausi, to cause to be scoured.

posi, pinosi, paposi, osia, osien, inosi, ino-osien,
where? osian, inosian, ino-osian, to stow any-
thing away; pausi, pinausi, papausi, ipausia,
etc., to cause to do so ; osi, a sheltering.

posirrere, pinossirrere, papossirrere, bossir-
rerea, bossirreri-in, binosirrere, inobosirrerein,
to hang up by the neck ; pabosirrere, pi, pa,
ipabosirrerea, tpabosirrere, inipabosirrere, to sus-
pend ; people say also pausirrerea.

posisi, pinosisi, paposisi, osisia, osisian, inosisi,
and inosisian, ino-osisian, to end, to leave off;
pasisi 0 rior, and sisi o rior, to be the last; pau-
sisi,pi,pa, ipausisia, ipausisi, inipausisi, inoipau-
sisi, to cause to end.

posos, pinosos, paposos, osossa, osossen, inosos,
ino-osossen, to put up the hair in the native
manner, to bind together grass, to dress the
head, to adorn a field or any place with knots
of grass ; but then, osossan, inosossan, ino-
ossosan are used; pausos, pi, pa, ipausossa, to
cause such to be done.

possoor, pinossor, papossor, bossorra, bossorran,
binossorran, inobossorran, to castrate ; pabossoor,
pinabossor, papabossor, to cause the same to be
done.

pottai, pi, pa, ottaia, ottaian, imttaian, ino-
ottaian, to sleep on the same bed, and under
the same covering.

pottan, pimttan, papottan, ottanna, ottannan,
iniottannan, ino-ottannan, to lie in wait in
secret; pautan, pinautan, papautan, ipautanna,
inipautan, ino-ipautan, to cause such to be
done; this is the same with poetan, above, for
if any one will surprise another secretly, he
must first lie in wait.

potto, a knot, a knuckle, a knot in wood ;
potto no eryn, the hip ; potto no sameer, the jaws.

pottup, pimttup, papottup, otuppa, ottuppen,
inottup, ino-ottuppen, to put out; sja jo pottup o
chau, elli maman ina bonna, if you had put out
the fire it would not have burnt my field; ja
otuppen ja tattullonoe ? is the candle put out ?
pautap, pinautap, etc., to cause to be put out;
ipautuppi Tahallaja tattullonoe, let Takalla put
out the candle.

poTilabo, pi, pa, oulaboa, same as moab.
poz-i, pinoz-i, papoz-i, oz-ia, inoz-i, inooz-ien,
to awaken; pauz-i, pinauz-i, papauz-i, ipauz-
ia, ipauz-i, inipauz-i, inoipauz-i, to cause to
awake.

pozios, pinozios, papozios, oziossa, oziossan,
inoziossan, ino-oziossan, to come in any one\'s
place, to succeed any one ; pauzios, pinauzios,
papauzios, ipauziossa, inipauzios, inoipauzios,
to cause to succeed; ozios, succession ; ma-
aozios, successor.

pozirries, pinozirries, papozirries, ozirrisa,
ozirrisan, inozirrisan, ino-ozirrisan, to miss
one\'s aim; pauzirries, pi, pa, ipauzirrisa, etc.,
to cause one to miss the mark.

pries, pineries, paperies, iperisa, iperis, ini-
peries, inoiperies, to tie close; pabries, pi, pa,
ipabrisa, ipabries, inipabries, to cause it to be
done.

ptat, pientat, paptat, ptadda, pass, ptaddan,
pientaddan, to begin, to do anything from the
first; paptat, nom.

pto, pienso, papto, ptoa, pass, ptoon, piento,
inoptoon, same as ptat; papto, same as paptat.

pulla, pinulla, papulla, bulla-a, bulla-an,
binulla-an, inobulla-an, to knock in pieces ;
pabulla, pinabulla, papabulla, ipabulla, to cause
to be broken to pieces ; written poulla.

racb, a joint, as between the knots of bam-
boos; written raag, the verb; paraag, see
under the letter p.

raos, an eyetooth, or double tooth,
rapal, blindness; see marapal.
rapies, bad, in general; verb marapies, to be
wicked ,• ma-arapies, a bad man.

rapo (let the a be scarcely heard), beneath ;
morpo, the verb to be low; patarpo, pi, pa, to
cause to be low.

rarain, a petrefaction; fr. rummain.
rarait, a song of many ; fr. rummait.
raras, old, contracted.

raraudon, a neighbour\'s house; pauraraudon,
a neighbour; raraudon 0 sjam 0 sini, neighbour
man or woman,
raried, a possession, or landmark,
raria, the paiting of a river,
raricherich, a strip marked off with a knife
for a measure.

rariot, a ring or ferrol, made to fasten anything,
raro, a hat, a dog\'s collar; raro daal, a straw
hat; raro osan, a bank,
raro-ossan, a bank,
rarop 0 san, the after-birth,
rarot 0 sien, the gums,
rarot, bandages, with which anything is
bound in order not to burst,
rarozissja, a pot.
rarriedda, a separation,
rarupe 0 man 0 michan, the esophagus,
rasoom, time, season ,• rasoom 0 adoan 0
{ysj/a, the time of cooking, i.e. past three
o\'clock; it also means the time of high water
at sea, when it is still water; rasoomo a doan a
zysya, the time from the afternoon until the
going down of the sun.
ratta, a cage, a hair,
rau-a, a hind.

ransaan, unwise, half foolish, as rachoen,
compounded of rau and saan, because the
understanding is wanting.

ransan, ri, ra, rausanna, rausannan, rinau-
sannan, to shine, to glister, but is only said of
that which had a black ground, otherwise it is
madallolees.

rauso, it is fallen, there it lies,
re, dried fish or flesh,
re 0 don, the eaves of a house,
ri, the throat, the neck,
riba, all sorts of upper garments that cover
the shoulders, no matter of what form or
length; riV 0 tasso, a gown; ribo 0 choluk, a
shirt.

ribi, a small house, where men put seed,
ribokbok, oxribokkebok, a lined coat or jacket,
rid, a bank, not entirely covered by water,
the strand, a sandbank.

lies, a mosquito, a hand ; fr. maries.
rima, a hand ; rim 0 kallamas, the right
hand; rim 0 kairi, the left hand,
rinakas, the space between the legs,
rinas, a trevet, fire-irons; see riuas.
rinepit (the e short) 0 erien, a pair of legs,
as the hind legs of a deer, etc., joined as they
are in nature,
rini, an egg.
rinies, a verse.

rior, after; fr. marior; matarior, to be
behind ; patarior, trans,
ripoch, household furniture,
riuas, instruments about a fireplace, where
people set the pot on to boil, as with us trevets,
roasters, etc., the natives, however, merely fix
three stones in the ground,
ri-zi, a native eating bowl,
ro, distance, depth ; masanno a ro ja Taijoan
oe? how far is Taiwan ? masanno a ro ja chauch
oe ? how deep is the well ?
robaan, a grave.

roddok, a common sort of arrows,
rodo, a certain fish called rabos.
rogga, a hawk,
roggo, a cocoanut.

rokob, a wart, also a button on clothes,
roman, another ; plur. roma-roman.
ronnaan, the grass in the fields,
ronno, a shadow, as of an umbrella, shed, or
tree, etc., but not from clouds, which is dachum ■
see rummonno.nbsp;\'

roos, a shore, also a root, as bossor.
roos (the 0 contracted), a consort,
root, remainder.

rorieben, rinorieh, inororieben, to grow dizzy,
as if everything went round, and people did
not know where they were.

rorro, one with another, altogether, a heap
of lifeless things, as wood, straw, paddy, millet,
etc. j hence is derived rorronoada, to distribute
equally; parorronoada, to cause such to be
done.

rumbo, ri, ra, rubhoa, ruhboon, parubbo,
trans, to grind; rarubbo, meal; rarubboan,
or rarubbo aijan, a place for grinding, a
mill.

rumchorcho, rinumchorcho, rarumchorcho, to
Ditch up and down, as a ship at sea, or a weak
samboo, on which anything is carried ; paar-
chorcho, pinaarchorcho, papaarchorcho, tpaar-
chorcho, etc., to cause this to be done.

rumka, rinumka, rarumka, to gather branches;
paarka, pinaaria, papaarka, ipaarka-a, etc., to
cause such to be done, to separate from one
another, as the branches of trees shoot out on
all sides; rumkara, nom. a shooting out, as the
branches of trees.

nimmaal, ri, ra, rala, ralen, rinaal, the u
short, to sit on one\'s heels, as tsimisakah, paraal,
to cause this to be done.

rummab, rinummab, rarummab, received,
pregnant, impregnated, also to occupy some
time in doing anything, it is raba and rabea,
raban, rinaban, inoraban; nataap o rummios
tapos assaban, rummab elli tatumkach, six days
the village will let pass by, that they do not go
out to hunt, see porab ; raben, rinab, inoraben,
pregnancy is occasioned; rarah, nom. subst.;
rummab o sini, the woman is pregnant.

rummaba, rinummaba, rarummaba, raba-a,
rahaan, to cover with the wings, as birds do
their young ; also to take any one for a father,
in order to serve or help him ; see par aba-,
raraba, a breeding; raraban, a breeding-place.

rummacb, is said of anything that people
cannot well see either through distance or
darkness or any other obstruction.

rummain, rinummain, rarummain, rainar-
ainen, rinain, inorainen, to petrify; parain, pin-
arain, paparain, iparaina, iparain, etc., to cause
to be petrified.

rummait, rinummait, rarummait, raida,
raidan, rinaidan, imraidan, to sing in chorus ;
paraid, pinarait, paparait, iparaida, iparaid,
iniparaid, to cause such to be done.

rummammik, rinummammik, rarummammik,
ramka, to take the property of another under
pretence that it belongs to ourselves; with
regard to the matter it is said ramkin, rinammik,
inoramkin, and to the person, ramkan, rinam-
kan, inoramkan; parammik, pinarammik,
paparammik, iparamka, etc., to cause such to
be done.

rummapal, rinummapal, rarummapal, rapulla,
rapallen, rinapal, to beat about blindly;
parapal, trans, rarapal, a blinding; ma-
ar arapal, a blinder.

rummapies, rinummapies, rarummapies,
rapisa, rinapies, inorapiesen, to do evil, to sin ;
parapies, trans, to cause any to sin, inip.
iparapisa, iparapies ; babosa rummapies o airien
oe, to spoil what any one has made or done;
rapies ja airien, a man spoils his work, i.e. the
work is spoiled; nom. rarapies, sin, also
arapiessen marapies; ma ararapies, a sinner;
rummapirapies, intens., rapirapies, nom.

rummaried, rinummaried, rarummaried,
rarida, raridan, rinaridan, inoraridan, to make
a division of land; pararied, pinararied,
papararied, etc., to cause such a separation ;
raried, nom. a separation; rariedan and raried
aijan, the place where the fields divide.

rummaro, rinummaro, rarummaro, raroa,
raroan, rinaroan, inoraroan, to put on the hat,
to put a collar on a dog ; pararo, pinararo,
papararo, paraaroa, roa, oa, intens., ipararo,
etc., to cause the hat to be put on, or a collar
to be put on a dog; raro, a hat, a collar.

rummauch, rinummauch, rarummauch,
raucha, rauchan, rinauchan, inorauchan, to
uncover the head for any one ; parauch, pi, pa,
iparaucha, iparauch, etc., to cause the head to
be uncovered; ta Albert iparauch o raro ta
capitain ja sisjim, the children are charged by
Albert to uncover the head before the captains.

Tamm2i.\\mo,rinummauno, rarummauno, raunoa,
raunoon, rinauno, inoraunoon, to behead;
parauno, pinarauno, paparauno, iparaunoa,
iparauno, iniparaum, to cause to be beheaded.

rummaut, rinummaut, rarummaut, rauda,
raudan, rinaudan, to remain out; innai dema
joa rummaut a milip ai? wherefore do you
remain so long out ? paga sasai ta Cahba, sa a
rummaut de d\' Hallibo, Cabba will not come,
he remains at Hallibo; paraut, pinaraut,
paparaut, iparauda, iparaut, to cause to remain
out; rummauraut, etc., parauraut, etc., as
above, to remain long out, or cause this to be
done.

rumme, ri, ra, rea, rees, rine, inoreen, to
speak hard ; also to poke out the belly as if
blown out, to threaten; the opposite of

nimmedos, rinummed^s, roddossa, rodossen,
riendos, inoraddossen, to snuff up ; paardos,
pinaardos, papaardos, ipaardossa, ipaardos, ini-
paardos, inoipaardos, to cause to snuff up.

rummemoremo, rinummemoremo, rarum-
memoremo, remoremoa, remoremoan, rinimoremo,
imremoreiman, to look all round j paremoremo,
pi, pa, iparemoremoa, iparemorento, inipare-
moremo, to cause thus to be done.

rummene, rinummene, rarumtnene, rinmea,
rinmeen, rinmene, inoritiTneen, to put to soak;
(the liquor in which anything) is soaked,
renean, rine an, inorinnean-, paarne, pinaarne,
pa, ipaarnea, tpaarne, inipaarne, inoipaarne, to
cause this to be done j nom. raarne, a soaking.

rummere, rinummere, rarummere, rerea,
rerean, rinerean, inorerean, to go round, to
encompass ; parere, pi, pa, iparerea, etc., to go
on the other side, as if to get out of any one\'s
way.

rummeries, rinummeries, rarummeries, rerisa,
rerisen, rineries, inorerisen, to put anything
oyer from one place to another; pareries,
pinareries, papareries, etc., to cause such to be
done.

rurami, rinummi, rarummi, ri-a, ri-in, rini,
inari-in, to keep watch, to guard ; pari, pinari,
papari, iparia, etc., to cause watch to be kept;
rari, nom.Ja watch; rarian, or rariaijan, a
watch-house; ma-arari, a watchman.

rummiba, ri, ra, riboa, to hold the feast
which is celebrated in the evening after
marriage, to keep a wedding; nom. rariha,
obaan o rariba, a wedding; to keep a feast the
day after marriage they call ummior o rariba;
de rariba, i.e. to follow up the marriage ; and
when they drink with the new married couple
it is micham o ramain.

rummibal, rinummibal, rarummibal, riballa,
ribalten, rinibal, inoriballen, to pull down, also
to separate; paribal, pinaribal, paparibal,
ipariballa, iparibal, to cause to break down ;
raribal, a breaking up; ma-araribal, one who
breaks.

:ruiQmibirrieb,r/«aOTZ«/èzmgt;Z\', rarummibirrieb,
ribirriba, ribirriben, rinibirrieb, inroibirribben,
to fly hither and thither, as those who are
assailed on every side; pariberieb, pi, pa,
ipariberiba, etc., to cause to do so.

rummicbum, rinum, rarum, richumma, to cut
off a bamboo or stick even ; parichum, trans.,
rarichum, nom. subst.

rummiecberiecb, rinummicheriech, rarum-
michertech, richericha, richerichen, rinicheriech,
to make a mark with a knife or such like, in
order to fix a measure; paricheriech, pi, \'pa
iparichericha, etc., to cause to be marked off ■
this does not mean to cut through a rope or
bamboo with a knife or saw.

rummiedda, rirummiedda, rarummiedda,
riedda, rieddan, rinieddan, inorieddan, to make
a separation; parieddan, etc., to cause such to
be done; rariedda, a separation; rarieddan
and aijan, the place where the way separates;
rummia as rummiedda.

rummies, a lapse of days; ratorroa rummies,
three days ; masanno rummies ? how many
days ?

rumiMel, rinummiel, rarummiel, rila, rilen,
riniel, inorilen, to diy skins in the native
manner by spreading them out in the sun;
rariei, nom. such stretching out; parie/,
pinariel, papariel, iparila, ipariel, inipariel, to
make diy.

rummiggo, rinummiggo, rarummiggo, riggoa,
riggoon, riniggo, to turn oneself, or anything
else, from one side to the other, in which
sense it agrees with paaried-, also to remove
anything from one shoulder or hand to the
other; that on which it is laid is roggoan;
pariggo, etc., to cause such to be done ; also to
change, as rummiggo o ramied, to change one\'s
word ; see mariggo; riggoriggo, changeableness,
fr. rummiggorriggo; rummiggorriggo, intens. of
rummiggo.

rummitak, rinummikak,rarummikak, rikakka,
rikakken, rinikak, inorikakken, to stride; parikak,
pinarikak, paparikak, iparikakka, etc., to cause
such to be done ; rarikak, a striding.

^ rummiot, rinummiot, rarummiot, riotta
riotten, riniot, inoriotten, to environ, to encom-
pass; pariot, pinariot, papariot, etc., to cause
such to be done.
_ rummiseries, rinummiseries, rarummiseries,
riserisa,^ riserisen, riniseries, inoriserisen, to
wash rice or millet; pariseries, pinariseries,
papariseris, ipariserisa, to cause such to be
done.

rummo, the whole; fr. marummo.
rummod, a kind of fish,
rummoggoroggo, to rumble water between
the teeth, as when people wash the mouth, to
gurgle.

rummomirroom, rinummomirroom, rarum-
momirroom, romirroma, romirromen, rinomirroom,
inoromirroom, to wash the mouth ; paromirroom,
pi, pa, iparomirroma, etc., to cause such to be
done.

rummomorromo, rimimmomorromo, rarum-
momorromo, romorromoa, romorromoon, rino-
morromoon, inoromorromoon, to make round;
paromorromo, pinaromorromo, paparomorromo,
iparomorromoa, to cause such to be done.

rummonno, rinummonno, rarummonno, ronnoa,
ronnoan, rinonnoan, inoronnoan, to overshadow;
paronno, trans, raronno, a shadowing.

rummoop, rinummoop, rarummoop, ropa,
ropen, rinoop, inoropen, to shut the eyes; paroop,
pinaroop, paparoop, etc., to cause such to be
done.

rummoos, rinummoos, rarummoos, rosa, rosen,
rinoos, inoroosen, to run after, to pursue; paroos,
pinaroos, paparoos, iparosa, etc., to cause to
pursue.

rummopa, ri, ra, ropa, eropa, ineropa,
inoeropa, to spit anything out of the mouth,
but not spittle, for that is petummo; paropa,
trans, raropa, a spitting out.

rummorro, rinummorro, rarummorro, rorroa,
rorroon, rinorro, inororroon, to call together, to
put together, as clothes in a chest, drink in a
pot, paddy in a sack, etc.; also parorro, see in
parrorro; also to encircle; rummorrono cho, to
encircle any one ; rarorro, an assembly; act.
arorroan, or aroroaijan, a place of assembly.

rummorroos, rinummorroos, rarummorroos,
rorrosa, rorrosen, rinorroos, inororrosen, to col-
lect, to gather; parorroos, pinarorroos, papa-
rorroos, iparorrosa, iparorroos, to cause to
gather.

_ rummot, rinummot, rarummot, rotta, rotten,
rinot, inorotten, to wrap up anything; parot,
pinarot, paparot, to cause to be wrapped up ;
rarot, a wrapper.

rummotos, ri, ra, ruttossa, ruttossen, rinotos,
inorotossen, to go against anything, as against
the wind, stream, etc.; paruttos, trans, raro-
tos, such a going ; ma-ararotos, such a goer.

rummotul, ri, ra, rotulla, rotullen, rinotul,
inorotullen, to take to oneself, and thus to de-
prive another of anything, or to cause that he

has it not; parotul, trans., rarotul, nom. a de-
priving ; ma-ararotul, one who deprives,

rumpe, rinumpe, rarumpe, ruppea, ruppein,
rienpe, inoruppein, to swallow up; paarpe, pin-
aarpe, papaarpe, ipaarpea, etc., to cause to be
swallowed up ; raruppe, a swallowing; raruppe
0 man, o michatn, the passage for eating and
drinking.

saam, a partridge, a wild-fowl,
saan, the understanding,
saas, a looseness, a diarrhoea,
sabadta, a street; fr. summahad.
sabanno, when ; sasai o sabanno joa mamau
oe ? when will your father come ?
sabba, a river,
sabba, poverty, fr. masaba.
sabbacha, a mouth.

sabbi, a carp that is full grown; autobabat,
half grown; barobabbi, about a span long;
dille 0 barobabbi, a young carp of a smal er
sort.

sacha, or sachana, afterwards; sacha a na-
taap rummies, after six days ; sacha a nattada
etdas, over a month; sacha a natorroa baas,
after three years.

salas 0 baron, the stalk of a tree,
sallaban., a screen to make a shadow,
sam, a mat to sleep on.
samere, a cheek ; also written sameer.
sammarotta, the day after to-morrow,
sandon, the entrance of a house, including
the door and threshold inaunumma jo saide
sandon ? talla alia mossei dummora don ? why
do you stay at the door ? why do you not
come in ?

sannan, envy, jealousy; see masannan.
sapak, any unpleasant and stinking smell;
anything that stinks or is nasty, so that the
senses loathe it.

sapisab, a house or shed, such as is gener-
ally seen in front of native houses, a roof,
saroko, the hump of the Indian cow.
sarra, a row of persons or things, that stand
one after the other; sarro mababat, to go one
after the other; sarro makarieb, ditto; fr.

as tahorron-, it must be pronounced sarf-o-
don, and means a race, a line ; see pissarra.

sarroso, mist, damp; poch-poch a sarroso
de honna, the mist in the field; sarrosoan,
misty.

sasaainas, praet. pass, sinoainasan, pres. ino-
saainas, fut. a look-out house; this has no cover-
ing, and differs from tarrakal, which has a
covering.

sasaar, the headkerchief of the men.
sasaat, white coral beads, which the young
women wear on their legs; sabitono sasaat, the
red corals which they wear about these; and
tatte opo, those which are worn underneath.

sasaijan, and sasosaijan, the place of any-
thing, hence don 0 sassayan, a dwelling-house ;
sino saijan, and inosasaijan, this has no other
tenses than these three, pres. perfect, and fut.
pass., it means also simply a residence; sasai-
jan 0 merien, a work place; contracted into
sasau merien.

sasakimotto, a cross, fr. summakimotto,
sasalla, deceit, fr. summalla.
sasaUan, a ring, such as men wear on the
fingers, fr. summallan.
sasannasanna, a spout,
sasappa, a sheet or anything spread out; sas-
app 0 azaijan, a table cloth ; sasap 0 ratta, bed
clothes; sasarrayan, a mattress.; fr. summappa.
sasas, water grass,
sasasjien, a notch; root summashien.
sasin, sinaas, to have a looseness,
sasirau tattollo, a candlestick ; sasirau
.sasi, a salt-cellar.

sasoom, the measure, where two things with
their ends are joined together; sasoom ochaan,
that which is joined on to the belly,
sassabacli, a kind of poison,
sassas, a vessel in which people put food to
settle, as with us, the skimming dishes,
sassi, salt; sassi, the same,
sassies, thread, yarn ; fr. gummis.
sassimar, fried grease,
sassio, an earthquake.

sasso, disinclination, dissatisfaction, a mur-
muring disposition; annumma sasonos? what
do you murmur about ?

shiem, grandchildren ; shiem osso, an orphan ;
shiem badda, a son, a boy ; shiem mammali, a
daughter, a girl ; shiem parrach, a bastard ;
shiem pattala, a stepchild ; shiem 0 kakan, a
young sucking child,
shies, the soul, a spirit,
sies, the back, the shore, a strand,
sies, anything bioken off short, the back,
sies, anything produced long, the end of a
thing ; sies 0 atzaijan, the end of a table ; sies
0 honna, the end of a field ; sies 0 abas, the end
of the sea, where it washes the land ; it is not
applied to things that have no certain quantity,
like the word sisi, see below,
silok, a large native knife,
simida, sinimida, sasimida, an open space
round a village or a field, to keep off fire;
pasida, trans, sida, such a path.

simikasik, sinimikasik, sasimikasik, sikasikka,
sikasikken, sinikasik, inosikkasikken, to dangle
with the legs or feet, as idle people do to
drive away time ; pasikasik, pi, pa, ipasikasikka,
etc., to cause such to be done.

simikosl^o, sinimikosiko, sikosikoa, sikosikoon,
sinikosiko, inosihosikoon, to drill, as people do
with pikes; pasikossiko, pi, pa, ipasikosikoa,
ipasikosiko, etc., to cause such to be done.
_ simioch, sinimioch, sasimioch, siocha, siochen,
sinioch, inosiochen, to bring before the hand •
pasioch, pinasioch, papasioch, ipasiocha, ipasioch,
inipasioch, to cause such to be done.

simipir, sinimipir, sasimipir, sipirra, sipirren,
sinipir, inosipirren, to throw the wrong way, or
behind one\'s hand ; pasipir, pinasipir, papasi-
/zr, etc., to cause anything to be thus thrown.
^ simiri, sinimiri, sasimiri, siria, siri-in, siniri,
inosin-in, to bawl out in the narive manner;
pasiri, pi, pa, ipasiria, ipasiri, etc., to cause
any one to bawl out.

simisich, sinimisich, sasimisich, sisicha, sisi.
chen, sinisich, inosisichen, to break or flatten
anything with the palm of the hand or foot •
stsichen 0 rima j a hart, to crush the mosquitoes
with the hand; tapos sisjiem sasai simisich
na-a babat don j a choquot; asjiel, let all the children
come and merely rub the floor (lit. middle of
the house) with their feet ; pasisich, pi, pa,
ipasistcha, ipasisich, inipasisich, inoipasisich, to
cause such to be done.

simitik, sinimitik, sasimitik, sitikka, sitikken,
sinitik, to bind anything tight, or to haul any-
thing tort; pasitik, pinasitik, papasitik, ipasi-
tikka, ipasitik, inipasitik, to cause such to be done.

Blni, the female among beasts; applied to
men, it means a married woman who has had
children, or who is become old, in which case
also an unmarried woman is called sini,
sini-apillo, the thumb, the great toe.
sinien, sinimien, sasimien, sina, sinan, sininan,
inosinan, to be in the way between two, to
strike in between two ways ; sina osi ta Cabba
inaos, come between me and Cabba ; pasien,
pinasien, papasien, etc., to cause this to be
done ; sasien, nom. the name of that which
people set between two.

sisa, the sun, a day; written zijs-ja.
sisi, the end of anything; sisia oetas, the
end of the rain; sisia makarieb, the end of
travelling ; sisia patite, the end of speaking;
sisia tummaap, the end of working.

sja, if; sja moetas a somma, matalam cho
alli sasosquot; i tumkach, if it rain to-morrow the
people will probably not go out to hunt,
sjach, a high mountain,
sjam, a married man, or one who has been
married; also a father.
Bjibo, a bird\'s nest.

sjiem, a child, whether boy or girl; sjiem
badda, a boy; sjiem mam?nali, a girl; sjiem
parrach, a bastard; sjiem pattala, a stepson ;
sjiem 0 kakan, a sucking child; sjiem o sjiem, a
grandchild.

sjien, the teeth ; plur. sisjien.
so, a place where the grass is eaten off and
is now bare,
soa, a wound.

soan, the south ; matasoan, southward,
sobochen, a buck which has shed its homs.
so-e, silver-gilt; so-e o kakan, gold,
soloch, the darkness and storminess of the
sky in the east; see summoloch.
somma, to-morrow,
so-o, the conjunction \'and.\'
sorro, a pestle, with which people beat paddy
out of the stalk.

soso, the length of anything,
sosonk 0 sjien, a sickness consisting of
rotten teeth.

Bosumma, the yoke of an egg.
Bumbacli, sinumbach, sasumbach, sabacha,
sahachen, sienbach, inosahach, to administer a
certain poison called sasabach; pasabach, pin-
asahach, papasabach, etc., to cause to be
poisoned.

inoisebo, to set anything down ; pasebo,ptnasebo,
papasebo, ipaseboa, etc., to cause anything to be
set down.

sumkir, sinumkir, sasumkir, isekirra, inisekir,
inoisekir, to press down; sumkir o rarro, to put
the hat on firmly or to press it down ; pasekir,
pinasekir, papasekir, ipasekirra, etc., to cause
such to be done ; sumkir i to no cho, to dip a
person in the water; sasekir i to no christan,
christian baptism.

sumkir and sekirra, sekirran, sienkirran, ino-
sikirran, the making up of the betel-nut;
pasekir, pi, pa, etc., to cause such to be
done.

Bummaam, sinummaam, sasummaam, saamma,
saammen, sinaam, inosaammen, to entangle or
entrap; pasaam, pi, pa, ipasaamma, ipasaa,
inipasaam, etc., to cause to be entrapped.

summabad, si, sa, imp. sabadda, to arrange
anything in rows, as fields, trees, streets, plants,
etc.; pasabad, trans.

summabas, sinummabas,sasummahas, sabassa,
sabassen, sinabas, inosabassen, to tiy, to tempt,
to make a trial; pasabas, pinasabas, papasabas,
ipasabassa, etc., to cause such to be done;
sasabas, a trial, a temptation; ma-asasabas, a
tempter, one who tries.

summabaugarro, si, sa; pasabougarro, trans,
a certain manner of binding, as if it were
braided.

Bummabot, sinummabot, sasummahot, sabotta,
sabotten, sinabot, inosabotten, to do anything
by guess, to guess at anything; summabot o
summot, to point out or lay out anything by guess.

Bummabsab, sinummabsab, sasummabsab,
sab sabba, sabs abb en, sinabsab, inosabben, to
whip, to beat any one openly ; pasabsab, pi, pa,
ipasabsabba, ipasabsab, etc., to cause such to be
done; sasabsah, such a blow; also the instrti-
ment, as a stick, etc.

Bummada, sinummada, sasummada, sadda,
saddan, sinadda, inosaddan, to seek; pas adda,
pi, pa, etc., to cause to seek.

summadich-iboch, sinummadich-iboch, sasam-
madich-iboch, sadaudich-ibocha, sadaudich-iboch,
sinadaudich-iboch, inosadaudich-iboch, to be
hungry, to desire anything as hungry ; pasadich-
iboch, pi, pa, ipasadich-ibocha, etc., to cause
such to be done.

summaMmotto, sinummakimotto, sasummaki-
motto, sakimottoa, sakimottoan, sinakimottoan,
inosakimottoan, to make anything crosswise or
with a cross; pasakimotto, pi, pa, ipasakimottoa,
etc., to cause such to be done.

saksakka, saksakhen, sinahal, inosaksakken, to
trample, to tread, to tread down ; pasaksak, pi,
pa, ipasaksakka, etc., to cause such to be done.

summatsak, etc., the breaking forth of the
inornmg in the east; summaksak a bajan, it
dawns in the east.

summalla, sinummalla, sasummalla, salla-a,
salla-an, sinalla, inosalla-an, to deceive with
words or actions; pasalla, pinasalla, papasalla,
ipasalla, inipasalla, inoipasalla, to cause to be
cheated.

stimmallaban, sinummallahan, sasummal-
laban, sallabanna, sallabannan, sinallabannan,
inosallabannan, that which makes a shadow
(as an umbrella, etc.), to overshadow any one
or thing ; pasallaban, pinasallaban, papasalla-
ban, ipasallabanna, ipasallaban, to cause such
to be done.

summallad, sinummallad, sasummallad, sal-
ladda, salladden, sinallad, inosalladden, to dis-
cover, to be aware of; pasallad, pinasallat,
papasallat, ipasalladda, etc., to cause to be dis-
covered.

summallan, sinummallan, sasummallan, sal-
lanna, sallannan, sinallanan, inosallanan, to put
a ring on the hand ; pasallan, pi, pa, etc., to
cause to be done.

summamgean, si, sa, imp. samgeanna, pass.
samgeannen, sinamgean, to offer, is originally
a Chinese word, but adopted by the For-
mosans and declined after their manner; sam-
gean, offering.

summammisam, imp. sammisamma, sammi-
samman, etc., to crown; pasammisansam-
misam, a crown, garland; sasammisam, a
crowning; ma-asasammisam, a crown-maker.

summamo, si, sa, samoa, samoan, etc., to
twist, a threefold cord ; pasamo, trans.

summannasamia, sinummannasanna, sasum-
mannasanna, sinannasanna, sannasanna, sanna-
sannaan, sinannasanna, inosannasannaan, to
hiss at; pasannasanna, pi, pa, ipasannasanna,
inipasannasanna, etc., to cause to be hissed.
_ summaod, sinumniaod, sasummaod, saodda,
sinaod, imsaodden, to pour out, either on pur-
pose or by accident; pasaod, pinasaod, papa-
saod, ipasaodda, etc., to cause to be poured out;
masaod, neut.; see in m, the act. of which is
pasaod-, sasaod, a pouring out.

eummapar, sinummapar, sasummapar, sa-
parra, saparran, sinaparran, to grasp anything
furiously, as those do who fear that it will escape
them ; na a sinumpar o masorro, I have seized
a young hind; pasapar, pi, pa, ipasapara, ipa-
sapar, etc., to cause to be thus seized.

summapiel, sinummapiel, sasummapiel, sa-
pilla, sapillan, sinapil, inosapilan, to sit down on
the ground, without stool, mat, or other article;
pasapil, pmasapil, papasapil, ipasapilla, ipasapil,
mtpasapil, to cause such to be done.

summappa, sinummappa, sasummappa, sappa
and sappaija, sapanni, sinapanni, inosapanni,
to overspread; pasappa, pi, pa, ipasappaija,
tpasappa, tnipasappa, to cause to be over-
spread.

summara, sinummara, sasummara, sarra
sarranni, sinaranni, inisaranni, to lie down in
order to sleep; pasarra, pi, pa, ipasarra, ini-
pasarra, inoipasarra, to cause to lie down to
sleep.

summarabsab, same as summalachkach.
summarammo, si, sa, to plait a rope of
straw, i.e. four double; saramoa, saramoan,
etc.; pasarmo, to cause such to be done; sa-
saramo, a plaiting; ma-asasaromo, one who
plaits.

summar-o-asso, sinummar-o-asso, sasummar-
o-asso, to seethe ; pasaro-asso, pi, pa, etc., to
cause to be seethed.

summarp, sinummarp, sasummarp, sarpen,
sinarp, inosarpen, the burning and singeing of
fire ; pasarp, pinasarp, papasarp, ipasarpa, ipa-
sarp, inipasarp, the fire singeing or burning
anything.

summarries, si, sa, sarriesa, sarriesen, sin-
arries, inosarriesen, to lace, to string; pasarnes
trans, sarries, thread.nbsp;\'

summarroso, sinummarroso, sasummarroso, to
grow fog^ or damp; pasarroso, pi, pa, ipa-
sarrosoa, ipasarroso, inipasarroso, to cause the
same.

summas, see below under summoso.
summas, sinummas, sasummas, sassa, sassan,
sinas, inosassan, to put food to settle, as people
do in a skimming dish ; pasas,pinasas,papasas,
tpasassa, etc., to cause to settle.

summasi, sinuntmasi, sasummasi, sasi, sasian
sinasian, inosasian, to mix salt, as people do in
food when it is being cooked, or after it is
dressed, but is too insipid; pasasi, trans., sasi
salt, nom.nbsp;\'

__ %^ixmz.n^\\^-a.,sinummasjien,sasummasiien, sas~
jina, sasjtnan, sinasjinan, inosasjinan, to notch
to make a notch, to make teeth ; pasasjien,
pinasasjien, papasasjien, ipasasjina, etc., to
cause to be notched; sasasjien, the notching-
root, sjien or shien, a tooth.nbsp;\'

summaso, sinummaso, sasummaso, sasoa, sa-
soan, sinasoan, inosasoa, to swim; pasaso, see
above in pa.

summasoom, sinummasoom, sasummasoom,
isasoma, isasoom, inisasoom, inoisasoom, to join
togetlier, so that the ends come together, but
not over or in each other; pasasoom, etc.

summatsat, sinunimatsat, sasummatsat, sat-
satta, satsatten, sinatsat, inosatsatten, to forge,
as a smith ; pasatsat, pi, pa, ipasatsatta, ipasat-
sat, inipasatsat, inoipasatsat, to cause to be
forged.

summatta, sinummatta, sasummatta, sum-
mattan, sinummattan, inosummattan, to eat food
raw and undressed, or alone and without mix-
ing with other food (as flesh without rice, or
rice without any additions) ; pasummatta,pina-
summatta, papasummatta, ipasummatta, etc.,
to cause such to be done.

summeal, si, sa, sealla, pass, seallan, sineal,
inoseallen, to spy an enemy; paseal, trans, saseal,

rammedo, sinummedo, sasummedo, siddoa,
siddoon, siendo, inosiddoon, to feel; pasiddo, pi,
pa, ipasiddoa, ipasiddo, inipasiddo, etc., to cause
to feel.

Eummeit, si, sa, seitta, seitten, sineit, ino-
seitten, to pinch, to join, i.e. under, as pillik,
but between two is lummahit.

summerik, sinummerik, sasummerik, sirka,
sirken, sinirka, inosirken, to press, squeeze, or
wring out; pasirk, pi, pa, pinasirk, papasirk,
etc., to cause such to be done; summerik o
loan, to milk the cows.

summeto (the e short), si, sa, sittoa, sittoan,
sinittoan, inosittoan, to limp, as ummotul-, pasito,
trans, sasito, a limping; ma-asasitto, one who
limps.

summiksik, si, sa, siksikka, siksikken, siniksik,
inosiksikken, to button tight, also summisik; pa-
siksik, trans, sasiksik, a buttoning; ma-asasik-
sik, one who buttons.

summis, sinummis, sasummis, sissa, sissen,
sinis, inosissan, to sew, also to stitch, in which
case it is sissan, sinissan, inosissan, also to back-
stitch, in which case it is isis, misis, inosis, pa-
sis, pinasis, papasis, ipasissa, ipasis, inipasis, to
cause to be sewed.

summoal, si, sa, soalla, soallen, sinoal, ino-
soallen, to remind of an old promise or debt;
pasoal, trans.

summo-asoap, sinummoasoap, sasummoasoap,
soasoappa, soasappen, sinoasoap, inosoasoappen,
to do anything blindly and by feeling.

summoat, sinummoat, sasum^noat, soatta,
soatten, sinoat, insoatten, to pull up and remove
the weeds with which the rice fields are covered
by means of a hook or hoe ; pasoat, pinasoat,
papasoat, ipasoatta, ipasoat, inipasoat, inoipa-
soat, to cause such to be done.

summoes, sinummoes, sasummoes, to grow, to
increase, to become great; pasoes, pinasoes,
papasoes, ipasoesa, ipasoes, inipasoes, to cause to
grow.

summogo, si, sa, imp. sogoa, to bind two
ends, as of string, rattan, etc., one over the
other, and thus to lengthen; pasogo, trans.

siimmokad, sinummokad, sasummokad, sokad-
da, sokadden, sinokad, inosokadden, to push or
kick with the foot; pasokad, pinasokad, papaso-
kad, ipasoiadda, etc., to cause such to be
done.

summokar, sinummokar, sasummokar (let the
0 be scarcely heard), isokarra, isokar, inisokar,
inoisokar, to push away from one, also to
drive on people and urge them to do that
which they are not disposed to ; summaloso, si,
sa, salosoa, salosoan, sinalosoan, inosalosoan, to
drive on and urge; pasaloso, etc.; summekar o
chau, to stir up the fire; pasokar, pinasokar,
papasokar, ipasokarra, ipasokar, inipasokar,
inoipasokar, to cause such to be done.

summokko, sinummokko, sasummokko, sokkoa,
sokkoon, sinokko, inosokkoon, to push or thrust
any one with a stick, poker, sword, etc., also
to point with the finger; pasokko, pi, pa, ipasok-
koa, ipasokko, etc., to cause to be pushed.

Eummokkosokko, sinummokkosokko, sasummok-
kosokko, sokkosokkoa, sokkosokkoon, sinokkosokkoon,
inosokkosokkoon, to push frequently as above;
summokkosokko no zido, to churn; pasokkosokko,
inipasokkosokko, inoipasokkosokko, to cause such
to be done.

summolocli, sinummolock, sasummoloch, the
threatening drawing together of the clouds
over the hills when the eastern quarter is set in
for rain and thunder, as frequently in the
south-east monsoon, takes place towards even-
ing ; pasoloch, pinasoloch, papasoloch, ipasolocha,
ipasoloch, to occasion such.

summook, sinummook, sasummook, soka, soken,
sinook, inosoken, to kick with the foot behind ;
pasook, pi, pa, ipasoka, etc., to cause such to be
done.

summooso, sinummooso, sasummooso, soossoa,
soossoon, sinoosso, inosoossoon, to follow up, to
trace; pa-oosso, pinasoosso,papasoosso,ipasoossoa,
ipasoosso, to cause to be followed up.

summopat, sinummopat, sasummopat, sopatta,
sopatten, sinopat, inosopatten, to be over against,
to do anything in opposition; pasopat, pinaso-

pat, papasopat, etc., to cause such to be done ;
sasopat, over against; this word is joined with
karri and mau, as karrisasopat, and means
to be over against each other; thus, karrisaso-
pat patodon, to live opposite to each other;
summapat 0 meroos 0 pattite, to sit or speak one
over against the other.

summopisop, sinummopisop, sasummopisop,
sopisoppa, sopisoppen, sinopisc^, to stroke or
smooth with the hand, also to level; see
masopisop; ^ pasopisop, pi, pa, ipasoppisoppa,
ipasopisop, inipasopisop, to cause to be stroked.

summoppo, si, sa, suppoa, to put up in heaps,
as is done with the paddy after it is cut down
in the field; pasuppo, to cause such to be done.
suppo, -a. heap of corn, such as is seen in the
fields in the time of harvest.

summosa, sinummosa, sasummosa, sosasosanni
and sosaijan, imsosanni and sinososaijan, inoso-
sanni and inasosaijan, to dwell, to inhabit;
pasosa, pi, pa, ipasosa, etc., to cause to
inhabit.

summoso, sinummoso, sasummoso, sosoo, sosoon,
sinoso, to roast; pasoso, pi, pa, ipasosoa, to
cause to be roasted; sasoan and sasosoaijan, a
roaster or spit with which people roast.

summot, sinummot, sasummot, sotta, sotten,
sinot, inosotten, to point towards, either with
the finger, or musket, arrow, sword, etc. ;
pasot, pinasot, papasot, etc., to cause such to
be done.

^ sumpo, sinmnpo, sasumpo, suppoa, suppoan,
sienpon, inosuppoan, to help, to lend a hand in
any work, as molliol-, pasuppo, pi, pa, ipasuppoa,
-- ^ etc., to cause such to be done.

ta, territory, land, or dwelling-place, the
common road or street, the ground ; ta-os ata,
the earth ; ta 0 ba%iep, a garden.

taamen 0 rapies (lit. a bad begging), tsi, tat,
imp. taamen 0 rapisa, pass, taamen 0 rapies,
tsinaamen 0 rapies, inotaamen 0 rapies, to beg,
to demand anything without shame, nom.; ma-
ataamen 0 rapies, a beggar.

taan, a snare, for catching wild beasts,
tabba, a native chopper; fr. tummabba.
tabboen, full-grown, adult,
tabboeron, a family sprung from one stock,
relations.

tacb-anas, shrimps that are taken in fresh
water; also teor, a large kind; rauno, a small
kind of shrimps which are found in salt water ;
auan, very small shrimps,
tadacb, heat; fr. matadach.
taddacbal, an instrument with which people
pull down earth.

taddaries, a lock ; fr. dummaries.
taddin, the shoulder-blade,
taddogon, the upper part of a man or beast,
taddorrodauron, a looking-glass,
tagga, blood ; fr. mMtagga.
taggargar, a cable ; fr. takkar and arrat, a
rope ; see takkar and kummargar.

taggausasan, certain cross bamboos placed
above the entrance of the door of a house, on
the inside.

taggogon, zinaggogon, tataggogon, to thirst;
pataggogan, pinataggogan, papataggogan, ipa-
taggoganna, to cause to thirst ; toggogon, nom.
thirst.

taitai, a firefly ; also written turriturri.
takkar, an anchor, a post to which people
moor a boat at a ferry,
takkeein, a dwarf.

talcho, exceeding, excellent, as talcho ma-
barra, talcho matadach, exceedingly strong,
uncommonly hot.

talla, what? with indignation; talla sum-
mara imonos ? what ? do you lie on rags ?
talla 0 no adda, a grain of rice,
talla 0 noeno, the brain pan ; written tallao-
n-oeno.

tallipallipan, the temples of the head,
tallochon, continual perseverance ; tallachon
sisa, the whole day; tallachon man, micham, maba-
bat, to be constantly eating, drinking, going, etc.
tamaian, the Spanish pox.
tammimme, potatoes.

tammoes, crumbs, fragments,
tammoesan, crumbled,
tannaas, a particle of admiration, as ah ! see
that.

tapach-a, a pair of breeches,
taparri-parri, Takeis, a cart; go-or or gear;
tatearrau ban, the poles of a cart; asasau loan,
the yoke,
tapos, all.

tarra, a thornback, of which there are two
sorts; tarra boetslna, a thornback ; tarra paga
auhaas, a lish somewhat resembling the shark,
with a broad blotch on the nose.

tarrabeoan, or tarrahoan, a rainbow,
tarra ie rain, tsl, tat, the trickling of the
eyes; patarra-ie-ra-ien, trans.

tarrakal, a small hut, standing high, in
which the natives frequently sleep, such as are
beside their houses or in the fields.

tarran, a way; mitaronC o taran, two roads
that meet together; rariedda taran, a way that
divides into two.

tarran, tsinarran, imtarran, and arriban,
inarriban, inoarriban and ribajen, rinibaijen,
inoribaijen, seems to mean loathsome or hurt-
ful; thus people speak of unwholesome food,
arriban o mamacha ja micho, possibly because
it is injurious or deadly, but these words
require to be more carefully examined,
tarrar, as tabtab ; verb matarrar.
tarrara, a spider,
tarraras, purslain, a plant,
tarraras, pot-herbs,
tarren, anything defiled with tar.
tarrer, a kind of fish,
tarribat, the obliquity of a thing,
tarrogorogh, a fish, the kalkop.
tassaban, zinassaban, inotassaban, to hunger;
patassaban, pinatassaban, papatassahan, ipatas-
sabanna, to cause to hunger; nom. tassaban,
hunger.

tassinan, tsinassinan, inotassinan, tassio-a, to
do anything for any one ; inatassinan ja ru7n-
m)%i-dau tatnau, I will pay for my father; in
the second and third person people do not say
tassinan, but tassi; it is necessary that this word
be examined; it is to be written tas-ina, just as
dau-ina, for me; so also tasi-je, for you; tas-
icho, for him ; praet. tsinas, fut. inosas, imp. tas
ioa, sa-a tasjoa ina, take my place.

said of all implements that people are accus-
tomed to use, as clothes, cups, dishes, etc.

tasso, a particle wherewith people inquire
after anyplace, 2amp; dema tassone Doubale? whither
does Daubale lead to ? tassono don o Batsjekan}
whereabouts are the houses of Batsjekan ? dema
tassono laijoan ? which is the way to Taijoan ?
tassono aisi, that way.

tataam, an answer; fr. tummaam.
tataap, all kinds of implements that people
use for house buildings or agriculture,
tatabbis, or boe-tsina, a fan.
tatapannabonna, arable land,
tatas, a fathom.

tatsibaul, and a-obog, both words of reserve,
when people do not dare to mention scandalous
persons.

tatsira, the tongue,
tatta, a rice-stamper; fr. tummatta.
tattabach, the first, the principal; tumma-
bach, and matattabach, verb, to be the first.

tattabbi, a bed on which to sow anything,
as in a garden, or a cultivated spot of ground
a little elevated.

tattachil, fr. tummachil.
tattachum, a cap; fr. tummachum.
tattagga, the jaw-bones,
tattaggoch, an instrument to draw with,
tattakal, ribbon, the head-band of women,
tattakka, a stanchion, fr. tumka.
tattakkis, anything to stitch with,
tattakob, a covering, a pavilion, a cord,
tattakor, a staff.

tattallo, a bait; fr. tummallo.
tattallumtum, that wherewith people cover
themselves in order to perspire freely; fr. tum-
mallumtum.

tattannanno o parara, a window,
tatta 0 numma ? how do I know}
tattas 0 kokko, the comb, etc., of cocks.

tattamman 0 bisa 0 loan, the shaft of an
arrow or pike,
tattarod, a beholding,
tattaa, a cock\'s comb,
tattatsain, a step ; fr. tummasin.
tattanraija, a frightening,
tatte, a fish-hook ; fr. tumme.
tattear, a stanchion; fr. tummear.
tatte lellum 0 riba, a shirt or coat,
tattippi, the sting of anything that stings
with the tail.

tatto, that wherewith people kindle,
tattocb, a number; masanno attach? what
number ? fr. tummoch.

tattolillis, a spark ; fr. tum?nolillis.
tattollo, see tattullo below,
tattonnos, the end where anything is broken
off or torn, but especially pro extremitate
membri virills id quod est inhonestum.

tattoob, an instrument wherewith to sprinkle
water; fr. tummoob.
tatto-ocbe, the fore-finger,
tatto 0 roog, the brain,
tattoos, a plane ; fr. tummoos.
tatto o telp, a key 5 tatto 0 chirrap, a tooth-
pick ; fr. tum-o.
tattopocb, earrings.

tattorrodauron, a looking-glass,
tattorrodon, a copy, an example,
tattottoan, an anvil (native, a hard stone);
fr. tummotto.

tattug-ga, an instniment for cutting,
tattullo, a candle ; fr. tummolla.
tattultul, a bundle of straw or weeds, with
which to drive away mosquitoes,
tattummauka, see tummauka.
tattuppa, thought, memoiy.
tattuppuk, a number reckoned beforehand ;
fr. tumpuch.

tau, the hair of the head,
taugo, a sort of fruit conically shaped,
taurok, a kind of vegetable which is cooked
with the food.

taz-ino, the beak of birds,
taz-ipok, a pencil to paint with; taz-ipok 0
bido, a pen.

tazirrisan, a pin or peg, on which to hang
anything,
tea, an arm.
tebabon, a duck.

tees, the pole or the upper part of the
forehead,
telp, a chest,
te-o, a stork,
teor, prawns.

te-te, a stalk, to which the fruit is attached,
whether standing in the field or already reaped.

tillik, blindness of one eye, so that the white
of the eye cannot be seen, for then it is tollas.

tinnaam, before, with respect to place; talla
summada zinae, ka oa, tinnaam ai, what do you
seek, it lies there before you; matatinnaan, mi,
ma, forwards; patatinnaam, trans.

to abbas, sea water,
to-ak, a kind of bird,
toob, a number, and tattoch, a numbering,
tocbab, a hole, a door, a window; fr. tum-
mochab, tattochab, an opening,
tocbab 0 not, the nostrils,
to cha-ocb, well water,
tocborochen, zinochorochen, tatochorochen, to
be set a-coughing.
togea, marrow,
togea, a snipe,
to-i, a splinter,
tok, a calm; fr. pattok.
tokkilli, jingles worn by young men.
tollalis, a spark.

tomo, pimples, like small warts,
tomoon, full of pimples,
tonso, a Chinese word ( i\') meaning Father-
land,
to-o, a sea-horn,
to-obabat, an overgrown man.
to oetas, rain water.

tooma, tsi, tat, imp. ta-a, pass, ta-an, tsina,
inota-an, the reading of a list; pata-a, trans,
nom. tattaa, the reading aloud; and ma-atttata-
a, one who reads the roll.

toop, the side,
to-or, a lattice, a grating,
toppi, a sort of reed, of which men make
arrows.

torritorri, a fireily, as tai-tai.
torro, we, us, but differs from namo.
to sabba, river water,
tosarri, a sort of flute.

tos-asjiea, tsi, tat, tosasjiena, pass, tosasjienen,
tsinosasjien, etc., to have the toothache; tos-
asji, the toothache ; tos-assi, a hollow tooth,
totto, the heart.

tretre, an animal named from its song,
tsi, fish ; tsi ballal, all sorts of small fish, cat-
fish ; tsi sahhi, carp ; tsi meried, eels ; tsi
maarat, shell-fish ; tsi rodo, cod; tsi tarra boet-
sina, a roach; tsi tarra paga oubaas, a sword-
fish ; tsi talus, a sand-creeper; tsi rocot, a
smelt; tsi teen, a fish that has scales like the
carp, but smaller; tsi kabea, almost like the
teen, but smaller; tsi taddai, a sole ; tsi tadda-
dach, a Chinese fish, full of bones; tsi tillabis,
a bream; tsi pausosan, a broad fish, with a
sharp nose, transparent and soft; tsi abaas, a
shark; tsi oar, almost like a shell-fish ; tsi o
bioog, a kind of sprat,
tsia, a needle, a pin.

tsibaragoau, tsigan, or itorra, a large field
lizard ; tsikarra, smaller ditto, with a long
tail; tsipollopollul, a spotted house lizard.

tsimijk, tsini, tatsi, itsijka, itsijk, initsijk, ino-
itsijk, to fillip, to maice a point, thus [.] ; nom.
tattsik, a tittle, a point; see zimiek, under tum-
mesik, ditto.

tsimikak, tsini, tatsi, etc., see under in z.
tsimiki, tsini, tatsi, tsikia, to leer, to look
askance; patsiek, trans., tatsiki, nom. ma-atat-
siki.

tsimimis, tsini, tatsi, tsimisa, tsimisan, tsini-
misan, inotsimisan, to take some food, to taste;
paksimi, to cause such to be done.

tsimipi siep, tsi, tat, tsipisiepa, pass, tsipisie-
pen, tsimipsiep, inotsitsiepen, to suck (but not
the breast), as a finger, tobacco pipe, etc., pat-
siptsiep, trans.; tatsiptsiep, a sucking; ma-
atatsiptsiep, a sucker; tsiptsiepan, that of
which men suck, as a tobacco pipe, etc.
tsimisakal, see zimisakal.
tsimisi, see zimisi, tatsisi, nom.
tsiniko, tsi, tats, tsikoa, pass, tsikoan, tsimiko,
inotsikoon, to right a house that hangs over ;
patsiko, trans, nom.

tsio-tsio, a clock or bell,
tsipan, west; matatsip, mi, ma, westerly;
patatsip, trans.

tullala, a flower; tullala orasan, a violet,
tumbar, tsinumbar, tatumbar, tubarra, tu-
barren, tsienbar, inotubbarren, to set oneself
down fast as those who do fear being pushed
away ; patubbar, pinatubbar, etc., to cause such
to be done.

tumboel, tsinumboel, tatumboel, tubboela, tub-
boelen, tsienboel, inotubboelen, to seek any one ;
patubboel, pinatubboel, papatubboel, ipatubboela,
ipatubboel, etc., to cause to be sought; tatub-
boel, nom., hence kar tattubboel, mau tattubboel,
to seek one another.

tumcho, tsinumcho, tatumcho, tuchoa (let the
u be scarcely heard), tuchoan, tsinucho, ino-
tuchoon, to bow; patucho, pi, pa, ipatuchoa,
to cause to bow.

tumehoa, tsi, tat, tochoa, the commencement
of the north monsoon ; tumehoa masoan, sai
donja dalli, mameroos ja badda, i.e. the northern
monsoon approaches, the swallow returns to her
house, and the young men think of marrying.

tumka, tsi, tat, tukka, etc. (let the u be
scarcely heard), to support, to prop up ; patukka,
pi, pa, ipatukka, etc., to cause to support; tat-
tukka, nom. a prop.

tumkach, zinumkach, tatumkach, tukkacha,
tukkachen, zienkach, inotukkachen, to hunt deer
by concealing oneself in the holes and behind
the hedges; patukkach, pinatukkach, papatuk-
kach, etc., to cause to hunt.

tummaam, zinummaam, tatummaam, tama,
tamen, zinaam, imtamen, to answer; pataam,
pinataam, papataam, ipatama, etc., to cause to
answer.

tummaap, tsinummaap, tatummaap, tapa,
tapen, tsinaap, inotapen, to do all kinds of
work, either in the house or the field; also to
attack, to fall upon; tsinaap, husbandry, etc.;
pass. pret. tatacip, work, labour; ma-atataap,
a worker, a labourer.

tummaas, zinummaas, tatummaas, tasatasan,
zinasan, inotasan, to begin to do anything first,
to be followed by another; pataas, pi, pa,
ipatasa, ipataas, inipataas, to cause to begin,
I etc.

tummabacli, si, tat, imp. tabacha, pass.
tahachen, tsinabach, inotabachen, to do any-
thing first J see also matattahach-, patahach,
trans, to cause to be done ; tattahach, nom. a
commencement.

tummabba, %inummabba, tatummabba, tabba,
tahhaan, zinabba, inotabbaan, to stick ; patabba,
pinatabba, papatabba, ipatabba, etc., to cause
to stick.

tnmmabbak, %inummabbak, tatummahbak,
tabakka, tabakken, zinabakkan, inotabakkan,
to dance, also the swaggering of those who
fight, or who wish to fight; patabbak, pina-
tabbak, papatabbak, etc., to cause such to be
done.

tummabbis, zimmmabbis, tatummabbis, tab-
bisa, tabbisan, zinabbisan, inotabbisan, to fan ;
patabbis, pinatabbis, papatabbis, tpatabbisa,
ipatabbis, inipatabbis, inoipatabbis, to cause to
fan.

tummachal, zinummachal, tatummachal,
tachalla, tachallen, zinachal, inotachallen, to
remove the earth, as with a hoe, a spade, etc.;
it is changed into d, see dutnmachal; padachal,
pinadachal, papadackal, etc., to cause to be
dug up.

tummach-il, zinummach-il, tatummach-il,
tach-illa, tach-illen, to win, to win a bet;
patach-il, pinatach-il, papatach-il, ipatach-illa,
ipatach-il, inoipatach-il, to cause such to be
done.

tummach-o, tsi, tat, tach-oa, same as pazin-
ado ; mautadach-o, idem •, patacho, nom. tattacho,
interpretation, intercession ; ma-atattacho, an
interpreter, an interceder.

tummacli-os, tsi, tat, tachossan, tsinachossan,
inotachossan, grass, etc., to cut off; patachos,
also chummoschos.

tummacbum, zinummcuhum, tatummachum,
tachumma, tachumman, zinachumman, ino-
tachumman, to put on one\'s hat, to cover
one\'s head; patachum,pinatachum,papatachum,
ipatachumma, etc., to cause the hat to be put
on; tattachum, the thing put on (namely, the
hat) ; tummakkum, tsi, tat, imp. takumma, part.
takkumman, etc., means all kinds of covering.

tummagcha, tsinummagcha, tatummagcha,
tagcha, tagchaan, zinagcha, inotagchaan, to
chop, to hack, to hew; patatagcha, pi, pa,
ipatagcha, inipatagcha, to cause to be chopped.

tummagclio, zinummagcho, tatummagcho,
tagcho, to overhang, not to stand upright;
it is sometimes changed into d, which see;
padagcho, ptnadagcho, dagchoa, dagchoon,
zinagcho, inodagchoon, to cause to overhang j
in which case it is ipadagchoa, ipadagcho,
etc.

tummagohoch, zhiummagchoch, tatummag-
choch, tagchocha, tagchochen, zinagchoch, ino-
tagchochen, to scoop; tummagchoch 0 bigeno,
to skim, to scoop off the froth; patagchoch,
pinatagchoch, papatagchoch, ipatagchocha, ini-
patagchoch, to cause to scoop; tummagchoch 0
tono malto, to lade water with a bucket.

tummaiba, tsi, tat, taiba, to do anything
together or in company; pataiba, etc., to
cause such to be done ; hence comes aurri a
teiba, that is the drink-money given when
people work together, as if they said auriedda a
teiba, so that this noun seems to come from
moriedda and tummaiba, joined together; for
they say also, moriedda 0 taiba, and moribal 0
taiba, to leave off, to cease such working
together.

tummaies, zinummaies, tatummaies, taisa,
taisan, zinaisan, inotaisan, to climb up; tum-
maies i kittas, to climb up a ladder; pataies,
pinataies, papataies, ipataisa, ipataies, intpataies,
inoipataies, to cause to climb.

tummakal, zinummakal, tatummakal, takalla,
takallan, zinakallan, inotakallan, to put on a
woman\'s head-band; patakal, pinatakal, papa-
takal, ipatakalla, etc., to cause such to be done;
written dummahal.

tnm!oa.3Jsia.s,zinummakas, tatummakas, takassa,
takassan, inotakassan, to stop any one in the
road, or to turn him out of the way; patakas,
pinatakas, papatakas, ipatakassa, ipatakas, etc.,
to cause such to be done.

tummakkis, zinummakkis, tatummakkis, tak-
sa, taksen, zinaksan, inotaksan, to stick to-
gether pd make one ; patakis, pi, pa, ipataksa,
ipatakkis, etc., to cause such to be done.

tummakkoob, zinummakkoob, tatummakkoob,
takkoba, takkoban, zinakkoban, imtakkoban, to
cover, to cover entirely ; tummakkoob 0 macha,
to blind the eyes; patakkoob, pi, pa, ipa-
ipatakkoba, etc., to cause to be covered, also
to cover with a rug.

tummala, zinummala, tatummala, talatalan,
zinala, inotalan, to find, to welcome; patala,
pinatdla, papatala, ipatala, etc., to cause such
to be done.

tummalas, zinummalas, tatummalas, talassa,
talassen, zinalassen, inotallassen, to tread under
foot; patallas, pinatallas, papatallas, ipatallassa,
ipatalas, etc., to cause such to be done.

tummalattala, zinummalattala, tatummalat-
tala, tallattala, tallattalan, zinalattalan, ino-
tallattalan, to pacify, to still, to calm all sorts

of emotions; patalattala, pinatalattala, papa-
talattala, etc., to cause such to be done.

tummalizi, zinummalizi, tatummalizi, talizia,
talizian, zinalizian, inotalizian, to dance;
patalizi, pinatalizi, papatalizt, ipatalizia, etc.,
to cause to dance ; sometimes the t is changed
into d, see dummali%i.

tummallo, zinummallo, tatummallo, talloa,
talloon, zinalloon, inotalloon, to allure, to bait;
patallo, pinatallo, papatallo, etc., to cause to
allure.

tummallumtum, zinummallumtum, tatum-
mallumtum, tallumtumma, tallumtummen, xinal-
lumtum, inotallumtum, to cover up oneself or
another in order to produce perspiration;
patallumtum, pi, pa, ipatallumtumma, etc.

tummalpon, zinummalpon, tatummalpon,
talponna, talponnan, zinalponnan, imtalponnan,
to betake oneself anywhere, or set forward,
also to stir oneself up, and exert one\'s strength;
patalpon, pi, pa, ipatalponna, ipatcdpon, etc., to
cause such to be done.

tummammoos, zinummammoos, tatummam-
moos, itammosa, itammoos, initammoos, inoitam-
moos, to crumble, to shred ; patammoos, pi, pa,
ipatammosa, ipatammoos, etc., to cause such to
be done; tummammoos means to stick anything
in the mouth.

tummanna, zinummanna, tatummanna, tanna,
tannaan, zinanna, inotannaan, to open ; tanna
osja, chachap o donoe, open the door of the
house ; patanna, pi, pa, ipatanna, etc., to cause
to open; tattannanna o parara, an opening to
let in light, that is, a window.

tummao, zinummao, tatummao, taoa, taoan,
zinaoan, inotaoan, to sprinkle as with water,
salt, thin mud, etc., but to cover with wood,
stone, and other things that do not spread, is
magga; the thing wherewith the sprinkling or
covering is made, itaoon, initaoon, inoitaoon-,
patao, pinatao, papatao, ipataoa, ipatao, inipatao,
etc., to cause such to be done.

tummapacha, zinummapacha, tatummapacha,
tapacha, tapachanni and tapachaiyan, zina-
pachanni and zinapachayan, inotapachanni and
inotapachayan, to put on one\'s breeches; pata-
pacha, pi, pa, etc., to cause such to be done.

tummapal, tsi, tat, tapalla, tapallan, tsinapal,
inotapallan, to stumble in the way; patapal,
trans, nom. tattapal.

tummapies, zinummapies, tatummapies, tapisa,
tapisen, zinapies, inotapisen, to beat with a stick,
as people do their clothes, in order to knock
dust or dirt; patapies zinatapies, papatapies,
etc., to cause such to be done.

tummapitapies, zinummapitapies, tatumma-
pitapies, tapitapisa, tapitapisen, zinapitapies,
inotapitapisen, to beat with many strokes;
patapitapies, pi, pa, etc., to cause such to be
done.

tummara, tsi, tat, tara, taran, tsirara,
inotaran, to choose anything first, as tummaf o
mio a, tummar o mammali badda, to choose to
cut down a field, to choose a lady; patara,
trans, tatara, a choice; hence karri tatta-a,
mau tatta-a, to choose one another.

tummarad, zinummarad, tatummarad,
taradda, taradden, zinarad, inotaradden, to
gather up what another has scattered, as rice
thrown over the floor; patarad, pi, pa,
ipataradda, ipatarad, etc., to cause such to be
done.

tummaramar, tsi, tat, tamaramarra, tamara-
marren, tsinaramar, inotaramarren, to be here
and there, separated from one another, some
here and some there ; pataramar, trans, such
a scattering.

tummaratral, tsi, tat, taratralla, to wave as
grass, plants, and other little things do, etc.,
differs from lummitullito; parakal, trans.

tummaries, tsi, tat, tariesa, to intercept
any one in his way ; pataries, trans.; tummaries
0 axies, to intercept the enemy; nom. tattaries,
an intercepting; ma-atattaries, a hard runner
who overtakes another.

tummaroggi, zinummaroggi, tatummaroggi,
taroggia, taroggian, zinaroggian, inotaroggian,
to change things which are so much alike that
they can be easily mistaken one for the other,
and this with intent to deceive ; pataroggi,
pinataroggi, papataroggi, ipataroggia, etc., to
cause such to be done.

tummaromma, tsi, tat, taromman, tsinarom-
man, inotaromman, to betray; pataromma, trans.
tattaromma, treachery; hence karri-tattaromma,
mau-tattaromma, to deceive one another; ma-
atattaromma, a traitor.

tummaroob, zinummarooh, tatummaroob,
tarroba, tarroban, zinarroban, inotarroban, to
cover as people do the head with a fan, to
protect them from sun or rain, thus not entirely
covered, or to cover with a rug or such like,
in which it differs from tummakkoob; patarroob,
pi, pa, ipatarroba, etc., to cause to cover.

tummarros, tsi, tat, imp. tarossa, to pick
anything here and there, just as people

tummassal, %inummassal, tatummassal, tas-
salla, tassallen, %inassal, inotassallen, to catch
at once, to apprehend; fatassal, pi, pa,
ipatassalla, etc., to cause such to be done;
tattasal, nom.

tummassin, zinummassin, tatummassin, tas-
sina, tassin, zinassin, imtassin, to entertain
any one; patassin, pi, pa, ipatassin, inipatassina,
inoipatassin, to cause such to be done; tattassin,
an expectation, hope.

tummatas, zinummatas, tatummatas, tatasa,
tatasan, zinatas, inotatasan, to fathom; patatas,
pi, pa, ipatatasa, etc., to cause to be fathomed;
tatas, a fathom.

tummatta, zinummatta, tatummatta, tatta,
tattan, zinattan, imtattan, to stamp seed out of
the husk; patatta, pi, pa, ipatatta, inipatatta,
inoipatatta, to cause to be stamped out; tatta,
a rice stamper.

tummattal, zinummattal, tatummattal, tattal-
lan, zinattal, inotattallan, to trample with the
feet; patattal, pinatattal, papatattal, ipatattalla,
ipatattal, inipatattal, etc., to cause such to
done.

tummattam, zimmmattam, tatummattam,
tattamma, tattammen, zinattam, inotattammen,
to hold fast; patattam, pi, pa, ipatattamma,
ipatattam, etc., to cause to hold fast.

tummau-aab, zinummau-aab, tatummau-aab,
tauba and taumasan, tauban and taumasan,
tsinauaban and tsinaumasan, inotauban and
inotaumasan, to do anything first or before
another, whether drinking, speaking, or tasting;
patau-aab, pi, pa, ipatauaba, ipatau-aab, etc.,
to cause such to be done, as mananat; tattau-
aab, or tau-aab, nom. subst., is used adverbially
as before.

tummauka, zimmmauka, tatummauka, tauka,
taukan, zinauka, inotaukan, to do anything
over again; patauka, pinatauka, papatauka,
ipatauka, inipatauka, inoipatauka, to cause such
to be done; tummaukauka, zi, ta, to increase;
tummauka, trans.; pataukauka, etc., as patauka.

tummaula, same as tummauka; pat aula,
same as patauka-, gummalich, idem., nom.
gagallich ; pagallich, idem, nom. gagallich.

twams,viX^vis.,zinummaulaula,tatummaulaula,
taulaula, zinaulaula, inotaulaulan, to do any-
thing very often; same as tummaukauka;
pataulaula, pi, pa, etc., as pataukauka, to cause
anything to be done frequently; gummalle-
gallich, idem ; pagallegallich, idem.

timuuaumasa, zimmmmmasa, tatummau-
masa, taumasa, taumasanni and taumasayan,
zinaumasanni and zinaumasayan, same as
ma.tinnaam; pataumasa, pi, pa, ipataumasa,
inipataumasa, inoipataumasa, same aspatinnaam.

tummauraya, zinummauraya, tatummauraya,
tauraya, taurayan, zinaurayan, inotaurayan, to
put into a iA\'^y,_patauraya, pi,pa, ipatauraya,
inipatauraya, inoipatauraya, to cause to be
afraid.

tumme, tsinumme, tatumme, tea, teen, tene,
inoteen, to angle; pate, pinate, papate, ipatea,
ipate, inipate, inoipate, to cause thus to fish;
tatte, nom.

tummea, tsinumme a, tatummea, te-a, te-aan,
tene-a, inote-aan, to punish ; patea, pinatea, pa-
patea, ipate-a, inipate-a, inoipatea, to cause such
to be done ; tattea, nom. that wherewith
people punish, or the punishment itself.

tummean, tsi, tat, tsanna, tsean, tsinean, ino-
tean, same as tummaiba-, patsan, trans., tean,
nom.

tummear, tsinummear, tatummear, ettear, in-
etear, inoetear, to draw forth, to drag along;
patear, pinatear, papatear, ipatearra, ipatearen,
inipatear, inoipatear, to cause to be dragged;
tattear, nom. a drawing forth ; this word is
also applied to the poles of a cart, between
which an ox is fastened in order to draw it.

tummear, tsinummear, tatummear, tearra,
tearren, tsinear, imtearren, to support, to prop
up ; patear, pinatear, papatear, ipatearra, ipa-
tear, inipatear, inoipatear, to cause such to be
done ; tattear, a prop.

ytamoBQX, zinummeer, tatummeer, ter a, terin,
zineer, or tineer, inoterin, to avoid, to; shun
either a stab or a blow; pateer, pinateer, papa-
teer, ipatera, ipateer, inipateer, inoteer, to cause
to avoid.

tummenon, zinummenon, tatummenon, tinnona,
tinnonnen, zininnon, inotonnonnen, also tinnonnan,
zininnonnan, inotinnonnan, to yvtave-, ■ patinnon,
pi, pa, ipatinnonna, ipatinnon, inipatinnon, ino-
ipatinnon, to cause to weave.

tummepar, zinummepar, tatummepar, teparra,
teparran, zineparran, inoteparran, to lean on
anything with the hand or arm; patepar, pina-
tepar, pa, ipateparra, ipatepar, inipatepar, ino-
ipatepar, to cause to lean.

tummerap, zinummerap, tatummerap, ter-
appa, terappen, zinerap, inoterappen, to lick ;
paterap, pinaterap, papaterap, inoipaierap, to
cause to lick.

tummilla, zinummilla, tatummiUa, itilla-a,
initilla, inoitilla, to set in, to print in, to stick
in, as people pierce a deer with a spear, or to

imprint, as people press a seal on wax, while
the impression is expressed by the pass. pret. of
the verb initilla, that is, that which is impressed,
it means also to cook food for children ; pa-
iilla, pinatilla, papatilla, ipatilla, inipatilla, ino-
ipatilla, to cause an impression to be made.

tummiUak, zinummillak, tatummillak, tillag-
gen, zinillag, inotillaggen, to appear, to seem;
patillak, pinatillak, papatillak, ipatillagga, ipa-
tillak, inoipatillak, to cause to appear.

tummiUik, xinummillik, tatummillik, tillikka,
tillikken, zinillik, imtillikken, to be struck with
blindness in one eye, so that the white of the
eye cannot be seen, for then it is tollassen, fr.
tiimmollas; patillik, pinatillik, papatillik, ipa-
tillihka, ipatillik, impatillik, inoipatillik, to cause
such to be done; tatillik, such a blind-
ing.

tummillik o babora, to level the ground for
the foundation of a house, and to beat it hard
with flat pieces of wood.

tummirtir, tsi, tat, tirtirra, to tremble ; pa-
tirtir, trans, tattirtir, nom. a trembling.

tummis, zimmmis, tatummis, itissa, itis, initis,
inoitis, to throw away, to lose j patis, pinatis,
papatis, ipatissa, ipatis, inipatis, inoipatis, to
cause to be thrown away ; ma-atattis, one who
throws away.

tummissan, zinummissan, tatummissan, tis-
sanna, to sigh ; patissan, pinatissan, papatissan,
ipatissana, ipatissan, inipatissan, inoipatissan, to
cause to sigh; tatissan, a sigh j ma-atattissan,
one who sighs.

tummlttil, zimmmittil, tatummittil, tittilla,
tittillan, zinittillan, inotittillan, to beat in; pa-
tiltil, pi, pa, ipatiltilla, ipatiltil, etc., to cause
such to be done; tattiltil a nail or peg which
people drive in, also the driving in itself.

tummo, zimmmo, tatummo, toa, toon, zino,
inotoon, to reach out the hand to receive any-
thing ; pato, pinato, papato, ipato, inipato, ino-
ipato, to cause such to be done.

tummo-ach, zinummo-ach, tatummo-ach, to-
acha, toach-en, zino-ach-an, inoto-ach-an, to
come out, to come to light; thus the sun and
moon are said tummo-ach, to rise; grass and
vegetables, tummo-ach i hobo ta, to come above
the ground ; and men, tummo-ach ta, to come
out into the street; patoach, pinatoach, papa-
toach, ipatoacha, ipatoach, inipatoach, inoipa-
toach, to cause such to be done; tattoach, a
rising, a coming up.

tummoch, zinummoch, tatummoch, toch-a,
tochen, zinoch, inotoch-en, to number; tummoch
0 bido, to read; patoch, pinatoch, papatoch, ipa-
toch-a, ipatoch, inipatoch, inoipatoch, to cause
to be numbered.

tummocbab, zinummochab, tatummochab, to-
chabba, tochahban, zinochabban, inotochahban,
to make a hole; patochab, pinatochab, papa-
tochab, ipatochabba, ipatochab, inipatochab, ino-
ipatochab, to cause such to be done ; tattochab,
the making a hole ; tochab, a hole.

tummod, zinummod, tatummod, todda (this
passive is used respecting a field ; bonna todden,
the field is planted; but itod, initod, inoitod,
means the rice, etc., is sown); todden, zinod,
inotodden, cover the seed with earth when it is
sown ; patod, pi, pa, ipatodda, ipatod, etc.; ta-
tod, the covering of that which is sown after the
sowing; taddodayan,t]\\e sowing time or place.

tummoelakkies, zinummoelakkies, tatummoe-
lakkies, toelakisa, toelakisen, zinoelakies, inotoe-
lakkisen, to do anything unexpectedly; same as
poelakies; tummoelakkies o poch o cho, to shoot
a man suddenly; tummoelakkies o pay ach o
riba, to soil a coat unexpectedly; patoelakkies,
pi, pa, ipatoelakisa, ipatoelakies, inipatoelakies,
inoipatoelakies, to cause such to be done; tat-
toelakies, a mistake, amissing; hence kar tattoe-
lakkies, mau tattoelakkies, to miss one another;
ma-atattoelakkies, one who misses.

tummok, zinummok, tatummok, tokka, tokken,
sinok, inotokken, to overthrow; tummok o mallo,
to upset a cup; tummok o bato, to knock against
a stone, to stumble ; tummok, o don, to knock
at a house or a door; tummok o tazirrisan, to
hit a nail or pin in order to drive it in; patok,
pi, pa, ipatokka, ipatok, inipatok, inoipatok, to
cause such to be done; tattok, a knocking, also
that wherewith we knock; tattok a oos, quasi
tattokaus, the beat of a drum ; tattoksayan, the
place where people beat, also the time when
the gong is beaten.

tummokko, tsi, ta, tokkoa, tokkoan, pass, etc.,
to heap up, to lay in a heap ; patokko, to cause
such to be done; tokko, a heap.

tummokkotok, zinum, tatum, tokkotokko, tok-
kotokken, zinokkotok, inotokkotokken, the re-
doubling of tummok-, patokkotok, pi, pa, ipa-
tokkotokka, ipatokkotok, etc., the redoubling of
patok.

tummolalla, tsi, tat, tullalla-a, tullalla-an,
tsinullalla-an, the blossoming of trees; inotull-
alalla-an-, patullalla, trans., tallalla, nom.
blossom.

tummollas, tsi, tat, tollassa, tollassen, tsinollas,
inotollassen, to be blind of one eye, but so as
that the white can be seen; patollas, trans.
tatollas^ such blindness.

tummolillis, tsinummolillis, tatummoliUis (imp.
tollahsa, part. toMissen, tsinullolis, inottollolissen,
nom. tollalis, a spark, a bit of fire), to give out
sparks, as red-hot iron does when it is beaten;
patollihs,_ pi, pa, ipatolillissa, ipatolillis, inipato-
nllts, inoipatolillis, to cause to give out sparks.

tummoUo, zinummoUo, tatummollo, tolloa,
tolloan, zinolloan, inotolloan, to set on fire;
tummolh, tatollo, to light a candle ; patollo, pina-
tollo, papatollo, ipatolha, ipatollo, inipatollo, ino-
ipatollo, to cause to be lighted; nom. tattoUo, a
candle.

tummoltal, zinummoltol, tatummoltol, toltolla,
toltollan, zinoltollan, inotoltoUan, to smoke with
a wisp of straw, called tattoltol, in order to
drive away the musquitos; patoltol, pinatoltol,
papatoltol, ipatoltolla, ipatoltol, inipaltotol, to
cause such to be done.

tummonog, tsi, tat, tonnoga, tonnogan,
tstnonog, inmtonnogan,_ the first rising of the
water in the sea or rivers ; tummonok sai o to,
de, abas, de sabba ; tattonnog, nom. the com-
mencement of flood tide, the rising of the
water, of the sea, or a river.

tumnioob, zinummoob, tattummoob, itobo,
itoob, initoob, inoitoob, to sprinkle water, also to
sprinkle with the same, when it is toba, toban,
zinoban, inotoban; patoob, pinatoob, papatoob,
ipatoba, ipatoob, inipatoob, inoipatoob, to cause
to be sprinkled.

tummo-ol, zinummo-ol, tatummo-ol, to-olla,
to-ollan, zino-ollan, inoto-ollon, same as tummollo;
pato-ol, pi, pa, ipato-olla, ipato-ol, etc., same as

tummoos, zinummoos, tattummoos, tosa, tosan,
zinosan, inotosan, wherewith ? itoos, initoos,
inoitoos, to rub; patoos, pinatoos, papatoos, ipa-
tosa, ipatoos, inipatoos, inoipatoos, to cause to be
rubbed; tummoostoos, intens.

tunmiorraich, zinummorraich, tattummor-
raich, torraicha, torraichen, zinorraich, inotor-
raichen, to slide or slip off, to slide out;
patorraich, pi, pa, ipatorraicha, ipatorraich,
iyiipatorraich, imipatorraich, to cause such to
be done.

tummorrik, zinummorrik, tatummorrik,torrika,
torriketi, zinorrik, inotorriken, to tell lies; pa-
torrik, pinatorrik, papatorrik, ipatorrikka, ipa-
torrik, inipatorrik, inoipatorrik, to cause to lie.

tummorritorrik, tsi, tat, torritorria, torri-
iorrian, tsinotorritorri, inotorritorrian, to flicker,
to glitter, as fireflies in the dark, also as stars
in the night; tummaitas, idem ; pataitas, idem ;
patorritorri, trans., torritorri, nom. a glittering,
also a firefly; taitai, idem.

tummorritorrik, zinummorritorrik, tatum-
morritorrik, torritorrikka, torritorrikken, zinor-
ritorrik, inotorritorrikken, to tell lies often ;
patorritorrik, intens. of tummorrik.

tummorro, zinummorro, tatummorro, torroan,
zinorroan, inotorroan, to leak, to leak out,
either through roofs or through broken vessels
and so forth ; patorro, pinatorro, papatorro, ipa-
torroa, ipatorro, inipatorro, inoipatorro, etc. ;
tummorrotorro, intens.

tnmmorroch, tsi, tat, torrocha, torrochen,
tsinorroch, inotorrochen, to drag, to pull after
one, neut; patorroch, trans, to draw, act. to
cause to be drawn; tattorrock, nom. a dragging;
tummorrotorroch, intens.

tummorrod, zinummorrod, tatummorrod, tor-
roda, torrodan, zinorrodan, inotorrodan, to look
downwards, to look in a glass; patorrod, pi, pa,
ipatorrodda, ipatorrod, inipatorrod, inoipatorrod,
to cause such to be done; tummorrotorrod,
intens.

tummose, zinummose, tatummose, tosea, tosein,
zinose, inotosein, same as tummorrik-, patose,
pinatose, papatose, ipatosea, ipatose, inipatose,
inoipatose, same as patorrik-, tummosetose and
patosetose, same as tummorritorrik and pator-
ritorrik.

tummosMek, tsi, tat, toshieka, pass, toshiekan,
etc., to spatter, to bedaub ; patoshiek, trans.,
tattoskiek, nom.

tummosik, zinummosik, tatummosik, tosikka,
tosikken, zinosik, inotosikken, same as tummorrik ;
patossik,_ same as patorrik ; tummositosik and
patositosik, same as tummorritorrik and pator-
ritorrik.

tummot, tsi, tat, totta, to let wind; patot,
to cause such to be done; tottat, foul
wind.

tummotto, zinummotto, tatummotto, tottoa,
tottoon, zinotto, inotottoon, to forge, to beat any-
thing to powder; patotto, pinatotto, papatotto,
ipaitottoa, ipatotto, inipatotto, inoipatotto, to
cause such to be done.

tummotto, tsi, tat, tottoa, tottoon, tsinolto,
inotottoon, the budding or shooting forth of the
fruit after the blossoms fall off.

tum-o, zinum-o, tatum-o, to-a, toan, zino, ino-
toan, to pick, to stick; tum-o chirrap, to pick
the teeth; tum-o-taddarries, to put the key in
a lock, to lock it up, the locking up itself;
also to gore, as a deer with his horns.

tumpa, zifiumpa, tatumpa, tuppa, tuppaan,
zienpa, inotuppaan, to think, to reflect ;
patuppa, pi, pa, ipatuppa, inipatuppa, inoipa-
tuppa, to cause to think ; tumpa tuppa, intens. ;

tumpas, xinumpas, tattumpas, tuppasa, tup-
pasen, zienpas, inotuppasin, to tread with the
foot on one side; patuppas, pinatuppas, papa-
tuppas, ipatuppasa, ipatuppas, inipatuppas, ino-
ipatuppas, to cause such to be done j tattuppas,
nom., tumpatuppas, Indlc. tumpas.

tumpies, zinumpies, tatumpies, tuppisa, tup-
pisen, zinupies, imtuppisen, same as tummagga ;
patuppies, pi, pa, ipatuppisa, ipatuppies, same as

tumpoch, zinumpoch, tattumpoch, ituppocka,
ituppoch, inituppoch, inoituppoch, to fix in the ear-
rings, where to.? tuppocha, tuppockan, zien-
pochan, inotuppochan; patuppoch, pi, pa, ipatup-

tumpor, tsi, ta, tupporra, tupporren, tsienpor,
inotupporren, to hatch as birds ; patuppor,
trans., tatuppor, nom. a hatching.

tumpnlE, zinumpuk, tattumpuk, tuppukka,
tuppukken, zienpuk, inotuppuken, to count, to
reckon up anything In the mind; patuppuk,
pinatuppuk, pa, ipatuppukka, ipatuppuk, etc.

tumrach, zinumrack, tattumrach, tirracha,
tirrachen, zinirrach, inotirrachen, the bursting
of water through a dam, the escaping of a fish
through a hole or rent In the net, the running
out of paddy or such Uke article through a
sack ; the place where it leaks is tirrachan,
xinirrachan, ino, etc.; patirrach, pi, pa, ipatir-
racha, etc.

tumsar, tsinumsar, tattumsar, tsarren, tsiensar,
inotsarren, to shine, to illumine ; pasar, pinazar,
papazar, ipazarra, ipazar, inipazar, inoipazar,
to cause to shine; tatsar, nom. appearance.

tumsar, tsi, ta, tsarra, to stick, to stab;
tumsar 0 binnan, to stab a deer with a spear.

tumsik, tsi, tat, tsika, tsiken, tsinick, inotsiken,
to stain, to spot ; patsik, trans., tatsik, a
spot.

tumso, tsinumso, tatmnso, tsoa, tsoan, tsiensoan,
inotsoan, to assent by a nod; patso, pinatso,
papatso, ipatsoa, ipatso, inipatso, inoipatso, to
cause such to be done ; tatso, a nod.

tumtum, zinumtum, tattumtum, tumtumma,
tumtummen, zinumtum, imtumtummen, to fast,
to deny the stomach Its food ; patumtum, pina-
tumtum, papatumtum, ipatumtumma, ipatumtum,
inipatumtum, inoipatumtum, to cause such to be
done.

tuppaci, between; tuppach 0 don, between
the houses ; tuppach 0 ranna, amongst the
hills; the verb neut. is matuppach, to be be-
tween two, and the act. patuppach, fr. the root
tuppach.

tuppooli, the hair on the skin of men or
beasts, excepting the hair of the head, beard,
or eye-brows; It is written duppoch.

tuppoos, sugar; tuppoos 0 bato, sugar-candy,
turriturri, a firefly, same as taitai; the verb
maturriturri; mataitai.

ummachol, inummachol, aummachol, acholla,
achollen, inachol, inoachollan, to lay anything
out of the way; paachol, pinaachol, papaachol,
ipaacholla, ipaachol, inipaachol, inoipaachol, to
cause to be laid aside.

ummadacli, inummadach, aummadach, adacha,
adachen, inadachan, Inoadachan ? what ? iadach,
iniadach, inoiadach, to hang up; ummadach 0
tairien, to hang up beads; ummadach 0 ballasau,
to hang up a sword ; paadach, pinaadach, papa-
adach, ipaadach, inipaadach, inoipaadach, to do
so to another, to cause to be done.

ummado, inummado, aummado, addoa, addoan,
inaddoan, inoaddoan, to dissuade ; paaddo,
pinaaddo, pa, ipaaddoa, ipaaddo, inipaaddo,
inoipaaddo, to cause to dissuade; ummoosso,
idem.

ummadok, inummadok, aummadok, adokka,
adokken, inadok, inoadokken, to pick and choose ;
elli chinummar 0 bausje tapos ja assaban, inum-
madok chono kinummossi, i.e. the Dutch have
not burnt down the whole village, they have
picked out the disobedient; paadok, pi, pa,
ipaadokka, ipaadok, etc., to cause such to be
done.

ummalappo, inummalappo, aummalappo,
alappoa, alappoon, ifialappo, inoalappoon, from
which are derived alappoan, inaUippoan, ino-
alappoon, to heave up, to lift up; paalappo,
pinaalappo, papaalappo, ipaalappoa, ipaalappo,
inipaalappo, inoipaalappo, to cause to lift up.

ummao, inum, aum, aoa, aoon, inao, inoaoon,
to dissolve salt; trans, pa-ao, melted salt, brine;
ao-no-soa, brine for washing wounds.

ummapach, inummapach, aummapach, apacha,
apachan, inapachan, inoapachan, to climb, to
climb up; paapach, pinaapach, papaapach,
ipaapacha, ipaapach, inipaapach, inotpaapach,
to cause to climb.

aparren, inapar, inoaparren (that out of which
it is taken) j aparran, inaparran, inoaparran,
to take anything out with the hand or fingers
pinched close together; ummapar 0 inochan,
tnai malh, to take food out of a dish; ummapar
0 dassono innai roboen, to take rice out of a bag;
ummapar 0 boa no innai kallaman, to take fruit
out of a large pot, etc.; paapar,pi, pa, ipaaparra,
ipaapar, inipaapar, inoipaapar, to cause such to
be done.

ummarap o lalian, about half-past twelve,
ummaron, inummaron, aummaron, aronna,
aronnen, inaron, inoaronnen, to roll up; paaron,
pinaaron, papaaron, ipaaronna, ipaaron, ini-
paaron, inoipaaron, to cause to roll up; the r is
sometimes doubled.

ummarras, inummarras, aummarras, arrassa,
arrasan, inarrasan, inoarrasan, to stride, to
step over, to pass by; paarras, pinaarras,
papaarras, ipaarasa, tpaarras, inipaaras, inoi-
paarras, to cause such to be done.

ummatat, inummatat, aummatat, atatta, atat-
ten, inatat, inoatatten, to chew; paatat, pinaa-
tat,papaatat, ipaatatta, inipaatat, inmpaat, to
cause to chew.

ummelis, inummelis, aumelis, olissa, olissoan,
inolissan, ino-olissan, to take off the lid or
cover ; ummelis 0 babechab, to open the lid of a
pot; paolis, pinaolis, paaolis, ipaolissa, ipaolis,
inipaolis, inoipaolis, to cause such to be done.

mnme^g, inummenig, aummenig, enigga,
eniggan, ineniggan, inoemggan, to speak gently,
as one ashamed or abashed ; poenig, pinaenig,
papaenig, ipaenigga, ipaenig, inipaenig, inoipa-
enig, to cause such to be done.

ummerap, inummerap, aummerap, erappa,
erappan, inerap, inoerappan, same as tummerap,
to lick ; paerap, pi, pa, ipaerappa, ipaerap, ini-
paerap, inoipaercip, to cause such to be done.

umrnicMch, inummichich, aummichich, ichi-
cha, ichichen, inichich, inoichich, to gnaw;
paichich, pinaichich, papaichich, paichicha, ipai-
chich, inipaichich, inoipaichich, to cause such to
be done.

ummietlet, inumietiet, aumietiet, ietita, ietiten,
inietiet, inoietiten, to bite off the ends, as of
thread, etc.; paietiet, pinaietiet,papaietiet,ipaie-
tita, ipaietiet, inipaietiet, inoipaietiet, to cause
such to be done.

ummillag, inummillag, aummillag, iUagga, il-
laggen, inillag, inoiUaggen, to unfold, to open out;
ummilag 0 naupoot, 0 bido, to unfold a cloth or
a hook-, ummilag 0 rima, a straight hand;
paillag, pinaillag, papaillag, ipaelagga, ipaelag,
inipaelag, imipaelag, to cause such to be done.

ummillo, inummillo, aummillo, illoa, illoan,
inilloan, inoilloan, the winding up of a child in
swaddling clothes, also to speak behind one\'s
back, either good or ill; paillo,pinaillo,papaiUo,
ipailloa, ipaillo, inipaillo, inoipaillo, to cause such
to be done.

ummilloUo, inum, aum, iUoiloa, illoilan,
inilloilo, inoilloiloon, to continue to desire any-
thing long and earnestly 5 pailloilo, nom.
illoilo.

ummior, inummior, aummior, iorra, iorran,
tniorran, itwiorran, to follow, also to agree to;
ummior 0 ranied 0 atite, to obey the word of
command ; payor, pinayor, papayor, ipayorra,
ipayor, mtpayor, to cause to follow; ummior 0
barri, a forewind,

ummitip, inummitip, aummitip, itippa, itippen,
or itippaan, initippaan, inoitippen, or inoitippaan,
to cut through, to cut off; paitip, pinaitip,
papaitip, ipaitippa, ipaitip, inipaitip, inoipaitip,
to cause to be cut off.

ummitto, inummitto, aummitto, ittoa, ittoan,
inittoan, inoittoan, to sing in solo, to sing before
any one; paitto, pi, pa, ipaittoa, ipaitto, inipaitto,
inoipaitto, to cause to sing.

ummoal, to transplant a tree or plant, and
for that purpose to dig it up; paoal, to cause
such to be done.

ummoob, inummoob, aummoob, oppa, oppen,
inoob, ino-oppen, to carry out, to bring to an
md, to finish; paoob, pinaoob, papaoob, ipaoba,
tpaoob, inipaoob, inoipaoob, to cause such to be
done; aoob, nom.

ummomo, inummomo, aummomo, omoa, omoan,
ino-omoan, to put on a female head-dress;
paono, pinaono, papaono, ipaonoa, ipaono, ini-
paono, inoipaono, to cause such to be done;
aomo, nom.

ummoror, inummoror, aumoror, ororra, oror-
ren, inoror, ino ororren, to fry out fat; paoror,
pi, pa, ipaororra, ipaoror, inipaoror, inoipaoror,
to cause to fry out; aoror, nom.

ummotul, to halt, to limp; inummotul,
aummotul, otulla, otullen, inotul, inootullen -, pao-
tul, trans.

umparachpacb a ta, loose earth,
umpo, inumpo, aumpo, uppoa, uppoon, ienpo,
inouppoon, to knead with the foot; pauppo,
pinauppo, papauppo, ipauppoa, ipauppo, inipauppo,
oipauppo, to cause such to be done,
uppo, native cakes of ground rice, bread.

zhabaan, the half or side of anything, hence
people say, %habaan-anig and allamas, the left
and right side; an opposite party, written
shahaan, verb ; mMshabaan, pashabaan ; it is
also used as a preposition against.

zhisya, the sun, a day j %hisya 0 aisassenan,
the day of rest, Sunday; zhisya 0 tatuppan, a
work day.

zi, fish; written tsi.
zia, a needle; written tsia.
zido, the breast, nipples, milk ; fr. zinido.
ziga, small worms generated in food; written
tsiga.

zihil, grief; fr. mazichil.
zilak, a spot or stain ; fr. tsimilak.
zilo, length, height ■, fr. matsilo; written
tsilo,

zimianna, zinimianna, tazimianna, zianna,
ziannanni, ziniannanni, inoziannanni, to be
suspicious, to do anything from mistrust;
pazianna, pinazianna, papazianna, ipazianna,
inipazianna, inoipazianna, to cause such to be
done ; written tsimianna, see under t.

zimichallo, zimmichallo,\\ tazimichalh, zich-
alloa, zichalloon, zinichallo, inozichalloon, to
skin off the clear portion from the top, so that
the dregs underneath be not disturbed; pazi-
challo, pi, pa, ipazichalloa, ipazichallo, inipazi-
challo, inoipazichallo, to cause such to be
done.

zimichier, zinimichier, tazimichier, zichirra,
zichirran, zinichirran, inozichirran, to resemble,
to imitate ; pazichier, pi, pa, ipazichirra,
ipaz^chier, inipazichier, inoipazichier, to make
anything like; also written tsimichier, see
under t •, pataitach, idem ; tatschier, nom. like-
ness.

zimichzich, zinimichzich, tazimichzich, xich-
zicha, zichzichen, zinichzich, inozichzichen, to
smooth anything that is folded or rumpled ;
pazichzich, pi, pa, ipazichzicha, ipazichzich,
inipazichzich, inoipazichzich, to cause to be
smoothed.

zimido, zinimido, tazimido, zidoa, zidoan,
zinidoan, inozidoan, the sucking of infants;
pazdido, pinazdido, papazdido, ipazdidoa, ipaz-
dido, inipazdido, inoipazdido, to give suck;

zimiek, zinimiek, tazimiek, izika, iziek, ini-
ziek, imizieh, to fillip, to give a fillip, to dip as
meat in the sauce ; paziek, pinaziek, papaziek,
ipazika, ipaziek, inipaziek, inoipaziek, to cause
such to be done; also written tsimyk, nom.
tatsyk, see under t.

zimiesto, zinimiesto, imzimiesto, ziestoa,
ziestoan, ziniesto, inoziestoan, same as tumpa-,
paziesto, pi, pa, same as patuppa.

zimigoggo, zinimigoggo, tazimigoggo, zigog-
goa, zigoggoan, zinigoggoan, inozigoggoan, to
stand on tip-toe; pazigoggo, pinazigoggo, papa-
\'^goggo, ipazigoggoa, ipazigoggo, inipazigoggo,
inoipazigoggo, to cause such to be done.

zimikak, zinimikak, tazimikak, zikakka,
zikakkan, zinikak, inozikakkan, to open; as
zikak 0 ranied, to open one\'s mouth, etc.;
pazikak, pi, pa, ipazikakka, ipazikak, inipazikak,
inoipazikak, to cause to be opened, said of the
mouth and ear; also written tsimikak, see
under t,

zimilak, zinimilah, tazimilak, zilakka, zilak-
kan, and zinilakkan, inozilakkan, to befoul;
pazilak, pinazilak, papazilak, ipazilakka, ipa-
zilak, intpazilak, inoipazilak, to cause such to
be done; also written tsimilak, see under t;
nomen zilak, under tsilak.

zimimies, zinimimis, tazimimies, zimisa,
zimisan, zinimisan, inozimisan, to taste; pazi-
mies, pinazimies, papazimies, ipazimisa, ipa-
zimies, inipazimies, inoipazimies, to cause to
taste; written tsimimis, see under t.

zimioch, zinimioch, tazimioch, ziocha, ziochen,
zinioch, inoziochen, to couple; pazioch, pina-
zioch, papazioch, ipaziocha, ipazioch, inipazioch,
inoipazioch, to cause such to be done.

zimipies, zinimipies, tazimipies, zipisa, zipisen,
zinipies, inozipisen, to cut; pazrpies, pi, pa,
ipazipisa, ipazipies, inipazipies, inoipazipisen, to
cause to cut; written tsimipies, see under t.

zimipoespoes, zinimipoespoes, tazimipoespoes,
zipoespoessa, zipoespoessen, zinipoespoes, inozi-
poespoessen, to pick out crumbs or filaments ;
pazipoespoes, etc., to cause such to be done.

zimipo-o, zinimipo-o, zipo-oa, zipoan, zini-
poan, inozipoan, to fall on one\'s knees; pazipo-o,
pinazlpo-o, papazipo, ipaeipo-oa, ipazipo-o, ini-
pazipO\'O inoipazipo-o, to cause such to be done;
also written tsimipo-o.

zimipok, zinimipok, tazimipok, zipoka, zipo-
kan, zinipokan, inozipokan, to paint, to write ;
pazipok, puiazipok, papazi-pok, tpazipoka, ipazi-
pok, inipazipok, inoipazipok, to cause such to be

done; also written tsimipok, see under t;
nom. tatsipok, a writing, also the instrument
employed j tatsipokan and tatsipokajan, a writ-
ing place or table.

zimiries, zinimiries, tazimiries, zirisa, iziries,
iniziries, inoiziries, whereto ? zirisan, zinirisan,
imzirisan, to hang anything upj paztries,
pinaziries, papaziries, ipazirisa, tpaziries, ini-
paziries, inoipaziries, to cause such to be donej
written tsimiries, see under t; tatsiries, a hang-
ing up ; tatsiriesan, and tatsiriesayan, the place
whereto, as a hook, etc.

zimiro, zinimiro, tazimiro, ziroa, ziroon,
ziniro, inoziniroon, to reach; paziro, pinaztro,
papaziro, ipaziroa, ipaziro, inipaziro, inotpa-
ziro, to cause to reach.

zimirrit, zinimirrit, tazimirrit, zjirta, zjirtan,
zimirtan, inozjirtan, to hold or lead by a string;
pazjirrit, pinazjirrit, papazjirrit, ipazjirta, ipaz-
jirrit, inipazjirrit, inipazjirrit, to cause such to
be done ; also written tsimirrit; nom. tatsjirt,
that wherewith we lead, as a string.

zimisakal, zinimisakal, tazimisakal, zisakalla,
zisakallan, sinisakallan, inozisakallan, to squat
down J pazisakal, pinazisakal, pa, ipazisakallay
ipazisakal, inipazisakal, inoipazisakal, to cause
such to be donej also written tsimisakal, see
under t.

zimisi, zinimisi, tazimisi, zisia, zisian, zini-
stan, inozisian, that which; zisien, zinisi, ino-
zisien, to leer through a hole, to aim or look
directly; pazisi, pinazisi, papazisi, ipazisia,
ipazasi, inipazisi, inoipazisi, to cause such to be
done ; also written tsimisi, see under t.

zimiseUasella, zinimisella, tazimisellasella,
zellasella, zellasellaan, zinellasellaan, inosella-
sellaan, to do anything over again in order to
be sure.

zipan, west; xipan a amisan, north-west;
also written tsipan, see under t; zipan a nvan-
nan, south-west,
zito, a little dog.
zjes, the soul; written tsjes.
zys-ya, the sun, a day.

Printed by T. and A. Constable, Printers to Her Majesty,
at the Edinburgh University Press.

\' This is an interesting record of a long-past work.
About the middle of the seventeenth century, the
Reformed Church of Holland carried on a mission
in Formosa. The mission was swept out of existence
after some thirty years by a Chinese invasion, to be
recalled to activity under different guidance twenty-
three years ago. But this work, surviving in a single
copy, preserved in the Library of the University of
Leyden, remains to testify to the zeal with which it
was once carried on. The editor, who is himself
engaged in missionary work, hopes by republishing
it to rouse the interest of the Dutch Church of to-
day. It would be a happy though long-postponed
fulfilment of the translator\'s wish to benefit the
Formosan people. The original seems never to
have reached them, for the Chinese invasion took
place while it was actually passing through the
press.\'—Spectator.

\' Its republication will be welcomed not only by
those interested in the history of missionary work,
but also by philologers, to whom it offers two valuable
documents, the Dutch and Formosan texts as printed
in the seventeenth century. To these the edition has
added the English version as a running commentary
for the convenience of readers here. The book is
handsomely printed, and will do good if it attracts
attention to the present state of the heathen inhabitants
of Formosa.\'—Scotsman.

\' Leyden possesses the only known copy of this
striking witness to Dutch missionary zeal, and the
present edition is published by permission of the
University authorities. It gives the original text in
Formosan and Dutch in parallel columns, with the
corresponding English at the foot of each page, a
facsimile of the original title-page, and the translator\'s
address quot;to the Godly and Discreet Reader.quot; In this
curious and ingenuous introduction, Gravius refers to
his labours in that portion of the island of Formosa
which was one of the possessions of the Dutch East
India Company, and quot;a choice field of action in the
Indies for zealous and energetic preachers,quot; of whom,
assuredly, Gravius was an eminent example. Now,
in other circumstances, the need is not less great, as
Mr. Campbell points out, nor is the field of action
more restricted than in the old pioneer days of the
Dutch mission, of which Mr. Campbell gives an in-
teresting account. The Edition is admirably printed
by Messrs. Constable.\'—Saturday Review.

PUBLISHED IN LONDON IN 1650, AND NOW REPRINTED WITH
COPIOUS NOTES OF RECENT WORK IN THE ISLAND
BY REV. W. CAMPBELL, F.R.G.S.

\' If any one wants to read a straightforward account
of missionary life or labour, let him get this book.
There is no writing for effect. Perilous journeys and
hairbreadth escapes are passed over with httle re-
mark. The writer has to tell of rugged mountain
passes, dangerous torrents, andhead-huntingsavages;
but his enthusiasm is reserved for the work to wWch
he has put his hand, and this he sets before us in all
its Aspects.\'—China Mail.

\' A very interesting and valuable contribution to
the literature of Missions.\'—British Weekly.

\' The story of modern missionary success occupies
the last third of the first, and all of the second volume
of Mr. Campbell\'s fascinating work. His many
journeys through known and unknown parts of the
island, and especially among the cannibals and head-
hunters ; his personal adventures and dangers ; the
episode of the French bombardment; his visit to the
Pescadore Islands, are told with clearness, modesty,
and in sprightly style. His book is one of unusual
value and interest, and will be read by many who do
not habitually seek their literary pabulum in the
writings of missionaries.\'—The Nation.

\' There is an unostentatious charm about the style
in which these two volumes are written which carries
the reader from page to page with a growing sympathy
for such faithful service, and any library will be the
richer by the possession of so valuable a work.\'—
Illustrated Missionary News.

\' Constitutes an additional chapter in the history of
Missions as fascinating as a romance, and opens a
new and most interesting field to the knowledge of
the Christian world.\'—Christian Intelligencer.

\'Those who take an interest in the subject—and,
despite the spirit of the time, they are still a consider-
able number—will find in those handsome littlevolumes
a good deal to interest them.\'—Pall Mall Gazette.

\'We should like to have given some account of
our author\'s pioneering in the Pescadores, and of his
work on behalf of the blind, but for this we must refer
our readers to the book itself, assuring them that even
the greatest sceptic of the value of missionary in the
Far East, will find every page interesting, and will be
forced to confess that in Formosa, at least, great good
has been done and is being done by the English
Presbyterian Mission.\'—North China Herald.

London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner amp; Co., Ltd., Paternoster House, Charing Cross Road.